IN  MEMORIAM 
J.  Henry  Senger 


ibeatb's  flDofcern  Uanauaae  Series 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


CONTAINING 


MATERIALS  ESSENTIAL  TO  BEGINNERS 
IN  THE  STUDY  OF  GERMAN 


FKANCIS  KINGSLEY  BALL,  PH.D. 

INSTRUCTOR  IN  GREEK  AND  GERMAN  IN  THE  PHILLIPS  EXETER  ACADEMY 
AUTHOR  OF  "  THE  ELEMENTS  OF  GREEK,"   ETC. 


BOSTON,  U.  S.  A. 
D.  C.  HEATH  &  CO.,  PUBLISHERS 

1904 


IN  MEMORIAM 


COPYRIGHT,  1904,' 
BY  D.  C.  HEATH  &  Co. 


PREFACE 

ri  iHIS  little  book  presents  in  a  systematic  and  concise  form 
-L  such  materials  for  the  study  of  German  as  teachers  are 
accustomed  to  collect,  at  great  expense  of  time  and  labor,  from 
the  grammar,  the  dictionary,  the  reader,  the  sight  book,  the  com- 
position book,  and  other  sources.  To  facilitate  reviews  and 
drill  work,  the  book  is  arranged  by  topics,  which  both  teachers 
and  students  will  easily  find. 

A  word  of  explanation  with  regard  to  the  use  of  the  book  may 
not  be  out  of  place.  The  author's  classes  in  German  do  written 
work  with  every  lesson.  Heretofore,  the  classes  have  met  five 
hours  a  week.  Monday,  Tuesday,  Thursday,  and  Friday  are 
taken  up  with  exercises  from  a  grammar.  For  Wednesday,  a 
review  is  required  from  the  Drill  Book,  covering  the  ground  of 
the  preceding  four  lessons.  The  hour  on  Wednesday  is  given 
to  an  examination  on  the  review,  and  some  additional  test  is 
added.  At  the  beginning  of  the  year,  this  test  is  the  inflection  of 
nouns  and  adjectives,  or  a  word  list,  with  a  sentence  or  two  from 
the  materials  beginning  on  page  135.  Toward  the  middle  of  the 
fall  term,  when  the  students  know  the  commonest  inflections  of 
nouns,  adjectives,  and  verbs,  and  have  a  small  vocabulary,  more 
difficult  English- German  sentences  are  set,  with  a  bit  of  German- 
English,  selected  from  the  passages  beginning  on  page  145.  By 
the  end  of  the  fall  term,  the  important  inflections,  including  the 
irregular  verbs  and  the  mood  auxiliaries,  have  been  studied  once 
and  reviewed  week  by  week  from  the  Drill  Book.  Besides  this, 
about  fifty  pages  of  easy  prose  have  been  read. 

After  Christmas,  reading  is  begun  from  some  elementary  text. 
As  exercises  for  Thursday  and  Monday,  the  students  write  out 

iii 


iv  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

at  sight,  in  their  own  rooms,  translations  of  German  selections 
(pages  145-212).  These  translations  are  read  aloud  in  class, 
criticised,  and  handed  in  at  the  end  of  the  hour.  For  the 
other  two  days,  Friday  and  Tuesday,  \\riuni  exercises  from  a 
composition  book  are  required.  The  <ierman  is  read  aloud  in 
class,  u  rittcn  on  the  blackboard,  and  the  papers  handed  in. 
The  work  on  Wednesday  is  from  some  part  of  the  Drill  !;<•«, k  : 
a  word  list,  a  tVw  irregular  verbs,  a  pronoun,  a  preposition,  or  a 
prefix,  etc.,  with  connected  passages  from  English  into  tin-man 
and  German  into  English.  A  part  of  the  hour  on  Thursday  or 
Friday  is  used  in  going  over  the  test  of  Wednesday.  A  version 
of  the  English-German  is  written  on  the  blackboard.  This  is 
copied  into  notebooks,  and  reviewed  for  the  following  V 
day. 

German  passages  for  sight  translation  are  at  first  done  orally, 
in  the  classroom,  to  show  the  students  how  to  attack  them. 
With  the  abundance  of  material  in  this  book,  such  oral  work 
should  be  done  whenever  tin  re  is  time.  But  all  assigned  trans- 
lations are  written  ;  for  this  is  the  only  safe  way.  The  students 
are  encouraged  to  guess  at  the  meanings  of  new  words,  and  to 
leave  no  blanks  in  their  papers.  Practice  of  this  kind  increases 
the  students9  reading  power,  and  gives  them  confidence  in  them- 
selves,  which  is  half  the  battle.  New  words  are  underscored, 
and  afterwards  looked  up  in  the  dictionary.  In  the  winter 
term,  the  German-English  translations  are  written  as  nearly  in 
the  German  order  as  sense  will  allow.  In  this  way  words  are 
not  left  out,  and,  best  of  all,  the  German  is  soon  understood  in 
its  order,  without  translating  at  all.  This  method  will  also 
make  the  translation  of  English  into  German  far  easier.  In  the 
spring  term  all  translations  into  English  are  written  in  the 
normal  English  order. 

Hereafter,  the  work  at  Exeter  of  fitting  for  the  elementary 
examinations  for  college  will  extend  over  a  period  of  two  years, 


PEE FACE  V 

four  hours  each  week.  The  same  general  plan,  however,  will  be 
followed,  only  more  slowly.  During  the  second  year,  and  during 
a  third  year  of  advanced  German,  this  book  can  be  thoroughly 
reviewed. 

Page  19  should  be  used  constantly  in  learning  and  review- 
ing nouns.  Students  soon  master  this  page,  and  acquire  the 
habit  of  classifying  nouns  in  their  reading.  Pages  66  and  67 
are  very  useful  in  learning  and  reviewing  the  strong  verbs. 

From  the  beginning  of  the  study  of  German,  attention  should 
be  paid  to  the  analysis  and  derivation  of  words.  In  the  foot- 
notes to  the  inseparable  prefixes  and  the  word  groups,  some 
derivations  have  been  introduced  to  encourage  teachers  and 
students  to  use  the  English  dictionary.  This  study  will  be 
found  not  only  interesting,  but  highly  profitable.  The  way  to 
learn  to  use  words  correctly  is  first  to  discover  what  they  mean. 
This  must  be  done  with  the  dictionary. 

The  references  in  this  book  are  to  page  and  section,  or  to 
page  and  footnote.  For  example,  4,3  should  be  read  "four, 
three";  and  4s  should  be  read  "four,  footnote  three."  This 
system  of  reference  will  save  much  time;  for  pages  are  found 
far  more  quickly  than  sections  numbered  consecutively. 

The  sentences  on  pages  135-137  are  mostly  selected,  with 
some  changes,  from  the  College  Entrance  Board,  the  Princeton, 
and  the  Yale  examination  papers.  The  English  on  pages  142-144 
is  taken  almost  without  change  from  Harvard  papers.  Pages 
210-212  contain  scientific  passages  for  admission  to  the  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology. 

Miss  Deering  and  Mme  Mondan  have  kindly  permitted  me  to 
use  their  excellent  "German  Selections  for  Sight  Translation." 
Pages  146-173  have  been  taken  mostly  from  the  pamphlet  of  Miss 
Deering,  and  pages  174-190  mostly  from  that  of  Mme  Mondan. 
Dr.  Wilhelm  Bernhardt  permits  me  to  print  2)er  arme  SKuftfant 
unb  fein  College  from  his  2)eutfdje3  ©prad^^  unb  Sefefcuci). 


M  A  GERMAN   hlill. I.  BOOK 

Mr.  T».  H.  A.  (Jrntli,  Instructor  in  the  Academy  for  the  past 
year,  has  done  me  the  kindness  to  read  the  manuscript  of  tins 
book  and  give  me  the  benefit  of  his  criticisms.  For  assistance 
in  reading  the  proofs,  it  gives  me  pleasure  to  acknowledge  my 
indebtedness  to  Mr.  R.  A.  von  Minckwitz,  of  the  De  Witt  (  linton 
IIi'_rh  School,  New  York  City.  Mr.  <;.  A.  Hill,  of  Cambridge, 
Mass.,  has  given  me  valuable  advice  from  the  beginning,  espe- 
cially in  the  inflection  and  the  classification  of  the  verbs. 

FRANCIS  KINGSLEY  BALL. 

EXETER,  N.  H., 
October,  1904. 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

The  Cases 1 

SHefer,  Setter,  Qeber,  58eld)er 1 

The  Definite  Article 2 

$ettt,  (Silt,  and  the  Possessive  Adjectives 3 

The  Inflection  of  Nouns 4-19 

The  Gender  of  Nouns  according  to  their  Meanings  ...  4 

The  Gender  of  Nouns  according  to  their  Classes  ....  5 

Nouns :   Class  I,  Strong 6-8 

Nouns :   Class  II,  Strong 8-11 

Nouns:    Class  III,  Strong 12,13 

Nouns :   Class  IY,  Weak 13-16 

Nouns:   Class  Y,  Mixed 17 

Proper  Nouns 18 

How  to  determine  the  Class  of  a  Noun 19 

Adjectives  and  their  Uses 20-22 

The   Comparison    of   Adjectives,   Participles,    and    Ad- 
verbs    23-26 

The  Numerals 26-29 

Pronouns 30-39 

The  Personal  and  Intensive  Pronouns"; 30 

The  Reflexive  and  Reciprocal  Pronouns 30 

The  Possessive  Pronouns 31 

The  Demonstrative  Pronouns 32 

The  Relative  Pronouns 33 

The  Interrogative  Pronouns 33 

The  Indefinite  Pronouns 34-39 

Yerbs 40-75 

The  Stem,  the  Principal  Parts,  and  the  Endings  ....  40,  41 

The  Tense  Auxiliaries :  fjabett,  fein 42, 43 

The  Tense,  Mood,  and  Yoice  Auxiliary ;  toerbett   ....  44,  45 

Weak  Yerbs :  fagett,  fokjett 46, 47 

Strong  Yerbs :  fittgen,  ftttfett 48, 49 

The  Passive  Yoice 50, 51 

Reflexive  Yerbs :  fid)  frettett 52, 53 

The  Mood  Auxiliaries :  biirfen,  fotttten,  tnogett,  tnitffett,  foflett, 

gotten 54, 55 


A  GKI:MA.\  DRILL  HOOK 

PAGE 

Separable  Verbs :  toie'berfagen 66 

Inseparable  Verbs:  entfa'gen 67 

impersonal  Verbs:  e$  rennet 67 

Weak  Verbs  with  Peculiarities  in  Inflection 68 

Strong  Verbs  with  Peculiarities  in  Inflection 68 

1 1  regular  Weak  Verbs 69 

The  Uses  of  $aben,  3em,  and  SBerbcn 60 

Reflexive  Verbs 61 

Impersonal  Verbs 61 

The  Mood  Auxiliaries 62-64 

Important  Weak  Verbs »;:. 

The  Strong  Verbs  classified   according  to  their  Vowel 

Changes.     ...                                       66,67 

An  Alphabetical  List  of  the  Strong  and  Irregular  Verbs  .  68-73 

Separable  and  Inseparable  Verbs 7 1 .  7 :. 

The  Inseparable  Prefixes 76-81 

Adverbs 82,  S3 

Prepositions 84-06 

Prepositions  with  the  Genitive 84 

Prepositions  with  the  Dative 85-87 

Prepositions  with  the  Accusative 88, 89 

Prepositions  with  the  Dative  or  the  Accusative    ....  90-93 

Prepositional  Idioms 94, 1)5 

The  Order  of  Words 96,97 

Conditional  Sentences 98 

The  Moods  in  Indirect  Discourse 99 

Conjunctions 100-103 

The  Coordinating  Conjunctions 100 

The  Subordinating  Conjunctions 101-103 

Idioms 104-115 

Grimm's  Law 116 

Words  grouped  according  to  their  Stems 117-133 

Scientific  Words 134 

Materials  for  Sight  Translation 135-212 

English  into  German 135-144 

German  into  English 145-212 

Poems  for  Memorizing 196-205 

Scientific  Selections 206-212 

Index 213-216 


A  GERMAN  DPvILL  BOOK 


THE  CASES 

The  German  language  has  four  cases: 
The  nominative  =  the  English  nominative. 
The  genitive  =the  English  possessive,  or  the  objective  with  of. 
The  dative  =  the  English  objective,  with  or  without  to  or  for. 
The  accusative  =  the  English  objective,    with   or   without   a 
preposition. 

$iefer,  Setter,  Seber, 


btefer            btefe 

biefe3      this 

inflected 

below 

jener             jette 

jene3       that 

inflected 

like  btefcr 

jeber             jebe 

jebe3        every 

14 

u            u 

toeldjer          roeldje 

ttJC(rf)e)§    which 

it 

u           u 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

N. 

biefer 

btejc 

biefe^ 

this 

Singular 

G. 
D. 

biefeS 
biefem 

biefer 
biefer 

btefe§ 
biefem 

of  this 
to  or  for  this 

A. 

biefett 

biefe 

biefe^ 

this 

N. 

biefc 

btefe 

biefc 

these 

Plural 

G. 

biefer 

btefcr 

biefer 

of  these 

D. 

biefeu 

btefett 

biefen 

to  or  for  these 

A. 

biefc 

biefc 

biefc 

these 

1  These  words  are  used  as  adjectives  or  as  pronouns  (32,  i,  33,  i,  4,  37,  i). 
They  are  inflected  with  strong  endings  (masculine,  feminine,  and  neuter), 
to  indicate  gender  and  case. 

1 


2  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

The  Definite  Article 

i  :<•  di  fiuit  •  r.rti  ]<•,  bcrr  the,  is  inflected  like  bicfcr  ( 1,  3),  ex- 

Oepf   th.it  the  fen.ini.u    singular  and  the  plural  have  ic  instead 
of  c,    u.  i  tii      i«   in  i   , insular  has  ad  instead  of  e8:1 


Masculine 

Feminine 

Neater 

N. 

bet 

Me 

M 

the 

Singular 

G. 
D. 

:co 
:cm 

bcr 
ber 

bed 
bm 

of  the 
to  or  for  th> 

A. 

ben 

He 

b*l 

to 

N. 

Ml 

bit 

bic 

Me 

Plural 

G. 
D. 

ber 
btt 

ber 
ben 

ber 

>cn 

o/Me 
to  or  for  the 

A. 

bte 

bie 

bte 

the 

2        Tlu»  dative2  or  the  accusative8 
with  a  preposition  (85,  88,  90): 

;  am  =  on  bent,  on  (beside)  the 
bcim  =  bci  bcm,  <it  the 
tm  =  in  bent,  in  the 
iibcrm    -  iibcr  bcm,  orer  <Ae 
itntcrm  =  untcr  bent,  under  the 
oom  =  Don  bcm,  of,  from,  or  5y  tAe 
norm  =  nor  bcm,  6e/ore  fAe 
Sum  =  5u  bcm,  fo  the 
5ur  =  511  bcr,  to  the 
an*  =  an  ba£,  on  (beside)  f  Ae 


singular  «     r^r  i|  often  contracted 


*«f£  =  anf  bad,  on  (upon)  the 
-burc^  bav\  through  the 
r  the 

ad,  against  the 
liimcr*       liintcr  bad,  6entnd  Me 
tnd  =  in  bad,  into  Me 
fifcerd  =  fiber  bad,  ocer  Me 
nntd  =  urn  bad,  round  Me 
nnrerd  =  nnter  bad,  under  the 
uoro  =  nor  bad,  6e/ore  Me 


1  btcfcr,  jcncr,  jcbcrf  mclriicr  (1,2),  and  ber  are  inflected  with  strong  end- 
ings (I1),  and  may  be  called  btcfcr-words. 

2The  dative  is  the  where  case  (that  is,  the  case  of  no  motion  or  of 
motion  within}  or  the  whence  case  (that  is,  motion  from);  and  so  prep- 
nMiions  \vith  the  dative  mean  on,  at,  in,  from,  etc.  (85,  90). 

8  The  accusative  is  the  whither  case  (that  is,  the  case  of  motion  to- 
ward); and  so  prepositions  witb  the  accusative  mean  into,  to,  etc.,  and 
the  verbs  used  with  these  prepositions  express  or  imply  motion  (88,  90). 
l>ut  nad),  toward,  and  $u,  to,  although  expressing  motion  toward,  are 
always  used  with  the  dative  (85). 


THE  POSSESSIVE  ADJECTIVES 


flein,  <£itt,  and  the  Possessive  Adjectives 


fein 

feine 

fein 

no 

ein 

eine 

ein 

a,  an 

mein 

nteine 

mein 

my 

bein 

beine 

bein 

your  (thy)2 

fein 

feine 

fein 

his,  its 

ifjr 

ifyre 

tt)r 

her 

nnfer 

nnfre 

nnfer 

our 

ener 

enre 

euer 

your3 

iljr 

i*te 

iljr 

their 

inflected  below 

inflected  like  fein  (singular) 

"    fein1 


"    (67) 
"    (67) 


31)' 


your* 


Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

N. 

fein5 

feine 

fein5 

no 

Singular 

G. 
D. 

feineS 
feinem 

feiner 
feiner 

fetneS 
feinem 

of  no 
to  or  for  no 

A. 

feinen 

feine 

fein5 

no 

N. 

feme 

feine 

feine 

no 

Plural 

G. 
D. 

feiner 
!einen 

feiner 
feinen 

feiner 
feinen 

of  no 
to  or  for  no 

A. 

feine 

feine 

feine 

no 

When  the  meaning  is  clear,  the  definite  article  (2,  i)  is  often  used  in- 
stead of  a  possessive  adjective:  as,  er  fdjiittelt  ben  $o£f,  he  shakes  his 
head. 


1fetnr  ehtf  ttteinf  bein,  etc.,  which  are  defective  in  three  forms  (see 
footnote  5),  are  inflected  alike,  and  may  be  called  fein-words. 

2bein,  your  (thy),  is  used  in  familiar  address  in  speaking  to  one  person 
(cf .  ener  and  $f)r). 

3enerf  your,  is  used  in  familiar  address  in  speaking  to  two  or  more 
persons  (cf .  bein  and  $ljr). 

43tf)rr  your,  is  used  in  formal  address  in  speaking  to  two  or  more  per- 
sons or  to  one  person  (cf .  bein  and  ener). 

6  The  form  fein,  having  no  case  ending,  is  called  defective.  The  other 
forms  have  the  strong  endings  of  biefer  (1,  3). 


A  GERMAN  Dm  LI.   BOOR 


THE  INFLECTION  OF  NOUNS 


Feminines 

Classes  III  and  V  have  no  feminines;  Class  IV  has 

remain 

no  neuters 

unchanged 

Strong 

Weak 

Mixed 

in  Singular 

Class  I 

Class  U 

Class  III 

Class  IV 

Class  V 

Singular 

N 

of 

masculines 

G. 

—  3 

-(e)*i 

CO1 

-<e)« 

-(e)*1 

and 

JL>. 

— 

—  (c)f 

—  (*)* 

—  (€)« 

—  (e)a 

neuters 

A. 

— 

— 

— 

—  Cll 

— 

N. 

ill 

±1* 

_-_er 

—  (e)« 

—  (e)« 

G. 

4! 

±±t 

-=-tr 

—  (*)» 

—  (e)« 

Plural 

D. 

J=I{»)« 

^-tn 

-=-eni 

—  (e)a 

-<*)« 

of  ail 

A. 

y 

±±t 

-=-er 

-(€)« 

•—<€)« 

nouns 

a,  or  n 

0,  0,  U,  till 

a,  o,  u,  an 

sometimes 

generally 

always 

modified 

modified 

modified 

The  Gender  of  Nouns  according  to  their  Meanings4 

Masculine:  Most  large  males,  large  birds,  fish,  stones,  mountains,  non- 
German  rivers;  the  days  of  the  week,  the  months,  the  seasons,  the  phe- 
nomena of  the  weather  (as,  bcr  @djttee,  #notc),  the  points  of  the  compass. 

Feminine:  Most  females  (except  ba$  BBetfc,  woman,  and  nouns  ending 
in  rticii  and  Icin  :  trees,  plants,  flowers,  fruits  (except  ber  ftpfel,  apple)] 
small  birds,  insects ;  numbers ;  abstract  names ;  German  rivers  (except  ber 
£ccf|,  bcr  Wotnr  bcr  Ncrfar,  bcr  JHftetn). 

Neuter:  Materials  of  all  kinds;  metals  (except  ber  3taf)l,  steel)-,  the 
young  of  animals;  countries  (except  those  always  having  the  article: 
as,  bie  3d)tPei$r  Switzerland),  cities ;  infinitives  and  other  words  (not  de- 
noting persons)  used  as  nouns ;  the  letters  of  the  alphabet. 

1  In  nouns  of  one  syllable,  writers  generally  use  the  ending  ed. 

2  In  nouns  of  one  syllable,  writers  generally  use  the  ending  e  except 
after  a  preposition  or  before  a  vowel. 

8  The  dative  plural  of  all  nouns  ends  in  n. 

4  The  gender  of  a  large  number  of  nouns  is  determined  by  their  form 
or  their  ending  (5).  The  gender  of  a  great  many  others  must  be  learned 
from  the  dictionary.  Constant  practice  in  pronouncing  nouns  aloud 
with  the  article  will  be  of  much  assistance. 


THE  GENDER  OF  NOUNS  BY  CLASSES 

The  Gender  of  Nouns  according  to  their  Classes 

Class  I  (6,1). 

Masculine:  Most  nouns  ending  in  unaccented  d,  Ctt,  Ct;    bet 
cheese. 

Feminine :  bie  9)ltttterr  mother,  bte  Xodjter,  daughter. 

Neuter :  Some  nouns  ending  in  unaccented  t\f  Ctt,  tv ;  all  diminutive 
nouns  ending  in  djett,  leitt ;  most  nouns  of  the  form  @e — C, 

Class  II  (8,3)      .  2 

Masculine:  Most  nouns  of  one  syllable;  all  nouns  ending  in  irfj,  tg, 
ftttg;  many  nouns,  mostly  of  foreign  origin,  ending  in  (,  it,  r,  t,  and 
accented  on  the  last  syllable. 

Feminine :  About  35  nouns  of  one  syllable ;  all  nouns  ending  in  fttttft 
(123,5),  and  some  nouns  ending  in  iti3,  faL 

Neuter :  About  60  nouns  of  one  syllable ;  most  nouns  ending  in  ttt£, 
fat;  many  nouns  of  foreign  origin  (not  denoting  persons),  ending  in  (, 
ttf  r,  tf  and  accented  on  the  last  syllable. 

Class  III  (12,  i)  3 

Masculine:  A  few  nouns  of  one  syllable;  ber  ^rrittttt,  mistake,  ber 
Ofcidjlttttt,  riches. 

Neuter:  About  60  nouns  mostly  of  one  syllable;  almost  all  nouns 
ending  in  turn. 

Class  IV  (13,  i)  4 

Masculine:  About  20  nouns  of  one  syllable;  all  nouns  ending  in  c 
denoting  males ;  many  nouns  of  foreign  origin,  generally  denoting  per- 
sons, ending  in  t,  and  accented  on  the  last  syllable. 

Feminine:  About  75  nouns  of  one  syllable;  all  feminine  nouns  of 
more  than  one  syllable  (except  bie  Gutter,  bie  Xodjter,  Class  I ;  and  those 
ending  in  nt3,  fa(r  Class  II). 

Class  V  (17,i)  5 

Masculine :  A  few  irregular  nouns ;  almost  all  nouns  of  foreign  origin 
ending  in  or. 

Neuter :  A  few  irregular  nouns ;  some  nouns  of  foreign  origin  ending 
in  I,  ttU 


A   <;i-:i;.MA  \    /;/;//./.    Hunk 


NOUNS:  CLASS  I,  STRONG 

Masculine:     Most  nouns  ending  in  UIKUVI -HUM!  cl,  en,  cr;   ber 

fififc,  cheese. 

Feminine:     frie  Wuttcr,  mother,  bie  2od)ter,  daughter.1 
Neuter:     Some  nouns  ending  in  unaccented  cl,    on,     or;    all 

diminutive  nouns  ending  in  djcn,8  Iciu;  most  nouns  of  the  form 

(>>o     c.* 

The  genitive  singular  of  masculines  and  neuters  =  — £,' 
The  nominative  plural  of  all  nouns  =  JsL. 
The  dative  plural  ends  in  n. 


this  uncle 
bicfcr  €nfel« 
ftp 
cm 
en 

c 

cr 

en 

e 

my  garden 
mciu      (itorten6 
U 

m 
en 

e  (Mrtcn 

er 

en 


Me  wagon 
ber  SSagen 
Ml 


Me  young  lady 
be*  ftrciulein* 


no  painting     J 
fcin      m— n'iw- 


frcn   ^iij;i-ii 

i>ic  ^ihu-ii 

^r  ^vhu'ii 

ben  ^iivu-n 
bie 


bad  frraulein 

bie 

ber 
:cn 
bie 


fcincm  (^mSl'bf 
(ci]i      ^emai'be 


your  brother 
»mbcr 


3t?ren 


your  m^' 
cure    SRuttcr 
curer  Gutter 

curer  Winter 
cure 


feme 

feincr 

fcinen  (^cmSl'ben 

fiiiie     Wctnai'be 

our  cloister 

unfcr    &1  Sfter 


V7,^    33riibcr 
3^rer  SMtber 


cure    flitter 
curer  W litter 
curen  Wiittcrn 
cure    flitter 


unierm  Mlofter 
uiifer     ftlSfter 

unfre7  KlBfter 

unfrer  ftlBfter 

unfern  ^I3ftent 

unjre  £13ftcr 


1  Other  feminine  nouns  ending  in  cl  or  er  belong  to  Class  IV  (13,  i). 

2  All  infinitives  end  in  c  n,  and,  when  used  as  nouns,  are  neuter. 
*Cf.  "  manikin,"  "lambkin,"  "  napkin." 

4  Most  nouns  beginning  with  (Be  are  neuter. 

5  Feminine  nouns  remain  unchanged  in  the  singular. 

6  This  short  method  is  recommended  for  all  written  work,  both  on 
the  blackboard  and  in  examinations.     It  will  save  time  and  eyesight. 

7  When  a  stem  ends  in  I  or  r,  the  e  of  the  ending  or  of  the  stem  is 
generally  dropped. 


NOUNS  OF  THE  FIRST  CLASS  < 

Besides  bie  SKutter,  bie  Softer,  and  ba§  Slofter,  some  important 
masculine  nouns  of  Class  I  have  af  0,  U  modified  in  the  plural : l 


ber 

5lcfer 

bie 

trfer 

field 

ber 

jammer 

bie 

jammer 

hammer 

ber 

Slpfel 

bie 

Styfel 

apple 

ber 

Mantel 

bie 

Mantel 

cloak 

ber 

Soben 

bie 

Stfben2 

ground 

ber 

92agel 

bie 

9?agel 

nail 

ber 

Srnber 

bie 

Sriiber 

brother 

ber 

Dfen 

bie 

Dfen 

stove 

ber 

gaben 

bie 

gaben3 

thread 

ber 

Sater 

bie 

Sater 

father 

ber 

(Garten 

bie 

Garten 

garden         ber 

Sogel 

bie 

Siigel 

bird 

Among 

the 

important  masculine  nouns  of 

Class  I  are 

the  fol- 

lowing  :  l 

ber 

Settler 

bie 

Settler 

beggar 

ber 

Seljrer 

bie 

Se^rer 

teacher 

ber 

Srnnnen  bie 

Srnnnen 

well 

ber 

SJfteifter 

bie 

SOIeifter 

master 

ber 

Siirger 

bie 

Siirger 

citizen 

ber 

Bergen 

bie 

^Jlorgcn 

morning 

ber 

Wiener 

bie 

Wiener 

servant 

ber 

Dnfel 

bie 

Dnlel 

uncle 

ber 

(£ngel 

bie 

(Sngel 

angel 

ber 

^anber 

bie 

D^anber 

robber 

ber 

($fel 

bie 

(£fel 

ass 

ber 

fitter 

bie 

fitter 

knight 

ber 

ginger 

bie 

ginger 

finger 

ber 

IHncfen 

bie 

D^itrfen 

back 

ber 

gliigel 

bie 

gliigel 

wing 

ber 

Sf^iiler 

bie 

6t^iiler 

scholar 

ber 

§iigel 

bie 

§itgel 

hill 

ber 

@ommer 

bie 

Summer 

summer 

ber 

$aifer 

bie 

^aifer 

emperor 

ber 

Winter 

bie 

Winter 

winter 

Among  the  important  neuter  nouns  of  Class  I  are  the  follow- 


ing: 


bag  filter 

bie 

filter 

age 

bag  £ljeafter 

bie 

Sljea'ter 

theatre 

bag  genfter 

bie 

genfter 

window 

-.bag  lifer 

bie 

Ufer 

shore 

bag  gener 

bie 

gener 

fire 

bag  Staffer 

bie 

Gaffer 

water 

bag  tlSfter 

bie 

mBfter 

cloister 

bag  better 

bie 

better 

weather 

bag  Sefcen 

bie 

SeBen 

life 

bag  SBnnber 

bie 

2!Bnnber 

wonder 

bag  SJieffer 

bie 

SOieffer 

knife 

bag  ^cirfjen 

bie 

3eirf|en 

sign 

bag  Smttel 

bie 

9«ittel 

means 

bag  Dimmer 

bie 

Dimmer 

room 

1  Students  should  read  and  reread  this  list  aloud ;  for  that  is  the 
easiest  and  surest  way  to  learn  the  meanings,  the  forms,  and  the  gen- 
ders.    In  the  classroom,  the  teacher  should  use  the  list  as  follows: 

First,  he  should  satisfy  himself,  by  questions  or  otherwise,  that  the 
students  know  the  meaning  of  each  word  in  the  list. 

Secondly,  he  should  have  the  words  inflected  on  the  blackboard  with 
bieferf  jener,  jeber,  tueldfer  (1,2),  ber  (2,  i),  feinr  eitt,  etc.  (3,  i). 

2  Or  bie  SBoben.        3  Or  bie  gaben. 


A  (,I:HM.\  v  him.  i.  HOOK 

A  ff\v  masculine  nouns  are  inflected  like  rur  iHnflcn    Class  I, 
6,3),  except  that  the  final  11  in  tin-  muninat  i\  <•  "ininilar  i>  Lrrnrrall  y 
«ln»|»|u'«l.       £n-  Jyelfeit,  rock',  c/ijf,  and  I        >>i'rv  foarf,  an-  i 
ular  in  the  singular  : 

iht  heap 

ber    hVMn'ie  bet  I  i  ber 

be0  WeNin'ten*  be$  $aufen*  bed  fte(|en($)          bed  $er$en* 

^cm  WctHin'ien  bem  Maitu-n  nn  ^cm  \vi;cn 

ben  Weban'ren  be»  ^wufcn  ben  Sclfcna  bad 


Me  (^^nn'fcn  :ic  ic  ivn  bie 

bcr  (^o^n'fcn  ber  (attj  ber  ber 

ben  (^cNin'fon  ben  ben 

bie  (MctHin'tcn  bie  twiuVn  ^ic  bie    $er$cn 


2        Like  ber  Wcbniifc  or  ber  §attfe<tt>,  are  inflected  the  following 
masc  iilint   nouns  (the  plural  of  ber  Sd)abe(tt>  is  bie  3d)dbcn):8 


bcv  ^riebe(n)     bie  ^-ricbcn      peace 
ber  Aiiufc  it  *     ^ 


bei  Webnirfc5   bie  (Hebon'fen 
bci    (^efnl'le  n    I  I 
bev  Wloube(tt) 


ber  $auie  n     bic  >>nu?cu  /-•  •//• 

Stamen  ""//" 

raiue  H     Me  3amen  seed 

ber  3d>abc,ni  bie  3rtinben  Aarm 

ber  «Bifle(«)  "•/// 


NOUNS;   CLASS  II,  STRONG 

Masculine:  Most  nouns  of  one  syllable;6  all  nouns  ending  in 
id),  ifl,  ling;  many  nouns,  mostly  of  foreign  origin,  ending  in  I, 
«f  r,  t,  and  acivnted  on  the  last  syllable. 

Feminine:  About  35  nouns  of  one  syllable;  all  nouns  ending  in 
fnitft  (1*23,5),  a°d  some  nouns  ending  in  niv,  fnl. 

Neuter:  About  60  nouns  of  one  syllable;  most  nouns  ending  in 
nic«r  fol;  many  nouns  of  foreign  origin  (not  denoting  persons), 
ending  in  If  ttr  rr  tf  and  accented  on  the  last  syllable. 

1  The  nominative  singular  without  it  is  preferable.        2  Or  geld. 

8  Tor  ^ud|xftab(e)r  letter  (of  the  alphabet),  has  Surti'ftabcn •$)  in  the  geni- 
tive singular;  in  the  other  cases.  Stadi'itaben. 

4  The  genitive  singular  is  sometimes  Junfcn.  6  The  nominative  sin- 
gular is  without  n. 

8  Many  of  these  are  verb  roots :  as,  ber  Srfjlag,  blow  (frfftageit,  strike). 


NOUNS  OF  THE  SECOND  CLASS 

The  genitive  singular  of  masculines  and  neuters  =  — (e)g.1 
The  nominative  plural  of  all  nouns  =  -^Ie*2 
The  dative  plural  of  all  nouns  =  -^-en* 


which  tree 

that  river 

my  foot 

the  hand 

meld)  er    23autn 

jener  Stufe 

mein      Su 

$             bie  ^anb1 

eg 

eg1      jeneg  gtuffeg         tnetneg  Su 

feeg          ber  §anb 

em 

e3        jenent  Stuffe 

metnem  Su 

fee3          ber  §anb 

en 

jenen  Slufj 

meinen  Su 

fe             bte  §anb 

e     SBa'um 

e2        jene    Stuff  e 

2         ntetne     S2 

fee2         bte  §a>n^e2 

er 

e          jener  Stuffe 

ntetner  SS 

fee           ber  §anbe 

en 

en        jenen  Stuffen         nteinen  S# 

feen         ben  §anben 

e 

e         jene     S^uffe 

metne     ^u 

fee           bie  §anbe 

the  day 

the  month    '' 

your  year 

the  secret 

ber  Sag 

ber  9ftofnat 

bein      3at)v 

bag  ®ef)ettnfni3 

beg  Sageg1 

beg  9Jio'natg 

betneg  Sa^reg 

beg  ®e^eintfmffeg4 

bent  Sage3 

bent  9)?ofnat 

betnent  3a^re 

bent  ($k£)eimfnts> 

ben  Sag 

ben  Sfto'nat 

bein      5^ 

bag  ®et)etmrni§ 

bie   Sage2 

bte    9ftofnate 

betne     Qa^re2 

bte   ®ef)etntfntffe 

ber  Sage 

ber  90£ofnate 

betner  .Qatjre 

ber  ®e^eimfntffe 

ben  Sagen 

ben  5Q^ofnaten 

betnen  Qatjren 

ben  ®et)etmfntffen 

bte   Sage 

bie    90?o'nate 

betne    $otyct 

bte   ©e^etnt'ntffe 

the  hall 

the  bishop 

the  palace 

the  monument 

ber  @aal 

ber  23tfcf)fof 

ber  $ataftf 

bag  Monument' 

beg  ©aateg 

beg  53ifd)'ofg 

beg  ^ataft'eg 

beg  ^onuntent'g 

bent  ©aale 

bent  33ifc^fof 

bent  ^ataftf 

bent  Monument' 

ben  ©aat 

ben  S3tfd)fof 

ben  s$ataft' 

bag  Monument' 

bte   gate2 

bte   53ifd)fofe 

bte   ^ataft'e 

bte   5D^onument'ex 

ber  ©ate 

ber  33ifd)'ofe 

ber  ^ataft'e 

ber  Sftonumenre 

ben  ©a'ten 

ben  SBtfdj'ofett 

ben  SJktaft'en 

ben  Monument'  en 

bie    ©ate 

bie   53tfc^fofe 

bte   ^ataft'e 

bte   Monument'  e 

1  See  41,  65.         2  Vowel  modification  in  nouns  of  one  syllable :  if  mas- 
culine, generally  ;  if  feminine,  always  ;  if  neuter,  almost  never. 
3  See  42.         4  Before  case  endings,  the  g  of  ntg  is  doubled. 


10 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  ll<nn< 


I        Some  important  monosyllabic  masculine  nouns  of  Class  II  aiv 
without  vowel  modification  in  the  plural:1 


bcr  flrm 
ber  -ftunb 


bic  Slrntc 
Me  £mnbc 


bcr  Sdiul)    bie  3rf)nt)c     *w 
bcr  Xag       bic  Xaflc        day 


2        Among  the  important  monosyllabic  masculine  nouns  of  Class  II 


arc  tin-  following:1 


bet 

ber  i^aum 

ber  $cr.i 

ber 

ber 

M    Aeiitfr 

bcr 

ber 

ber 

ber 

ber 

bcr 

ber  @aft 

ber 

ber 

bcr 

bcr  .ftcrbft 

bcr  $of 

bcr  .fcttt 

bcr  tiampf 

bcr  fcncrtit 

ber 

ber 

ber 

bcr 


bie 
bie 
bie 

bic  JBricfc 
bic  Xicbc 
Aciirtc 
bie 
bie 
bic 
Me 
bie 
bie 
bie  Wane 
bie  ftrunbr 

Ml)  IIC 

bie  -\SaIfc 
bic  $crbftc 
:  .   A>uic 
bic  ^iitc 
bie  Mampfe 
bie  fincrtitc 
bie  fiopfc 
bie  Jhicnc 
bic  Warfte 
bic 


doctor 
tree 


•  MM| 

JUI 


/ox 

/-,„,/ 

IM|| 


ground  * 

cocJk 

necfc 

'//</» 
yard4 
Aat 

QOMM 

aervant 

Aead 

tear 

market 

place6 


;  i  ?Kocf 


ba 

ber 
ber 

bcr 
ber 
bcr 
ber 
ber 
ber 
ber 
ber 
ber 
ber 
ber 
ber 
ber 
ber 
ber 
ber 
bcr 
ber 
bo 


Me 

bie 

3djrirt  bie 

Ste*  bic 

3  nt  u  bic 

rulm  bie 
3tnm: 

3tcin  bic 

3  in  ii  bic 

3rucf  bie 

rnitjl  bie 

3titrm  Me 

laitj  bie 

Icii  bie 

Itf4  bie 
Xob 

Irninii 
Xurm  bic 
£?eg  bie 
^ciu  bie 
bie 
bie 
bie 
bie 
gag  bie 


coat 
N0M 


rrtirittc 

3tnic 
riiuic 


victory 

>»  /i.sr 

•on 


3tllllHIIC 

3fcinc 
3tcrnc 
3tiirfc 
3tnlilc 
3tiirme 


Xetle 
XiWe 

Xraume 
Xfirrnc 


^cinc 
Stfinbc 


^iilfe 


Atone 

«tar 

cane 

dance 

part 

table 

death 

dream 

tower 

way 

wine 

wind 

landlord 

wolf 


t  ruin 


1  Use  this  list  as  directed  at  71.    The  following  nouns  may  be  added : 
bcr  $cfurt)f,  wait;   bcr  $imt,  cathedral;   ber  ($rab,  degree;  ber  .fruf, 

Aoo/;  tvv  l'autf  >'*jmd;  ber  vl)?onbf  moon;  ber  Ortr  p/ace  (plural,  Crtcf 
places,  connect td:  Crtcr,  places,  separate);  ber  $fabr  path;  ber  $unftf 
point;  ber  3rf)ttUr  sound,  rin.v  :  ber  ?)iufr  call;  bcr  3tofff  -^'/./f;  ber  $erhtft'f 
/o«a;  ber  s^ erf ud)' f  <itt*tnpt. 

2  Use  this  list  as  directed  at  71.         8  Or  reason.        4  Or  court. 
6  Or  square. 


NOUNS  OF  THE  SECOND  CLASS 


11 


The  more  important  monosyllabic  feminine  nouns  of  Class  II  are    i 
the  following:1 


bie 

bie  Smut 

bie  Smft 

bie 

bie 

bie 

bie 

bie 

bie  tunft 


bie 
bie 
bie  Sriifte 


bench 
bride 
breast 


bie  griidjte   fruit 

bie  (Mnfe      goose 

bie  ^pattbe 

bie 

bie 

bie  ®iinfte 


hand 
force 
cow 
art 


bie  fiuft 

bie  Suft 

bie 

bie 

bie 

bie 

bie  9£0t 

bie  Stabt 

bie 


bie  Siifte 

bie  Sitfte 

bie 

bie 

bie 

bie  !Wad)te 

bie  -WiJte 

bie  etSbte 

Me  SBiinbe 


air 

pleasure 

might 

maid 

mouse 

night 

need 

city,  town 

wall 


The  more  important  monosyllabic  neuter  nouns  of  Class  II  are    2 
the  following:2 


bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 


Seib 


bag 
bag 


bie  Seine 


bie 
bie 

bie 
bie 
bie 

bie 
bie 
bie 


leg 

blood 

bread 

thing 

meat 

hair 

army 

year 

sorrow 

time 

sea 

net 


bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 


^ferb 


@rf)af 
Styff 


Stitrf 
Xter 
Sor 


SBurt 


bie 

bie  ^ferbe 

bie 

bie 

bie  Sdjafe 

bie  Sjriefc 
bie  6tiirfe 
bie  Xiere 
bie  Xore 
bie  SSerle 
bie  2$orte3 


pair 

horse 

right  ' 

kingdom 

sheep 

ship 

play 

piece 

animal 

gate 

work 

word 


1  Use  this  list  as  directed  at  71.     The  following  nouns  may  be  added  : 
bie  9fngft,  anxiety;  bie  5l£tf  ax;  bie  $anftf  fist;  bie  ^ludjt,  flight;  bie 
skin;    bie  9?tt|f  rm£;    bie  (Sdjttltr,  string,  cord  (plural  also  <Sdjtttt= 
rett);  bie  28urftf  sausage. 

'2  Use  this  list  as  directed  at  71.     The  following  nouns  may  be  added  : 
baggier,  beer;  bag  (£i3,  ice;  bag  geftf  /eas£;  bag  ®tftf  po^on  ;  bag  $eftf 
bag  ^ttief  knee;  bag  $rett3f  cross;   bag  Saub, 
f  mea^;  bagSWa^  measure; 
bagSlfo^;  bag  ^fttttb, 
horse;  bag  <Sal5f  saW; 
eUf  rope;  bag  Stfflf), 
bag  3eW    ^eri^'  ^  S^ug,  s^^";  bag 


notebook;  bag  $imt, 

foliage;  bag  Sobr  praise;  bag  £03, 

bag^e^f^oitr;  bag  3Jlo^r  moss;  bag  Dfcft, 

pound;  bag  $ttltf  desfc;  bag  D^o^r,  ree^;  bag 

bag  Srf)tlb,  sHe^  (131);    bag  <3tf|tt)ettt,   ^0(7;  bag 

straw;  bag 

object. 

3  words,  connected;  SBb'rter,  words,  separate. 


A  GERMAN  in: II.  I. 


NOUNS:   CLASS  III,  STRONG 

/ 

Masculine:   A  tVu  DO  one  syllable;   bcr  ^rrtiiin,  mistake, 

tUT  Wcidjtnm,  riches. 

Neuter:   Al»out    tin   m>ui:  y   of    one  syllable;    almost    all 

mums  cinlinu  in   turn. 


The  genitive  singular  =»  —  (e)d.f 
The  nominative  plural  =  -=-er.f 
Tin-  dative  plural  =  _-  cm. 


3 

man 

the  error 

the  house 

the  antiquity 

b  cr    9Rann 

ber  3  IT'  mm 

L'flC'    \V.ltv 

bad  ftl'talum 

ed 

ed*      bed  Srr'tumd 

bed  $aufed 

bed  SU'tcrtumd 

em 

e4         bent  ^rr'tum 

be«9llFlcitum 

en 

ben  ^ir'tum 

:ao  v^.n. 

bad  ^I'tt-ituiit 

ie    SHann 

cr         bic    x~\n'  tinner 

bie  fcftincr 

bic    xMl'tevtiimcr 

xer 

cr          bcr    ^n'tiiincr 

ber  .(Hiuier 

'tevtiimer 

en 

cm        ,scn   vV.i':i;incni       ben  ^dufern 

ben  Hl'tcrtiimern 

ie 

cr         bic    on  'aimer 

bic    gainer 

bie  «I'tertumer 

4 

Tlie  masculine  nouns  of  Class  III  are  the  following:5 

LIU         bie  (ftetfter     spirit 

.bcr  ftanb         bic 

JKonbcr        edyc 

urn         bic  (Hotter      god 

ber  'Balb         bie 

^iilUcr 

ber  ifcib          bie  I'cibcr       body 

bd  Wurm         ::e 

^iMirmcr      worm 

ber  3)iaitn       bie  Banner 

bcr  3rrtnm      bie 

rNrrtiimcr     error 

ber  Crt           bie  Crtcr       place* 

bcr  JHet^tnm    bie 

'liciriitiimcr  wealth 

5 

The  more  important  neuter  nouns  of  Class  III 

are  the  follow- 

ing:7 

ba§  ^ilb         bie  SWbcr      i>i<-tnre 

bad  8udj          bie 

^flt^cr         book 

bod  $lntt 

bic  flatter     leaf 

bad  Xotft          bie 

Ttidjcr         roof 

i -turn  =  Kn.irlish  -cZom,  as  in  uking-dom,"  "Christen-dom." 

2  See  41.     Class  III  has  no  feminines. 

»  Cf .  44  child/'  44  children  "  (=  child-er-en).         *  See  42. 

^  Use  this  list  as  directed  at  71.  Tor  !!Bo'fcnjidjtf  ra.sc-/  has 

the  plural  bic  $offctt>uf)te  (Class  II)  or  Me  8o'fcttwt|ter  (Class  III);  ber 
^ur'muiib,  'jxardian  (uorr  before,  ber  sl)hinb,  mouth),  has  bie  $or'munbc 
(Class  II)  or  bie  Sor'miinber  (Class  III).  6  See  101.  7  See  is1. 


NOUNS  OF  THE  FOURTH  CLASS 


13 


bag  ^orf1 
bag  (£i 
bag  gelb 
bag  (Mb 

bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 
bag 


bie  Surfer 

bie  (£ier 

bie  $eiber 

bie  (Mber 

bie 

bie 

bie 

bie 

bie  filter 

bie  ^witpte 

bie  ^aufer 

bie  $0l$er 

bie  $inber 


village 
egg 
field 
money 


glass 

grave 

grass 

estate 

head 

house 

wood 

child 


bag 
bag  Samm 
bag  Saub 
bag  Sit^t 
bag  Sieb 
bag  9kft 
bag  St^fo^ 
bag  Srfjtoert 
bag  Sal 
bag  Stt^ 
bag  $olf 
bag  SSeiB 
bag  2Bort 


bte 

bie  Sammer 

bie  Sanber 

bie  Sifter 

bie  Sieber 

bie  defter 

bie  Si^loffer 

bie  Sd 

bie  Saler 

bie 

bie 

bie 

bie  Sorter 


lamb 

land 

light 

song 

nest 

castle 

sword 

valley 

cloth 

people 

woman 

word2 


NOUNS:  CLASS  IV,  WEAK 

Masculine:  About  20  nouns  of  one  syllable;  all  nouns  ending 
in  c  denoting  males;  many  nouns  of  foreign  origin,  generally  de- 
noting persons,  ending  in  tf  and  accented  on  the  last  syllable. 

Feminine:  About  75  nouns  of  one  syllable;  all  feminine  nouns 
of  more  than  one  syllable  (except  bie  SOiuttcr,  bie  £0d)terf  Class  I; 
and  those  ending  in  tti£,  fal,  Class  II).3 

The  genitive  singular  of  masculines  =  — (e)tt*4 
The  nominative  plural  of  all  nouns  =  — (e)tt. 

1  Use  this  list  as  directed  at  71.     The  following^nouns  may  be  added: 
bag  $mtf  office;  bag  S3abf  bath;  bag  SBattb,  band,  ribbon;  bag  $rettf 

board;  bag  $ad),  compartment,  specialty ;  bag  $a$f  cask;  bag  ®emadjff 
room,  apartment;  bag  $ettttttf,  mind,  heart;  bag  $efd)fed)tfr  sex;  bag 
®efpettftff  ghost;  bag  ®CttWttbff  garment;  ba3  ®liebf  limb,  member;  bag 
^)0rttf  horn;  bag  §of$ritalf  (or  bag  <5$itaV),  hospital;  bag  $ttfjnf  hen, 
fowl;  bag  ^alBf  calf;  bag  ^umf  corn;  bag  $tttttt,  herb;  bag  Sibf  eyelid; 
bag  So(^r  /io^e;  bag  ^lanir  mouth;  bag  $fanbf  pledge;  bag  9^abf  wheel; 
bag  92egimentff  regiment;  bag  9iei^f  ^w^;  bag  9iittbf  neat;  bag  @t^|Ubf 
signboard  (II2) ;  bag  £8am§f  jacket. 

2  See  11,2. 

3  This  includes  all  nouns  ending  in  tV,  it',  if ;  ittf  ton7;  ^eitr  fett, 
fltttft;  fdjaft,  ling,  tat7;  and  most  nouns  ending  in  e,  lit7, 

4  See  65.     In  masculine  nouns,  n  or  en  is  added  in  all  cases  except  in 
the  nominative  singular.     Class  IV  has  no  neuters. 


1  { 


A  GERMAN  I  Hi  11. 1.   HOOK 


>l        the  gentleman 

cr    x.Varr           ber   | 

which  boy  f 
ipeldjer  3ungef 

every  student 

icber    2tubcm' 

01 

en 

bed  .^H-rrn1 

jpcldiefil  Sunken 

i                 'en 

em 

en 

mclfym  3u 

jcbem  2tubcnt'en 

en 

en 

ben  $>emi 

u>eld)en  Ji; 

jeben  2tubcnt'cn 

ie 

en 

bie   $>erren 

iueld)e     Sunken 

jebe8  2tubentfen 

er 

en 

ber  fcerren 

ii 

IT     2lllbi'llt'CIt 

CH 

en 

ben  $>erren 

iueld)en  ^ini^cn 

jeben  2tubciit'eii 

ie 

en 

bie    $*rren 

ioeld)e    ^ungen 

jebe     2tubcntren 

the  woman 

'<>wer 

thefeather 

ui4 

bie    ^lurne* 

Me    Mo'niivii4 

nut 

ber  Minute 

ber  ,>eber 

ber  Aio'niivii 

^cr    Ainu 

ber  Sluiuc 

n 

ber  .(Ut'niflm 

Me    Twau 

bie    Finnic 

tc    Moriiii\iii 

men 

bit  $lumen 

Me   Scbem 

Me   iU^nininnen5 

uien 

ber  ^  lumen 

ber  rvcbcm 

ber  Aio'niiiiiuien 

men 

ben  tinmen 

ben  Jvcbern 

ben  .ftornic\iiinen 

bie   ftrauen 

bie   $lumen 

bie   Sebcm 

Me   Ao'niginnen 

3        rrhf  most  important  monosyllabic  masculine  nouns  of  Class  IV 

;uv  tlu'  t'«»llo\\  ing:6 


bcv 

$ar 

bic 

$fircn 

bear 

f  bcr 

«^irt 

bie 

ftirtcn 

.x//»/,'' 

bcv 

C«orift 

bie 

CNlirtftcn 

Christian 

ber 

^icnfrti 

bie 

Wenfrfjeii 

man8 

bcv 

Tviirft 

bie 

A-urftcn 

prince1 

ber 

Vuirr 

bie 

Vuirrcn 

fool 

bcv 

(>>nif 

bic 

Oirnfen 

count 

ber 

Crti-;- 

bie 

Cdifcn 

<>S 

bcv 

vclb 

bic 

«elben 

hero 

ber 

PrhH 

bie 

^riir,cn 

prince1 

bcv 

£crr 

bic 

.^crren 

gentleman 

lor 

bie 

lorcu 

fool 

1  n  is  used  irregularly  for  en.     Masculine  nouns  of  one  syllable  reg- 
ularly have  en. 

2  Nouns  ending  in  e  are  generally  weak  (Class  IY)  and  feminine. 
:>  As,  allc  unb  jebe  3tubcntcn,  students,  one  and  all.        4JSee  O5. 

6  Before  case  endings,  the  n  of  in  is  doubled. 

6  Use  this  list  as  directed  at  71. 

7  A  Jjffltft  is  a  sovereign  ;  a  $rin&  is  the  son  of  a  sovereign. 

*  mankind,. mortal,  as  <UM  in^uished  from  the  lower  animals. 
With  Crf}*,  Crtiien,  cf,  "ox,"  "oxen." 


NOUNS  OF  THE  FOURTH  CLASS 


15 


Among  the  important  polysyllabic  masculine  nouns  of  Class  IV    I 

are  the  following:1 

ber  Sibtwfat'  bie  Slbtutfa'tett  lawyer 

ber  ^naic      bie  SlnaBen      ?>oy 

ber  Slffe         bie  3lffen          ape 

ber  Siittic        bie  Siitoeit         lion 

ber  5lite         bie  5tttcn          old  man 

ber  ^Jeffc       bie  9?effeit        nephew 

ber  SBebten'tebie  SBebiett'tett  valet[ger 

ber  ^5oetf       bie  ^oc'ten      poei 

ber  SBflte        bie  SBoten         messen- 

•ber  O^abc        bie  OlaBett        raven 

ber  ^CtttfrfjC  bie  $>eutfdjett    German 

ber  Oitefc       bie  Dliefen        giant 

ber  (£rfce        bie  (£r&en         /*eir 

ber  <Srf|tt(5C    bie  <Sc^tt^ett     mayor 

ber  $rembe    bie  ^rembeit     stranger 

ber  @j^urfc    bie  ©djurfett    wretch 

ber  £afe        bie  ^wfett         hare 

ber  ©llaue     bie  @flotien      sZave 

ber  ^wfarf     bie  ^ufa'rett    hussar 

ber  6o(batf    bie  6u(baften  soldier 

ber  Subc        bie  Subett        <7ew 

ber  Stttbcnt'  bie  Stuben'tetts^o'enz 

ber  Swtge     bie  Stottgett       boy 

•ber  lt(anf       bie  Ufa'ttett      lancer 

The  more  important  monosyllabic  feminine  nouns  of  Class  IV  are    2 

the  following:2 

bie  5lrt          bie  5trten         fcrno* 

*  bie  ©c^itlb     bie  Sc^ulbcn  debt 

bie  SBaljn       bie  S5a^nen      road 

bie  Sec         bie  6ee(e)n    sea3 

bie  SBurg        bie  S3urgctt      castle* 

bie  <S^itr       bie  Spuren    ^race 

bie  $ee           ^e  See(e)tt      /airy 

bie  Stint       bie  Stirnett  forehead 

bie  Urait        bie  fjrauctt       woman5 

bie  ^at         bie  Xatett      cZee^ 

bie  S<*(jb        bie  S^gbctt       c/iase 

bie  Xiit6       bie  Xiirett      door 

bie  ^fltdjt      bie  ^flit^teu     C?M^ 

bie  U^r         bie  Uljtett      clock'1 

bie  $oft         bie  ^Soften       post  office 

bie  2Ba^(       bie  SBaljten    choice 

bie  Spradjt                                splendor 

bie  SSclt       bie  233eften    w?or/cZ 

bie  6(^(a(^t    bie  <£djladjten  6a^ie 

bie  3a^         ^e  3&ljten     number 

bie  6tf|rift     bie  6d)rtften    writing 

bie  Beit         bie  Beiten      time 

1  Use  this  list  as  directed  at  71. 

2  Use  this  list  as  directed  at  71.     The  following  nouns  may  be  added: 
bie  SBanf,  bank  (for  keeping  money;  cf.  11,  i);  bie  ^o^rtf  passage;  bie 

field,  plain;  bie  glut,  flood,  tide;  bie  gorm,  /orm,  figure;  bie 
^ra^tf  freight;  bie  $rtft,  iime,  respite;  bie  ^5iftf  ^/£  (cf .  II2) ;  bie  ®wtftf 
favor;  bie  ^putf  Aeed",  guard  (no  plural;  cf.  10,2);  bie  ^uftf  /ooc?  (no 
plural);  bie  Soften,  costs  (no  singular);  bie  Saftf  load,  burden;  bie  fiift, 
cunning ;  bie  9Dfarff  boundary ;  bie  SDflarfc^f  marsh,  moor;  bie  ^ittt,  cipher; 
bie  Dual,  torment;  bie  Sd)arr  froop,  crowd;  bie  <3(f|t^tf  ^ayer;  bie 
ip;  bie  SBttt,  ragre  (no  plural). 

3  See  17, 4-        4  stronghold,  fortress. 
5  Or  ^ady.        6  Or  Xitrc.         ^  Or 


16 


A  GERMAN  Dill  LI.   HOOK 


I         Among  the  important  pollysyllabic  feminine  nouns  of  Class  IV 


are  the  following : ] 


bic 
bie 
bie 
bie 
bic 
bic 
bie 
bie 
bie 
bie 
bie 
btc 
bic 
bie 
btc 
bic 
bic 

blC 

bie 

bic 
bie 
bie 
bie 
bie 
bie 
bie 
bie 
bie 
bie 
bic 
bie 
bie 
bic 
bie 


Tome 


•ilc 


s>lr'bcit    bic  flr'betten 
UMCHC      bic  Jtficnen 
Finnic     bic  gUiiincii 
bic  ^ritrfcit 
bic  Xamcn 
bie  (£l|rc!i 
bic  (frbcn 
Jvnmi'lic  btc   /"viimi'lici 
ftarbc      bie  Rarbcn 
ftcbcr      btc  Jvcbcrn 
Acritc      bic  ri-cr  licit 
/"viiirtic     bie  Jrldriicn 
Jvlammc  bic  Jvlammcn 
bic 
Ml 
Ml 
Ml 
Ml 


pirl 


lonor 

earth 


color 
feather* 


ieoe/ 


ftrcubc 
Wcfnlir' 


Worfc 


ftete 


Y- 


* 


joy 

'tell    'I'tn.ji  r 

'Qtnten  region 
Wcftalt'    bic  (^m\'ttn  figure 

-i-UUll'tCll 

bic  (tlloifm      bell 
i^rnncn     limit 
bic  ^etben       heath 
t^ci'mat  bic  .^ci'matcn  home 
help 

bic  Soften 
^tttte  bie  ^iittcn 
3ttfel  bie  3nfcln 

•UK 

Hammer  bic  5lommern  chamber 

ftaijc       bic  fiaucn        cat 

bic  Aiirrlicii 

bic  Pilaff  en 

bic  kronen 
bie 

bic 


height 
hut 
island 
cold 


Aiirrfjc 
AJlnffc 
Erotic 


church 

class 

crown 

kitchen 
ball 


Vnmpe 

icbc 

bic  Dinner 
"iutit't 
,  ,    MKatc 
^ic  Wiiljc 
bic  ^abcl 
bie  flntur' 
bie 
bie 
bic 
bie 
bic  SHciu- 
bic  JHofe 
bie  JHufte 
3nd|c 
bic  3d»ule 
MV   3cclc 

Beta 

bic  3pctfe 

Me  3tcllc 
bic  3timme 
i^ic  3trnfc 
bic  3trfi^e 
3  tube 
bie  etunbe 
bie  Xante 
bic  Xaft^e 
bie  Xtefe 
bie  Xranc 
bic  Xrcppc 
bie  ^affc 
bie  95?ctfc 
bie  £>clt 
bie  SBttwe 
bie 


dampen 

bic  IKnttcrit 
bic  lUiiiurtcn 


(Off 


bie 

bic  Vi'obcln 

:;;  ^ntti'rcit 

Me  $crio' urn 

bic 

bic 

Ml 

bie 

bie  SJofen 

bie  3a«en 

bic   ^rtiulcn 
bic  3eelett 

bic  3cttcn 
3ucifen 
Me   3tcllcii 
bic  3ttmntcn 


ininntt' 

mUUUt 

trouble 
needle 
nature 


3trnfcit 
3trfi^en 
3tubcn 
3tunbcn 
Inntcn 
bie  Infrticu 
bie  Xtcfett 
bic  Xrancn 
bie  Xreppen 
bic  SSnffcn 
bie  SBetfcn 
bie  g^cltcu 
bie  SSMtrocn 
bie 


speech 

series 

Journey 


rest 
thing 
school 
soul 


food 

place* 

voice 

fine 

street 

room 

hour 

aunt 

pocket 

depth 

tear 

stairs 

weapon 

way 

world 

widow 

week 


1  Use  this  list  as  directed  at  71.      2Or  pen.      *  situation,  employment. 


NOUNS  OF  THE  FIFTH  CLASS 


17 


NOUNS:    CLASS  V,  MIXED1 

Masculine:  A  few  irregular  nouns;  almost  all  nouns  of  foreign    i 
origin  ending  in  0r* 

Neuter:  A  few  Irregular  nouns;   some  nouns  of  foreign  origin 
ending  in  I,  nu 

The  genitive  singular  =  — (e)g.2  2 

The  nominative  plural  =  — (e)tt» 


the  peasant 

the  state 

the  doctor 

the  museum 

er    Waiter 

ber  ©taat 

ber  SkVf'tor 

bag  SDfcitfe'um 

eg 

g 

beg  (Staateg2 

beg  £>o!'torg 

beg  SKufe'unu 

em 

bent  Staate3 

bent  Softer 

bent  9ftuferum 

en 

ben  ©taat 

ben  Sol'tor 

bag  9Jlujefum 

te 

n 

bie    6taaten 

bte   3)o!tofren 

bte   ^ufe'en4 

er 

n 

ber  ©taaten 

ber  3)o!tofren 

ber  9Rufe'cit 

en 

n 

ben  (Staaten 

ben  3)o!tofren 

ben  3D^ujefen 

te 

n 

bte   <3taaten 

bie   2)o!to'ren 

bie   ^uje'en 

The  most  important  masculine  and  neuter  nouns  of  Class  V  are    4 


the  following:5 

ber  SBaner 

ber  Stfadjbar 

ber  See 

ber  Staat 

ber  ©traljl 

ber  better 

ber  ^>u!ftor 


beg 

beg  Seeg 

beg  Staateg 

beg  ®trafi(eg 

beg  $etterg 

beg 


bie  S5anern 
bie  SRadjftarn 
bie  ©a^mer^eji 

bie  @ee(e)n 
bie  @taaten 
bie  6tra^len 
bie  $ettern 

bie 


ba§  (Snbe 


bag  Stn'binm 


beg  5lngeg 

beg  *oettcg 

beg  @nbeg 

beg  ^embeg 

beg  D^veg 

beg  9Jlateria(gf 

beg  Stn'biitmg 


bie 

bie  Setten 

bie  (gnben 

bie  ^pentben 

bie  D^ren 

bie 

bie  ©tn'bten 


peasant 

neighbor 

pain 

lake6 

state 

ray 

cousin 

doctor 

eye 

bed 

end 

shirt 

ear 

material 

study 


1  Singular  strong,  plural  weak.        2  See  41.     Class  Y  has  no  feminines. 

3  See  42.        4  Nouns  in  alx  and  \V  have  the  plural  in  ietu        5  Use  this 

list  as  directed  at  71.     6  Or  beg  SBanern,     7  Or  beg  ^ac^barn*     8  See  15, 2. 


18 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


I         il'Miam 
SBillNlm 


WillKlm 


Emma 

l*mma 
(£mmad 

Chit  ma 


PROPER  NOUNS 
Max 


Louisa 

Strife 


Smith 


fiutfe 


SBtltKlme 
2Bu>lmc 

Germany 

.'In  nb 

Toiiiidilanb* 
:>lant> 
^tttb 


Cf  111  mad 
liuimQd 
C^mmad 
(Juimad 

5idtz» 

•iweti 

t)»peij 
bie 


•bill 
•toga 

I'iaic 


Vuifei 


:itM 

3dimibt 
:iiblda 


flmcrifa 

»merifal 

ttmerifa 

^Imcrita 


gutjcM 

Berlin 
Berlin' 


Parii 


Devlin' 


The  possessor  may  follow  or  precede  the  thing  possessed:  as, 

1.  bad  3rf)lofi  ftaifcr  ®  ilftclm  bed  3»citcn,  tAe  ea«((e  o/  Emperor  William 

the  Second. 

2.  bad  .$au$  bed  armcw  ,^einrid|f4  the  house  of  poor  Ifenry. 

3.  bte  SBerfe  etned  3d|iUcr,4  ///r  work*  of  a  Schiller. 

4.  bno  .\>nit:  ^c:  ^rafcfjor^  Toftor  3d»mibt,4  the  house  of  Prof  e**or  Smith. 

5.  Jtatfcr  *&ill)clm#  3d|lo(r  Emperor  H'tlUnm'*  castle. 

6.  bed  tf  ontg  Don  (ynnlaiibd4  3dj(oftf  the  King  of  England's  castle. 

7.  bed  flrofcen  3d]illcr:4  'Berfe,  the  great  Schiller's  works. 

8.  $crrn  ^rufcffur  Xoftor  c^mtbtd4  ^and,  Professor  Smith's  house. 

Possession  may  be  expressed  by  the  dative  with  toon  :  as, 
1.  bte  Confer  Don  ^ari^t  the  houses  of  Paris.9 


1  Given  names  ending  in  an  d-sound  have  the  genitive  in  end  ;  but 
surnames  and  most  foreign  given  names  have  an  apostrophe:  as,  £$0J£r, 
Fo«s'.x;  3opl)uflcc<',  >"/>/ioctes'«  (or  Sophocles'). 

-  As,  3rt)iniM3  jtitt)  f)icrr  i  are  here. 

8  The  genitive  of  the  names  of  places  ending  in  d  is  generally  ex- 
pressed by  using  Don  with  the  dative. 

4  When  used  with  an  article,  a  proper  name  is  uninflected,  unless  it 
depends  on  a  noun  that  stands  after  it. 


A  KEY  TO  THE  CLASSES  OF  NOUNS 


19 


HOW  TO  DETERMINE  THE  CLASS  OF  A  NOUN 


r  List  1,  below?  Class  V  (17,2) 
monosyl-   I  List  2,  below  ?   Class  III  (12, 2) 
labic?        ]  List  3,  below?   Class  IV  (13,2) 
I  If  not,  then  Class  II  (9,  i) 
-e?  Class  IV  (13, 2) 
List  1,  below  ?  Class  V  (17,2) 
-ef,  -en,  -er  ?  Class  I  (6, 2) 
-turn?  Class  III  (12, 2) 
If  not,  then  Class  II  (9,  i) 


r  masculine?  - 


NOUN    - 


polysyl- 
labic? 


feminine  ? 


monosyl-  /  List  4,  below  ?   Class  II  (9,  i) 
\  If 


labic? 


neuter? 


onosyl- 


polysyl- 
labic? 


not,  then  Class  IV  (13, 2) 
r  Stutter,  Softer  ?  Class  I  (6,4) 
4  -tti3,  -fal?  Class  II  (9,i) 
L  If  not,  then  Class  IV  (13,2) 

List  5,  below?   Class  V  (17,2) 
List  6,  below  ?  Class  III  (12, 2) 
L  If  not,  then  Class  II  (9,  i) 

r  -el,  -en,  -er,  -djeit,  -lent,  ®e — e  ? 

Class  I  (6, 2) 

-tttS,  -fal  ?  Class  II  (9,  i) 
]  List  5,  below?  Class  V  (17,2) 

List  6,  below?  Class  III  (12, 2) 
L  If  not,  then  Class  II  (9,  i) 


List  1:  Masculine  nouns  in  Class  V  (17,4):  $avter,  9?ad)6ar,  Sd)tner§, 
@ee,  @taat,  (Strati,  better* 

List  2 :  Masculine  nouns  in  Class  III  (12, 4) :  (SJeift,  ©ott,  2et6,  Tlann, 
Ort,  ^Ranb,  3BaIb,  Surttu 

List  3:  Masculine  nouns  in  Class  IV  (14, 3):  23ar,  ^rtft,  giirft,  ®raff 
§clb,  ©err,  ©irt,  5D^enfd)f  ^arr,  0(^§r  ^rins,  2;or. 

List  4:  Feminine  nouns  in  Class  II  (11,  x):  Sfagft,  %,  35an!,  SBraut, 
SBruft,  gauft,  gludjt,  gruc^t,  ®an§,  ©anb,  ©aut,  ^raft,  Su^,  Shmft,  fiuft,  Suft, 
SKarfjl,  3Ragbf  50Zau§,  ^acfit,  ^ot,  9^11^,  @d)nurf  (Stabt,  SSSanb,  98urft. 

List  5:   Neuter  nouns  in  Class  V  (17,4):   $fage,  SBctt,  ©nbe,  §emb,  D^r, 

List  6:  Neuter  nouns  in  Class  III  (12,5):  2lmt,  SBab,  $anb,  SBilb,  SBlatt, 
SBrett,  S5urf)f  Sad),  S)orf,  @if  gad),  ga^;  gclb,  ©clb,  ©emad)',  ©emiit',  ©e^ 
fd)led)t',  ©eftcftt',  ©cfpcnft',  ©eraanb',  ©lag,  (Meb,  ®rab,  ©ra§,  ©ut,  ©aitpt, 
£>au§,  §ol§,  §orn,  §ofpital',  §u^n,  ®alb,  ^inb,  ^(etb,  ^orn,  £raut,  2atmrt, 
Sanb,  Std)t,  Sib,  Sieb,  2od),  gjlaul,  sJleft,  ?5fanbf  5Rabf  SReghnent',  ^ei§,  SRinb, 
fe,  Sdjmert,  @pitalr,  Xal,  Xu^,  -turn,  Solf,  3Sant§;  SSeib,  5Bort. 


20 


A  GERMAN  I) nil.  I.   HOOK 


ADJECTIVES  AND  THEIR  USES 

Not  preceded  by  a  biefer-word  (21),  attributive  adjectives  and 
participle  take  the  strong  endings  of  fctcfcr  1,31,  except  that  be- 
fore a  genitive  singular  en. ling  in  £  they  take  en:  as, 


good  cold  winter 

Bitter   falter  Winter 


en 

en 

cm 

cm 

en 

en 

e 

e 

er 

cr 

en 

en 

e 

e 

good  cold  water 
gute$  falte*  ©affer 
o,uteti  fatten  ©after* 
flittem  faltcm  ©affer 
gated  failed,  ©offer 

flute     falte  ©affer 

Bitter  falter  ©offer 

guten  fatten  ©afjern 
gute    falte 


good  old  friendship 

gute  alte  Sreunb'idxift 
flitter  alter  ivieunb'idKift 
flutcr  alter  Aieunb'fdxift 
gute  alte  Sreunb'jdjajt 

gute  alte  greunb'fdjaften 
guter  alter  Aininb'fdxiften 
guten  alten  ftreunb'fdwften 
gute  alte  ftreunb'fdxiftett 

cold,  biting  tc/< 
falter,    bei'feenber  ©inter 
fallen,   bci'Bcnben  3Binter« 
faltem,  bei'fcnbem  ©intci 
fallen,  bci'fecnben  ©inter 

falte,  bei'&enbe  ©inter 

falter,  bei'feenber  ©inter 

fallen,  bei'fcnben  ©inlem 

falte,  bei'feenbe  ©inter 


3  Preceded  by  a  biefer-word  (21),  attrilmtive  adjectives  and  par- 
ticiples take  the  weak  ending  en,  except  in  five  forms  in  the  sin- 
gular (the  nominative  masculine,  feminine,  and  neuter,  and  the 
accusative  feminine  and  neuter),  in  which  they  take  e:  as, 


this  good  old  man 
btefer  gute    alte    9)tann 
biejeS  guten  alien  Cannes 
biefem  flit  ten  alten  3Ranne 
biefen  guten  alten  $Rann 

bieje    guten  alten  Scanner 
biejer  guten  alten  Scanner 
biefen  guten  alten  sDuinnern 
biefe    guten  alten  banner 


the  good  old  woman 
Me  gute    alte    Jvvau 
ber  guten  alten  Jyrau 
ber  guten  alten  Jvvau 
bie  gute    alte    grau 

bie  guten  alten  Jvraucn 
ber  guten  alten  Jvvaucn 
ben  guten  alten  ftraucn 
bie  guten  alten  Jrauen 


THE  INFLECTION  OF  ADJECTIVES  21 

the  large  old  house  the  old,  dying  hero 

ba3  grojje    alte    §au§  ber  alte,    fter'beube    §elb 

bc3  groften  altcn  §aufe§  be3  alien,  fter'beuben  $>elben 

bent  graven  alten  §aufe  bent  alien,  fter'beuben  gelben 

ba3  grofte    alte    §au3  ben  alten,  fter'beubcn  §elben 

bte  grofcen  alten  §aufer  bie  alten,  fter'beuben  §elben 

ber  grofcen  alien  §aujer  ber  alten,  fter'beuben  |>elben 

ben  gro^en  alten  §aufern  ben  alien,  fter'benben  §elben 

bie  grofeen  alten  §aufer  bte  alten,  fter'benben  §elben 

Preceded  by  a  fetn-word  (31),  attributive  adjectives  and  par- 
ticiples take  the  strong  endings  of  biefer  (1,3)  in  the  three  forms 
in  which  feitt  is  defective  (the  nominative  masculine  and  neuter, 
and  the  accusative  of  the  neuter;  S^);1  elsewhere,  they  take 
the  weak  ending  en  or  C  (20,  3)  :  as, 

no  good  old  slave  their  good  old  mother 

!ein      guter  alter  Sllabe  ifjre    gute    alte    Sautter 

feine3  guten  alten  ©flaxen  i^rer  guten  alien  Gutter 

letnem  guten  alien  (sflatocn  i^rer  guten  alten  Sutler 

leiuen  guten  alten  ©flaben  t^re    gute    alte    SfJhttter 

!eine  guten  alien  Sflaben  iljre    gulen  alten  flitter 

feiner  guten  alten  ^flatten  if)rer  guten  alten  littler 

!emen  guten  alten  ©flatten  iten  guten  alten  SJtitltern 

leiue  guten  alten  ©flatten  i^re    guten  alien 


your  large  old  house  your  affectionate  friend 

3'ljr      grofeej  altej  §au§  bein      bid)  Ite'benber  f^reunb 

grofjen  alten  §aufe§  beine^  btc^  lie'beuben  greunbeS 

grofeen  alien  §aufe  beiuem  bid)  lie'beuben  ^euube 

gro^ej  alte|  §au§  beiuen  bid)  liefbeuben  greunb 

gro^en  alien  §aitfer  beiue     bid)  lie'Benben  fjreunbe 

grofeen  alien  |>ciufer  beiuer   bic^  ltefbenben  g^unbe 

grofjen  alien  §dufern  beiuen  bic^  liefbeuben  f^reuuben 

grofeen  alten  §aufer  beiue     bic^  liefbeuben  fyreuube 


1  In  these  places  strong  endings  are  needed,  to  indicate  gender  and 
case  (I1). 


A   GEHMA.\    1>1HLL 


the  new  Berlin  stove  the  never-to-be-foryotf,  /,  »/,/// 

bcr    iicuc  ^evli'nci  l  C»en  ber   nic  ,yi  ucii^i'Kii^ 

be£  neuen  SBcvli'ncv    CfenS  bed  nie  \u  och;          m  Iage$ 

bem  ncuen  ^evli'n  bem  me  ;..  ni  Sa^e 

ben  ncuett  ^cili'n  ben  nie  511  Dcrcu'i'ieirten  lag 

bie    ncuen  ^eilt'ner   £fen  bie    nie  ju  Dergcf'fenbe*  Sage 

ber   ncuen  SJerli'iu  :cr  m        i- 

ben  ncuen  ^cvli'i:  ben  nie  511  ni  ^ageii 

bie    ncuen  ^ciii'i  bie    nie  ^u  oergcj'  jenbcn  Xage 


Tlu-  cardinal  numbers  i'2G,  i)  except  eitt$r  one,8  are  defective  (cf. 
38);  IH  IH  i  ,  am  il»uti\i»  adjectives  and  participles  following  tln-m 
take  the  strong  endings  of  btefer  (20,  i):1  as, 

1  .  fiiuf  n»tc  nltc  ^iniiiicr,  five  good  old  men. 

mf  flitter  niter  O.Knmicr,     f  five  good  old  men. 
3.  fftnf  guten  nlteii  i)idnnernf  to  oiforjtoe  good  old  men. 

Adjectives  and  partu  i]»K  s  are  often  used  as  nouns;  they  be- 
gin with  capital  letters;  and  they  are  inflected  according  to  the 
rules  for  adjectives  (20,  1,3,  21,a):  as, 

1.  flutcr  \Hltcr,  good  old  man  (20,  i).4 

8,  Uicfer  flute  XHlte,  this  good  old  man  (20,3). 

3.  biefed  gutcn  X'llten,  of  this  good  old  man  (20,3). 

4.  fein  gnter  SUter,  no  good  old  man  (21,  a).4 

5.  bcr  Wei  (cube,  the  traveller  (masculine;  20,3). 

6.  bie  Wei'fcnbe,  the  traveller  (feminine  ;  20,3). 

7.  bie  JRei'fenben,  the  travellers  (masculine  or  feminine;  20,3). 

1  Adjectives  ending  in  er  derived  from  names  of  towns  are  uninflected. 

2  When  eitid,  one,  is  used  as  an  adjective,  it  has  the  inflection  of  ein 
(3,i),  but  is  emphatic:  as,  nur  eiu  3)iann,  intr  ein  en  s^annf  only  one 
man.    For  the  use  of  ein£  as  a  pronoun,  see  36,  i. 

8  To  indicate  the  case  of  a  noun,  $tt)ei,  tiro,  and  brci,  three,  may  take 
the  strong  endings  of  bicfer  11.3)  in  the  genitive  and  the  dative:  as, 
5Weicr  Jyranen,  of  two  women  ;  bretcn  ^rnucn,  to  or  for  three  women. 

4  When  preceded  by  an  adjective  with  the  strong  endings,  an  adjective 
used  as  a  noun  is  often  inflected  with  the  weak  endings  (20,3):  as, 
flitter  9Uter  srood  old  man  (inflected  like  wcldjcr  3mifle,  14,  i);  fein  fluter 
9Uter  no.  good  old  man  (inflected  like  fein  fluter  3flaue,  21,  a);  gute  9Uten, 
good  old  people  (inflected  like  tt»e(d)e  ^ungenf  14,  i). 


THE  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 


23 


THE  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES,  PARTICIPLES,  AND  ADVERBS1 

Adjectives,  participles,  and  adverbs  are  compared  by  adding 
(c)r  and  (e)ft  to  the  positive;  the  superlative,  when  predicate,  is 
in  the  dative  singular  neuter  with  am  (=  an  bem,  2, 2) :  as, 


bbfe 
ebel 
Ijitbfrt) 
liar 
tout 
licli 
ueu 
runb 
ftofe 
traurig 

The 
in  the 

alt 
arm 
bumm 
fromm 
ijart 
Jung 
fait 
flug 
franf 
furs 
tang 
naft 
rot 

W«f 
fdjuiad) 
fdjttmra 
ftarl 

toarm 

wicked,  bad     bflfer 
7io6Ze               ebler3 
pretty             Ijitbfdjer 
clear,  plain     llarer 
Zowd*               tauter 
dear                tieber 
new?                 ueuer 
round             ruitber 
proud              ftol^er 
sad                trauriger 

following  important 
comparative  and  the 

old                 alter 
poor              armer 
stupid            biimmer 
pious              frb'mmer 
hard               Barter 
young             jitnger 
cold                falter 
clever              fliiger 
sick,  ill          franfer 
short               fitter 
long               langer 
tue^                uaffer 
red                 rb'ter 
s/iayp              fd^arfer 
weak              ft^luac^er 
black              fj^niiir^er 
strong            ftarfer 
warm              itiarmer 

wickeder        am  bflfefteu 
nobler           am  ebelfteu 
prettier          am  Ijiibfdjefteu 
clearer           am  flarfteu 
louder           am  lautefteu 
dearer           am  tiebfteu 
newer           am  ueu(e)fteu 
rounder         am  ruubefteu 
prouder         am  ftol^efteu 
sadder          am  traurigfteu 

monosyllables  have  vowel 
superlative  : 

o/o*er             am  altefteu 
poorer           am  armften 
stupider        am  biimmfteu 
more  pious    am  frb'mmfteu 
harder          am  ^artefteu 
younger          am  jihtgftett 
co/der            am  faltefteu 
cleverer          am  fliigfteu 
sicfcer         -   am  fraufftett 
shorter          am  fitr^eften 
iongrer            am  laitgftett 
wetter           amuaffefteu4 
redder           am  rb'tefteu 
sharper          am  fdjarfften 
weaker           am  ft^ttiac^fteu 
blacker          am  fdjttwr$eftett 
stronger        am  ftarffteu 
warmer          am  ttwrmftett 

wickedest2 
noblest 
prettiest 
clearest 
loudest 
dearest 
newest 
roundest 
proudest 
saddest 

modification    2 

oldest  ' 
poorest 
stupidest 
most  pious 
hardest 
youngest 
coldest 
cleverest 
sickest 
shortest 
longest 
wettest 
reddest 
sharpest 
weakest 
blackest 
strongest 
warmest 

1  For  adverbs,  see  82.       2  As  an  adverb,  wickedly,  more  wickedly,  most 
wickedly,  etc.       3  See  67.       4  Also  naffer,  am  naffeften* 


A  GERMAN  IflUl.l.   nnni< 


Some  adjectives  and  adverbs  are 
English:  as, 


flruf? 

preaf,  iargre 

flrSfccr 

greater 

am  nriM'acii 

nut 

.'/'MM/ 

ttfei 

better 

am  bcftcn 

liorii 

•        high 

l)bl)cr- 

higher 

am  Ijofiiitcn 

ii  nil 

near 

niiljcr 

nearer 

am  iitirtiftcii 

utcl 

much 

iiicljr 

MOT6 

am  mciftcii 

mclj'rcrc 

several 

bic  mciftcit 

toc'n 

ifl    M 

ipc'niflcr 

/€M 

am  luc  'uiiift 

miubcr 

fe*« 

tm  minbcftc 

ttc'n 

tge  /eu> 

me  iiiiu'r 

fewer 

bic  me  Hiiii't 

(in 


in)  bcr  imtcrc  ///<•  inner 

out)  bcr  tiuiJcrc  ///«•  outer 


irregular  or  defective,  as  in 

greatest 
best 
hiyl. 
nearest 
most 
the  most 
n  /eaut 
t    In  the  least 
m  the  fewest 
bcr  imtcrftc       the  inmost  [most 
bcr  a'uftcrfte      the  outmost,ut- 


2  The  positive  degree  has  three  uses: 

1.  As  attributive  adjectives  or  as  nouns,  always  inflected  :  as, 
1.  3ljr  flute*  aired  $an£,  your  good  old  house.    21,3. 

:.'.  fiinf  ante  nltc  IKanncr,  five  good  old  men.    22, 2. 
3.  bicfcr  fl"tc  «ltc,  thi*  good  old  man.    22,3. 

2.  As  predicate  or  appositive  adjectives,  never  inflected :  as, 

1.  bcr  altc  sl)iann  iff  out  the  old  man  is  good. 

2.  £inber,  a.rofj  itnb  flctit,  licfcn  auf  bcr  3trafte,  children,  large  and 

small,  were  running  in  the  street. 

3.  As  adverbs,  never  inflected :  as, 

1.  bte  ftrau  fiitflt  fdjon,  the  woman  sings  beautifully. 

3  The  comparative  degree  is  used  like  the  positive : 

1.  As  attributive  adjectives,  or  as  nouns,  always  inflected :  as, 

1.  cut  flroftcrcr,  altcrcr  Una  be,  a  larger,  older  boy.    21,2. 

2.  bte  gtefieren  arbcitctt,  the  better  people  work. 

2.  As  predicate  adjectives,  never  inflected  :  as, 

1.  biefeS  £au3  ift  alter,  this  house  is  older  (or  rather  old,  or  too  old). 

3.  As  adverbs,  never  inflected :  as, 

1.  bte  ftrau  ftngt  fdjbncr,  the  woman  sings  more  beautifully. 

JFor  grBfeeften.        2When  1)  is  followed  by  a  vowel,  the  stem  has  no 
c :  as,  etn  fjoljer  $aum,  a  high  tree. 

8 When  I)  is  followed  by  a  consonant,  the  stem  has  c. 


THE  USES  OF  ADJECTIVES 


25 


The  superlative  degree  has  three  uses : 

1.  As  attributive  adjectives  or  as  nouns,  always  inflected,  like  the  posi- 
tive and  the  comparative :  as, 

1.  Ue&fter  23rnber,  dearest  brother.    20,  i. 

2.  ber  fdjiwfte  (Garten,  the  prettiest  garden.    20,3. 

3.  biefer  $anm  ift  ber  fcefte,1  this  tree  is  the  best. 

4.  er  Ijat  feitt  23efte3  getan,  he  did  his  best.    22,3. 

2.  As  predicate  adjectives,  in  the  dative  singular  neuter  with  am  (= 
an  bent,  2, 2):2  as, 

1.  fie  ift  am  frffimften,  she  is  most  beautiful  (or  very  beautiful).8 

3.  As  adverbs,  in  the  dative  singular  neuter  with  am  (=  an  bent,  2, 2) 
or  in  the  accusative  singular  neuter  with  anf£  (=  anf  ba3,  2, 2) : 2  as, 

1.  er  fingt  am  frfjiwften,  he  sings  most  beautifully  (of  all). 

2.  et  fhtgt  anf 3  fdjiwfte,  he  sings  most  beautifully  (in  the  most  beauti- 

ful manner,  without  comparison  with  others). 


Among  the 

important  adjectives  are  the  following:4 

aflein' 

alone 

ferttg 

done,  ready 

fcefannt' 

known,  acquainted 

feft 

fast,  firm 

tier  ill)  mtx 

famous 

flei^tg 

diligent 

fcreit 

broad 

frei 

free 

bid 

thick,  stout 

fremb 

strange,  foreign 

bringenb 

pressing 

frennbltdj 

friendly 

\  bnnfcl 

dark 

frifrf) 

fresh 

eljrlid) 

honest 

frolj 

glad 

eigen 

own,  peculiar 

frttljlitf) 

joyful 

einjig 

only 

fril, 

early 

eng 

narrow 

fnrt^tfiar 

fearful 

erft 

first 

fnrdjtfam 

timid 

fanl 

lazy 

genngx 

enough 

fern 

distant 

gcwir 

sure,  certain 

1  foefte  is  attributive  to  the  noun  HBaitm  understood. 

2  One  superlative  adjective,  aflerlie&ft/,  is  uninflected :  bie3  SBilb  ift  ja 
atterltebft !  why,  this  picture  is  most  charming  ! 

3  Compare  the  forms  of  comparison : 

1.  er  ift  alt,  alter,  am  alteften,  he  is  old,  older,  oldest. 

2.  er  ift  ber  alte,  ber  altere,  ber  altefte,  he  is  the  old  man,  the  older,  the 

oldest. 

4  Use  this  list  and  those  at  23, 1,2,  24,  i,  in  inflecting  nouns  (See  71). 


M 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


flcroofjn'lirf) 

KftfOj 

reif 

rif><' 

Hleid) 

.  similar 

rein 

clean 

flliirtlirti 

happy 

rtditifl 

right,  correct 

iiulbcn 

.'/"/c/en 

friilcdit 

bad,  poor 

flriin 

green 

frijitcll 

quick 

teftifl 

violent 

fd)on 

beauttful,  pretty 

Iieilii] 

holy 

frijretflif^ 

terrible 

lie  if; 

hot 

fcfjiucr 

heavy,  difficult 

liell 

clear,  bright 

ftdjcr 

safe,  sure 

lierrlirij 

splendid 

ft  ill 

still 

fleiu 

m 

sweet 

foftbor 

precious 

tapfcr 

brave 

fill)! 

cool 

tciicr 

dear,  costly 

Inlim 

lame 

ticf 

deep 

laiiflfam 

slow 

tot 

dead 

leer 

<  ini.fi/ 

trcu 

true,  faithful 

Ictdjt 

light,  easy 

Ml 

full 

hiftin 

in*  rri/ 

UMilir 

true,  real 

mad)  tt|| 

mighty 

niaf)rfd)ciit'lid) 

probable 

mb'fllidj 

possible 

lueif; 

white 

ojfcit 

open 

mett 

wide,  far 

prad)ttg 

>•/'/«  n<li'l 

tucrt 

worth 

rcrfjt 

right,  just 

koiirbig 

worthy 

reid) 

rich 

5ufric'i)cii 

contented 

THE  NUMERALS 


Cardinal  Numbers1 

1  chtd2  one 
2 

3  brci1 

4  trier 

5  fftnf 
6 


Ordinal  Numbers 

bcrr  bicr  bad  c*rfte8  the  first* 
bcrf  bic,  bad  ^incite  the  second 
bcrf  btcf  bad  brtttc8 
bcrf  bicr  bao  uicrtc 
berf  bier  bad  funfte 
ber,  bie,  bad  fedjfte 


1  When  not  followed  by  a  noun,  the  cardinal  numbers  of  one  syllable 
may  take  the  strong  endings  of  bicf cr  (1, 3) :  as,  eo  ftnb  inner  finite,  there 
are  five  of  us;  aitf  alien  wercnr  on  all  fours,  jttici  and  brci  may  take  the 
strong  endings  before  nouns  (22s).  2See  222,  36,  i.  8  Irregular. 

4  Or  erffer,  ef  Cdf  ^r8«  (20,  i),  etc.  To  form  the  ordinals  1-19,  tc  is  added 
to  the  cardinals  (in  nd)tc  one  t  is  dropped) ;  after  19,  ftc  is  added. 


THE  NUMERALS 


27 


7  ftefcett 

8  arfjt 

9  nenn 

10  aeljn 

11  elf 

12  5ttJ#lf 

13  breiaeljn 

14  trierseljn 

15  fiinfeeijn 
16 

17 
18 

19  nenn^etjn 

20  gtofltt^ig 

21  etnnnb5nwn5tg2 
22 

30  breifcig 
40  trier^ig 
50  fiinfeig 
60  fe^ig1 
70  fte^tg1 
80  adjtsig 
90  nenn^tg 

100  (ein)f)nnbert8 

101  (etn)^nnbert  nnb  ein33 
200  stoeifjnnbert 

1000  (ein)tanfenb 3 

1001  tanfenb  nnb  ettt£ 
1904  (ein)tanfenbnenn^nnbert 

nnb  trier  or  neun3eljn= 
^nnbert  nnb  trier3 
2142 


100000  (etn)^nnberttanfenb3 
1000000  cine ' 


baS  ftcbcntc 
ba^  adjte 
ba^  nennte 
ba§  ^e^ttte 
ba3  elfte 


ba^  bretjel)nte 
ba§  trier^eljnte 
ba^  fiinf^e^nte 


ba^  nennae^ntc 


ber,  bie, 
ber,  bte, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
berf  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 
ber,  bie, 


ber,  bte, 


ber,  bie,  ba3  ^nnberttanfenbfte 
ber,  bie,  ba3  ntiflion^te 


ba3  breipgfte1 
baS  fitnfsigfte 


ba^fie^igfte1 

ba3  adjt^igfte 

ba3  nenn^igfte 

ba3  ^nnbertfte 

ba3  ^wttbert  nnb  erfte 

ba^  sttieiljnnbertfte 

baS  tanfenbfte 

baS  tanfenb  nnb  erfte 

ba£  tanfenbnenn^nnbertnnb 

uierte  or  nennseljnljnnbert 

nnb  tiierte 
ba^  3toeitanfenbeinljnnbert= 


1  Irregular.         2  eitt  (not  ein§)  is  used  before  another  numeral. 

3  fjnnbert  =  a  hundred,  tanfenb  =  a  thousand ;  etn  ^nnbert  =  one  hun- 
dred,  ein  tanfenb  =  one  thousand.  And  so  in  compounds :  as,  the  year 
1900  =  eintanf enbnennljnnbert  (or  nenn^e^n^nnbert) ;  a  thousand  nine  hun- 
dred (of  anything)  =  tattfcnbnennljnnbert 


28  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

After  cardinal  numbers,  nouns  denoting  weight  or  measure,  ex- 
cept feminim-  nouns  ending  in  e,  are  used  in  all  cases  of  the 

singular;  and  tin-  noim>  «1«  notiiiLT  the  material  weighed  or  mea- 
sured are  generally  uninflected:  as, 

1.  brci  $funb  Ice,  three  pounds  of  tea. 

2.  $»ci  OUn;  fnluo  UiMiiuT,  tico  glasses  of  cold  water. 

3.  tnit  ;uHt  (tflno  fnltcm  Gaffer,  with  two  glasses  of  cold  water. 
i  ;uu'i  I  niicii  Staffer,  two  cups  of  coffee. 

5.  jclintniifciib  sDiann  jtt  JJnfc,  ten  thousand  foot. 

1  i«'in  the  cardinal  numbers  are  formed  three  kinds  of  words: 

1.  The  cardinal  adverbs,  by  adding  mat,  time:  as, 

ein'mal,  once;  ftwet'mal,  twic.     tan  intbmal,  a  thousand  times. 

2.  Uninflected  adjectives  denoting  kinds  of,  by  adding  erlei  :  as, 

•UPCt'crlci  xHpfcl,  two  kinds  of  apples, 

3.  Adjectives  denoting  fold  by  adding  fad)  (uninflected)  or  ffiltig  (in- 
flected :  as, 

ciu  fnrti,  *i  mple  (one  fold);  ein'faltiacr  3)?cnfrf),  simpleton. 

From  the  stems  of  the  ordinal  numbers  are  formed  two  kinds 
of  words: 

1.  The  ordinal  adverbs,  by  adding  end:  as, 

crftcno,  .///•>/;  jwcUeiKJ,  secondly;  se^ntena,  tenthly. 

2.  Fractions  (except  Ijort,1  half),  by  adding  tel  or  ftel  :2  as, 

bad  Triad,  //<»•  /////••/;  cine  fiiitftcl  aWetle,  a^i/^  ofamile. 


The  days  of  the  week,  the  months,  and  the  seasons  :  8 


bcr  3onntag     Sunday 
bcr  "Did  it  tag       Monday 
bcr  Ticntftag     Tuesday 
bcr  ^Ditttttiodi      Wednesday 

bcr  Tomtcrvtag     Thursday 
bcr  Jyrcttag            Friday 
bcr  Sotti^abcnbl  0 
fccre«mSt«fl«    }s"""^ 

1  When  used  as  an  adjective,  linlb  is  inflected:  as,  cine  linlbc  3tunber 
half  0  In  compounds,  it  is  uninflected:  as,  aubcrtljnlb,  one  and  a 
/,,,!/  (half  of  the  second);  brittcljalb,  two  and  a  h alf  (half  of  the  third); 
mcrtcljnlb,  three  and  a  half. 

2  In  numbers  3-19,  tcl  is  added  to  the  cardinals  (in  arfjtcl  one  t  is  drop- 
ped); after  19,  ftel  is  added.     td=  Ictt,  pari ;  i-f.  t4deal." 

D  Li«'neral,  the  days  of  the  week,  the  months,  and  the  seasons  take 
the  definite  article ;  but  see  29, 2,  sentences  11-15.        4  Biblical. 


EXPRESSIONS  OF  TIME 


29 


bet  San'nar 

ber 

bcr 

ber 

ber  Wlai 

ber  Sn'n 

ber  giit'K 

ber 


January 

February 

March 

April 

May 

June 

July 

August 


ber 

ber  Dltofcer 

ber  -Wobemuer 

ber 

ber 

ber  Sommer 

ber  ^erfift 

ber  Winter 


September 

October 

November 

December 

spring 

summer 

autumn 

winter 


1.  nriefciel  Uljr  ift  e3?  what  time  is  it? 

2.  e§  tft  ein3  (or  etn  Uljr),  gmei  (or  -jtoei  Uljr),  i«  is  one  (or  one  o' 

£100  (or  two  o"1  clock). 

3.  e3  nrirb  tit  cuter  Minute  fte&en  fein,  in  one  minute  it  will  be  seven. 

4.  e3  tft  ferfjg  3)Hnuten  tiur  (nac^  or  ii&er)  at^t,  it  is  six  minutes  of  (past) 

eight. 

5.  e3  tft  eitt  titertel  attf  bretr  it  is  a  quarter  past  two  (a  quarter  toward 

three) ;  t§  ift  bret  Dorfeet,  it  is  past  three. 

6.  e3  tft  ^a(B  bretf  it  is  half  past  two  (half  of  three). 

7.  e3  tft  bret  iriertcl  OJtf  bret,  it  is  a  quarter  of  three  (three  quarters  to- 

ward three). 

8.  um  ttue&iel  Uljr  jjeljt  ber  3^9  ^  ?  at  what  time  does  the  train  go  f 

9.  ber  3^8  tjeljt  urn  neitn  ttfyv  $lMan%iQ  aft,  the  train  goes  at  nine  twenty. 

10.  meine  llfjr  geljt  snjei  SDltnuten  uor  (nat^)f  my  watch  is  two  minutes 

fast  (slow}. 

11.  23erftttr  -Sftimtag,  ben  4,  (or  ben  4tett)  Samtar  1904,1  Berlin,  Monday, 

4  January,  1904. 

12.  ttwtm  Itiirb  er  geljen?  ^)iettftagf2  when  will  he  go?  Tuesday. 

13.  ttwtttt  ift  er  gepttgett?  am  ^ienftag,2  when  did  he  go?  on  Tuesday. 

14.  *um  $iitttt)od)f  ben  6*  (=  fedjften)  U§  <3onnaBenbf  belt  9»  (=  nemtten), 

from  Wednesday,  the  6th,  till  Saturday,  the  9th. 

15.  Sdjtfler  ttwrbe  am  10.  (=  ^e^nten)  ^otiemBer  1759  ^it  SJlarBadj  ge= 

Borettf  Schiller  was  born  on  November  10,  1759,  at  Marbach. 

16.  im  Saljre (to  be  read  fo  Ultb  fo),  in  the  year  blank. 

17.  im  3oljre  18— ,3  184-f4  in  the  year  eighteen  blank,  eighteen  forty 

blank. 

18.  roeldjett  Xag  ^afien  rotr  ^eitte  ?  what  day  of  the  week  is  it? 

19.  toa3  fdjreibett  ttJtr  ^Cltte?  what  day  of  the  month  is  it? 

1  Used  in  dating  a  letter. 

2  The  accusative  is  better  for  future  time,  the  dative  for  past  time. 
3 18—  =  ad)tsel)tt!)ttttbert  fo  unb  fo* 

4 184-  =  arf)t5ei)ttf)wtbert  tit  ben  S 


M 


.1    <,KRMAN  ItL'ILL   HOOK 


PRONOUNS 
The  Personal  and  Intensive  Pronouns 


/ 

you(thou)  you 

Ae         >               it 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

id)1           / 
meiti(tr)*  of  TM 
inir           to  or  /or  me 
mid)          me 

bu8 

bein  er)f 
bir 
bid) 

er           fie        e8 
kin  en2  iljrcr    fetn(er)* 
ifjm4       it)r<      ibm4 
itm4        fie4       e$4 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

tuir            100 
u  ufcr        of  us 
un$               or/or** 

iino            »/•" 

iljr  »/OM*  3ic8 
cucr         Jhrcr 
cud)         ^  I)  uc  n 
end)         3ic 

fie  //"•//    fie  //"•//  fie  Mey 
iljrer       Hirer     i!)rcr 
ilineii4     ifjiien4  ilnien4 
fie4         fie4       fie4 

2  The  uninflected  intensive  pronoun,  felbft,  *e1f,  is  used  for  ciii].li.i-i-  in 
all  genders,  persons,  and  numbers:  as,  bcr  ftaifer  fclbft,  the  emperor 
him*  fell) ft  ber  ftatfer,  even  the  emperor. 


The  Reflexive  and  Reciprocal  Pronouns  (61,  x) 


m  »/> 

yourself  (• 

himself  herself  itself 

G. 
D. 
A. 

metn(er)2  of  myself 
tnir           to  or  for  myself 
mid)           mysetf 

bet«(er)a 

bir 
bid) 

fein(er)2  t^rer  fcin(cr)2 
fid)          ft*     fid) 
ft*          ft*     fi* 

G. 
D. 
A. 

unfer        of  ourselves 
it  n$           to  or  /or  our- 

n  u  o            ourselves  [selves 

euer       3I)rcr 

c«4        ft* 

curt)        fid) 

iljrcr        iljrcr  i^rer 
ft*          ft*     ft* 
ft*          ft*     ft* 

4  The  uninflected  reciprocal  pronoun,  eiltan'ber,  one  another,  each  other, 
may,  for  the  sake  of  clearness,  be  used  instead  of  into,  end),  or  the 
plural  fid) :  as,  fie  Ucbett  einanbcr,  they  love  each  other. 

1  Adjectives  with  personal  pronouns  are  strong  except  generally  in  the 
nominative  plural  and  often  in  the  dative  singular:  as,  bu  armcr,  you 
poor  fellow;  tt»tr  armen,  we  poor  folks. 

2  The  shorter  forms,  rnetn,  etc.,  are  the  older,  but  are  now  rare. 

»b«  and  tfjr  are  familiar;  8tc  is  formal  !tf.  32.  3*,  34,  411).      4See  858. 


THE  POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS 


31 


meitter 

meine 

tneinc^ 

beiner 

beine 

betnc^ 

fcincr 

feme 

fetne£ 

ifyrer 

ifjre 

%c^ 

ttttfrer 

ttttfre 

unfer^4 

ewrer 

cure 

citte^ 

ityrer 

ifjre 

i^rc^ 

Sljrer 

Sljre 

3ftre3 

The  Possessive  Pronouns1 

ber,  bie,  ba3  meittige2 
ber,  bicr  ba3  beutige 
ber,  bie,  ba3  feittige 
bet,  bie,  ba3  iljrige 

ber,  bie,  bag  ttttfrige 
ber,  bier  bag  ewrige 
ber,  bie,  bag  ttjrige 
ber,  bie,  bag 


mine  1 

yours  (thine)3 
his,  its 
hers,  31,2 

ours 
yours3 
theirs,  31,2 
yours3 


N. 

t^rcr 

i^rc 

tfjreS 

ber 

ifjrtge 

bie 

ifjrtge 

ba£ 

tljrige 

G. 

ifyteS 

i^rcr 

i^rc§ 

be^ 

tfjrtgett 

ber 

ifyrtgett 

be§ 

t^rigen 

D. 

i^rcm 

t^rcr 

i^rcm 

bem 

tfirigett 

ber 

i!)rigett 

bem 

i^rigen 

A. 

i^rctt 

ifyre 

i^rc§ 

ben 

ifirigett 

bie 

ifirige 

ba^ 

ttjrtge 

N. 

tt)re 

i^rc 

i^re 

bie 

i^rigen 

bie 

i^rigen 

bie 

i^rigen 

G. 

i^tcr 

i^rcr 

ifyrer 

ber 

i^rigen 

ber 

ttjrigen 

ber 

tfjrigett 

D. 

tf)rett 

i!)rcn 

i^rcn 

ben 

i^rigen 

ben 

i^rigen 

ben 

tfirigett 

A. 

i^rc 

t^rc 

itjre 

bie 

i^rigen 

bie 

i^rtgen 

bie 

ifjrigett 

1.  feitt  $au§  ift  groff,  beitte^  ift  grii§err  his  house  is  large,  yours  is  larger. 

2.  unfre  SBiirfjer  finb  nidjt  fo  fcfjiitt  tuie  bie  $Ijrigettf  our  books  are  not  so 

pretty  as  yours. 

3.  ber  ^ttttb  ift  beitt,  the  dog  is  yours  (mere  possession).5 

4.  ber  ^pttttb  ift  beiner,  the  dog  is  yours  (that  is,  your  dog,  as  belonging 

to  you,  and  distinguished  from  all  other  dogs). 

5.  tljr  SBruber  ift  Seljrer,  feiner  ift  2lrgt,  her  brother  is  a  teacher,  his  is  a 

physician. 


1  The  possessive  pronouns  are  inflected  like  biefer  (1,3),  and  should  be 
carefully  distinguished  from  the  possessive  adjectives,  which  are  in- 
flected like  feitt  (3, 1,2). 

2  Or,  less  common,  berf  bier  ba3  meittc ;  ber,  bie,  ba3  beiite,  etc. 

3  See  32,  33,  34.        4  See  67. 

6  In  the  predicate,  to  denote  mere  possession,  the  uninflected  forms, 
tttettt,  beitt,  etc.,  may  be  used;  but  if  the  sentence  begins  with  the  neu- 
ter e3,  ba3,  or  bie3,  referring  to  a  masculine  or  a  feminine  noun,  the  pos- 
sessive has  the  inflected  form :  as,  Ijier  ift  ber  4>ttttb,  e3  ift  meitter  (or  er  ift 
ttteitt),  here  is  the  dog ;  it  is  mine. 


A  GERMAN  DRILL    BOOK 


The  Demonstrative  Pronouns1 

fcer            bit  bo*  -  cf.  2tx).    86f 
bicfcr         bicfe  btefe«  this,  the  latter   inflected  as  at  1.3 
jener         jcuc  jnic*  that,  the  former  lik,  bicfcr,  1. 3 
bcr'jcmnc  bie'jcitiflc  boo'jcnige  thai,  a  book  wor.l    u  ,   the  rela- 
tive tuclriicr   :J3,i),  inflected  like  bcrfclbc, 
bcrfd'bc    bicfcl'bc  boofcl'be  the  same 
foldjcr8      foldje  foldjetf  such                   inflected  like  bicfcr,  1,3 


N. 

bet 

bit 

bod 

berfd'bc 

Mcid'bc 

badfel'be 

G. 

beffen 

beren 

beffen 

be  o  id  'ben 

'ben 

betfiel'ben 

D. 

bent 

btr 

bent 

bewfel'ben 

'ben 

bemid'bcu 

A. 

ben 

bit 

bif 

.'be 

badjd'bc 

N. 

bic 

bit 

bte 

bteic:'.  ni 

bieid'bni 

bteid'ben 

G. 

bercn4 

bcren4 

beren4 

berjcl'ben 

berfcl'ben 

berid'ben 

D. 

benen 

bcntn 

bcUCll 

benjd'ben 

benjci'  en 

be  nid  'be  it 

A. 

bit 

bte 

bte 

btefd'ben 

biefd'ben 

bteid'ben 

1.  itub  3tc  ,^err  ^.?   ja,  bcr  bin  id),  are  you  Mr.  N.f    yes,  I  am  he. 
L'.  luio    itnb  luciiic  3d)iucftcrnr  those  are  my  sisters. 

3.  fie  »nr  ntit  Cvliinbctlj  nub  bcren  Sater,  she  was  with  Elizabeth  and  her 

(Elizabeth's)  fail 

4.  bieS6  ift  iljr  Citfcl,  this  is  her  uncle. 

5.  er  mill  baofclbc,  he  wants  the  same  thing. 

6.  £U  bcrjclbcn  Sett  luarcu  fie  borr,  at  the  same  time  they  were  there. 

7.  liter  finb  bic  ^Iciftiftc;   muUcn  3ic  fallen  obcr  fallen?  here  are  the 

pencils ;  will  you  have  this  kind  or  that  kind  f 

1  The  demonstrative  pronouns  are  often  used  as  adjectives,  as  in 
English.  Cf.  1,2. 

a  For  lack  of  suitable  words  in  English,  this  demonstrative  is  often 
translated  as  an  emphatic  personal  pronoun,  he,  she,  or  it :  as,  jo,  bcr  bin 
tttj,  yes,  I  am  he. 

8 When  alone,  or  after  cinf  folcfycr  is  inflected  like  an  adjective:  as, 
folrfjc  ^itrtjcr,  such  books;  tin  folrtieo  8ttdj,  such  a  book.  When  before  cut, 
and  often  before  adjectives,  fold)  is  uninflected:  as,  fo(rf)  cut  2tad),  such  a 
book;  fold)  fdjone  SMumcn,  such  pretty  flowers. 

4  Before  a  relative  pronoun  (33, i),  berer  is  used:  as,  ein  $rettnb  bcrcr, 
bic  fticr  ftnb,  a  friend  of  those  who  are  here. 

5  bod,  btc£r  or  e$  (30,  i)  is  often  used  to  introduce  a  sentence,  the  verb 
of  which  may  be  either  singular  or  plural. 


THE  RELATIVE  PRONOUNS  33 

The  Relative  Pronouns 

bet1          Me         ba$          that,  who,  which       inflected  like  ber  at  32, 2.  858    I 
toeldjer1  ttieldje  tt)ddje3   that,  who,  which,  a  book  word,  inflected  like 

biefcr  (1 , 3),  except  that  it  has  no  genitive,  the  forms  of  bet  (32, 2)  being 

used  instead.     853. 

ttJCr       Itw3         whoever,  whatever    853 


N. 

mer       whoever          tuer 

Um§       whatever2 

G. 

treffen  whosever         tueffen 

ttJeffen   of  whatever 

jx 

iucitt      to  whoTfiever    iiicnt 

/QK  3\ 

A. 

tuett      wJwmever       tt)en 

tt)a^       whatever 

1.  Ijier  ift  ber  Sftamt,  bcffen  $au3  bu  gefeljeit  fjaft, 3  ftere  ^s  i/ie  ?nan 

Tiowse  2/ow  saw. 

2.  Ijierfhtb  meinc  ^5aftcf  bcrcn  ^tnbct  l)cutc  tm  Garten  ttwreu,3  here  are 

my  guests  whose  children  were  in  the  garden  to-day. 

3.  er  ift  bcr  $remtb  berer,  bic  feinc  ^rcunbc  fja&en,3  he  is  the  friend  of 

those  that  have  no  friends. 

4.  toer  leineu  gremtb  Ijar,  (ber)  ift  arm,  he  who  has  no  friend  is  poor. 

The  Interrogative  Pronouns 

ttddje   toelrfje   niel^e^   which?  what?  inflected  like  bicfer  (1, 3),4  except    4 

that  it  has  no  genitive,  the  forms  of  tuer  (33, 2)  being  used  instead.  853 
ttier       toer        ttw36  who?  what?  inflected  like  toer  at  33,2.     853 

1.  toer  fittb  6ie?  who  are  you?  5 

2.  toeffen  £ut  ift  bto?  w/iose  Tiai  is  this? 

1  In  the  spoken  language,  ber  is  used  instead  of  U)c(d)cr,  and  is  more 
generally  used  in  the  written  language. 

2  In  form,  toer  is  singular,  but  is  used  for  the  plural  also,  like  the 
English  "whoever,"  "whatever." 

3  In  a  subordinate  clause,  the  verb  is  put  at  the  end  of  the  clause ;  in 
compound  tenses,  the  participle  or  the  infinitive  stands  before  the 
auxiliary  (97, 2). 

4  In  exclamations,  the  uninflected  form  toefdj  may  be  used :  as,  toelrf)  eilt 
®ttafce!  what  a  boy!  foeldj  frfjime  SBfamen!  what  pretty  flowers!  Cf.  323. 

5  ttw3  fiir  ein  (cine,  eitt),  what  kind  of:  as, 

1.  ttwS  fiir  ein  Garten  ift  ba3  (or  ttw3  ift  ba£  fiir  ein  Garten)?  what  kind 

of  garden  is  that  ? 

2.  nw3  fiir  eiiten  Garten  ^aft  bu?  what  kind  of  garden  have  you? 


34 


1    t.l •:/, 'MAN  DRILL  BOOK 


The  Indefinite  Pronouns1 


oiler,  nllc,  ailed,  all.    34,  a 
anber,  O//ICT  (=  different).    36,  i 
36,3 


man,  ice,  you,  they,  people,  some- 
body.   37,5 

manrfjcr,  maiirtie,  mand)C*,  many  a, 
a  good  many.    38,  i 

niclir,  more.    38, a 

mcli'rere,  several.    88,3 

nirfjttf,  nothing.    88,4 

iiic  mattb,  nobody.    88,5 

cin  paar,  a  /etc,  aome.    88,6 

uiclcr,   uiclc,   uiclco,   mucA,   many. 
39,i 

tuclrtjcr,  n)cltlicf  wcld|e«r  «ome.  39, a 

luc  niiicr,   wc'niflc,  wc'mfld?,  /////». 
/etc.    39,3 

less,  fewer.    24,  x,  39,4 


bei'bed,  both,  two. 

l)if;rt)cn,  hit.    86,4 

etit,  one.     36,  x 

ei'niiKr,     ci'niflc,     ci'mflcS,     some. 

86,3 

ct'nwd,  something,  some,  any.  86,4 
flcmifl',  enough.     36,5 
jebcr,  jebe,  jcbeS,  everybody,  every- 

thin 

jc'bermaiin,  everybody.    87, a 
jc'manb,  somebody,  anybody.    37,3 
feincr,  feine,  feitt(e)$,  none,  nobody, 

nothing.     37,4 

oiler,  alle,  ailed,  all*  inflected  like-  biefer   1,3):§  as, 

1.  er  ift  alien  attetf,  he  is  all  things  to  all  men. 

2.  atteS,  tt>a#4  iri)  Ijabe,  ift  uerloren,  all  that  I  have  is  lost. 

3.  atte  fdjonen*  $aufer,  all  pretty  houses. 

4.  mit  att  biefen8  fdjiincn  .fraufcrn,  with  all  the*e  pretty  houses. 

6.  att  bie$(orba$,  mein,  bein,  etc.)8@elb  ift  ocrloren,  all  thi*  (or  the, 
my,  your,  etc.)  money  is  lost. 

6.  atte  Ai  tuber,  all  children;  att  bte8  5iinber,  all  the  children. 

7.  roir  atte,  all  of  us ;  atte  Xage,  every  day. 

8.  unter  alien  Xteren,  among  all  animals. 

9.  allc  uicr  s^uri)cn,  every  four  weeks  (or  all  four  weeks). 
10.  alleo6  !am  ^nriitf,  everybody  came  back. 

1Some  of  the  indefinite  pronouns  are  often  used  as  adjectives. 

3  all  meaning  whole,  entire,  is  gan$ :  as,  bleibc  ben  ganjcn  lag,  stay  the 
whole  day,  all  day. 

8  Before  pronominal  words  or  the  definite  article,  the  uninflected  form 
att  is  generally  used. 

4  After  the  neuter  of  indefinite  pronouns  and  of  adjectives  used  as 
nouns,  toad  is  the  relative  used  (not  ba$  nor  rocldjcs). 

6  The  plural  atte,  etc.,  denoting  a  definite  number,  is  followed  by  the 
weak  form  of  adjectives  (cf.  351):  as,  attc  a,urcn  iicntc,  all  good  people  (but 
atte  feine  2$orte,  all  his  words,  because  feine  is  a  possessive;  3,  i). 

6  To  refer  to  a  person  or  persons  without  naming  the  sex,  the  pro- 
noun is  used  in  the  neuter  singular. 


THE  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS 
attber,1  other  (=  different] : 2 


35 


N. 

anbrer 

anbre 

cmbre3  3 

ber 

anbre 

bie 

anbre 

ba3 

anbre 

G. 

anberg 

anbrer 

anber3 

be3 

anbertt 

ber 

anbern 

be3 

anbern 

D. 

anberm 

anbrer 

anberm 

bem 

anbent 

ber 

anbern 

bem 

anbern 

A. 

anbent 

anbre 

anbreS  3 

ben 

anbent 

bte 

anbre 

ba3 

anbre 

N. 

anbrc 

anbre 

anbre 

bie 

anbertt 

bte 

anbern 

bte 

anbern 

G. 

anbrer 

anbrer 

anbrer 

ber 

anbern 

ber 

anbern 

ber 

anbern 

D. 

anbent 

an  bent 

anbern 

beit 

anbern 

ben 

anbern 

ben 

anbern 

A. 

anbrc 

anbre 

anbre 

bte 

anbern 

bie 

anbern 

bte 

anbern 

1.  eine  280dje  nm  bte  anbref  every  other  week. 

2.  eitt  anbref  $leib,  another2  dress. 

3.  anbre  gttte1  Seute  ftnb  gefommett,  other  good  people  came. 

4.  ein  anbrer  war  Ijier,  another  man  was  here. 

5.  bte  anbern  gmgett  itadj  ^attfe,  the  others  were  going  home. 

Bei'be3,  Bei'bem;  pi.,  Bei'be,  Bei'ber,  etc.,  or  bie  Bei'beit,  ber  Bei'bett,  etc., 
both,  two:  as, 

1.  Beibe3  ift  ttwljr,  both  are  true. 

2.  Beibe  SBritber  tuaren  ju  $anfe,  both  brothers  were  at  home. 

3.  bte  Betben  S3riiberf  both  the  brothers,  the  two  brothers. 

4.  $fyre  fotben  jungften  Sdjroeftem,  your  two  youngest  sisters. 

5.  afle  betbc,  both;  Ititr  fcetbe  fdjrieett,  both  of  us  cried  (distributively)  ; 

wir  betben  fdfirteen,  we  two  cried  (collectively). 

6.  meldjer  turn  Beiben  ?  which  of  the  two  ? 


bit,  uninflected:  as, 

1.  er  Bat  nm  ein  Bt^djen  ^rotr  he  asked  for  a  bit  of  bread. 

2.  mettt  Bt^djen  (^etb  ift  fort,  my  bit  of  money  is  spent. 

3.  mit  etnem  !Ieinen  Btfjcfjen  ^5e(bf  with  a  wee  bit  of  money. 

1The  following  plurals  denote  indefinite  numbers,  and  should  be 
followed,  in  the  nominative  and  the  accusative  plural,  by  the  strong 
form  of  adjectives  (cf  .  345)  : 

anbre    other          manrfje     many  fctefe      many 

et'tttjje  some          me^rere  several          me^tge/ew 

2  another  meaning  a  second  is  norff  eitt,  ttorfj  :  as,  Bitte,  ttOC^  ettte  Xaffe 

e,  please,  another  cup  of  coffee;  ttorf)  ^Brutf  more  bread. 

3  See  67.     Distinguish  attbre3,  from  attber^,  otherwise,  else,  which  is 
used  as  an  adverb  or  an  uninflected  pronoun  :  as,  ttirfjt  attber^,  not  other- 
wise; roer  aitber3  ?  who  else?  mit  tuem  attber^?  with  whom  else? 


36 


<,i  I;M.\  v  DRILL  BOOJ 


I    ein,  one  (cf .  the  adjective  cin,  3,  i) : 


N. 

ciner 

ciuc 

ber  cine 

Me  cine 

bad  cine 

G. 

cine* 

ciner 

etned 

bef  cincu 

bet  cincn 

bed  cincn 

D. 

rinem 

ciner 

cincnt 

bem  cinrn 

ber  cincn 

bent  cincn 

A. 

cinen 

eine 

cin(e)$ 

irn  cincn 

Me  cine 

bad  cine 

N. 

Me    cincn 

Me  cincn 

Me    cincn 

G. 

ber  cinen 

ber  cincn 

ber  cincn 

D. 

ben  emeu 

ben  cincn 

A. 

Me    cincn 

Me  cincn 

Me    cincn 

1.  einer  toon  Jljncn,  one  cf  you. 

2.  einer  itjrcr  rt-rcunbc,  one  of  her  friend*. 

H.  ciner  nad)  bcm  anbcrn,  one  after  another,  one  by  one. 

4.  ber  eine  ...  ber  anbrc,  the  one ...  the  other;  bic  cincn  .  .  .  bie  anbcrn, 

the  one  .  .  .  the  others. 

5.  ed  iff  mir  ein£,  it  i*  all  one  to  me. 


ei'nigcr,1  ci'nigc,  ci'niflcd,  «ome,  collectively  (cf.  melj'rere,  88,3),'  inflected 
like  biefer  (1,3):  as, 

1.  nor  dinner  Snt,  *ome  time  ago. 

2.  einiflc  fdjimc-  ^raucn,  some  beautiful  women. 
8.  etniiic  .  .  .  anbre,  some  .  .  .  others. 

4.  eintflc  arbcitctcn  ben  gan^cn  lag,  some  worked  all  day. 


something,  some,  any,  uninflected:8  as, 

1.  Wollen  3ic  nod)  crwatf  anbrc*  ?4  do  you  want  something  elsef 

2.  ofjne  ctwad  ju  fagen  giini  cr  fort,  without  saying  a  word,  he  went  away. 

3.  ed  fann  311  ctroa*  (intent  fufjrcn,  it  may  lead  to  some  good. 

5    gcnug',  enough,  uninflected:  as, 

1.  fie  fatten  mefjr  aid  genttg,  they  had  more  than  enough. 

2.  cr  ift  s])Jannd  genug,  he  is  man  enough. 

3.  wir  fabcn  ®elb  genug,  we  have  money  enough. 

4.  genug  ber  Xranen!  enough  of  tears! 

1  Instead  of  the  plural  cinigc,  etc.,  cin  ^oar  is  often  used  (38,6).  Cf. 
ttJClcfjcr,  39,2.  aSeeSS1. 

8 In  the  spoken  language,  mad  is  used:  as,  idj  mitt  3facn  wad  fagen,  / 
want  to  tell  you  something.  *  See  368. 


THE  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS  37 

jeber,  jebe,  jebeS,  everybody,  everything,  inflected  like  biefer  (IjS):1  as,        I 

1.  jeber  fiir  fid)  ttitb  Qtott  fitr  tt«3  afle,  ever?/  man  for  himself  and  God 

for  us  all. 

2.  jeber  ift  fid)  fel&ft  ber  ttadjfte,  charity  begins  at  home. 

3.  e32  Ijat  jeber  fctn  SBihtbel  ^tt  tragett,  everybody  has  his  bundle  to  carry. 

4.  ftc  fiJtttteit  jebett  9lttgettfclirf  antummcn,  they  may  arrive  any  moment. 

je'bcrmatttt,  je'bermatm^,  everybody:  as,  2 

1.  jebcrmamt  irrt  (fid)),  everybody  makes  mistakes. 

2.  er  ift  jebermaim^  $rewtb,  he  is  everybody's  friend. 


^,  somebody,  anybody:  as,  ^ 

1.  ift  jemrmb  ba?  ja,  e3  finb  tuel^e  gcfommcn,  is  anybody  there  1  yes, 

several  have  come. 

2.  Bift  bu  mit  jcmaitb  anber^3  gcttJcfen?  have  you  been  with  somebody 

else? 

leittcr,  feine,  fcitt(e)^,  no,  none,  inflected  like  bicfct  (l,s;  cf.  the  adjective    4 
leinf  3,  i)  :  as, 

1.  id)  tuitt  fein3  biefer  S3ii^crf  I  want  none  of  these  books. 

2.  letner  toon  Betbcn  lam  ^uriirf,  neither  of  the  two  came  back. 

3.  fyaBen  Sic  ($elb  foci  fid)  ?  tteutf  i(^  fja&e  fcin^f  /iaue  2/ow  money  about 

you?  no,  I  have  not. 

tttatt,  ehteS,  cittern,  cittctt,  w?e,  you,  they,  people,  somebody:*  as,  5 

1.  ttictttt  man  ar^eitet,  fo  fommt  matt  (not  er)  ttieitcr,  if  you  work,  you  will 

get  on. 

2.  toetttt  matt  ttidjt  ar&eitet,  fo  ge^t  e^  cittern  fd)ledjtf  if  you  do  not  work, 

you  will  fare  badly. 

3.  ttw3  ttrirb  matt  fageit?  what  will  people  say  ? 

4.  ber  ttCtft  chtCtt  immer,  he  is  always  teasing  somebody. 

5.  matt  ffopft,  somebody  is  knocking,  there's  a  knock  at  the  door. 

6.  2Ber  cuttttal  ftigt,  bcm  gtoufct  ma«  md)tf 
Uttb  tucun  er  and)  bie  J&aljrljcit  fprid)tr 

He  who  once  lies  is  not  believed  even  if  he  speaks  the  truth. 

1  After  eitt  (3,  i),  jeber  is  inflected  like  an  adjective  (21,  2)  :  as,  eitt  jcber, 
everybody,  cilte^  jebett,  etc. 

2  See  325.         3  See  353. 

4  matt,  eitte^,  etc.  are  often  used  to  avoid  the  passive  voice  (50,  51,  60,  3). 


.1   <-/:/;  w.i  N    DRILL   BOOM 


1  maudicr,  mniidic,  iitaurtic*,  many  a,  a  good  many,  distributive  l\   <t.  uicler, 

39,  i*.1  inti.-rt.Mi  like  biefer  (1,3):'  as, 

1.  mnndicr  IKcnfd)  ftnrb,  Many  "  man  died. 

2.  maurtico  lint  iirt)  flcciubcrt,  thlny*  have  changed. 
•  '..  mnudjco  frijuuc1  Turf,  many  •/  yr»^y  village. 
4.  maudjc  unto-  I'cntc,  •/  / /  >< my  good  people. 

2  mclir,  //«•/•>.  u ui fleeted:  as, 

1.  bit  baft  mclir  al*  fie  (al$  erf  idjr  etc.),  you  have  more  than  she  (than 

he,  /,  etc.)- 

2.  wit  me|r  ®clb  alo  flcniig,  mi/A  more  Man  enough  money. 

3  mcl)'rcrcf  xetera/,  diMiil.utiv,  l>     tst  ci'niger,  86,3^  Inflected  like  the 

plural  of  btcfcr  d,3):s  »•, 

1.  inclircrc  fnmcn  $u  fpot,  aeveral  came  (oo  late. 

2.  mclircrc  fdjbnc2  ^oufer,  several  pretty  houses. 
8.  mit  mclircrcii  3olbntcn,  "-ith  several  soldiers. 

4  nidjttf,  nothing,  uniutlected:  as, 

1.  iiidno  nnbrcx\  nothing  el*i> ;  nid)to  mcljr,  nothing  more. 

2.  t»no  fdjnbct  nirijto,  f Aa^  doe<  not  matter,  no  matter. 

8.  ttiffen  @te  wi(^t^  9{eue^?  oar  ntdittf,  Aaoe  you  no  neio«f  nothing  at 

all. 


nic  mniiD,  uic  maubc^f  nobody:  as, 

1.  cr  war  mit  ntcmanb  aubcr^,4  he  was  with  nobody  else. 


2.  id)  fyabc  nicmanb  ncfct)cnf  I  »aw  nobody. 


6    ciu  poor,  a  few,  some,  uninflected:6  as, 

1.  ciu  poor  Bon  iftrcn  Morten,  some  of  her  words. 
'2.  mit  ciu  jwar  Morten,  with  a  few  words,  in  short. 

3.  Dor  ciu  paar  Xagcn,  *ome  days  ago. 

4.  tyaft  bu  cin  paar  ^fcnuirjc  bci  bir?  have  you  a  few  pennies  about  you? 

1  Before  an  adjective,  the  uninflected  form  maud)  is  often  used :  as, 
maud)  fdjiincr  (Garten  (or  maitriicr  fdjoue  Gtorteu),  many  a  pretty  garden; 
maud)  ciu  vD2ann,  many  a  man.  2See  351. 

•Instead  of  mclircrc,  ciu  paar  is  often  used  (38,6). 

*  See  358.        5  Cf .  ctniflcr  (36, 3),  mcljrer c  (38, 3),  and  mcldicr  (39, 2). 


THE  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS  39 

tuder,  tride,  triele^,  much,  many,  inflected  like  biefer  (1,3),  or  ber,  bie,    I 
ba3  tude,  etc.  (31,2);  trid,  much,  uninflected,  used  collectively  (cf. 
mattdjer,  38,  i),  the  inflected  forms  being  sometimes  used  distribu- 
tively:1  as, 

1.  er  fteljt  toiel,  a&er  Dieted  toerfteljt  er  nidjt,  he  sees  much,  but  many 

things  he  does  not  understand. 

2.  fie  Ijafeen  trie!  23Mjer,  afcer  toiefc  finb  fdjfedjt,  £/ie?/  ftave  a  lot  of  books, 

but  many  are  poor. 

3.  fie  Ijat  Did  @htte3  getatt,  sfte  o3£o3  much  good. 

4.  fo  tiid  id)  gdjb'rt  Ijafce,  so  far  as  I  have  heard. 

5.  bie3  ift  uid  $u  gut,  ^^s  is  ?7iitc/i  ^oo  groo^. 

6.  er  Jjftt  ^^^  ttte^r  a(§  bit,  he  has  much  more  than  you. 

7.  nttt  Die!  SBergniigen,  with  much  pleasure. 

8.  Hide1  fdjiwe  SB(umenf  many  beautiful  flowers. 

9.  ntit  fo  Uieler  SJliifte,  with  so  great  pains. 

10.  tro^  feine3  Uieten  ^e(be^f  in  spite  of  all  his  money. 


,  tueldje,  mel^e^  some,  inflected  like  biefer  (l,s):2  as,  2 

1.  twflft  bit  S5rot?  neitt,  irf)  ^aie  ttidc^e^f  do  yow  want  bread?  no,  I  have 


tt>e/nigerf  tue/nigef  ttie/nige^f  little,  few,  inflected  like  biefer  (1,3),  or  ber, 
bief  ba§  tuemge,  etc.  (31,2);  ttienig,  little,  uninflected,  used  collectively 
(cf  .  tJtdf  39,  i),  the  inflected  forms  being  sometimes  used  distribu- 


1.  triele  ^abett  tuenigf  afeer  Brau^en  ttienige^,  many  people  have  little,  but 

need  few  things. 

2.  foettige  finb  gefummen,  few  have  come. 

3.  ttenige  f^one1  S3lumenf  few  pretty  flowers. 

4.  ba3  menige,  ttw3  ic^  ^afief  the  little  that  I  have. 

5.  ntit  gan$  luenig  $8rotf  with  very  little  bread;  mit  toenig  295ortenf  with 

few  words. 

ttie/ttigerr  less,  fewer,  uninflected  (cf  .  39,  3  ;  see  24,  i)  :  as, 

1.  toenige  Jjafcen  toetttger  a(3  burfew  have  less  than  you. 

2.  er  Ijat  tiid  lueniger  ^$db  al^  fief  he  has  much  less  money  than  she. 

3.  in  toeniger  al^  brei  ^lonaten,  in  less  (fewer)  than  three  months. 

4.  urn  fu  toeniger  barf  er  gd)enf  so  much  the  less  ought  he  to  go. 


1  See  351.       2  Cf  .  ehtiger  (36,  3),  etttmS  (36,  4),  and  ein  ^aar  (38,  6).    ml- 
djer  is  mostly  colloquial. 


10  A  GERMA\   IHULL  BOOK 


THE  INFLECTION  OF  VERBS 

1  The  stem  of  a  verb  may  be  f<»im«l  by  dropping  the  ending  of 

tlu«  promt   inlinitixr.      Tlir  mdini:  «'t'  the  intinitivr  is  LCcnrrally 
en;  but  it  J.K  i  t-ded  by  t  or  r,  the  ending  is  simply  n.1 

2  Tin-  principal  parts  of  a  verb  an-  thr  present  intinitivr,  the  p;i>t 

indicative,  ami  the  past  participle,  a«  in   Knirlish. 

• 

3  Verbs  are  called  weak  or  strong  according  to  their  inflection, 
as  in  English: 

4  In  weak  verbs,  the  past  indicative  =  the  stem  (40,  i)  •+•  the  suffix  t  or 
eta  +  the  personal  ending  e ;  the  past  participle  =  ge  (78, a)8  +  the  stem 
-+•  the  suffix  t  or  et:s  as, 

Present  Infinitive      Past  Indicative          Past  Participle 

fag-en  fag-t-c  §e-i  -    t  say 

ttwrt-en  roart-et-e  ge-unut-et  wait 

rcb-en  rcb-ct-c  ge-rcb-et  talk 

atm-cn  aim-tt-e  ge-ntm-ct  breathe 

uffn-cn  dffn-rt-e  ge-offn-ct  open 

/tabel-n  tabcl-t-c  ge-tnbcl-t  blame 

loanbcr-n  ipanbcv-t-c  ge-iuanbcr-t  wander 

5  In  strong  verbs,  the  past  indicative  =  the  stem  (40,  i)  with  the  stem 
vowel  changed  (66,  i) ;  the  past  participle  =  ge  (78,  a) »  +  the  stem  (with 
the  stem  vowel  often  changed)  +  en :  as, 

Present  Infinitive      Past  Indicative  Past  Participle 

^alt-en  Inch  gc-fyalt-en  hold 

fing-nt  fang  gc-jung-cn  sing 

1  So  also  in  tu-it,  do,  and  fet-ti,  be. 

8  To  help  pronunciation,  verb  stems  ending  in  t,  b,  or  m  or  tt  pre- 
ceded by  a  mute  (116,2),  generally  have  t  added  before  t  or  fit  (41, 1,2, 
3,5).  Stems  ending  in  an  v-sound  generally  have  t  before  the  ending 
ft:  aa,  ft^-C-ft  (but  cf  or  c  is  often  dropped:  as,  fttj-t).  With  the  suffixes 
t  and  ctr  cf.  d  and  ed  in  "move-d"  and  "lift-ed"  (see  116,4). 

8  Verbs  of  foreign  origin  ending  in  icren,  inseparable  verbs  (74,4,5), 
and  gcroorbcn  in  the  passive  voice  (50,  51)  do  not  take  ge. 


VERBS:    THE  ENDINGS 


41 


Verbs:  the  Endings  (40,  i,  4,  5,  402,  403) 


Present 

Past 

Weak  or  Strong 

Weak 

Strong 

i 

id) 

_c 

—  (e)te 

— 

2 

bit 

-(e)ft 

-(e)teft 

-(e)ft 

a 

er 

—  (e)t 

—  (e)te 



Indicative 

i 

ttrir 

—  en 

—  (e)ten 

—en 

2 

U,r 

-(e)t 

-(e)tet 

-(e)t 

3 

fie1 

—  ett 

—  (e)ten 

—  en 

1 

id, 

—  e 

—  (c)te 

Z* 

2 

bit 

-eft 

—  (e)teft 

^eft 

Subjunctive 

3 

er 

~c 

-(e)te 

Ai 

1 

toir 

—  en 

—  (e)tett 

—en 

2 

tljr 

—  et 

-(e)tet 

_n-et 

3 

fie1 

—  en 

—  (e)ten 

-^-en 

2 

bit    ' 

—  e2 

1  Imperative 

2 

ii,r 

-(e)t 

Sic1 

—  en 

Infinitive 

—  (e)n 

Participles 

—  (e)nb 

(ge)—  (e)t 

(«e)—  en 

In  many  strong  verbs,  the  second  and  third  persons  singular  of  the 
present  indicative  have  vowel  change  (68-73) : 3 

1.  a  generally  becomes  a:  as,  ^alt-e,  f)filt-ft,  f)8It  (not  p(t-et).8    58,4. 

2.  Short  e  becomes  short  i :  as,  fjelf-e,  fjilf-ft,  PH    58»  4- 

3.  Long  e  becomes  ie  in  fcefefjlett,  em^fe^len,  gef^e^en,  lefen,  fr^erett, 
feljen,  fte^en:  as,  Bcfc^I-c,  befie^l-ft,  6efie#-t. 

1  In  formal  address,  in  speaking  either  to  two  or  more  persons  or  to 
one  person,  the  third  person  plural  is  used.     Sie  is  then  written  with  a 
capital:  as,  Sie  fyafccn,  you  have;  lefett  @te,  read. 

2  In  strong  verbs,  the  imperative  may  generally  be  found  by  dropping 
(e)ft  of  the  second  person  (but  a  and  o  remain  as  in  the  infinitive). 

3  When  a  verb  stem  ending  in  t  has  vowel  change  in  the  present  in- 
dicative, et  is  dropped. 


A    GERMAN  It  HI  LI.    HOOK 


The  Tense  Auxiliaries:  ftafcen,  Aave(60,x);  fetn,  be  (60,  a) 

INDICATIVE 

Present 

Perfect 

have 

tun 

/mce  /*aci               A-//-.  '..  .  /< 

fabe 

bin 

Ixibc 

bin 

(op 

In  ft 

Wt 

bift 

bat 

ill 

bat 

tft 

faben 

finb 

fa  ben 

>•  Qcbabt 
finb 

.  geroefen 

fabt 

feib 

fcbt 

feib 

faben 

finb 

faben  ^ 

Pnb 

Part 

Pluperfect 

had 

was 

had  had                 had  been 

fatte 

roar 

batte    ' 

loar     i 

fatteft 

roarft 

^arteft 

roarft 

fatte 
fatten 

roar 
roaren 

fatte 
fatten 

roar 
.  gefabt 
roaren 

.  geroefen 

fattet 

roart 

fattet 

roart 

fatten 

roaren 

fatten 

roaren  y 

Fatar* 

Future  Perfect 

«fcaH  Aave             «AaM  be 

*Aa//  Aarc  had       shall  have  been 

roerbe  " 

roerbe  " 

roerbe 

roerbe  - 

roirft 

mint 

roirft 

roirft 

'luirb 
roerben 

unvb 
>.  l>aben               V  fein 
roerben 

roirb 
roerben 

^  gefabt     roirb 
fabcn      rocrbcn 

geroefen 
'  fetn 

roerbet 

roerbet 

roerbet 

roerbet 

roerben 

roerben  , 

rocrbcn 

rocrbcn 

IMPERATIVE 

INFINITIVES 

have 

6e 

feu)  faben,  (to)      feu)  fein,  (to)  be 

fabe  (bu)            fei  (bu) 

have 

fabt  (ify 

r)            feib  (if)r) 

gefabt  feu)  faben,  geroefen  feu)  fein, 

faben  @ie          feien  2io 

(to)  have  had        (to)  have  been 

PARTICIPLES 

^abenb,  having                        fetenbf  6einfiF 

gefyibt,  /iad,  having  had         geroefen,  6een,  having  been 

THE  TENSE  AUXILIARIES 


43 


The  Tense  Auxiliaries:  fjafcen,  have  (60,  i);  feitt,  6e(60,2) 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

Perfect 

may  have              may  be 

may  have  had       may  have  been 

fyxbe 

fei 

fyibe     i 

fei        > 

fjabeft 

feieft 

fjabeft 

feieft 

^abe 
fjaben 

fei 
feien 

fyibe 
^aben 

fei 
•  ge^abt        . 
feien 

•  gett)efen 

tjabet 

fetet 

^abet 

feiet 

fyiben 

feien 

^aben  j 

feien 

Fait 

Pluperfect 

might  have           might  be 

might  have  had    might  have  been 

ptte 

tocire 

fjatte    i 

toare    ^ 

^atteft 

tt)areft 

ptteft 

mareft 

lOtte 

n^are 

^atte 

ttmre 

fatten 

maren 

fatten 

.  qebabt 
ttjdren 

.  gemefen 

pttet 

toaret 

^attet 

ttiaret 

fatten 

tt)aren 

fatten  j 

tcaren 

Future 

Future  Perfect 

shall  have             shall  be 

shall  have  had       shall  have  been 

toerbe   - 

toerbe   ^ 

toerbe   ' 

inerbe  > 

toerbeft 

tnerbeft 

toerbeft 

raerbeft 

toerbe 
tuerben 

tt)erbe 
>  haben 
toerben 

•  fein 

tnerbe 
itjerben 

ge^abt     lt)erbe 
^aben      tnerben 

^  gemefen 
*  fein 

ttierbet 

iuerbet 

tcerbet 

merbet 

werben  _ 

icerben  ^ 

werbenj                tcerben^ 

CONDITIONAL 

Present 

Past 

should  have          should  be 

should  have  had   should  have  been 

ttmrbe   ^ 

milrbe  " 

ttmrbe  - 

ttiiirbe  - 

ttmrbeft 

tniirbeft 

ttmrbeft 

toiirbeft 

ttmrbe 
wiirben 

toitrbe 
.  ftaben 
tourben 

-fein 

ttmrbe 
ttmrben 

ge^abt     wiirbe 
"  ^aben      miirben 

^  gemefen 
"  fein 

ftiirbet 

it)iirbet 

tt)iirbet 

tuiirbet 

triirben  ^ 

toiirben^ 

ttmrben  j 

ttjiirben  y 

44 


A   GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


The  Tense,  Mood,  and  Voice  Auxiliary:  roerben,  become  (60,3) 

INDICATIVE 

Pretent 

Perfect 

become 

have  become 

roerbe 

(BOO  60,  3,  <»*) 

bin 

luirft 

btft 

roirb 

roerben 

finb 

»  geroorben 

rocrbet 

feib 

roerben 

fmb 

Put 

Pluperfect 

became 

had  become 

rourbe  (or  roarb) 

roar 

nnirbeft 

roarft 

rourbe  (or  roarb) 

uuirben 

roar 
roaren 

geroorben 

nuirbet 

roart 

rourben 

roaren 

Future 

Future  Perfect 

shall  become 

shall  have  become 

roerbe 

roerbe  *  - 

rotrft 

roirft    * 

roirb 

rotrb    * 

geroorben 

roerben 

k  roer   n 

roerben* 

"fein 

roerbet 

roerbet  * 

roerben 

roerben* 

IMPERATIVE 

INFINITITB8 

become 

*  ($u)  roerben,  (to)  be- 

roerbe (bu) 

* 

come 

roerbot  iiu> 

* 

*  geroorben  (5U)  fein, 

rocrbcn  2ic 

* 

(to)  have  become 

PARTICIPLES 

*  roerbenb,  becoming 

*  geroorben,  become 

THE  TENSE,  MOOD,  AND  VOICE  AUXILIARY 


45 


The  Tense,  Mood,  and  Voice  Auxiliary:  roerbett,  become  (60,  3) 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

Perfect 

may  become 

may  have  become 

tr»erbe        * 

fei        *  i 

toerbeft      * 

jeteft    * 

ttierbe        * 

jet       * 

ttterben      * 

feien    * 

h  geirorben 

ttJerbet        * 

feiet     * 

ttierben      * 

feien    * 

Past 

Pluperfect 

might  become 

might  have  become 

ttmrbe        * 

tDare    *  * 

ttmrbeft      * 

toftreft  * 

ttmrbe        * 

rocire    * 

ttmrben      * 

todren  * 

gemorben 

ttmrbet       * 

rodret  * 

ttmrben      * 

tudren  * 

Future 

Future  Perfect 

shall  become 

shall  have  become 

toerbe    *  - 

nierbe  *  - 

tt)erbeft  * 

tt)erbeft* 

rcerbe    * 
trerben  * 

^  ttjerben 

tuerbe  * 
tt)erben* 

gett)orben 
^fein 

tt)erbet  * 

toerbet  * 

toerben  * 

tt)erben* 

CONDITIONAL 

Present 

Past 

should  become 

should  have  become 

ttmrbe    *  * 

ttmrbe   *  • 

tuiirbeft  * 

miirbeft* 

tDiirbe    * 
tt)iirben  * 

.  ttJerben 

tt)iirbe   * 
tt)iirben  * 

gett)orben 
"  fein 

tniirbet  * 

iriirbet  * 

tt)iirben  * 

tt)iirben* 

46 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


Weak  Verbs  : 

fofle«f  say;  frfon,  follow  (40,  4) 

INDICATIVE 

Present 

Perfect 

say 

follow 

Aatc  «aid            have  followed 

fage 

folge 

^abc     ^ 

bin       ^ 

fagft 

fofefl 

w 

bift 

tat 

folgt 

fct 

n't 

fagen 

folgen 

^aben 

'0e{Q9t      finb 

•  gefolgt 

fagt 

folgt 

^abt 

feib 

fagen 

folgen 

^aben 

finb 

PMt 

Pluperfect 

MM 

followed 

/""/  >»/«'•/             had  followed 

tatc 

folgte 

^atte     - 

nwr 

tafcp 

foh 

fctteft 

loarft 

fagte 

folgte 

t^atte 

loot 

ia  fl  ten  . 

folgten 

fatten 

•  gcjagt 
ioaren 

*  gefolgt 

ina.tet 

folgttt 

^attet 

loart 

fagten 

folgten 

fatten  , 

ttwrcn 

Fa  tare 

Future  Perfect 

shall  say              shall  follow 

«/»a//  Aave  said    shall  have  followed 

me  roe   ^| 

roerbe   ^ 

tt>erbe    ' 

iuerbe   ' 

limit 

limit 

limit 

limit 

limb 

toetben 

toirb 

>  iaqcn 
loerben 

f  folgen 

roirb 
roerben 

tntrh 
gciaqt      IDiro 

^aben     loerben 

gefolgt 
fein 

lucrbet 

mcrbct 

tDerbet 

merbet 

tperben  , 

lucrben  ^ 

njcrben  , 

merben 

IMPERATIVE 

INFINITIVES 

say 

follow 

ftu)  fagen,  (to)      (ju)  folgen,  (to) 

fage  (bu) 

folge  (bu) 

say                       follow 

fagt  (i^r) 

folgt  (tyr) 

gefagt  ($u)  fyiben,  gefolgt(^u)t)aben, 

fagen  3ic              folgen  ©ie 

(to)  have  said  (to)  havefollowed 

PARTICIPLES 

fagenb,  saying              folgenb,  following 

gefagt,  said 

gefolgt,  followed 

WEAK  VERBS 


47 


Weak  Verbs:  fagenr  say;  f  of  gen,  follow  (40,4) 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

Perfect 

may  say               may  follow 

may  have  said   may  havefollowed 

fage 

folge 

fjabe     - 

jet        n 

fageft 

folgeft 

fyxbeft 

fdeft 

fage 

folge 

fytbe 

e-a  t     '" 

fagen 

folgen 

^aben 

feten 

•  gefolgt 

faget 

folget 

^abet 

fetet 

fagen 

folgen 

^aben 

feien     , 

Past 

Pluperfect 

might  say             might  follow 

might  have  said  might  havefollowed 

fagte 

folgte 

fjfttte     -i 

toare    ^ 

fagteft 

folgteft 

^atteft 

toareft 

fagte 
fagten 

folgte 
folgten 

^atte 
fatten 

toare 
.  qefaqt 
toaren 

•  gefolgt 

fagtet 

folgtet 

^attet 

toclret 

fagten 

folgten 

fatten  j               toaren 

Future 

Future  Perfect 

shall  say                 shall  follow 

shall  have  said    shall  havefollowed 

toerbe   ' 

toerbe   - 

toerbe   ] 

toerbe  ' 

toerbeft 

toerbeft 

toerbeft 

toerbeft 

toerbe 
toerben 

.    toerbe 
>•  fagen 
toerben 

•  folgen 

toerbe 
toerben 

gefagt     merbe 
'  ^aben     toerben 

.  gefolgt 
fein 

toerbet 

toerbet 

toerbet 

toerbet 

toerben  , 

toerben  _ 

toerben  y 

toerben  ^ 

CONDITIONAL 

Present 

Past 

should  say            should  follow 

should  have  said  should  have  followed 

toiirbe  - 

toiirbe 

toiirbe  ? 

toiirbe  ^ 

toiirbeft 

toiirbeft 

toiirbeft 

toiirbeft 

toitroe 
toiirben 

roiirbe 
toiirben 

-  folgen 

toiirbe 
toiirben 

fc  gefagt     tt)urbe 
^aben     toiirben 

gefolgt 
fein 

toiirbet 

toiirbet 

toiirbet 

toiirbet 

toiirben 

toiirben  , 

toiirben  j               toiirben  ^ 

48 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


Strong  Verbs 

:  fi.tflCM,  »<iH7;  ftnfen,  rfn*(40,s) 

INDICATIVE 

Present 

Perfect 

sing 

sink 

have  sung            have  sunk 

finge 

[fade 

(ah 

bin 

fingft 

iiiifit 

Wt 

bift 

fiiu^t 

i.nit 

*ot 

ge,          n't 

^  -1C 

fbtgoi 

finfcn 

^aben 

iungen     finb 

innfcn 

fingt 

Tinft 

t^abt 

fingen 

ftnfen 

lx\bcn 

finb      , 

Put 

Pluperfect 

MW0 

had  sung              had  sunk 

fang 

ianf 

twite     • 

loar 

fangft 

janfft 

Ijatteft 

nwrft 

fang 

|tttc 

ge*         ™ 

ges 

fangen 

fanfcn 

txitten 

fungen    joaren 

fun  fen 

fangt 

lanft 

fcttet 

nwrt 

fangen 

janfcn 

txittcn  . 

roaren 

Fututt 

Future  Perfect 

8hall 

sing            shall  sink 

shall  have  sung     shall  have  sunk 

ivcrbe   ' 

tocrbc    * 

roerbe 

lucvbe  ' 

koirfl 

nnvft 

mivft 

luirft 

unvb 

luivb 

mirb 

ne=          luirb 

ge= 

nxrben 

K  ftngen 
mcrben 

k  finfcn 

locrbcn 

^  fungen 
l^ben      lucrben 

K  junfen 
fein 

jpcrbct 

toerbet 

mcrbct 

juerbet 

toerben. 

ttxrbcn  ^ 

ipcrben^ 

roerben^ 

IMPERATIVE 

INFINITIVES 

•feifll 

sin  A: 

fttt)  fmgen,  (to)     (#i)  ftnfen,  (to) 

fmge  (bu)              ftnfe  (bu) 

*ingr                         >'/'/>• 

fingt  (ifjr)             fmft  (iftr) 

gefungen(ju)^aben,  gefunfen  (ju)  fein, 

ftngen  6ic            finfcn  3ic 

(to)  have  sung        (to)  have  sunk 

PARTICIPLES 

ftngenb,  singing           fmfenb,  sinking 

gefungen,  sung            gejunlen,  sunk 

STRONG  VERBS 


Strong  Verbs  :  fingcn,  sing;  finf  en,  sink  (40,  5) 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

Perfect 

may  sing              may  sink 

may  have  sung      may  have  sunk 

ftnge 

finfe 

^abe     ' 

fei        i 

fingeft 

finfeft 

^abeft 

feteft 

finge 

fhtfe 

^abe 

ge=         fei 

ge= 

fingen 

ftnfen 

^aben 

'  fnngen    feien 

"  fnnfen 

finget 

ftnfet 

^abet 

feiet 

fingen 

ftnfen 

^aben 

feien 

Past 

Pluperfect 

might  sing            might  sink 

might  have  sung    might  have  sunk 

fange 

fcinfe 

^atte    i 

tt)dre    - 

fangeft 

fanfeft 

^atteft 

ttareft 

fange 

fanfe 

^atte 

ge=         ware 

ge= 

fangen 

fanfen 

fatten 

fnngen    ttja'ren 

"  fnnfen 

fanget 

fa'nfet 

^attet 

tt)aret 

fangen 

fcinfen 

fatten  4 

ttJdren  ^ 

Future 

Future  Perfect 

shall 

sing            shall  sink 

shall  have  sung     shall  have  sunk 

tt)erbe   ^ 

merbe   - 

tuerbe   ] 

merbe  * 

tt)erbeft 

roerbeft 

merbeft 

tterbeft 

trjerbe 

ttierbe 

tt)erbe 

9e=         merbe 

ge= 

tt)erben 

-  fingen 
tterben 

-  finf  en 

ttjerben 

-  fnngen 

-  fnnfen 
fetn 

tt)erbet 

inerbet 

ttjerbet 

ttierbet 

trerben  , 

tuerben  ^ 

tt)erbenj 

nierben^ 

CONDITIONAL 

Present 

Past 

should  sing          should  sink 

should  have  sung  should  have  sunk 

ttmrbe  - 

ttmrbe    ^ 

ttmrbe  ^                tt)itrbe  ^ 

ttmrbeft 

tuitrbeft 

tt)itrbeft 

toitrbeft 

ttmrbe 

raiirbe 

ttmrbe 

9e-          ttmrbe 

ge= 

ttmrben 

^fingen 
ttmrben 

-  finfen 

ttmrben 

•  fnngen 

•  fnnfen 
fetn 

ttmrbet 

ttmrbet 

tt)itrbet 

ttmrbet 

ttmrben 

ttmrben  „ 

tt)itrben. 

nmrben. 

50 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


The  Passive  Voice:  fage«,  say  (60,2,3) 

INDICATIVE 

Present 

Perfect 

am  MM 

have  been  said 

toerbc 

bin 

toirft 

bn't 

luirb 
toerben 

-  flefagt 

ift 
fbtl 

gefagt 
toorbcn 

toerbet 

feib 

Past 

was  said 

Pluperfect 
had  been  said 

itmrbc  (or  nwrb)  • 

fear 

tourbeft 

HMVU 

nwrbe  (or  roarb) 
murben               '  9t|a8t 

mar 

IDQTCTI 

uunbcn 

nmrbet 

roart 

Future 
shall  be  said 

Future  Perfect 
shall  have  been  said 

loerbc    - 

toerbe    - 

UMl'ft 

itnrit 

ttrirb 

qcfagt 

tDtrb 

gefagt 

toerben 

^  lucvbcn 

roerben 

K  worben  fein 

toerbet 

toerbet 

tpcrben  , 

loerben  , 

IMPERATIVE 

INFI1IITIVE8 

be  said 

gefagt  (ju)  toerben,  to 

»erbe  (bu)  gefagt 

be  sa!'l 

roerbet  (iftr)  gefagt 

gefagt  morben  ($u)  fein, 

merben  @ie  gefagt 

to  have  been  said 

PARTICIPLES 

gefagt  loerbenb,  being  said 

gefagt  roorben,  having  been  said 

THE  PASSIVE  VOICE 


51 


The  Passive  Voice  :  f  arjcn,  say  (60,  2,3) 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

Perfect 

may  be  said 

may  have  been  said 

tuerbe     i 

fei         i 

tmbeft 

feieft 

ttierbe 
roerben 

•  gefagt 

fei 
feien 

gefagt 
r  roorben 

roerbet 

feiet 

tcerben 

feien 

Past 

Pluperfect 

might  be  said 

might  have  been  said 

toiirbe    - 

tt)a're 

ttwrbeft 

ttmreft 

tuiirbe 
timrben 

.  gefagt 

raare 
trjciren 

^  gefagt 
tDorben 

roiirbet 

wa'ret 

ttmrben 

tociren 

Future 

Future  Perfect 

shall  be  said 

shall  have  been  said 

tterbe     " 

tflerbe    - 

merbeft 

merbeft 

roerbe 

gefagt 

toerbe 

gefagt 

merben 

roerben 

roerben 

*  tDorben  fein 

toerbet 

tuerbet 

tuerben  , 

raerben  , 

CONDITIONAL 

Present 

Past 

should  be  said 

should  have  been  said 

ttmrbe    " 

roiirbe    i 

tuiitbeft 

tDiirbeft 

ttmrbe 

gefagt 

roiirbe 

gefagt 

roihben 

y  tt)erben 

ttmrben 

"  morben  fein 

tt)iirbet 

iriirbet 

tuiirben  > 

roiirben  ^ 

53 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


Reflexive  Verbs:    fid)  frcucn,  rejoice  (61,  x) 

INDICATIVE 

PreMnt 
rejoice 

idi  ire  no  mid) 
bu  frcuft  bi$ 
cr  freut  pd) 

loir  frcucn  un8 
ihv  frcut  cud) 
fte  frcucn  pd) 

Perfect 
have  rejoiced 

id)  babe  mid) 
bu  ho  ft  bid) 
cr  fpt  fid) 

unv  l)obcn  und 
ibv  bo  bt  end) 
ftc  ^obcn  ftd)      , 

gcfrcut 

Put 

rejoiced 

id)  unite  mid) 
bu  frcutcft  bid) 
cr  jrcutc  fid) 

roir  frcutcn  un8 

il)V  f  VCll  ti't  Olid) 

fie  frcutcn  fid) 

Pluperfect 
had  rejoiced 

id)  tjattc  mid) 
bu  txittcft  bid) 
cr  bone  fid) 

roir  fatten  un6 
tip  fjattct  cud) 
pc  fatten  pd) 

.  gcfrcut 

Future 
shall  rejoice 

id)  roerbc  midi     - 

bU  UMVft  bid) 

cr  toirb  pd) 
•  freuen 
unr  loerbcn  un8 

ibv  tocrbct  cud) 
fte  n>erbcn  ftc^ 

Future  Perfect 
«/ictf/  A  a  re  rejoit 
id)  ipcvbe  mid)    * 
bu  nrirft  bid) 
cr  luivb  fid) 

unv  rocrbcn  iniv 
i^r  rocrbet  cud) 
pe  wcrbcn  pcft 

ed 

gefreut 
f)abcn 

IMPERATIVE 

rejoice 
freue  (bu)  bid) 
freut  (i^r)  cud) 
freucn  @te  fid) 

INFINITIVES 

pd)  (ju)  freuen,  («o) 
rejoice 
pd)  gcfrcut  (ju)  fyibcnf 
(to)  have  rejoiced 

PARTICIPLES 

fid)  freuenb,  rejoicing 
fid)  gefreut,  rejoiced 

REFLEXIVE  VERBS 


53 


Reflexive  Verbs:   fid)  freuen,  rejoice  (61,  i) 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

Perfect 

may  rejoice 

may  have  rejoiced 

id)  freue  mid) 

id)  t)cibe  mid)      ^ 

bu  freueft  bid) 

bu  rjabeft  bid)  - 

er  freue  fid) 
ttrir  freuen  un§ 

er  fyxbe  fi(^ 
tnir  fyiben  un§ 

gefreut 

i^r  freuet  end) 

i^r  ^abet  euc^ 

fie  freuen  fid) 

fie  f)aben  fid) 

Past 

Pluperfect 

might  rejoice 

might  have  rejoiced 

id)  freute  mid) 

id)  l)atte  mic^ 

bu  freuteft  bid) 

bu  fjatteft  bi(^ 

er  freute  fid) 

er  t)atte  fid) 

ttrir  freuten  un§ 

ttrir  rjtttten  un§ 

•  gefreut 

i^r  freutet  end) 

i^r  pttet  end) 

fie  freuten  fid) 

fie  fatten  fic^      j 

Future 

Future  Perfect 

shall  rejoice 

shall  have  rejoiced 

id)  rnerbe  mid)    ^ 

id)  tt)erbe  mid)    - 

bu  ioerbeft  bid) 

bu  tuerbeft  bic^ 

er  trerbe  fid) 

-  freuen 

er  trerbe  fid^ 

^  gefreut 

ttrir  ttierben  un£ 

ttrir  ttierben  un§ 

^aben 

il)r  toerbet  end) 

i^r  tt)erbet  end) 

fie  toerben  fid) 

fie  toerben  fic^ 

CONDITIONAL 

Present 

Past 

should  rejoice 

should  have  rejoiced 

id)  ttmrbe  mid)    - 

id)  tt)iirbe  mid)    - 

bu  ttmrbeft  bid) 

bu  ttmrbeft  bid) 

er  ttmrbe  fid) 
ttrir  ttmrben  un§ 

>  freuen 

er  ttmrbe  fid) 
ttrir  ttmrben  un§ 

^  gefreut 
"  ^aben 

ttjr  ttmrbet  end) 

il)r  ttmrbet  end) 

fie  ttmrben  fid) 

fie  itmrben  fic^ 

64 


A  GA'/M/.I  v   /</;//./.   /;oo/r 


The  Mood  Auxiliaries:   biirfcn,  may;  fumtcii,  ran;  moflctt,  may; 
muff  en,  must;  fotten,  atott;  tooUen,  will  (62-64) 

INDICATIVE 

barf 
barfft 
barf 

bin  fen 
biivtt 
billion 

Present 

faun              mag               in  in";              fofl                null 
faiun'i            magft             innut             foflft               nnllit 
fann              mag               inun              foil                uiill 

fonncn           nuvjcn           iniincn           fodcn             looUcn 
fount             m5gt             iniifjt             foflt               wollt 
foiincn           ino^cn           miiffen          jollcn             roollcn 

iMivite 
buritcH 
burfte 
etc. 

Pitt 

fonnto            iiiodnc            mufttc            jo  lite              toollte 
fonnteu          moditcit          muBtcft          foUtcit            rooUtcft 
fonnto            modite            nuiftte            i  oil  to              uuUlte 
etc.               etc.              etc.              etc.              etc. 

fabe     i 

bail 
hat 
etc.   . 

Perfect 

geburft,  gefonnt,  gemodn, 
gcmuBt,  gefollt,  geiuollt 

Pluperfect 
^atte    I 
^atteft  1  geburft,  gefonnt,  gemodn, 
^atte     I  gcmufet,  gefottt,  gemoUt 
etc.  J 

tuerbe  " 
nrirft 
nrirb 
etc.  . 

Future 

biivfen,  fonncn,  mixjen, 
iniii'icn,  jollen,  mollen 

Future  Perfect 

werbe  1 
roirft     1  geburft  Ijaben, 
roirb     |  gefonnt  ^oben,  etc. 
etc.  J 

IMPERATIVE 

luofle  (bu)            The  other  five 
ioollt  (i^r)            verbs  have  no 
tDotten  <3ic          imperative 

INFINITIVES 

(311)  biirfen,  fflnnen,  mbgen,  etc. 
geburft  (#1)  gefonnt  (gu) 
babcn,           babcn,  etc. 

biirfenb 
geburft 

PARTICIPLES 

fonnenb        mogenb         miiffenb         jollenb          rooflenb 
gefonnt         gemod)t         gemufjt         gefollt           geroollt 

THE  MOOD  AUXILIARIES 


55 


The  Mood  Auxiliaries:   bitrfen,  may  ;  fbtutettf  can;  ntiigett,  may; 
miiffen,  must;  fatten,  shall;  ttwtten,  will  (62-64) 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

biirfe 
biirfeft 
biirfe 

fbnne 
fonneft 
fb'nne 

moge            miiffe 
mogeft          miiffeft 
moge            miiffe 

foUe 
foUeft 
foUe 

n)ofle 
tooHeft 
n)oKe 

biirfen 
biirfet 
biirfen 

fonnen 
fbnnet 
fonnen 

mbgen          miiffen 
moget           miiffet 
mogen          miiffen 

foUen 
foUet 
follen 

raotten 
moHet 
motlen 

Past 

biirfte 
biirfteft 
biirfte 
etc. 

fonnte 
fonnteft 
fonnte 
etc. 

mbd)te           mii^te 
mbcfyteft         mii^teft 
moc^te           mii^te 
etc.               etc. 

foltte 
foUteft 
fottte 
etc. 

moHteft 
mottte 
etc. 

Perfect 

Pluperfect 

rjabeft 
fjabe 
etc.    J 

gebnrft,  gefonnt,  gemocfyt, 
gemnfet,  gefoUt,  getooUt 

^atteft    1 
^atte 
etc.    J 

gebnrft,  gefonnt,  gemocfjt, 
gemn^t,  gefodt,  getnotlt 

irerbe    "] 
roerbeft  1 
roerbe 
etc.    J 

Future 

biirfen,  fonnen, 
miiffen,  follen, 

mbgen, 
roollen 

toerbe    ^ 
trerbeft  1 
merbe 
etc.    J 

Future  Perfect 

gebnrft  fjaben, 
gefonnt  fyaben, 

etc. 

CONDITIONAL 

nmrbe  ^i 
etc.    J 

Present 

biirfen,  fonnen, 

etc. 

toiirbe  ^ 
tDiirbeft  1 
toiirbe 
etc.    J 

Past 

gebnrft  ^aben, 
gefonnt  rjaben, 

etc. 

56 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  HOOK 


Separable  Verbs:    wic'berfagcit,  say  again  (74,  1-3) 

INDICATIVE 

Present 
fage  .  .  .  ] 
fagft  ...   I  mie'ber 
fagt   ...  j 
etc.  (46,i) 

Perfect 

fcbe  .  .  .  1 
Wt    ...  >  roic'bcrgcfagt 

^Qt       .    .    .  J 

etc.  (46,  i) 

Put 

fagte  .  .  .  mic'ber 
etc.  (4fl,2) 

Pluperfect 
Ijatte  .  .  .  roic'bcrgcfogt 
etc.  (46,  a) 

Future 
rocrbe  .  .  .  roie'berfagen 
etc.  (46,3) 

Future  Perfect 
roerbc  .  .  .  nrier  bcrgcfogt  fcben 
etc.  (46,  3) 

IMPERATIVE 

foge  (bu)  .  .  .  iwe'ber 
etc.  (46,4) 

INFINITIVES 

»ie'bcr(AU)fogcn 
etc.  (46,4) 

PARTICIPLES 

ttrie'berfagenb,  etc.  (46,5) 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

fage   .  .  .  ] 
fagcft.  .  .  Inrie'ber 
fagc   .  .  .  J 
etc.  (47,  i) 

Perfect 
fcfc    .  .  .  ] 

^abcft  .  .  .  I  njic'bcrgefagt 
^Qbc    ...j 
etc.  (47,  i) 

Past 

fagtc  .  .  .  ttrie'ber 
etc.  (47,2) 

Pluperfect 

^Ittc  .  .  .  roic'bergefQgt 
etc.  (47,2) 

Future 
tt>erbe  .  .  .  tDte'berfagen 

etc.  (47,3) 

Future  Perfect 

merbc  .  .  .  nrie'  bcrgejagt  fpben 
etc.  (47,3) 

CONDITIONAL 

Present 

tuiirbe  .  .  .  tme'berfagen 
etc.  (47,4) 

Past 
iuiirbc  .  .  .  ttne'bergefagt  ^abcn 

etc.  (47,4) 

IMPERSONAL  VERBS 


57 


Inseparable  Verbs:   etttfa'gen,  renounce  (74,  4,  5) 

Present  : 
Past: 
Future  : 

INDIC 

entfa'ge 
etc.  (46,  i) 
entfag'te 
etc.  (46,  2) 
tr>erbe  entfa'gen 
etc.  (46,  3) 

^TIVE 
Perfect  :        f)dbe  entfagtf 
etc.  (46,  i) 
Pluperfect:  Ijatte  entfagt' 
etc.  (46;  2) 
Fut.  Perf  .  :  toerbe  entfagtf  ()aben 
etc.  (46,  3) 

IMPERATIVE 

entfa'ge  (bu) 
etc.  (46,4) 

INFINITIVES 

(§u)  entfafgen 
etc.  (46,4) 

PARTICIPLES 

entfa'genb,  etc.  (46,5) 

Present  : 
Past: 
Future  : 

SUBJU1 

entfa'ge 
etc.  (47,  i) 
entfag'te 
etc.  (47,  2) 
tterbe  entjafgen 
etc.  (47,  3) 

ACTIVE 

Perfect:       ^abe  entfagtf 
etc.  (47,  i)    . 
Pluperfect:  fjatte  entjagtr 
etc.  (47,  2) 
Fut.  Perf.  :  toerbe  entfagt'  fjaben 
etc.  (47,  3) 

Present  : 

CONDI! 

miirbe  entfa'gen 

etc.  (47,  4) 

PIONAL 

Past  :          ttiirbe  entfagt'  ^aben 

•  etc.  (47,4) 

Impersonal  Verbs:   e3  regnet,  it  rains  (61,  3) 

Present  : 
Past: 
Future  : 

INDIC 

e§  regnet 
e§  regnete 
e§  nrirb  regnen 

ATIVE 

Perfect  :      e§  ^at  geregnet 
Pluperfect  :  e3  fyitte  geregnet 
Fut.  Perf.  :  e§  ratrb  geregnet  ^aben 

Present  : 
Past: 
Future  : 

SUBJUI 

e§  regne 
e§  regnete 
e§  merbe  regnen 

fCTIVE 

Perfect  :      e§  ^abe  geregnet 
Pluperfect  :  e3  ^atte  geregnet 
Fut.  Perf.  :  e§  ttnrb  geregnet  ^aben 

Present  : 

CONDI' 

e§  tfiirbe  regnen 

riONAL 

Past  :          e§  tuilrbe  geregnet  ^aben 

58 


A  OSRMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


Weak  Verbs  with  Peculiarities  in 

Inflection 

(40,4) 

PRESENT 

INDICATIVE 

wait 

marte 
iracfcp 

martet 

talk 

rebeft 
rebet 

breathe 
atme 

a  tine  ft 
atmet 

open 
Bffne 
Bffneft 
Bffnet 

blame 
table 
tabclft 
tabelt 

wander 
manbre 
nxmberft 
manbert 

marten 
loartet 
marten 

reben 
rebet 
reben 

atiiten 
atmet 

a  tin  on 

Bffnen 
:ion 

tabeln 
tabelt 
tabeln 

manbern 
manbert 
manbern 

PAST   INDICATIVE 

lOttfcfc 

mavh 
martete 

rebcte 

rebeteit 
rebete 

atmoto 
atmo: 
atntete 

Bffn 
Bffiu 
Bffnetc 

tabelte 
tabelteft 
tabelte 

nxinberte 
manberteft 
manberte 

tuarteten 
roartetet 
marteton 

rebeten 

rebctot 
rebeten 

atmeten 
atmetct 
arnteten 

Bffneten 
Bffnetet 
Bffneten 

tabeltcn 
tabeltet 
tabeltcn 

manberten 
manbertet 
nxinberten 

PAST   PARTICIPLE 

geiaortet 

gerebet 

geatmet 

gedffnet 

getabelt 

gemanbert 

Strong  Verbs  with  Peculiarities  in 

Inflection 

(41,6) 

PRESENT 

INDICATIVE 

run 

laufe 

laufft 
lauft 

hold 

iKlltO 

$altft 

Halt 

help 

Mffp 

hiin 

866 

feDe 

W 

give 
gebe 
gibft 
gibt 

take 
ne^me 
nimmft 
nimmt 

laufen 
lauft 
laufen 

foalten 
Daltet 
Balten 

fclfen 

Wp 

^elfen 

fe^en 
fe^en 

geben 
gebt 
geben 

nefnnen 
ne^mt 
ne^men 

laufe  (bu) 
lauft  (tljr) 
laufen  <8ie 

fclte  (bu) 
Daltet  (tljr) 
Balten  <Ste 

IMPERATIVE  (412) 

^ilf  (bu)      fte^  (bu) 
^elfen  @ie  fe^en  @ie 

gib  (bu) 
gebt  (iW 
geben  @ie 

nimm  (bu) 
ne^mt  (i^r) 
nelimen  3ie 

IRREGULAR  WEAK  VERBS 


59 


Irregular  Weak  Verbs  (40,  4) 

The  following  weak  verbs  and  their  compounds  are  inflected 
regularly  (46,  47),  but  have  the  stem  vowel  changed  in  the  past 
indicative  and  the  past  participle  : 

Pres.  Inf.           Past  Indie.          Past  Subj.             Past  Partic. 

brennen           brnnnte            brennte              gebrtmnt           burn 
lennen             lannte              lennte                gefannt            know 
nennen            nannte             nennte               genannt            name 
rennen             rannte              rennte            ift  gerannt            run 
fenben             fanbte               fenbetc               gefanbt             send 
rtjenben            toanbte             toenbete              gettwnbt           turn 

Three  verbs  have  the  stem  vowel  changed  (and  modified)  in  the 
past  subjunctive,  also  ;  and  they  suffer  consonantal  changes  in  their 
principal  parts,  as  in  English  ;  in  the  present  indicative,  tinffcu  is 
inflected  like  the  mood  auxiliaries  (54,  i)  : 

bringen            bradtfe              bracfjte               gebradjt            bring 
benfen             bacrjte               bacrjte                 gebacfjt              think 
ttriffen              ttnifjte               ttwfjte                gettwfct             know 

PRESENT   INDICATIVE 

bringe        benfe         roeifc 
bringft       benfft        ttieifet 
bringt        benft         tneifj 

bringen      benfen       ttriffen 
brtngt        benft         ttrifjt 
bringen      benfen       ttriffen 

PRESENT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

bringe        benfe         ttriffe 
bringeft      benfeft       ttriffeft 
bringe        benfe         tt)iffe 

bringen      benfen       ttriffen 
bring  et       benfet        tt)iffet 
bringen      benfen       ttriffen 

PAST 

bracfjte 
bracfjteft 
bradjte 

bracrjten 
bracket 
bradjten 

INDICATIVE 

bacrjte        ttJttfjte 
bacf)teft      tt)ii^teft 
bacfjte        tnu^te 

batten      tnn^ten 
bac^tet       ttmfttet 
batten      tt>nfeten 

PAST 

brd'cfjte 
brd'crjteft 
brdd)te 

brdc^ten 
brdcfjtet 
brdd)ten 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

bd'cfjte        tt)ii§te 
bdd£)teft      toii^teft 
bacfyte        tt)ufete 

batten      mii^ten 
bdcfjtet       ttmfjtet 
bdctjten      tuu^ten 

60 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


The  Uses  of  ,§abcu,  3ctn,  and  28erben  (42-46) 

.§aben  is  used  to  inflect  the  perfect,  the  pluperfect,  the  future  perfect, 
and  the  past  conditional  of  the  following: 

1.  The  active  voice  of  transitive  verbs  (42,  43,  46-49,  62,  63,  66,  67). 

2.  The  mood  auxiliaries  (64,  66). 

3.  Most  intransitive  verbs  (see  fein,  60,  a). 


is  used  to  inflect  the  perfect,  the  pluperfect,  the  future  perfect, 
and  the  past  conditional  of  the  following: 

1.  The  passive  voice  of  transitive  verbs  (60,  61). 

•-'.  3etn  (42,  43),  »erbc«  (44,  46),  and  blcibcn  (68);  and  intransitive 
verbs,  and  their  compounds,  when  denoting  change  of  position  or  of 
condition.  Among  these  are  the  following:  l 


aui'ftdicit,  .v'<//icltip,0etup.  74, 1,68 

bcflcyncn,  with  dative,  meet.    40,4 

cilcn,  hasten,  hurry.1    40,4 

ctn'irt)lnfcn,/aH  asleep.    74,  i,  68 

erfrfjrcrf'cn,  be  terrified.    74,4,  68 

crtrtiif'cii,  drown.    74,4,  68 

fnljrcu,  drive.    68 

fallen, /ail.    68 

fltC}]cn,./lyA    68 

flici)cn,./ree.    68 

flicfuMt,  flow.    68 

f olflcn,  follow.    40, 4,  46,  47 

fldjcu,  go.    68 

gclang'en,  arrice,  get.    74, 4, 40, 4 


geling'e*,  succeed.*    68 

flcfdje^en,  happen.    68 

footmen,  come.    68 

laufcn,  run.1    68 

rcikii,  /rape/.1    40,4 

rcitcii,  ride.1    68 

fdpiimmen,  swim*    68 

iiit fen,  sink,  48,  49,  68 

fpringen,  spring,  leap.1    68 

ftcrbcn,  die.    68 

freten,  step.1    68 

aerf rfjwin'bctt,  vanish.    74, 4,  68 

roadjfen,  grow.    68 

nmnbern,  wander.1    40, 4 


28crben  is  used  to  inflect  the  following: 

1.  The  future,  the  future  perfect,  and  the  conditionals  of  all  verbs 
(42-67). 

2.  The  passive  voice  (=  the  inflection  of  wcrbcn,  gc  of  flctoorben  being 
omitted,  -4-  a  past  participle),8  50,  61. 

1 A  few  intransitive  verbs  denoting  motion  are  inflected  with  fjabcn 
when  used  without  reference  to  the  starting  point,  the  direction,  or  the 
stopping  {''>i'<f  of  the  motion:  as,  er  4ot  fdjtteU  gerittett,  he  rode  fast. 

2 Used  impersonally  (61,3),  with  the  dative:  as,  e3  ift  tljtieii  gchingeit, 
they  succeeded. 

8  With  50,  61,  cf.  44,  45,  where  the  position  of  the  participle  is  in- 
dicated by  a  star  (*).  The  passive  voice  is  often  avoided  by  using  man 
(37,5)  or  a  reflexive  verb  (61,  i). 


REFLEXIVE  AND  IMPERSONAL  VERBS  61 

Reflexive  Verbs  (52,  53) 
Reflexive  verbs  are  of  two  kinds : 

1.  Those  that  require  a  reflexive  pronoun1  to  complete  their  meaning: 
as,  id)  fdjame  mid),  I  am  ashamed. 

2.  Those  that  have  a  special  meaning  when  used  with  a  reflexive 
pronoun : l  as,  id)  frcuc  mid),  I  rejoice.2 

1.  bu  fiirdjteft  bid),  you  are  afraid. 

2.  ttur  trrcn  Uttg,  we  are  mistaken. 

3.  fe^cn  <Sie  fidj,  s££  down. 

4.  bag  tierftefjt  fid),  £#a£  is  understood. 

5.  bte  Xiir  tiff  net  fidjf  the  door  opens. 

6.  eg  fragt  fid),  it  is  questionable.3 

7.  id)  ttmnbre  mid)  itber  iljrt,  I  am  surprised  at  him. 

8.  er  fjat  fid)  erfaftet,  &e  caught  cold. 

9.  ba3  23udj  ftat  fid)  gefunben,  ^e  6oofc  /ias  been  found.* 

10.  tote  fcefittbett  Ste  fid)  ?  ^ow  are  you  ?  (how  do  you  find  yourself) 

11.  idj  Beftttbc  mt(^  gaits  toolji,  ^  am  ^w^e  ^e^- 

12.  bu  fctlbeft  bir  ba^  cut,5  you  imagine  that. 

Impersonal  Verbs  (57) 

1.  e3  rcgnetf  it  rains;  e3  ^at  gercgnet,  it  rained. 

2.  e3  Ijungert  mid),  I  am  hungry. 

3.  e3  ift  iJ)m  gclmtgctt  (mi^ungen),  he  succeeded  (failed}. 

4.  e^  biittft  mid)  (or  mir)f  mit^  (or  mir)  biinft,  it  seems  to  me. 

5.  tturb  eg  bid)  freiiett?  will  it  give  you  pleasure? 

6.  eg  tat  mir  (eibf  I  was  sorry. 

7.  eg  ttwrbe  triel  gelad)tf  there  was  much  laughing. 

8.  eg  gifct  SiJtuen  in  biefem  S93albef  there  are  lions  in  this  forest.* 

9.  eg  tturb  Sdjlagc  geBeit,  there  will  be  blows.* 
10.  ttwg  gt&t  eg  ^eueg?  what  news?* 

1 A  reflexive  pronoun  is  one  that  stands  for  the  same  person  as  the 
subject  of  the  verb  of  which  it  is  itself  the  object :  as,  id)  fd)lage  mid),  / 
strike  myself. 

2  Any  transitive  verb  may  take  a  reflexive  pronoun  for  its  object,  but 
the  verb  is  not  properly  reflexive  except  as  here  defined:  as,  id)  fdjlage 
ittidj,  /  strike  myself  (the  verb  keeps  it  regular  meaning,  and  is  not  re- 
flexive). 

3  Reflexive  and  impersonal  (74,  i). 

*  See  608.        5  See  74,  i.        6  See  there  is,  113. 


u 


1    '  KBMAN  IHIILL 


The  Mood  Auxiliaries  (54,  55) 


1  The  mood  auxiliaries  are  generally  translated  by  their 
equivalents,  may,  can,  etc.,  but  these  English  words  are  so  de- 
fective in  inflection  that  other  words  must  often  be  used:1  as, 

1.  cr  fnitu  flclicn,  tip  can  go. 

J  cr  luirb  fldicn  fumicn,  he  will  be  able  to  go. 

8.  er  foil  it  tc  uirtit  fldicn,  he  could  not  (=  ira*  not  able  to)  go.* 

4.  cr  fuuntr  nirtit  flclicii,  he  could  not  (=  would  not  be  able  to)  go.* 

5.  cr  faun  ittrtit  iKrtniiflcn  fcitt,  he  cannot  have  gone. 

6.  cr  fuitiac  uidit  flcnmtflcn  fcin,  he  could  not(=*was  not  able  to)  have 

gone.* 

7.  e  r  fyartc  ntctjt  gc^cn  f  onncn,  he  could  not  hate  gone  (=  would  not  have 

been  able  to  go).* 

8.  id)  modjtc  flCflaitflcit  fcin,  /  *hould  like  to  have  gone. 
irti  lint  to  jicljcn  muflc»,  /  *hould  have  liked  to  go. 

10.  er  miifj  t]d)cn,  he  mu*t  go. 

11.  cr  muHtc  flct)cnr  he  wo*  compelled  to  go. 

2  When  the  past  participle  of  a  mood  auxiliary  h:is  an  infinitive 
depending  on  it,  the  participle  ifcu-lf  is  changed  to  the  infinitive. 
If  the  two  infinitives  thus  brought  together  are  in  a  subordinate 
clause,  the  tense  auxiliary  (  fyabcn,  60,  1)  is  not  put  at  the  end  of 
the  clause  (97,2),  but  before  the  first   infinitive  or  an  adverK 
limiting  it,  according  to  the  emphasis:*  as, 

1.  cr  f)at  ed  nidjt  gc(otttttr  he  was  not  able  to  do  it.4 
•-'.  cr  lint  iiirtit  nclicit  fuiuicu  (for  gefohnt),  he  was  not  able  to  go. 
3.  ttJCitu  cr  nidjt  Ijdttc  gc^cn  fbintcn  (for  gcfonnt),  if  he  had  not  been  able 
to  go. 

1  When  a  mood  auxiliary  is  used  with  an  infinitive,  511,  to,  is  omitted, 
as  with  may,  can,  etc.  2  Observe  that  could  is  ambiguous. 

8  f)Ct#Clt,  bid,  f)c(fcn,  help,  l)0rctt,  /tear,  (af{cnr  let,  fcljcn,  .see,  and  some- 
times IcJjren,  teach,  Icrncnr  /earn,  and  madjcn,  make,  have  the  same  con- 
struction as  the  mood  auxiliaries:  as,  id)  fjabc  fie  ftngcn  ^dren  (forgct)ortj, 
/  heard  her  sing. 

4  An  infinitive  depending  on  a  mood  auxiliary  is  often  omitted,  and 
any  object  or  modifier  of  the  infinitive  appears  to  belong  to  the  mood 
auxiliary:  as,  toad  woUcn  3ic?  what  do  you  wantf  er  faun  nid>t 
he  cannot  come  out. 


THE  MOOD  AUXILIARIES  63 

4.  tocitn  cr  gcftertt  Ijattc  (or  Ijatte  geftcrtt)  geljeit  fiwiteit  (for  gefonnt),  if  he 

had  been  able  to  go  yesterday. 

5.  Ijatte  cr  geljeit  fb'ttiten  (for  ge!onnt),  fa  ttJitrbe  cr  e3  getatt  Ijabeit,  if  he 

had  been  able  to  go,  he  would  have  done  so. 

been  allowed'} 
been  able 

preferred        >  to  go. 
had 


(  burfctt1^ 

fihtncu 
6.  Sic  pttcn  geljctt  -j  mtigcit  k  you  would  have 

miiffett  I 
[  ttujflcit  J 


'ted 


wan 
7.  Sic  Ijatteit  geJjett  fatten,  you  ought  to  have  gone. 

bitrfcit,  bltrfte,  gcbitrft,  may,  be  permitted,  be  likely  (in  the  past  subjunc-    I 
tive),  denoting  permission  (62,  i,  2) : 2  as, 

1.  barf  idj  geljett?  bit  barfft  e3,  may  I  go?  you  may. 

2.  toerbe  iclj  geljen  bitrfett?  shall  I  be  permitted  to  go? 

3.  fie  bnrfte  in  bic  Sdjitle  geljett,  she  was  permitted  to  go  to  school. 

4.  Sic  biirfctt  ttidjt  gtallfceit,  you  must  not  believe. 

5.  id)  barf  e3  ttid)t  fagcit,  I  have  no  right  to  say. 

6.  ba3  bitrfte  511  toiel  feitt,  that  might  be  (is  likely  to  be)  too  much. 

fiittttett,  fottltte,  gclottttt,  can,  be  able,  may,  denoting  power  or  possibility    2 
(62,i,2):2  as, 

1.  cr  fatttt  tueber  (efctt  ttot^  fdjreibeit,  he  can  neither  read  nor  write. 

2.  ffittttCtt  Sic  ^Clttfd)?  do  you  know  German? 

3.  id)  fatttt  mi(^  gcirrt  Ijafceit,  /  may  have  been  mistaken. 

4.  ba3  fatttt  fcitt,  that  may  be.2 

5.  bit  fattitft  I)creitt,  you  may  come  in.2 


,  tttot^tcf   gemoc^t,   may,   like,   denoting  possibility  or  preference    3 
(62,  i,  2): 2  as, 

1.  ba3  ntag  fetn,  that  may  be.2 

2.  fie  tttodjtc  fiittf  3^^^  sa^lctt,  she  might  have  been  five  years  old.2 

C  gcrtt  (82,  i)  ^  c  should  like  to         ^ 

3.  i(^  mfldftc  -j  UeBcr  \-  geftcit,  /  -j  had  rather  L  gro. 

I  am  lie&ftett  J  L  should  like  best  to  J 

4.  miigCtt  Sic  giMUt^  fcht,  may  you  be  happy. 

5.  id)  mag  tljtt  ttid|tf  I  do  not  like  him. 

1For  geburftf  ge!omttr  etc.,  62,2. 

2  biirfctt  =  may  =  be  permitted.  To  express  may  =  be  possible,  fimttCtt 
or  miigCtt  (63, 2,  3)  may  be  used.  But  liittttett  is  frequently  used  like  biir= 
fett  to  express  may  =  be  permitted :  as,  btt  fattttft  morgcit  geI)Cttf  you  may 

(not  can]  <jo  to-morrow. 


(  1  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

miijfcn,  mufttc,  flcmn&t,  must,  have  to,  denoting  necessity  (62,  x,  2):  as, 

1.  id)  ntuf;  fort,  /  must  go. 

2.  er  wirb  flcljen  muffcn,  he  will  have  to  go. 

3.  wir  mufitcn  Inrticn,  we  had  to  laugh. 

4.  er  muft  front  fcin,  he  must  be  sick. 

follcu,  fulltc,  flcfollt,  shall,  am  to,  ought,  is  said  to,  denoting  command, 
duty,  prophecy,  or  heresay  itiii.  1,2  : l  as, 

1.  bu  foQfl  Midjt  fallen,  thon  shalt  not  steal. 

2.  toad  foil  cr  tun?  wh«  <iot 
8.  toa£  foil  id)  tun  ?  what  am  I  to  dot 

4.  id)  folltc  fllnnbcn,  /  >//-"/'/  /////.A-.1 

5.  tocnn  etf  rcfliicn  foiite. 

6.  ttJir  tun  itirtit  immcr,  wao  wir  follcn,  toe  do  not  always  do  what  we 

ought. 

7.  bit  foil  ft  ftbntfl  mcrbcn,  //••"  >/"///  become  king. 
fc  uiciiH  ^ao  fcin  full,    f  this  must  be. 

0.  foUtc  bad  waljr  frin?  «•'!/«  //UM  6e  truef 

10.  fie  foil  Ijtcr  fcin,  >-/«e  («  said  fo  6e  /iere. 

1 1 .  cr  foil  c*  flctan  Ijabcn,  he  is  sold  to  Aace  done  It. 

niollcii,  niolltc,  ncniofltr  tci/l,  toant,  i/otny  to,  mean,  maintain,  pretend,  de- 
noting intention  or  assertion  (62, 1,2):  as, 

1.  roollcn  3ic  ntit  mir  fommcn?  will  you  come  with  met 

2.  er  mill  uirijt  t)offcn,  baft  bu  franf  bift,  he  hopes  you  are  not  ill. 
:'..  id)  uiulltc  co  nctnn  fcljcn,  /  wanted  to  have  it  done. 

4.  er  toill,  fie  full  finiicn,       wants  her  to  sing. 

6.  id)  wolltc-  licbcr  frijlnfcn  al*  arbcttcn,  /  had  rather  sleep  than  work. 

6.  fte  will  iljn  nirijt,  not  have  him.9 

7.  cr  wolltc  nad)  /"yrnnfrcidj,  he  wanted  to  go  to  France.9 

8.  tootf  toollcn  tt»ir  foflcn?  what  are  we  going  to  sayt 

9.  fte  tooflte  cbcn  awtycljcn,  aid  Scfuc^  fam,  she  was  on  the  point  of  y< 

out,  when  company  came. 

10.  ttiaS  UiiUft  bu  bamtt  fa(|en?  what  do  you  mean  by  that? 

11.  cr  will  wot)l  rcid)  fcin,  /  am  sure  he  will  be  rich. 

12.  fte  Will  ityn  gcfcljcn  t)abcnf  she  maintains  she  has  seen  him. 

1  In  a  conditional  sentence,  the  past  subjunctive  foflte  is  sometimes 
used  instead  of  wurbc  (98,3,  4)* 

2  Past  subjunctive. 
8  See  62*. 


IMPORTANT  WEAK  VEEBS 


G5 


Important  Weak  Verbs  (40, 

4) 

ant'ttjort-cn, 

-etc, 

gc—  et 

answer 

larfjel-n, 

-te, 

gc-t 

smile 

ar'fceit-en, 

-etc, 

ge—  et 

work 

ladj-en, 

-te,. 

ge—  t 

laugh 

fceban'er-n, 

-tc, 

—  t 

regret 

leb-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

live 

fceberf'-cn, 

-tc, 

—  t 

cover 

leg-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

lay 

fceben't-en, 

-etc, 

—  et 

signify 

Icfjn-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

lean 

fceglei't-cn, 

-etc, 

—  et 

accompany 

lel)r-en, 

-tc, 

ge—  t 

teach 

fcemer'f-en, 

-te, 

—  t 

remark 

lett-en, 

-etc, 

ge—  et 

lead 

fcemii'lj-cn, 

-te, 

—  t 

trouble 

fern-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

learn 

feerei't-en, 

-etc, 

—  et 

prepare 

UeB-en, 

-tc, 

ge-t 

love 

fcerittj'r-en, 

-tc, 

—  t 

handle 

(oB-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

praise 

fcefn'rfj-en, 

-tc, 

—  t 

visit 

IBf-Ctt, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

loose  Irt 

fcrandj-en, 

-tc, 

ge-t 

need 

madj-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

make 

banf-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

thank 

mal-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

paint  . 

bancr-n, 

-tc, 

ge—  t 

last 

mem-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

mean 

bten-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

serve 

merf-en, 

-te, 

gc-t 

mark 

eil-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

hurry 

offn-en, 

-etc, 

ge—  et 

^>pen 

erton'fc-en, 

-tc, 

—  t 

allow 

^Peg-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

be  wont 

errei'dj-en, 

-tc, 

—  t 

arrive  at 

reb-en, 

-etc, 

ge—  et 

talk 

erro't-en, 

-etc, 

—  et 

blush 

reid)-en, 

-te, 

ge—  u 

reach 

erttwrfj'-en, 

-tc, 

—  t 

wake  up 

rctt-en, 

-etc, 

ge—  et 

save 

ertuar't-en, 

-etc, 

—  et 

wait  for 

ritljr-en, 

-tc, 

ge-t 

touch 

crfoerf'-en, 

-te, 

— 

wake  up 

fag-en, 

-tc, 

ge-t 

say 

er^alj'l-en, 

-te, 

— 

narrate 

fd)tcf-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

send 

faff-en,     fa^-tc,   ge— 

seize 

fet?-en 

-te, 

ge-t 

set 

fc^-en, 

-te, 

ge— 

fail 

fjriei-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

play 

frag-en, 

-te, 

ge— 

ask 

ftefl-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

place 

fret-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

woo 

fnrf)-cn, 

-t 

ge—  t 

seek 

fitf)f-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

feel 

tot-en, 

-etc, 

ge—  et 

kill 

fitljr-en, 

-tc, 

ge—  t 

lead 

trorfn-cn, 

-etc, 

ge—  et 

dry 

fitrd)t-en, 

-etc, 

ge—  et 

fear 

toerbie'n-en, 

-te, 

—  t 

earn 

ge&ran'rfj-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

use 

tjcrlan/f-en, 

-tc, 

—  t 

sell 

geljiKr-cn, 

-tc, 

ge—  t 

belong  to 

uerfo^g-cn, 

-tc, 

—  t 

care  for 

glanfe-en, 

-tc, 

ge—  t 

believe 

fcerfi^dj-en, 

-tc, 

—  t 

tempt 

j)errfrf)-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

rule 

U)  art-en, 

-etc, 

ge-ct 

wait 

faff-en, 

-tc, 

ge—  t 

hope 

tt)ein-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

weep 

Ijol-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

fetch 

ttrieberfyo^-ei 

it,  -te, 

—  t 

repeat 

ljor-cn, 

-te, 

ge-t 

hear 

tt>oljn-en, 

-te, 

ge  —  t 

dwell 

lixm^jf-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

combat 

ttwnfrf)-en, 

-te, 

ge—  t 

wish 

lanf-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

buy 

setg-en, 

-te, 

qe—  t 

show 

flopf-en, 

-te, 

ge-t 

knock 

i  §ttter-n, 

-te, 

ge-t 

tremble 

66 


.1    '.KRMAN  ]>i;il.L   HOOK 


The  Strong  Verbs  classified  according  to  their  Vowel 
Changes l 


Class 

Prcs.  Indie. 

Past.  Indie. 

Past  Partic. 

No.  of  Verbs 

I 

• 

6 

• 

17 

II 

I 

ti 

(< 

1: 

28 

III 

i 

i 

{: 

20 

IV 

ci 

{i. 

ft 

10 

V 

it 

» 

• 

16 

VI 

a,  0,  u 

0 

• 

4 

VII 

Irregular  Forma 

2  Class  I:   Root  Vowel  a 
1.  a  t  o:   faitflcn,  fyangcn. 

L>.  a  tc  o:   blafen,  bratcn,  fallen,-  fatten,  laffen,  raten,  fdjlafcn. 

3.  a  u  a:  fallen,  a,raben,  lateen,  fd)affcn,2  fdjlagcn,  traiicn, 

fen,  uwid)cn. 

3  Class  II :   Root  Vowel  t 

1.  c  a  c:  cffcn,3  fveffcn,  flcbcn,  i^fdK'hcn,  lefen,   mcffcn, 
treten, 


1  For  an  alphabetical  list,  see  68.     These  classes  are  for  drill  work  in 
giving  principal  parts  and  meanings.     After  being  recited,  the  princi- 
pal parts  should  be  written  on  the  blackboard,  in  columns :  as, 
fang  en  blaf  en  ef j  en 


ge|a 


en 


en 


06 

ge  geff  en 


2  For  the  past  indicative,  see  68.        8  For  the  past  participle,  nee  68. 


THE  STEONG  VERBS  67 

2.  c  a  0:  ft  ef  el)  'ten,  brecl)en,  etnpfe{)'len,  erfcfyrecf'en,1  getten,  l)el= 
feu,  ne^men,1  fpredjen,   ftefjlen,   fterben,  treffen,1  Berber  'gen,   Der= 
ber'ben,  toerfen. 

3.  c  0  0:  betoe'gen,  fed)ten,  fjeben,  quelten,  fdjtoelten. 

Class  III:   Root  Vowel  i  I 

1.  i  a  0:  begin'nen,  geftrin'nen,  rinnen,  f(^tr)tmmen,  finnen,  fpin- 
nen. 

2.  i  a  it:  ftinben,  finben,  brtngen,   geling'en,  Ilingen,  j^tingen, 
fd)tDtnben,  fc^tt)tngen,  fingen,2  finlen,  fpringen,  trtnlen,  tuinben,  y&\n- 
gen. 

Class  IV:   Root  Vowel  ei  2 

1.  ci  i  i:  beftei'^en,  bei^en,  erblei'i^en,  gleid^en,  gletten,1  greifen,1 
leiben,1   pfetfen/   retfsen,    retten,1    fd)Iet(i)enf    fc^netben,1   f^retten,1 
ftrei^en,  ftreiten,1  tDetdjen. 

2.  ci  tc  ic:  bleiben,   leiben,   nteiben,   retben,  fcfyetben,    f^einen, 
j^retben,  f^reien,  f^metgen,  ftetgen,  treiben,  tjer^et'^en,  meifen. 

Class  V:   Root  Vowel  ic  3 

ic  o  o:  bteten,  fliegen,  flte^en,  piemen,  frieren,  genie'^en,  gie^en, 
Irie^en,  rie(i)en,  fcf)ieben,    jc^te^en,  f(^tte^enr  triefeh,    tierbrie'^en, 


tjerlie'ren, 

Class  VI:   Root  Vowel  a,  o,  ii  4 

a,  ^  it  0  0:  betrit'gen,  erlo'j(^enf  liigen,  rcid^en. 

Class  VII:   Irregular3  5 

bitten,  gebci'ren,  geljen,  ^anen,  ^et^en,  lommen,  lanfen,  Hegen,  rn- 
fen,  faitfen;  flatten,  fcfytooren,  fti^en,  fte^en,  fto^en,  tun. 

1  For  the  past  indicative  and  the  past  participle,  see  68. 

2  Cf  .  "sing,  sang,  sung." 

3  These  verbs  are  to  be  learned  from  the  alphabetical  list,  68.    Some 
of  them  are  very  important. 


68 


A  GERMAN  Dlill.l.   BOOE 


An  Alphabetical  List  of  the  Strong  and  Irregular  Verbs 


Pres.  Infln. 

Pres.  Indie, 
a,  3  Sing.1 

ImpT. 
a  Sing.* 

Past 

Indio. 

Nfl 

Subjv. 

Past  Partic. 

Meaning 

bntfcit 

bdcT-ft, 

bod(e) 

buf 

bare 

gcbarfrn 

bake 

bcfcfjlctt 

bcfiel)l-jt, 

beficljl 

bcfal,! 

before* 

bcfulilcn 

com//-  ' 

bcflcifcctt 

beflctMef)t,«  - 

bcflctue 

bcfliS 

befliffe 

MCtt 

6 

tegbnet 

bcflimt-ft, 

beflinn(e) 

bcgattn 

begbnne1 

begonttcu 

'•»  \jiii 

kifei 

betfe-(<f)t,«      - 

be!6(e) 

big 

bilfe 

gcbiflcn 

bite 

tic  r.i  en 

birg-ft, 

birfl 

barg 

biirge6 

•Kl'urflen 

hide 

Dcrftcit 

birft7         birft' 

btrft 

Uarfi 

botfte» 

gcborftcn8 

bciucgcn 

betoeg-ft,        -t 

be»«fl(e) 

bciuog 

betobge 

lUMlUi  Hilt 

• 

Hegei 

-t 

bicfl(e) 

bog 

bdge 

gcbogcn 

bictcu 

biet-{c)ft,«       -et 

biet(e) 

bot 

bote 

gcbotcit 

biubcu 

binb-c|tf         -et 

blnb(e) 

banb 

btinbe 

ncbunbcn 

bitten 

bitt-cft,           -et 

bitte 

bat 

bate 

iicbctcit 

beg,  ask 

blnjcit 

blaf-(cf)t,«      -t 

bla$,  blafc 

bltcfc 

(itlilnfcn 

blow 

blcibcu 

bletb-ft,          -t 

blcib(c) 

bltcb 

bltebe 

gebliebcn8 

brntcn 

brat-[t,        brat7 

brot(e) 

brict 

briete 

gcbrntcn 

HHH/t 

brcdjcit 

bric^-ft,           -t 

bric^ 

brad) 

Mfti 

gcbrodfcn 

break 

brcnncu 

brcitn-ft,         -t 

brcnne 

brnitntc 

brcnnte 

gcbraitnt 

burn 

briitflcu 

brtno-ft,         -t 

bring(e) 

brnrtitc 

brdcfjte 

gcbradjt 

bciifcn 

bcnf-ft,           -t 

bcnte 

badfte 

badjtc 

gebac^t 

brcfdjcu 

brifcfKc)ft,*     -t 

brirt 

braf* 

brbfO)c« 

gcbrofdjcn 

ff.n  .-A 

fcrtiiflCH 

brino-lX         -t 

brinfl(e) 

brang 

brdnge 

gcbrungcn* 

t,r>  .v.s 

burfcn 

barf-ft,        barf 



burftc 

burftc 

gcburft 

may 

cmpfcljlcn 

cmpficl)l-)t,     -t 

cmpfie^I 

cnuifaljl 

empfb^le* 

empfotlcn 

commend 

crblcidjcu 

erblcid)-ft,       -t 

crblctcf)e 

crl'lcitlitc, 

crblcidjtc, 

crblci^t,8 

turn  pale 

erbltri) 

crblidje 

crbli^cn8 

crliifdjcu 

crIifd)-(c)lX4    -t 

crltfd)« 

cr(ofd) 

crlofdje 

crlofdjcn8 

go  out 

crfdjrccfcn 

crfc^rid-ft,       -t 

erf(^ri(f 

crfdiraf 

crfd)rd'fe 

crfdjrotf  c»  h 

be  far 

fled 

c  lie  it 

ill-eft,10       tU-t 

tfe 

if 

He 

gcgcffcn 

eat 

faljrcu 

fdlir-ft,            -t 

fflW«) 

fulir 

fu^re 

gcfaftrcn8 

go,  drive 

fallen 

[all-ft,             -t 

|att(c) 

Pd 

fiele 

gcfallen8 

fall 

faiiflcn 

fdng-ft,           -t 

fang(e) 

Sng 

jinge 

gcfangcn 

catch 

fcdjtcu 

jidit.ft,        flc^t? 

Mt 

fod)t 

fodjte          gcfodjtcu 

fold 

1  See  41, 6.        2  See  41*.        8The  past  subjunctive  sometimes  has  o  or  u 

lead  of  a)  to  distinguish  it  from  the  present  indicative. 
4See  402.     6 Reflexive,  ay^/y  ('»1,  i).       6  Or  barge  (see  footnote  3). 

7  See  418.       8  Inflected  with  fctn  (60, 2).        9  Or  evlofdp.        10  Or  ifj-t  (40, 2). 


THE  STRONG  AND  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


69 


Pres.  Infin. 

Pres.  Indie. 
2,  3  Sing.1 

Impv. 
2  Sing.2 

Past 
Indie. 

Past 
Subjv. 

Past  Partic. 

Meaning 

ftnben 

ftnb-eft,           -et 

ftnbe 

fanb 

fan  be 

gefnnben 

find 

flerfjten 

f(td)t-ft,      flid)t3 

ftidit 

ftodjt 

flbd)te 

geftortjten 

braid 

fttegen 

flteg-ft,           -t 

flteg(e) 

P^a 

floge 

gefiogen4 

fly 

flieljen 

fltel)-ft,            -t 

fliefi(e) 

ff4 

fli51je 

geftoljen4 

flee 

fficgcn 

fltcj3-(ef)t,5      -t 

flic6(e) 

W 

ffoffc 

gefloffen4 

flow 

frefjen 

frijf-eft,«    frijj-t 

fri| 

Ml 

frSlie 

gefreffen 

eat, 

devour 

frieren 

frier-ft,           -t 

frter(e) 

fror 

frbre 

gefroren 

freeze 

garen7 

9ar-ft,            -t 

gate 

gor 

gore 

gegoren 

ferment 

ijclnircn 

gebter-[t,         -t 

geMer 

gebar 

gebare 

geboren 

bear 

gcbcn 

fltt-ft             -t 

gib 

gab 

gabe 

gegeben 

give 

gebeiljett 

gebei§-ft,        -t 

gebeU)(e) 

gebielj 

gebtep 

gebie^en4 

thrive 

gel)  en 

get)-ft,             -t 

ge^(e) 

gt«a 

ginge 

gegangen4 

go 

geftngen 

rtpftTTd  t 



getang 

gelangc 

gelungen8 

succeed 

,      yeuuy-i 

gcltcn 

gtlt-ft,          gilt3 

gilt 

gait 

golte9 

gegulten 

be  worth 

gcnefcn 

genef^efjt,5     -t 

genefe 

gena3 

genafe 

genefen4 

recover 

genie^en 

gentcHej)t,5  -t 

gente^(e) 

geno^ 

geitijffc 

genoffen 

enjoy 

gefdjeijen 

,  gefd)ie^-t 



gefdja^ 

gefc^ap 

gefrfje^en8 

happen 

genrinnen 

getmrm-ft,       -t 

getotnn(e) 

getnann 

getoonne9 

gciuonncn 

win 

giej?en 

gieMeDt,5      -t 

gte6(e) 

8^f 

goffe 

gegpffen 

pour 

gleidjen 

Qletdj-ft,         -t 

gletdj(e) 

ajtrf) 

glid;e 

gegli^en 

be  like 

gleiten 

glett-eft,          -et 

gleit(e) 

gntt 

glttte 

geglitten4 

glide 

glimmen7 

glimm-ft,        -t 

gltmtn(e) 

glomm 

glbmme 

geglummen 

gleam 

graben 

grab-ft,          -t 

grab(e) 

grnb 

griibe 

gegraben 

dig 

greifen 

grcif-ft,          -t 

gretf(e) 

fiwff 

grtffe 

gegriffen 

seize 

Ijabcn 

5a-fc             -t 

pbe 

Ijatte 

ptte 

ge^abt 

have 

fyalten 

plt-ft,        pit3 

plt(e) 

^ieit 

Alette 

i]cf)altcn 

hold 

Ijangen 

5ang^c)fc6     -t, 

png(e) 

^ing 

f)tttge 

gegangen 

hang™ 

f)ang-ft,           -t 

I)  aunt 

pu-ft,            -t 

pu(e) 

Ijtcb 

^tebe 

ge^anen 

hew,  cut 

tyeben 

5cB-fc            -t 

^eb(e) 

l)Ul. 

pben 

geljoben 

heave,  lift 

Ijeif^ett 

rjet|3-(ef)t,5      -t 

§etB(e) 

l)iefe 

^te^e 

ncl)ctf;cit 

be  called 

fjelfen 

Stlf-ft,            -t 

Wf 

|g(f 

I)ulfe9 

ge^ulfen 

help 

1  See  41, 6.  2  See  412.         3  See  413.         4  Inflected  with  fein  (60, 2). 

6  See  402.  6  Or  frife-t  (402).         7  Sometimes  weak  (40, 4). 

8  Inflected  with  fein  (60, 2),  and  generally  impersonal,  with  the  dative 
(61,3). 

9  See  683.  10  Intransitive.        n  Or  fjiibe  (683). 


.1   i.ri:  i;.  1  \    DRILL   i 


Pres.  Infln. 

Pres.  Indie, 
a,  3  Sing.1 

Impv. 
•2  Sing.1 

Past 

Indie. 

PMI 

Subjv. 

Past  Panic. 

Meaning 

fcuncit 

feim-ft,            -t 

fenne 

fnnntc 

fennte 

ncfnnut 

know9 

flimmen4 

Ilimii:             -t 

flimm(e) 

flontnt 

flb'mme 

geflom< 

men6 

rlin.h 

flinticn 

fltnfl-ft,           -t 

flinfl(e) 

flang 

flange 

jicnmtflcn 

fitetfen 

-t 

htei{(e) 

fniff 

fniffe 

iicfniffen 

fommen 

fomm-ft,         -t, 

fomm 

tarn 

fame 

gefommen6 

fbmm-ft,         -t 

fbnncn 

fann-it,       fann 



9  MM 

lonnte 

fonnte 

pcfuuut 

frcifcfjcn 

frctfdHe)ft,*   -t 

treifa)(e) 

MM 

rrifa)e 

ulien 

scream 

fricctjcn 

trieaVft,         -t 

trieaXe) 

trod, 

hd  !  o 

flcfrddjen6 

.•<•>  <  /. 

fitrcn 

-t 

fiire 

for4 

fore* 

flcfurcn 

choose 

(abctt 

lab-ft,             -t 

lab(e) 

Inb 

lube 

gelaben 

labcn 

lab-eft,           -t, 

Iab(e) 

labeic, 

labete, 

•U'labcn 

inviU 

lab-ft,            -i 

lub 

lube 

luff  en 

lab 

(teg 

Itefee 

gelaffe* 

lafe-t,'           -t 

Mam 

Inufcit 

-t 

lauf(e) 

lief 

liefe 

gefaufen6 

run 

Icibcn 

Ictb-eft,          -et 

Ieib(e) 

lat 

litte 

nciittcu 

suffer 

Icilicn 

-t 

leiIKe) 

hrli 

liefp 

acltcljen 

Icfcn 

Ucf-(cf)t,«       -t 

M 

lafe 

gelefen 

Itcfldt 

Hea-ft,           -t 

licfle 

lafl 

(a'0e 

gelegen 

litflcn 

-t 

liifl(e) 

log 

lofie 

gelogcit 

mcibcit 

ntetb-cft,         -ct 

meib{e) 

micb 

miebe 

gemiebcn 

mclfcit 

mclf-ft,           -t, 

melfe          mclftc, 

melfte, 

gemelfr, 

milf-it,           -t  J                 molf 

inblfe 

gemolfcn 

milk 

me  {fen 

miB 

mat; 

nlfc 

gcmeffen 

measure 

mif;ltngen 

—  'mtBlinfl-t 



mif:lan§ 

miBlange 

nu  Klit  n  licit 

fail 

mbflcn 

mag-ft,       mag 

motlitc 

mbd)te 

gemod^t 

may,  like 

mil  ft  en 

mufe-t,'      ntufe 

ntnfjtc 

mitBte 

$1  emit  fa 

must 

itclimcii 

nimm-ft          -t 

nimm 

iialiitt 

na'^me 

genommen 

take 

ncnncn 

nenit-ft,          -t 

nennc         naitntc 

nennte 

genannt 

name 

pfctfctt 

-t 

Pfetf(e) 

vnn 

Pftf?e 

flcpftffcn 

prctfcn 

pretf(ef)t,«       -t 

pretfe9 

price* 

pricfc          flcPmfcn 

praixe 

1  See  41, 6.        2  See  412.        8  be  acquainted  with. 
4  Sometimes  weak  (40, 4).        6  Inflected  with  fein  (60.  2  . 
6  See  402.         '  /» //  a  lie.        8  Inflected  with  fettt  (60,a);  often  impersonal, 
with  the  dative  161,3).        9Orj>rei*. 


THE  STRONG  AND  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


71 


Pres.  Infin. 

Pres.  Indie. 
2,  3  Sing.1 

Impv. 
2  Sing.2 

Past 
Indie. 

Past 
Subjv. 

Past  Partic. 

Meaning 

qneflcn 

quttt-ft,           -t 

qutt( 

qnoQ 

qubUe 

gcqnoUen3 

gush 

ratcn 

rat-ft,           rat4 

rat(e) 

riet 

rtete 

geraten 

advise 

rei&en 

retb-ft,            -t 

reib(e) 

rie& 

riebe 

geriefien 

rub 

reigcn 

retB-(ef)t,5      -t 

retB(e) 

rig 

rtffe 

geriffen 

tear 

reiten 

rett-eft,           -et 

rett(e) 

ritt 

rttte 

geritten8 

ride 

rennen 

renn-ft,          -t 

rettne 

rannte 

reitttte 

gerannt8 

run 

riedjen 

riedj-ft,           -t 

rie^(e) 

rod) 

rbc^e 

gerot^en 

smell 

ring  en 

rtng-ft,           -t 

ring(e) 

rang 

range 

gernngen 

wrestle* 

rinnen 

rtnn-ft,           -t 

rtnn(e) 

rann 

ranne 

geronnen3 

run 

rnfen 

ruf-ft,             -t 

ruf(e) 

rief 

rtefe 

gernfcn 

call 

anfen 

fauf-ft,            -t 

fauf(e) 

faff 

fbffe 

gefoffen 

drink 

angen 

faug-fe          -t 

faitg(e) 

fog 

fbge 

gefogen 

suck 

djaffen 

Waff-ft          -t 

f^aff(e) 

ftfjuf 

fdjiife 

gefdjaffen 

create 

djaflen 

fd)aE-ft,          -t 

fdiaE(e) 

idiaJlie* 

fc^aHete, 

gef^atttf 

sound, 

i  riioli 

fc^bEe 

gefdjoflen 

ring 

:djeiben 

fd)eib-eft,        -et 

fc^etb(e) 

frflieb 

fditebe 

gef^ieben 

part* 

djeinen 

frf)etn-ft,          -t 

fdjeitt(e) 

ft^ien 

fdjtene 

gefdjienen 

shine 

djelten 

f(^ilt-ft,      f^tlt4 

fdjtlt 

fd)a(t 

fd§blte8 

gef^olten 

scold 

djeren9 

fc^ter-ft,          -t 

fester 

ft^or 

f(^bre 

gefc^oren 

shear 

djie&en 

fdjteb-ft,          -t 

fc^teb(e) 

fcfioB 

fc^bbe 

gefdjofcen 

shove 

djieften 

fd)ieB-(eOt,6    -t 

fdjteB(e) 

[di$fj 

fdjojfe 

gefc^offen 

shoot 

djhtben 

fd)tnb-eft,        -et 

fdjutb(e) 

fdjnnb 

fdjiinbe 

gef^nnben 

flay 

djlafen 

f^laf-ft,          -t 

fd)Iaf(e) 

fr^Uef 

fdjltefe 

gef^Iafen 

sleep 

djlaflcu 

fditdg-ft,         -t 

Wlag(e) 

frying 

fc^iuge 

gefdjtagen 

strike 

djleidjen 

fd)teid>ft,        -t 

fd)Ietd)(e) 

fd)Ud) 

fdjlic^e 

gefdjlidjen3 

creep 

djleifen 

fd)letf-ft,         -t 

fc^leif(e) 

ft^tiff 

WKffc  . 

gefdjliffen 

whet 

djlicffen 

fdjlteHef)t,6  -t 

fd)lteB(e) 

W^fi 

fd)lbffe 

gef^Ioffen 

shut 

djlingen 

fd)Iing-ft,        -t 

fd)ttng(e) 

f^Iang 

fdjlange 

gefj^tnngen 

sling 

djntet^en 

fdjmetB-(ef)t,5  -t 

fc^metfe(e) 

ft^mig 

fc^mtfie 

geft^miffen 

smite 

'djmel^en 

fd)tml3-(ef)t,5  -t 

fdjmilj 

frfjmoij 

fdjmbtae 

gefdjnurt= 

Sen3 

melt 

'djnanfcen9 

f^naub-ft,      -t 

fd)naub(e) 

fdjitob 

fd^nbbe 

gefi^noBen 

snort 

djneiben 

fdjtteib-eft,       -et 

fd)iteib(e) 

fc^nitt 

fd^nttte 

gefi^nitten 

cut 

djran&cn9  fdjraub-ft,       -t 

fd)rattb(e) 

fdjrob 

fc^rbbe 

gefr^roben 

screw 

1  See  41, 6.         2  See  412.         3  Inflected  with  fcin  (60, 2). 
4  See  413.         5  See  402.        6  Or  wring. 
7  divide;  depart  (inflected  with  feinf  60, 2).         8  See  68 3. 
9  Sometimes  weak  (40, 4). 


72 


.1   i.  !•: i:\IAN  DRILL  BOOK 


Pres.  Infin. 


Pres.  Indie. 
a,  3  Sing.1 


Impv. 
a  Sing.' 


Past 

Indie. 


Past 
Subjv. 


Past  Partic. 


djrcibcn 

djrcicu 

rijrcitcn 

•dnuiircii 

"dpuciflcit 
\iiiucllcn 
ripiu.il 
men 
dpuhtbcu 


icllieib-ft, 

idm-il-cft, 
fdjtou: 

KtiU'u. 

i-ft, 

fdjjui:. 

;im-ft, 

)d)tt)inb-€ft, 


rijuiurcn 
elicit 
cut 
citbcn 


iitiicit 

intcit 

tit  it  en 

ii?cit 

ollcit 

pctcn 

piititcit 

prcrijcu 

priciicn 

'prtitflcu 

'tcrijcit 

*tCl)Clt 

•tc^Icn 
^tctgcn 
tcrben 
'ttcbcu 


;b(e) 


idimier 
HMribN 


id,ricb 
friirie 

idpuur 


HMi 

idjriee 


f^mbrc 


idjiotU        J4»pl       id)»bUc 

iciiiDimiiHc ,  fd)ntamm 


)d)tt)ing-ft,      -t 


f^wang 


f$rt>br-ft, 

itcl)-itf 

iciib-cft, 

inu>iX 
ii  n  it-it, 


foii-ft, 

iLH-t-it, 
iPinn-ft, 


[pring-ft, 


noD-ft, 
fttc^-ft, 

fttrb-ft, 

iti  ob-it, 


-t 
-t 

-ct 
-ct 

-t 
-t 
-t 

-t 

foil 
-t 
-t 
-t 

o  .t 

-t 
-t 
-t 

-t 

-t 
-t 


fci 

fenbc 

fieb(e) 

ftnf(c) 
ftnn(e) 


fpei 

iPtnn(e) 


ipriefe(c) 
ipring(e) 

ftcfKe) 

itie^l 

itcig(e) 

ittrb 

ftieb(e) 


fall 

mar 

ianbte 

fott 

fang 

fanf 

iaitu 

m 

follie 

ipnitu 
fpratl, 
iprui; 
fprang 


ftanb 


ftarb 
ftob 


fdimdnbe 
fdjtodnge 

ic^toure 
fal^e 
ttmre 
ienbete 

ibtte 
idnge 
iiinfc 
idnnc* 

ioUtc 

ipicc 

ipbnne6 

ipradic 

iprbije 

iprdngc 


itanbe" 
ftb^le12 
ittcgc 


ftobe 


gcfdjricbcit 

iliiriiriccn 


itrUi 

cry 


.in'duuorcn 


t',  ti* 


men8 

flCfdpPUH 

ben8 


gefdpuoren 
flcfcljcii 
flcwcfen8 
gcfaiibt 


Holm 

r/////.x/t 

H0tHj 

swear 

see 

be 

send 

seethe 

xi  nk 

speak 

Ocfprimgen8  spring 

flcftodjen      prick 

gcftanbcn 

ncitoljlcn 

gefdcgen8 

gcftorben8 

gcftobcn8 


ncimtgen 
rtc  in  it  fen8 
gcfonnen 
flcfcjfcn 


gcfpicen 

gefponnen 

gefprot^cn 


steal 
scatter4 


I  See  41,  6.        2  See  412. 

4  Intransitive.        6  See  6 
8  Sometimes  weak  (40,  4). 

II  Or  ftiinbe  (68s).         u  Or 


8  Inflected  with  fcin  (60,  2). 
.        6  Or  fdjnior.       7  Exclamatory,  ftefte  !  look  I 
9  Or  fonne  (088).        10  See  (402). 


THE  STRONG  AND  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


73 


Pres.  Infill. 

Pres.  Indie. 
2,  3  Sing.1 

Impv. 
2  Sing.2 

Past 
Indie. 

Past 

Subjv. 

Past  Partic. 

Meaning 

fttttfCtt 

ftittf-ft,           -t 

fttnt(e) 

ftanf 

ftciitfe 

gefhutfen 

stink 

fttfcett 

fti5£;-(ef)t,8      -t 

ftog(c) 

fticg 

ftiefee 

geftugcu 

push 

ftretdjen 

ftreidHt,         -t 

[trei^i(e) 

ftric^ 

ftrtd^e 

geftri^ctt 

stroke 

(treiten 

ftreit-eft,         -et 

ftrett(e) 

ftritt 

ftrittc 

gcftvittcit 

strive 

tragcn 

trafl-fi,           -t 

trag(e) 

trug 

triige 

gctragen 

carry 

treffett 

tfiff-ft 

triff 

traf 

trafe 

getroffcn 

hit 

tret&en 

tretfi-ft 

tretB(Q 

triefi 

trtebe 

getricDen 

drive 

trcten 

trttt-ft,        trttt4 

trttt 

trat 

trate 

getreten5 

step 

triefen6 

trief-ft, 

trtef(e) 

truff 

trbffe 

getroffcn 

drip 

trinlctt 

trtnf-ft, 

trtnl(e) 

tranf 

tranlc 

getruttfen 

drink 

triigen 

triig-ft, 

triig(e) 

tog 

trbge 

getrugen 

deceive 

tun 

tit-ft,              -t 

tu(e) 

tat 

tate 

gctan 

do 

&erbcr= 

t>erbtrb-ft,       -t 

berbirb 

toerbarfc 

berbiirBe7 

ucrborBcn 

spoil 

Ben6 

tjerbrie= 

berbrteB-(ef)t,3-t 

berbrieB(e) 

tierbro^ 

Uerbroffe 

tierbroffctt 

vex 

f^Ctt 

toergeffen 

bergifj-eft,8     -t 

tiergiji 

uerga^ 

bergSiie 

tjergcffcu 

forget 

tierficren 

Derlter-ft,        -t 

t)erlier(e) 

tjeriur 

berlbre 

toerlorctt 

lose 

ttatfjfen 

tt)dd)Hef)t,8    -t 

toadjfe9 

tuuri)^ 

toitc^fe 

gctna^fctt5 

grow 

ttwgen6 

toacj-jt,           -t 

toag(e) 

mug 

tobgc 

gcnjogcn 

weigh 

ttwfdjen 

tDafc^-(e)ft,3    -t 

Ir)afdj(e) 

tuufd) 

toufdje 

gettjafrfjcn 

wash 

ttjeben6 

toeB-ft,           -t 

toeb(c) 

tuob 

lobBc 

gcttjobcn 

weave 

ttjctcfjctt 

toetdj-ft,          -t 

tt)etdj(e) 

nridj 

ttridjc 

getwdjcn5 

yield 

tucifcu 

tt)etf-(ef)t,3      -t 

toct«w 

tute^ 

totefe 

gcttJtcfcn 

show 

toeuben 

toenb-eft,        -et 

toenbe 

tuaubtc 

tcenbete 

gettjanbt 

turn 

ttJerOcu 

luirb-ft,          -t 

ttJtrB 

umrb 

luiirbe7 

gctuorbcu 

sue 

toerbeit 

joir-ft,        toirb 

tuerbe 

ttJitrbe11 

luurbe 

gettjorbcn5 

become 

toerfett 

toirf-ft,           -t 

trnrf 

tuarf 

toiirfe7 

gemorfen 

throw 

ttricgett 

toieg-ft,          -t 

toteg(e) 

mog 

tooge 

gemogcn 

weigh 

tUtll  be  It 

tomb-eft,         -et 

totnbe 

ttianb 

todnbe 

gcnjunbcn 

wind 

tmffcn 

toet^-t,       toet^ 

totffe 

ttJltgtC 

toii^te 

gettiu^t 

know 

iuoKcit 

tottt-ft,        tola 

tootte 

oolite 

toottte 

gettjuiit 

will 

5eU)cn 

SeUj-fc           -t 

3eU)(e) 

5te^ 

ote^e 

gegieljen 

accuse 

5teljett 

atcWt,         -t 

ate^(c) 

5"9 

3oge 

gc$ogcn 

draw 

Sttringcit 

jtoing-ft,        -t 

3ftJtng(c) 

Sltiattg 

3todnge 

gcstuimgcn 

force 

1  See  41, 6.        2See412.         3See402.        4See413. 

5  Inflected  with  feitt  (60, 2).        6  Sometimes  weak  (40, 4).        7  See  68 3. 

8  Or  bergtfe-t  (402).       9  Or  mac!)§.       10  Or  iDetfe.       n  Or  marb» 


74 


A  GERMAN  Dim. I.   HOOK 


Separable  and  Inseparable  Verbs  (56t67) 

A  verb  is  called  separable  wlu-n  it  is  compounded  with  a  sep- 
arable prefix.     Tin-  important  separable  prefixes  are  ob,  off;  an, 
inif,  "/'-'  aiiv,  •  "//.•  bcir  f>y  (near);  ba  (bar  before  roweifl), 
there;1   tamm',  therefrom;  tin  (not  in),  into;  empor',  ><)>;   cut 
flc'flcu,  again  /•</,  to  meet;  fort,  awmj ;  Ijcim,  home;  Ijcr, 

here;*  Ijttt,  there;*  lo$,  !<»•*•  :  mtt,  ////A;  itnd),  <tfte.r;  niefccr, 
down:  uor,  before;  Dorbci',  Ay,  /»/.</;  uurii'bcr,  />a*J,  ot?«r; 
wen,  <//ray,  ..//•;  micbcr,  aywfo,  tocJ  :  yi,  to;  \\iriid' t  back;  ,yi- 
fam'mctir  t<»/ttAer.  A  separable  prefix  receives  tht  pi  im  ij.ul 
accent. 

In  the  simple  tenses  in  principal  clauses,  a  separable  prefix  is  put  at 
the  end  of  the  clause:  as, 

1.  er  ficlit  friili  nuf',  he  gets  up  early. 

2.  er  ftanb  friili  auf7,  he  got  up  early. 

3.  ficljc  friili  attf^  get  up  early. 

$u  of  the  infinitive  and  flc  of  the  participle  are  put  between  the  pre- 
fix and  the  verb.  But  511  in  compound  tenses  and  after  a  mood  auxil- 
iary (821)  is  omitted:  as, 

1.  er  ift  friil)  auf'Qcftanben,  he  got  up  early. 

2.  menu  cr  friil)  nuf  ftclit,  /  V  gets  up  early. 

3.  er  btrtct  Mri)  nuf  '',uftcfjen,  he  asks  you  to  get  up. 

4.  er  wirb  frul)  auf'ftetcnr  hv  \rin  get  up  early. 
6.  er  full  friil)  nuf  'ftelicn,  he  is  to  get  up  early. 

A  verb  is  called  inseparable  when  compounded  with  an  in- 
separable prefix.  The  inseparable  prefixes  are  be-,  cut-,  er-r  gc-, 
ucr-r  jcr-r  70-Sl.  An  inseparable  prefix  is  unaccented,  and  re- 
mains attached  to  the  verb. 

Inseparable  verbs  are  inflected  like  simple  verbs  (46-49)  except  that 
the  past  participle  is  formed  without  ge  (57) :  as, 

1.  cr  bcfllci'tctc  fie  narf)  &anfe,  he  saw  her  home. 

2.  id)  liabc  metnen  JHocf  .^erriffen,  /  have  torn  my  coat  to  pieces. 

1  bo  (bar  before  vowels)  is  generally  compounded  with  other  prefixes: 
as,  boranV/iereon,  on  it;  barati^  out  of  it. 
8  See  here,  107.        3  See  there,  112. 


SEPARABLE  AND  INSEPARABLE  PREFIXES 


75 


The  prefixes  bttrd),  through,  itier,  over,  ttttt,  round,  and  ttttter, 
under,  are  separable  (74,  i)  when  used  literally,  and  inseparable 
(74, 4)  when  used  figuratively ; l  timber,  again,  back,  is  separable,2 
and  tiriber,  against,  is  inseparable;  Jjittter,  behind,  and  bofl,  full, 
are  almost  always  inseparable;  ttti^f  is  inseparable, but  the  verbs 
compounded  with  it  are  irregular  in  form  and  in  accent:3  as, 

l.vbwrfj'brittgett    brang  bitrrf)'      burrfj'gebrwtgett  press  through 

burd)braitg/  burcfjbntttg'eu  penetrate,  pervade 
feijte  ii'&er  it'fcergefe^t  set  over,  transport 
iiberfe^'te  itfcerfe^t'  translate 

ghtg  urn'  um/gegattgeu       go  round 

umgtng7  umgattg/ett          get  round,  evade 

fytelt  linger       Utt/terge^altett     hold  under 

\/  unter^aFtett      unterJjielt7        ttttter^aFten        sustain,  entertain 
5.  tDie/berfe^en      fa^  «Jie/ber       ttrie^ergefeljett    see  again 

contradict 
bequeath 
accomplish 


bitrrf)bring/en 
2.  ^Berfe^en 

iiBerfe^/en 
3»-  ttmxge^ett 


6/  ^tnterlaffeit 


Ijittterlaffett 


7. 


Verbs  are  often  compounded  with  two  or  more  prefixes.  If  an 
inseparable  prefix  is  next  to  the  verb,  the  participle  does  not 
take  <jcr  to  avoid  having  two  unaccented  prefixes  standing  to- 
gether: as, 

1.  fjertm^fflmmett     !am  Jjerau^  Ijeratt^gefmttmett  come  out 

j$.  be&ot/fteljett          ftattb  betook  BeDm/geftanbeit  be  at  hand 

>J&.  ttJteberat^faitgctt   fmg  ttrieber  aitx  ltiiebefatt/gcfattgctt  begin  again 

iJertrautc  anx  anxtiertrattt  trust 


!Cf.  "lookoxver,"  "overlook7";  "go  unxder,"  "undergo7." 

2  Except  in  ttrieberfn/leit,  imeber^uFtc,  ttrieberfyDlt7,  repeat. 

3  In  "compound  nouns  and  adjectives,  these  inseparable  prefixes  are 
accented  except  in  words  in  which  the  prefix  is  followed  by  more  than 
one  syllable:  as,  ber  Um'ftohb  (from  utttfte^en),  circumstance;  ber  2Bix= 
bcvftmtcf)  (from  ttribertyrcd^en),  contradiction;  but  'Me  Umge/bmtg  (from 

^!),  surroundings. 

4  In  compounds  with  ttU$,  the  participle  without  gc  is  preferable. 


76 


.1    ',/  /;  W.l.V    niill.L 


The  Inseparable  Prefixes  (74,4,5) 


I  be-,  be-,  round,  over,  then  much  or  completely,  generally  making  an  in- 
transitive verb  transitive:  tlim  used  in  forming  verbs  from  other 
parts  of  speech,  with  the  idea  of  providing  with  (putting  round) :  as, 

1.  benfeiir  think:  bcbcn'fcn,  think  about,  meditate  on. 

2.  bcv  Tidier,  wrrtint:  i>n  ^cbicn'tc,  >>ody  servant  (one  that  serves 

round  you). 
:•    frthrcn,  befall  ren,  / ravel  over,  frequent;  etit  befall' ' 

reuer  &»cfl,  «///••  gm  nted  road. 
4.  fallen, /a// :,befanen,  befall  (fall  round). 
•"».  faiifltn,  catch:  Want'tn,  shut  in  (catch  round);*bic  8efaiia/cnl>eit, 

prejudice  (shut-in- ness),  embarraxment. 
0.  finbcn,  .//>/•/. *bc$n"bcn,  find,  Judge  (find  the  surroundings  of);  tote 

bcfinbcn  3ie  ftdi  ?  how  are  yout 

7.  ficrfcn,  >/  "/.  ^bcfkefeit,  »po(  ocer,  «fain,  defile.1 

8.  giegen,  pour.-^egie^fWr  sprinkle,  water  (pour  round). 

9.  gretfetl,  seize .-Abegrei  fin,          rrehend  (seize  all   round),  under- 

stand; ber  ^egriff,  notion,  idea. 

10.  ftalten,  hoil .  bchnl'icn,  A-eep  (hold  tight),  retain. 

11.  fcniicii,  know:  bcfcit  iicn,  rau«e  to  be  known*  confess;  t8  tft  bc^ 

fnnnt',  //  i*  well  known,  everybody  knows. 
1-.  fleiben,  dress:  bcfici'Dcii,  adorn  (dress  all  round). 

13.  fommcn,  come  .^cfom 'men,  come  by,  get. 

14.  leibcn,  suffer:  bclct'btgen,  cause  to  suffer*  offend,  injure. 

15.  lefen,  read:  ein  bclc  fcitcr  3Hann,  a  well-read  man. 

16.  ncfjmcn,  /«//,-'      bench 'men,  tttftj  away  (take  completely),  deport, 

carry  on,  conduct,  &enat>e;»ba3'8encf|/men,  behavior. 

17.  fefcen,  see:  bcfe^ett,  examine  (look  at  all  round). 

18.  fi^en,  sti:^befi^/Cllr  occupy  (sit  round  or  over),  possess. 

19.  fprcdjen,  *i>eak :  bcfprerff^n,  talk  about,  speak  of,  discuss. 

20.  ftctgcn,  rise,  climb  up:  bcftct'ijcn,  <-limb,  ascend,  mount  (a  horse).' 

21.  fudjcn,  seek:  bcfu'djcn,  r/s«f  (seek  round  for,  seek  out). 

22.  trhifcn,  drink:  bctrinFcn,  get  drunk  (drink  much). 

23.  flcijug,  dM'jeiit:  ftt^  befld^igcn,  be  dilirjent. 
-*•  frct,/ree:  bcfrci'cn,  set  free. 

L'     ft^ulbig,  guilty:  bcfrfiuFbigen,  accuse.8 


aCf.  "bedaub."  "besiege"  («i«  round),  "besmoke." 
3  A  verb  meaning  cause  to  is  called  a  causative. 
»Cf.  cittfrfuirbigen  (77,  i). 


THE  INSEPARABLE  PREFIXES 

26.  bie  ($afie,  gift  :  Bega'fcen,  endow  (bestow  a  gift  or  gifts  on). 

27.  ber  28trt,  host,  landlord  :  fcettrir'tett,  entertain. 


Cttt-,  over  against,  denoting  correspondence  to,  opposition  to,  transition    i 
from  one  state  to  another,  removal  from,  as  being  opposed  to  (cf . 
tier-,  80, 3,  and  ^er-,  81,  i) :  l  as, 

1.  ba3  2Swt,  word:  bte  ^Ittt'ttwrt,  answer? 

2.  fpredjen,  speak:  etttfpredj'ett,  answer  (speak  over  against),  answer 

to,  correspond  to. 

3.  fdjfa'fett,  sleep:  eittfrfjfo'fett,  fall  asleep. 

4.  fciitbett,  bind :  itttibin'fanr  unbind,  release. 

5.  berfett,  cover:  CtttbeeFen,  discover  (take  the  cover  away),3  reveal;     ^ 

bte  (Smtbetf'wtg,  discovery. 

6.  eljtett,  honor:  eittelj'ren,  dishonor*  (take  honor  from). 

7.  erfcen,  inherit:  enter'&ett,  disinherit3  (take  inheritance  from). 

8.  fatten,  fold:  entfaFtett,  unfold. 

9.  feffeln,  chain:  entfeffeln,  unchain. 

10.  fite^en,  flee:  tntftie'fyn,  flee  aw  ay,  escape  by  flight. 

11.  gefjett,  go:  etttgex^enf  go  away,  escape. 

12.  Ijetltg,  holy :  eut^e^Hgen,  desecrate  (take  holiness  from). 

13.  bte  ®raft,   power,  energy:   etttfraf^eit,   debilitate,   enervate  (take 

power  from). 

14.  faben,  load:  eittfc^ben,  unload. 

15.  reifjen,  tear:  entrei^ett,  tear  away.* 

16.  fagen,  say:  .entf^gen,  disclaim  (put  claim  from  you),  renounce; 

Me  Qhttfi^gttttg,  renunciation. 

17.  fdjulbig,  guilty:  etttf^uFbigen^/ree/rom  guilt,  excuse.6 

18.  fe^en,  set:  entfe^en,  displace,  be  beside  yourself,  be  terrified;  t\\i* 

fei?xttrf)f  terrible,  frightful. 

19.  ftefyett,  stand:  entfte/^enr  stand  forth,  arise. 

20.  bie  3iffcrr  cipher :  ettt5ifxf ettt,  decipher. 


1  cut-  =  ant-  in  ^lit^ttiort,  and  emp-  in  empfang/enf  receive  (take  in  ex- 
change, accept),  em^fe^len,   recommend,  present  (offer  in  exchange), 
em^fitt/bettf  perceive,  experience  (find  in  exchange). 

2  answer  =  Anglo-Saxon  "and-swaru,"  swearing  over  against,  reply  to 
a  charge,  reply;  cf.  "antartic,"  "antidote,"  "antipodes." 

3Cf.  "disarm,"  "disband,"  "discern." 

4  Cf.  ^emt^ett,  tear  to  pieces  (81,  i). 

5  Cf  .  fcefdjuFbigen,  accuse  (=  Latin  ad,  to,  causa,  cause,  charge). 

6  excuse  from  Latin  ex,  ow£  o/,  causa,  cause,  charge. 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

er-,  from  inxide  out,  through  and  through,  getting  the  meaning 
down,  etc.  from  the  verb  compounded  with  it  (cf .  mr-,  80,  i) :  at, 

1.  bcttcln,  tn'y :  crbft'tfhi,  get  by  begging  (beg  out  of). 

2.  blcid)Cit,          '•  "  :   crblci'riini.  paU     \\  hitni  through  . 

3.  faffrcn,  go:  erfafj'rcn,  go  through,  experience;1  bic  (vrfnli  rung,  ex- 

perience. 

4.  ftnbcn,  find:  crfni'bcit,  .'//<</  >»,t.  inrent;  bcr  Chrfw'ber,  inventor. 
6.  folflttt,  follow :  erf  ol'ge», /o/Jou»  out  of,  result  from. 

6.  frimn,  be  cold:  erfrte'rtn,  get  cold  through,  freeze  to  death. 

7.  gcben,  give:  erge'ben,  give  up,  resign     mu  lien,  devoted,  obt 

bie  (frflc'bcnlKit,  «nbmi**ion,  devotion. 

8.  gtegcn,  pmtr:  ergie^cii,  pour  out. 

0.  fjafttn,  hold:  crljaTtcn,  keep   «  tin  (hold  through). 

10.  fciutcn,  A-notr:  crfcn'ncn,  know  thoroughly,  understand. 

11.  Icbcn,  lire:  crlc'bcn,  /ire  through,  live  to  see. 

12.  offmr  i     |  inn,  make  kno> 

13.  fd|tefecnr  xhoot :  erfrtiic  i;r  Ae  6rain*  out,  «Aoot  to  death. 

14.  frfjopfcn,  (ircnr:  crfri)bp'fcn,  </rarr  -./in,  exhautt* 

15.  fc^rcrfcii,  crfrtircff'cn,    frighten    through    and 

through,  terrify:  erfdjrcrf'lidi,  terrible,  dreadful. 

16.  fcljcn,  -s<  / :  crfclj'cn,  replace,  make  good. 

17.  trinfcn,  drink:  crtrinren,  drown  (drink  through  and  through). 

18.  marten,  wait:  crwar'tea,  wait  through  for,  expect. 

19.  solicit,  nuinher,  count,  tell:  cr^a^lcn,  tell  through,  narrate;  bic 

trniill'hing,  narration,  story. 

20.  sicken,  draw:  cr^ic'ljcn,  draw  out,  educate;9  bie  (Srjic'ljunfl,  M 

ing  up,  education. 
^ 
tie-,  together,  denoting  union  or  completion,4  and  so  sometimes  success, 

advantage,  or  pleasure  (cf.  Her-,  80,3):*  as, 

1.  bcr  SJeVj,  mountain:  ba3  ©ebtr'ge,  cnain  of  mountains,  highland. 

2.  bcr  $ufdj,  6u«ft:  bad  ©cbiifcft^  c/u^er  of  bushes,  thicket. 

3.  bidjrctt,  write  poetry:  bad  Wctiirtu',  />oem. 

1  experience  from  Latin  experior,  gro  through. 

2  exhaust  from  Latin  ex,  out  o/,  haurio,  drain. 
8  educate  from  Latin  educo,  iead  out,  draw  out. 

4  The  past  participle  (40  4,  5)  has  gc-  to  denote  that  the  action  or  the 
is  completed:  as,  mad)cnf  make,  gcmac^t^  made,  finished. 

6flC-  is  obsolete  in  English  except  in  a  few  words:  as,  "y-clept," 
"e-nough"  (Anglo-Saxon  "ge-noh,"  44ge-nog/'  German  ,,ge-nu^f"  , 
••  haiul-i-work"  (Old  English  "  hand-ge-wci 


THE  INSEPARABLE  PREFIXES  79 

4.  fatten,  fall:  gefaFlett,  please  (fall  in  with;  cf.  mifffaneit,  79,  i);  bet? 

(SkfaFledt),  pleasure;  gefaFftg,  pleasing. 

5.  ber  Sliigel,  wm#:  bag  (^efUt'gel,  birds,  fowls,  poultry. 

6.  folgett,  follow :  bag  ®ef0Fge,  train,  retinue,  attendants. 

7.  fragett,   asfc  (a  question):    bag  Qkfra'ge,  cross-questioning. 

8.  fufjlcu,  feel:  bag  GkfiiljF,  sense  of  feeling,  feeling. 

9.  bag  ^etttt,  /iorne:  bag  Gfeljetm'ttt^,  secret,  mystery  (close  at  home). 

10.  Jjiirett,  ftear:  geljo'rett,  belong  to  (be  all  ears  for,  as  a  slave). 

11.  langett,   reach:   gettttg'eit,   succeed  (reach  completion;   cf.  miff= 

linden,  79,  i). 

12.  (tegett,    #e:    bie  @c(e/gen^Cttf    opportunity  (lying-together-hood, 

lying  at  your  command;  cf.  bie  ^crlc/genftcitf  80,2). 

13.  malcn,  paint:  ba§  ®etttS(/bcf  painting. 

14.  nefcn,1  restore:  gcnc^ett,  6e  restored  to  health,  be  recovered. 

15.  nie^Ctt,1  take  part  in:  gettie^Ctt,  have  the  use  of,  enjoy. 

16.  rebCttf  faZA::  ba3  ®crc/bcf  muc/i  talking,  gossip  (cf.  fprerfjeit). 

17.  f^te(Cttf  p^:  ber  GJef^ie7^  playmate;  bie  (^efjne'ttu,  girl  playmate. 

18.  fpredjen,  speak:  ba^  ^Jcf^rS^/f  conversation  (cf.  rcbctt). 

19.  fte^Cttf  stand:  gefte^Ctt,  s^a^d  6y,  confess,  admit. 

20.  ber  Stern,  star :  ba§  ^cftirn7,.  constellation.2 

21.  ttiiffcnf  know:  bag  (iJettriffett,  conscience  (knowing  with  yourself).8 

22.  U)of)ncttf  Wve:  gettJO^tten,  get  accustomed  to,  get  used  to  (live  with) ; 

bie  (^etooljtt'Ijeit,  custom;  geltiB^tt/li(^f  customary,  usual. 

t^-r  mis-,  dis-,  amiss,  wrong  (75,  i,  754):  as, 

1.  Mlttgenf  approve  of:  mi^Btfitgcn,  disapprove  of. 

2.  fcraudjen,  use:  mi^firau^cn,  misuse* 

3.  faUtnrfall:  mi§faFlcnf  ^sp^ease(fall  amiss;  cf.  gefaFlen,  78,2);  bag 

SJJH^faCett,  displeasure;  mi^fdttig,  displeasing,  disagreeable. 

4.  bie  gfarfce,  co^or:  bie  SfttfKjforfee,  /a/se  co^or. 

5.  gonnenf  grant:  mi^gtfn^eit,  envy,  begrudge. 

6.  Iangenf  reac/i :  mi^(ing/ettf  /ai^,  be  unsuccessful  (fail  to  reach ;  cf . 

geHng^tt,  78,2). 

7.  ratCttr  advise :  mi^ra^cn,  go  wrong,  be  a  failure  (misadvised ;  cf . 

toewrtett,  80,3). 

8.  trouctt,  trust:  mi^traucn,  distrust. 

9.  toerfte^en,  understand:  mt^tJcrfte^cit,  misunderstand. 

1  Obsolete.  2  constellation  from  Latin  con,  with,  together,  stella,  star. 
3 conscience  from  Latin  con,  ivith,  together,  scio,  know  (cf.  "science"). 
4  misuse  from  Latin  minus,  tess,  utor,  ^se. 


80 


.1    ',/  /M/.l  \    IHULL    HOOK 


mi-,  un-,  in-,  not:  as, 

1.  ivv  Tauf,  thanks:  bcr  Un'banf,  thanklessness,  ingratitude. 

•J.  frcuublirt),  //•/</«////:  uit'frcmtMirti,  unfriendly. 

:'..  fnnni,     '        mi  QC inn t  , 

4.  fdjulbiu,  mi  irtmlbig,  not  guilty,  innocent.1 

ur-,  out  of,  of  source  or  cause,  and  so  ancient,  primitive,  denoting  origin 
(cf.  er-,  78,i):  as, 

1.  bic  3nrtic,  thing,  feet,  i»>int:  btc  Ur'iadic,  cause  (from  which  the 

fact  arises). 

2.  bcr  Sprung,  spring,  bound:  bcr  llr'f  prang,  origin,  source  (spring  out 

of);  nrfprung'ltd),  origin 

3.  bad  Xetl,  due  share  (part  due  you),  due:  boo  lit  ml,  judgment,  sen- 

tence, opinion  (part  dealt  out  to  you);1  itr'tnlcu,  j  »lge,  decide. 

4.  alt,  o/d:  ur'alt,  very  old,  primeral.* 

6.  bi^cn  ten,  signify,  mean:  bic  Ur'bcbcutunfl,  original  meaning. 
6.  ber  (Strip,  CAri^M/n     llr  rtiniint  ;te  Christian*. 

Her-,  /ortA,  atoay,  (/one,  thoroughly,  often  with  the  idea  of  risk,  disad- 
vantage, or  loss,  sometimes  making  an  intransitive  verb  transitive 
(cf.  ge-,  78,a):  as, 

1.  alt,  "/•/:  ucral'tcit,  grow  old,  become  antiquated. 

2.  bin'bcu,  Mud:  Dcrbin'bcn,  Mml  till  gone  or  out  of  sight); 

Ucrbtub'lirt),  Bilging. 

3.  braud)tnf  use:  Dcrbrnii  rticn,  use  up,  spend,  waste  (use  till  gone). 

4.  brcrtKit,  ucrbrcrti'cn,  '    i-reak  forth);  bad  Cerbrcdi'cu, 

•^crtircrti  cr, 

5.  folgen,  foliar :  ucrful  ncn,  /  <rsue,  persecute  (follow  to  harm). 

6.  fiil^rcit,  /«//«/;  ucrfitli'reii,  lead  astray. 

7.  geben,  (/ire:    ucrflc'bcii,  give  away,  forgive;   nerge/ben^f   in  voM 

(giving  away,  uselessly) ;  ttergeb'ltd),  vain,  useless. 

8.  gefjen,  go :  oerge^en,  P***  away,  vanish. 

9.  Dtrgff'ffit,  unlearn,  forget  (lose  from  memory). 

10.  gotoest,  gold :  ticrgorbcn,  gild  (put  gold  on  till  the  object  is  gone). 

11.  fyalten,  hold:   ucrlml'tcn,  hold  back  (hold  away),  check,  conduct; 

bad  $crljartcnf    restraint,    conduct;  |  bad  SJcrtjalt'itifi,  relation, 
connection  (conduct). 

12.  faitfett,  buy  (trade  for) :  Berfan'fett,  sell  (trade  away). 

1  innocent  from  Latin  in-,  un-,  not,  noceo,  harm,  hurt. 

»Cf.  u  ordeal." 

1  primeval  from  Latin  primus,  first,  sevum,  age. 


THE  INSEPARABLE  PREFIXES 

13.  feJjrett,  turn  :  toerfelj'rett,  turn  upside  down. 

14.  laffett,  let,  leave  :  fcerlaffen,  forsake  (leave  by  going  away  from). 

15.  fegen,  lay:  fcerle'gctt,  mislay  ;  toerle'cjett,  embarrassed,  confused; 

tie  ^erle'genljeit,  perplexity  (cf.  Me  (Mc'genljeit,  78,2). 

16.  letljeit,  get  lent,  borrow  :  tierlei'fjett,  lend. 

17.  vnten,  advise:  fcerra'ten,  defray  (advise  wrongly). 

18.  fdjatfett,  ring  :  DerfdjaFlett,  cease  ringing,  die  away  (ring  till  sound 

is  gone);  er  ift  DerfdjoFlCtt,  he  is  forgotten  (the  memory  of  him 
is  died  away). 

19.  f  prerfjen,  speak  :  toertyrerfj'ett,  promise  (risky). 

20.  fterfen,  stick:  Derfterf'en,  stick  away,  hide. 

21.  fudjen,  seek:  Derftt'djen,  try,  tempt  (seek  to  your  harm);  bie  SBer= 

ftt'djttttg,  trial,  temptation. 

22.  tragett,  carry,  wear  ;  Dertra'gett,  wear  out  (wear  till  gone),  endure 

(bear  with  hardship). 

23.  trauen,  trust:  fcertrau'ett,  confide  in  (risky);  ba§  SSerirai^en,  trust, 

confidence. 

24.  tretcn,  step:  &ertre/tett,  sprain,1  hinder  (step  into  somebody  'sway),2 

place  of,  represent;  ber  $ertrexter,  representative;  bic 
ltttjj,  spraining,  representation. 

25.  trittfen,  drink:  tJcrtrittFctt,  drmfc  away,  spend  in  drink. 

26.  ttierfctt,  Zftrow  :  tJCtiue^fCtt,  ^/irow  wrongly,  misplace,  reject. 

27.  ^etljett,  accuse:  Uer^eFfjett,  pardon  (free  from  accusation). 

28.  5te^enf  draw,  pull:  tier5ie/^ettf  distort,  spoil  (cf.  er^ie^ett,  78,  i). 

29.  bet  3ttrfer,  sugar:  tierp^ertt,  cover  with  sugar  (sugar  till  the  ob- 

ject is  gone). 

5Ct-r  asunder,  to  pieces  :  as, 

1.  fceFffCtt,  bite:  ^er&ei^Ctt,  bite  to  pieces,  crack  (a  nut). 

2.  &erftettf  burst  :  ^erBe^ftcn,  burst  asunder. 

3.  Bremen,  break:  5erBre^|/cnr  break  to  pieces. 

4.  fasten,  go,  drive:  ^erfa^ren,  spoil  by  driving  on  (cut  up). 

5.  fatten,  fall:  gerfalcon,  fall  to  pieces. 

6.  Ijaucn,  hew,  cut:  5erl|att/eitf  cut  to  pieces,  chop. 

7.  rei^eit,  tear  :  5errei/^enr  tear  to  pieces. 

8.  f  Jmngctt,  spring  :  5erf^rittg/cnr  fiy  into  pieces,  burst. 

9.  ftreuen,  strew:  gcrftrei^en,    scatter;   ^crftreut7,   scatter-brained. 
10.  ttwfdjen,  w?as/i  :  serttwfd^en,  iuas/i  ^o  pieces. 


xbcn  gttfc  tJcrtrcxtenr  sprain  the  foot. 

2  cr  toertra^  mir  bctt  395cgf  he  hindered  me,  he  stopped  me. 


n 


A  GERMAN  It  nil  .1.   HOOK 


ADVERBS 


Many    a«l\rrl»s   arc   compared    like    a«l jrct  i\  rs   i'j:j,  1,2,  24,  l); 


but  some  an*  irregular:  aa, 


y  gern    gladly 
oft       often 

licbcr 

uftcr 

fcl|r      very 

mctjr 

*iibcl 

firgcr 

wo^(     toe// 

beffcr 

rather 


mart 


better 


am  clKftcn        nooneaf 

am  licbftcit        f»-*t 
am  tyaufiflftcn    oftt'nv*t 

M4P     1 

aiificrft   / 

am  arnftcn        worst 

am  bcftcu 

auf*  beftc 


t,,st 


2        Among  the  important  adverbs  are  the  following: 


+  ab/n>iirtd,  downwards 

allcrtiinfio^  />//  '///  //jean* 
-f  a  II  mill)  lid],  >tradually 
•kam(yitbcf  nf  the  end,  after  <//     ("  i^c 

Wai,  at  ^e  end  of 
an'fniiflo,  Otjb*:  xnu'fnun  >n'itar, 

in  the  beginning  of  January 
auf'uiimo,       >rards 

ri),  instantly 

r,  asunder 
au^cnf    outside  :jnad)    aujfcnr   out- 
wardly; uou   aujicn,  /rom  with- 
out ;  brau^cn  (=  borau'^cn),  out- 
•Ida 

bci'nnljc,  faftf  almost 
bcfun'bcr^  especially 
-V  bitflicr^  ««  now 
Htdfj,  on/y,  merely 
bar  bortf  Mere 


V-bam^bcn,  near  it 

bartn7,  therein 

\fcurd)aud',  throughout,  absolutely 
ii,  just  :  c^cnfatt^,  likewise 


ctnmal', 


a  ftme, 


•/»/// 


ctiMiiaf,  once:^onf  cin'mal,   all  at 

once 

c  in  ft,    once,   one  time,   some    day: 
meanwhile,    for    a 


cnblirt),  at  last 
erf*r  first,  only,  not 

the  first  place 
ict'iua,  perhaps 
fcrnr  wcitr  /ar 

,  rtrtainly 


t^e/gcntoartigr  at  present 
gcraxbc,  straight 

gcftcrn,  yesterday:  geftcrn  morflcn, 
yesterday  mor  ;<;//'/  :  ncftcrn  abcub, 
lastniaht;  tio^gcftern,  day  before 
yesterday 
gctt»i^xr  certainly 

),  usually 
,  frequently 

,  r/ 
See  Aere,  107 

,    tn-day:     l)ClltC   morgCH,     fA?« 

mornhia:  Ijcutc  nadi^ttttag,  ////'.s 
petite  nor  acftt  Xogcn, 


ADVERBS 


83 


a  week  ago  to-day;  tyeute  itfce*  ad)t 
£age,  this  day  week;  Ijeute  itfcer 
trier^eljtt  £age,  ^s  day  fortnight 

tyier,  /iere 

Jjitt.     See  £7*ere,  112 

Ijiltten,  behind 

immer,  ever,  always:  twf  imnterf 
f  iir  imttter,  forever 

tmtett,  within,  inside:  $0tt  tttttCtt, 
from  within  ;j$wnn'ntn,  brimtett, 
inside 

ja,  yes:  jattwfjF,  2/es  indeed 
*je,  jemal3,  ever 

,  a£  all  events 


jeijt,  now  :  Don  je$  an,  hereafter 


!aumf  scarely 


^  liinfttgr  in  bie  ^^funft,  for  the  future 
not  long  ago,  recently  :  tior 
,  shortly  ago 
l,  sometimes 
mostly 

at  noon:  nac^^ittag^,  in 
the  afternoon 

f  to- 


morrow morning  ;  mfltgcn 
to-morrow   night; 
day  after  to-morrow 
afterwards 

naturally,  of  course 
netllidj,  newly,  recently 
nie,  niema(^r  never 

:  nit^t  tncl)rf  no  more 
nowhere 


/ei:  no  ena,  once 
more;  noc^  tttdjt,  noi  2/et;  noc^ 
ttie,  never  before 

Itwt,  now?  :  toon  ttlttt  <Utf  /rom  now?  on 
oBenr  brobcnf  above,  up  stairs 
oJfne  3tt»cife(,  without  doubt 


|f  suddenly 
right,  to  the  right 
',  round  about 
>r  backwards 

tf  already,  surely :  f djon  gut,  all 
right 

),  hardly 
feljr,  very*%n  feljr,  £00  much 
feften,  seldom 
even 

|x,  gleidj,  directly,  at  once 
tfottft,  otherwise 

f^ater,  Jater:  ftwteftenS,  at  the  latest 
ftiiubltdj,  hourly 
tdgU(^f  da^y 

[/r  everywhere 
U^txf  generally 
4«mfonft/f  /or  nothing,  in  vain 

UtttCtt,  below,  down  stairs 
.  I  Utttcrnjcg^7,  on  ^e  way 
!f  in  vain 

presumably,  I  dare  say 
triefletcfjt7,  perhaps 

by,  past 
in  front 
ier,  pas£,  grone 
!f  forwards 
actually 
dj,  probably 
ttiatttt?  when? 


ttio?  where  f 
§iemltdjf  rather 

£  an  end 

y  chance 


jum  e^ftenmal, /or  the  first  time 
put  fe^tetttttal,  /or  ^/ie  Zasi  £ime 
5ufam/mcnf  together 
;nf  ai  #mes 


84 


A  9SRMA  \    /;/;//,/.   nnOK 

PREPOSITIONS 
Prepositions  with  the  Genitive » 


trolj,  in  «p<te  o/.    84.6 
im . . .  ttillcn,         fa  *aJkc  o/.    84,7 
ttmll'reitb,  '/'//•;/<</  within  tlu-  |.. 
of).    84,8 


X    an' ftatt,  ftatt,  instead  o/.    84,  a 

bico  uit     ,        r///.x  ttide  of.    84,3 
^  Ijarbeit,  fial'bcr,  in  behalf  of,  follow- 
ing the  genitive.    84,4 

jeii'feitfS),  on  that  side  of.    84,3  roegen,  <>/<  account  of  (by  way  of), 

^  langtf,  a/onp.    84,5  of  ten  following  the  genitive.  84,9 

2  an'ftart,  ftatt,  instead  o/(in  stead  of):  as, 

Y  l  •  cr  a,  i  no.  anftatt  (or  port)  meiner  fort,  he  went  away  in  my  stead. 
2.  anftatt  u>r  ftatt  \u  fpredjen,  instead  of  speaking. 

3  biea'feii'*',  on  this  side  of;  jeVfettf*),  on  that  (or  the  other)  side  of:  as, 

1.  er  tuoljut  bicofcit  be*  A  luffed,  he  lives  on  this  side  of  the  river. 
A  '2.  jrnfcit  be*  itteeretf,  on  the  other  side  of  the  sea. 

4  ftal'ben,  Ijarber,  in  behalf  of ,  following  the  genitive:  as, 

^  1.  er  fliiii]  mctuctljnlbcii  fort,  he  went  away  on  my  account.1 
v~    clirntljalber  u>r  ber  (vt)re  Ijalben, /or  honor's  sake. 

5  langt?,  along,  somi'tiincs  with  the  dative:  as, 

l    lumi;  bcc-  llferd  (or  bens  Ufer),  along  the  shore. 

6  troto,  tn  spite  of,  sometimes  with  the  dative:  as, 

i    troii  be*  WegcnS  (or  bent  tHegcn;,  tn  aptte  of  the  rain. 

7  urn  .  .  .  nnllen,  for  the  sake  of:  as, 

1.  gel)  nnr  urn  OJotteo  wtllcn  fort,  only  go  away  for  Heaven's  sake! 
'2.  cr  ging  inn  nnfertiuiUen  fort,  he  went  away  for  our  sake.* 

g    nmfy'renb,  during  (within  the  period  of):  as, 

1.  er  ging  nmfyrenb  ber  Wartjt  fort,  he  went  away  during  the  night. 

9    mcgcn,  on  account  of  (by  way  of),  often  following  the  genitive :  as, 

1.  megen  bed  better*  blieb  er,  on  account  of  the  weather  he  stayed. 

2.  er  ging  meinetwcflcn  fort,  he  went  away  on  my  account.* 

. 

1  These  forms  are  properly  adverbs  or  adverbial  phrases,  and  the  geni- 
tive is  dependent  on  them,  as  on  nouns.     Observe  the  following,  also: 


au'fjcrlwlb,  outside  (outer  half  of); 
iif  ucrtmlb,     inside ;     o'berf)alb, 
above ;  un'terftalb,  below. 
,  by  virtue  (force)  of. 


ft,  ucrmit'tclft,  by  means  of; 
" 


tiermittelft  &v,  /,-;//  '//jr-xx  H". 
-y5ufol/ge,  in  consequence  of;  if  after 
the  noun,  the  dative  is  used. 


,  also,  with  all  the  personal  pronouns :  meaner-,  bet'nct-,  fci'nct-, 
t-,  un'fcrt-,  cit'rct-,  i^rct-,  S^ret- (80,  x). 


PREPOSITIONS  85 

Prepositions  with  the  Dative  (2, 2,  22,  23) 


3,  out  of.    85,2 

,1  outside,  beside,  besides.  85,3 

fret,  at,  near,  by.     85,4 

etttge'gett,  face  to  face,  against,  op- 
posed to,  generally  following  the 
dative.  86,  i 


lowing  the  dative.     86, 2 
mit,  with.     86,3 
uarf),  toward,  to,  after,  sometimes 

following  the  dative.2    86, 4 
fett,1  since.     86,5 
tomt,  from,  of,  by.     87,  i 


fcer,  opposite,  generally  fol-      $u,  to,  at.2    87,2 

attS,  ow£  of:  as,  2 

1.  au3  bent  3immer,  out  of  the  room;  an§  bem  ^>aufe,  o^£  of  the  house. 

2.  au3  $ol$  gemadjt,  made  ow£  o/  wood. 

3.  a«3  tttdjt3  ttrirb  ttid)t3,  out  of  nothing  comes  nothing. 

4.  au3  bem  23riefe  feljett  (or  erf aljtett),  to  see  (or  learn)  from  the  letter. 

5.  ttw3  fflfl  att3  tttir  foetbett?  what  shall  become  of  me? 

6.  ttimm  ba3  23ud)  unb  tte3  barau3,  Zafce  ^e  &oofc  and  read  from  it.B 

aufjcr,  outside,  beside,  besides:  as,  3 

1.  auffcr  6c^ttlbettf  au^cr  ^Jefa^r,  oit^  of  debt,  out  of  danger. 

2.  btt  fcift  ait^er  bttf  ?/oit  are  beside  yourself. 

3.  au^er  tttt3  ift  ttiemanb  ^icrr  besides  us  nobody  is  here. 

fcei,  at,  near,  by,  never  used  to  express  agency  (cf .  turn,  87,  i) :  as,  4 

1.  fcei  fcinem  Onfelf  ai  his  uncle"1  s. 

2.  er  ft^liift  fcei  Utt^f  7ie  sleeps  at  our  house. 

3.  fcet  bet  SHrrfje,  near  the  church. 

4.  bic  <3d)lad)t  Bet  2et^tgr  ^7ie  battle  of  Leipzig. 


and  fett  are  properly  adverbs,  not  being  compounded  with 
verbs.     Some  other  adverbs,  also,  are  used  as  propositions :  as, 
Burnett  ac^t  £agen,  within  a  week 
ber^alurgemSl',  according  to  nature 
ttiirfift  ©ott  banfe  id)  Mr,  next  to  God 
I  thank  you 


nefif  fetner  grait,  Max  H. 
along  with  his  wife 
ift  ntir  gttttii'ber,  it  is  repugnant 
to  me,  I  hate  it 


2  With  verbs   expressing  motion,  ttarfj  or  nadj  ,  »  »  511  means  simply 
toward,  while  §u  generally  implies  arrival   at:    as,  id)  gelje   nat^  bet: 
Stabt,  I  am  going  to  town ;  er  gtttg  gtir  <3tabtf  he  went  to  town. 

3  When  not  referring  to  a  person,  the  dative  or  the  accusative  of  a 
pronoun  with  a  preposition  is  generally  expressed  by  combining  the 
preposition  with  the  demonstrative  ba-  (bar-  before  vowels)  or  the  rela- 
tive too-  (tuor-  before  vowels),  or  by  using  some  other  adverb :  as,  ba3 
£att3f  uj0rait3(=  att3  bem)  er  lamf  the  house  from  which  he  came;  Jjier  ift 
rnein  3unmer;  gel)  J)ttteinf  here  is  my  room;  go  in. 


.\<.  /  I;M.\  v  mill. i.  BOOR 

'•>.  id)  naljm  il)it  bet  bcr  .ftanb,  /  /•«»*•  Aim  6y  tAe  Aand. 

7.  ftc  nniiutc  ilut  bri  fciucm  Wamcn,  *he  called  him  by  his  name. 

8.  bci  btcfcm  fBettir,        EMi  weather;  bci  IjcUcm  Xagc,  in  broad  day- 

light. 

'.'.  bcim  \MiritcIjcn,  iyatjrcn,  (?ffcn,  teAUe  drewinp,  travelling,  dining. 
10.  babci  fnl)  cr  nitrti  an,  •>  he  looked  at  me.1 

cntgc'gcn, /are  to  face,  a</uin«i,  opposed  to,  generally  following  the  da- 
tive: as, 

1.  bem  JHcflC"  cntiKiicn,        'he  face  of  the  rain. 

2.  fctncn  &*unfd)cn  rntgegen,  ayain*t  /*in  iri*/ie«. 

flCflcntVber, /ace  to  face,  over  against,  opposite,  generally  folloum^  i  in- 
dative:  as, 
1.  er  tuotjnt  bcr  UniDtrfttat  flcflcniibcr,  he  lives  opposite  the  unite/ 

mil,  "•;//,;  M, 

1.  fomm  mtt  mtr,  come  with  me. 

j    mit  tier  Cyifcuba^n,  by  rail;  mtt  ber  $oftr  by  post. 

tw*  sJ)iCf}crr  womit  cr  frijititt,  ///»  A -/<//e  to<£A  tcAicA  he  was  cutting.1 
4.  mtt  bcin  gro^tcn  ^crniiiigcit,  with  the  greatest  pleasure. 

nadj:  toward,  to  (never  of  persons;  of.  $uf  87, a);  after  (of  peraooi  or  of 
things),  sometimes  following  the  dative:1  as, 
1.  cr  fliitfl  nad)  Xrc^bcn,  he  was  going  to  Dresden* 
-2.  id)  gctye  nad)  bcr  titrdje,  /  am  going  to  the  church.9 

3.  fomm  en  3ic  nut  nad)  $anfr,  get  home  safe.* 

4.  nad)  bcm  Gffen,  qfler  dinner;  nad)  mctncr  Ut)r,  6y  my  tr</ 

5.  fdjttfe  nad)  bcm  ^Ir^te,  send  for  the  doctor.* 
•     nad)  Xabaf  ricdjcn,  to  smell  of  tobacco.* 

7.  nad)  bcm,  roa*  td)  flcljiirt  t)abc,  a/^er  ic/mf  /  have  heard. 

8.  fcincm  filter  nad)  ift  cr  gro§r  he  is  tall  for  his  age. 

9.  f)icr  ift  bad  ^ud),  monad)  cr  fragt,  7<ere  is  the  book  he  asks  for.1 

fcit,  *ince:  as, 

1.  fcit  monn?  rfnce  whent  fctt  uiclcn  ^atytn,  for  many  years. 

2.  fcit  Borgcftcrn,  since  day  before  yesterday. 

1  See  85*.    *  See  85a.    8  Cf .  jnr  fi  ird)Cr  to  church.    *  Of.  $it  $*«f  ef  at  Aome. 
6  Cf .  the  following : 


bcgtc'rtg  nad),  eager  for 
bcificn  nad)r  '"'fe  at 
burftcn  natf),  thirst  for 
t)ititgcrn  nad),  hunger  for 
fdjicftcn  nad),  8/ioot  at 


fdjmccfcn  nad),  tcuste  o/ 
fcuncn  nan^,  sigh  for 
ftd^  fc^ncn  nad),  long  for 
fudjcn  nad),  search  for 
wcrfcn  naa^,  t^roto  at 


PREPOSITIONS 


87 


toon,  of,  from,  by  (used  with  the  passive  voice  to  express  agency) :  as,          I 

1.  er  fomtttt  umt  $enebig,  he  comes  from  Venice. 

2.  turn  pfien,  from  above;  einen  S3ricf  turn  4>aufef  a  letter  from  home. 

3.  twt  3ctt  3W  3eftf  /rom  time  to  time. 

4.  turn  jc^t  auf  from  now  on,  henceforth. 

5.  cut  $inb  toon  $ef}n  Saljren,  a  c7iiZd  o/  ten  years. 

6.  S)er  liihuij  turn  ^ranlreidj,  t7ie  fcingr  o/  France. 

7.  ttw3  nJcif^t  btt  batUHt?  w?7iat  do  you  know  about  it?1 

8.  er  fprad)  iuw  SBfamen,  7*e  spofce  of  flowers.2 

9.  Jylorentia  njtrb  uon  mir  gelieBt,  Florence  is  loved  by  me. 

gtt :  to  (of  persons  and  often  of  things,  except  the  names  of  towns  or  of    2 
countries;  cf.  itfld),  86,4;  and  with  the  infinitive),  at  (of  place  or  of 
time):8  as, 

1.  fie  geljt  511  ityrem  23ruberr  sfte  is  groino;  to  her  brother's. 

2.  er  fam  $ur  <Stabtf  he  came  to  town. 

3.  er  ging  sur  ^irt^e  (or  pr  <3rf|ule)f  Tie  went  to  church  (or  to  school). 

4.  511  Xtfdj  ge^en,  to  go  to  dinner;  511  SBett  ge^en,  to  go  to  bed. 

5.  toon  Stabt  511  Stabtf  /ro?n  town  to  town. 

6.  fie  fprarfj  511  t^rr  s7ie  spofce  to  her. 

7.  ttw3  fagen  <3ie  baju?  w7iat  do  ?/ou  say  to  it?* 

8.  anftatt  fortpgefien,  instead  of  going  away. 

9.  em  5U  tiermietettbe^  3iiKm^rr  a  room  to  let. 

10.  Staffer  $nm  Xrittlenf  water  for  drinking ;  gut  pm  ®ffenf  ^ood  to 

eat.5 

11.  e3  tft  5ttttt  Xot(arf)CUf  it  is  enough  to  make  you  die  laughing.5 

12.  fie  madjten  il)n  pm  ^iJntge,  they  made  him  king. 

13.  e3  tourbe  511  Staffer,  it  turned  to  water. 

14.  §u  (or  in)  23erlitt,  at  (or  in)  Berlin;  511  ^pattfe,  at  home. 

A 15.  er  f prang  pm  ^enfter  Ijutan^,  7ie  sprang  out  at  the  window. 

16.  §it  ??n^ef  on  foot;  p  ^ferbe,  on  horse;  #n  Sanbe,  6?/  Zand;  pr  See, 

6?/  sea. 

17.  p  9)iittagf  at  noon;  511  2Betfjttarfjtettf  at  Christmas. 

18.  5nr  redjten  3^ttf  in  the  nick  of  time;  p  biefem  $reifef  at  this  price. 

19.  er  ging  bent  $Balbe  pf  7ie  went  toward  the  forest.6 


1  See  853.        2  That  is,  7ie  said  something  about  flowers ;  cf.  er  f prod) 

SBUtmett,  he  spoke  on  flowers  (the  subject  of  his  discourse;  92,4). 
3  See  852.         4  See  853. 

5  The  dative  with  $u  may  express  the  object  or  end  for  which  a  per- 
son or  a  thing  isflt  or  inclined. 

6  To  express  fowaroVthe  adverb  511  may  be  used,  following  the  dative. 
See  toward,  114. 


.i  <./•:/;  v.i  v  nun. i.  HOOK 
Prepositions  with  the  Accusative  ':i,a,  2s) 


bid,1  till,  as  far  as.    88,  a 

burri),    tit  rough  (first  going   into). 

ss.  3 
fiir,  for  (in  view  of,  toward).    88,4 


flCflcn,  toward,  against.    89,  i 
ollitc,  '    not  having).     89,a 

tint,  round  (going  toward).    89, 3 
mibcr,  against,  contrary  to.    89,4 


bt$,  till,  as  far  as:*  as, 

1.  uon  I'onbon  bio  $ari£,/rom  London  to  Paris. 

2.  bi$  (or  bi*  nnrti   Berlin,  <w/ar  CM  £<  r 

::.  bio  jei»t,  fif/  m.ir;  bio  mora.en,  ti/f  f»-fm»rrow. 

4.  bio  tuann  ?  fW  tcAen/  bio  aadrftt  »od)C,  ////  next  ire<*. 

6.  uon  fiinf  bio  Sflp»,/roro./f»e  to  (en. 

<;.  bio  Wcilinnriitcii,  ;  bio  jum  2.  War*,  ««  JfarcA  2.« 

7.  Don  ^Infaiif)  bio  *,ii  O'libc,  /rom  beginning  to  end. 

8.  bio  .turn  Xobc  MI  bio  in  Urn  lob),  till  dec 

biirrij,  through  (first  going  into):  as, 

1.  burrti  iu-ii '.JiMilii,  '       ugh  the  forest. 
V2.  burrii  bic  ^oftf  by  post,  by  11. 

'•'>.  burrti  bno  jinnee  Jnlir,  tf"'"»gh  the  whole  year.9 
4.  cr  (ri)irftc  inir  bico  bttrd)  .War!,  Ae  aent  me  (Al«  through  Charles. 
burd)  nrufjc  \Hnftrcnfllinflcn,  &v  great  exertions. 
rm*  Mattel,  moburdi  co  iljm  fldang,  Me  meana  by  which  he  succeeded* 

ffir,  for  (=  In  rietr  of,  toward,  with  the  same  root  as  nor,  Latin  pr6,  be- 
fore, in  behalf  of) :  as, 

1.  fiir  Hidi  nriirUc  irt)  co  tint,  for  you  I  should  do  it. 
^.  fiir  fctc  ^ctt  bcr  'Jiut,  «/.</<///<.«>  //»e  time  of  need,  for  a  rainy  day. 
^_3.  fiir  ben  Zui>  ift  fciu  >f  nntt  gcmadifcn,  against  death  there isno  remedy. 
4.  fttoansig  3)iarf  fiir  cincn  ,^utr  twenty  marks  for  a  hat. 

6.  fie  tyteU  iftn  fiir  cincn  iyrcunb,  «^c  toofc  him  for  a  friend. 
t>.  co  mar  nut  fiir  mid),  it  too*  well  for  me. 

7.  e$  war  cin  QHiirf  fiir  iljit,  it  tccw  a  piece  of  luck  for  him. 

8.  btcfc  Xiir  ift  fiir  bid]  gcfdjloffcit,  tit  is  door  is  closed  to  you. 

9.  an  iinb  fiir  fid),  m  and  for  itself. 

10.  &>ort  fiir  ii^ort,  vordfor  word;  Tag  fiir  Xag,  day  after  day. 

11.  tuofiir  ift  bao  gut?  w^at  i«  tAat  good  for  f* 

^12.  wofiir  ^altcn  Sic  midj?  what  do  you  take  me  for  f* 

1  Properly  an  adverb  (cf .  861).  2  Before  the  definite  article,  bid  must 
be  accompanied  by  another  preposition. 

8  As  an  adverb,  burd)  stands  after  the  accusative :  as,  bad  ganse  3aljr 
burd)  (,or  fyinburdj),  t^e  whole  year  through.  4  See  858. 


PREPOSITIONS  89 

gegeu,  toward,  against,  literally  or  figuratively  (cf.  twber,  89,4):  as, 

1.  gegeu  Sttorbett,  toward  the  north ; l  gegeu  Me  Stabt  p,  toward  the  town. 

2.  gegett  ben  Strom,  against  the  stream;  gegeu  ben  geittb,  against  the 

enemy. 

3.  cin  ^eUmtttel  gegeu  ^ojjffdjmer^eu,  a  remedy  for  headache. 

4.  gcgctt  bctt  9tat  feiuer  $reuttbe,  against  the  advice  of  his  friends. 

5.  freuublid)  (or  wtfreuublirf))  gegeu  bid),  friendly  (or  unfriendly)  to  you.2 

6.  gegeu  5lfceub,  toward  evening ;  gegeu  fituf  (Uljr),  about  five  (o'clock). 

7.  tote  em  Xropfeu  Staffer  gegen  ba3  9)ieer,  as  a  drop  of  water  to  the  sea. 

8.  -jelju  gegeu  etu3,  £e^  to  one. 

9.  nw3  ^aft  b«  bagegen?  what  have  you  against  it?3 

fll)tter  without  (not  having) :  as, 

1.  oljtte  ($elb,  without  money;   uljtte  p  f^re(^)Cttf  without  speaking. 

2.  ofjue  S5orbeteitttttgf  without  preparation,  extempore. 

3.  ofytte  ba^  id)  e^  tott^ter  without  my  knowing  it. 

Utttf  round  (going  toward  an  object,4  with  the  idea  of  getting  it) : 5  as, 

1.  um  belt  23cwm  (Ijcnutt),  round  (about)  the  tree* 

2.  er  fctttet  um  23rotf  he  asks  for  bread. 

3.  fjrielen  umr  to  play  for ;  ftreiten  nut,  to  contend  for,  quarrel  about. 

4.  um  bte  233elt  tttc^t !  not  for  the  world! 

5.  um  jebeu  ^rci3,  at  any  cost. 

6.  id)  fcitte  8ie  um  SJer^ei^ung,  I  beg  your  (beg  you  for)  pardon. 

7.  um  foeldje  3C^  fftngt  ^^  ^uu^ert  au?  w?/ien  does  the  concert  begin? 

8.  um  eiuige  JBiit^er  ^u  !aufeuf  to  buy  a  few  books.5 

ttriber,  against,  contrary  to,  generally  figuratively  (cf .  ijegett,  89,  i) :  as, 

1.  ttriber  Otedjt  UUb  SBifligfeit,  contrary  to  right  and  reason. 

2.  bie  (^nittbe  fitt  UUb  tutberf  the  reasons  pro  and  con. 

3.  iwber  beu  Strom  fdjtuimmett,  to  swim  against  the  stream. 

1  Or  gett  9^orbeuf  toward  the  north.     So,  also,  gett  <Siibeuf  toward  the 
south;  gett  ^tmmel,  toward  heaven. 
2Cf.  the  following: 


fcftttb  gegeuf  blind  to 
gut  gegett,  good  to 
gittig  gegeuf  kind  to 
gegettf  polite  to 


la(t  gegeur  cold  to 
tauB  gegettf  deaf  to 
trett(o3  gegeuf  faithless  to 
utt'fjoflidj  gegeu,  impolite  to 


8  See  853. 

4  To  go  round  an  object,  you  must  go  toward  it,  even  if  you  get  no 
nearer  to  it ;  any  other  direction  will  take  you  away  from  it. 

5um  »  »  »  $tl  with  the  infinitive  is  used  to  express  purpose;  cf.  "to 
compass  your  designs." 


:m  A   <,i:i;.MA\   DRILL   HOOK 

Prepositions  with  the  Dative  or  the  Accusative  (2,  a,  2* ,  2 


on,  "/i  (beside),  at,  by.    90,  a 
our",  <>n  (upon),  up  at,  up  to.    01,  i 
lliiiter,  fn/.in'l.     92,i 
in,  -X  into.    02,2 
ncbcn,  &e*ta"e,  by.    92,3 


itluT,  adore,  over,  beyond.    92,4. 
miter,     /  /*T,  6etot0,  among.    98ti 
*0r,  before,  in  front  o/,  /rom  (be- 
cause of).    03,  a 
jtuifeijen,  between.    93,3 


an,  on  (betide),  at,  6y,  touching  or  vitally  connected  with  (cf .  auf,  91,  i) :  as, 
1 .  ;yran!f  nrt  am  Wain,  FranAr/ort  Ofi  tAe  Afain. 
i  fiiit  nut  lijrfie,  Ae  *it«  at  tAe  taWe  (dative). 
:i.  cr  icut  it rti  an  iu-n  Itirf),  he  seats  himself,  at  the  table  (accusative), 

4.  fie  ftcrftc  cincn  Winfl  an  ben  Jyinflcr,  *he  put  a  ring  on  her  finger. 

5.  an  brr  Inr,  at  the  door;  aw  Jtnfttr,  at  tAe  tctndoio. 

6.  ber  ^unb  licflt  an  btr  ftettc,  tAe  ao^  Hc«  chained  up  (fastened  to 

chain). 

7.  an  bcr  .ftanb  fitljrcn,  to  lead  by  (taking  hold  of)  the  hand. 

8.  $ruicjjor  an  bcr  Umucrfuat,  profe**or  at  tAe  unfoerrfty.1 
'.'.  cr  liciit  nm  lobe,  Ae  /ie*  at  the  point  of  death. 

10.  fcinc  3rt)iilb  an  i(my  no  guilt  in  (touching)  him. 

11.  id)  Icttic  an  Aiupffrtuiirr^CB,  /  am  suffering  with  headache.*    • 

12.  or  fdiricb  an  mid),  he  was  writing  to  me  (thoughts  in  touch  with). 
18.  ftc  bcnft  nn  bid),  *Ae  t  ft  inks  of  you.* 

14.  Dcrfaiifc  bao  ^fcrb  an  mid)r  ,s»  //  the  horse  to  me.* 

bu  fyaft  cincn  /"yrcnnb  an  tl>mr  you  have  a  friend^  in  (by  sticking  to) 

him. 
filcibcr  an  bic  t'uft  bringcnr  to  air  clothes. 

17.  bcr  3d)iicc  frijmil;t  an  bcr  3onncr  snow  melts  in  the  sun. 

18.  flcljcn  3ic  an  bcr  sl?oft  oorbci  ?  do  you  go  by  the  post  office  f 

19.  an  bcm  lane,  mo  cr  ftarb,  on  (connected  with)  the  day  that  he  died. 
\/20.  an  bic  ljunbcrt  'J)iarff  close  to  a  hundred  marks. 

\/21.  bic  Wciljc  iff  an  bir  or  bn  bift  bra«)r  tt  is  your  turn. 

22.  id)  fcljc  an  bcr  ^anbfdjrift,  I  see  by  (looking  at)  the  handwriting. 

23.  id)  toeift,  tuoran  3tc  bcnfcn,  /  know  what  you  are  thinking  of.* 

1  Cf.  "on  the  board  of  directors,"  **on  a  newspaper." 
2Cf.  "work  on  the  feelings" ;  also  the  following: 


At. 

z 


arm  an  (D.)rpoor  in 
v  erin'nern  an  (A.),  remind  of 

glaubcn  an  (A.),  believe  in 
.  fran!  an  (D.),  »ick  with 


lajjm  an  (D.),  lame  in 
rcirf)  an  (D.),  rich  in 
ftcrbcn  an  (D.),  die  of 


an  (D.),  despair  of 


»If  the  meaning  is  clear,  the  simple  dative  is  used:  as,  ncrfaufe  mir 
bcin  ¥f*rt>f  »e"  me  y°ur  horse.       4  See  868. 


PREPOSITIONS  91 

anf,  on  (upon),  up  at,  up  to,  the  accusative  often  denoting  the  object,  the    I 
limit,  or  the  manner  of  action  or  of  thought:1  as, 

1.  fi^t  cr  an  Dber  anf  bem  £ifdje  ?  does  he  sit  at  or  on  the  table? 

2.  er  faft  aw  Xifrfje,  after  je<#  fe#  cr  fid)  baranf  (=  auf  ifjn;  853),  he  was 

sitting  at  the  table,  but  now  he  seats  himself  on  it. 

3.  er  fear  auf  bent  Sftarfte,  he  was  at  the  market.1 

4.  er  ging  anf  ben  $iarft,  he  went  to  the  market.1 

5.  idj  ftnbiere  anf  ber  Unitterfttat,  /  am  studying  at  the  university.1 

6.  Bring  biefen  SBrief  anf  bie  $uftf  take  this  letter  to  the  post  office. 
\j  7.  anf  (£rben  (or  anf  ber  (£rbe),  on  earth  (or  on  the  earth). 

8.  anf  ber  Strafe,  in  the  street;  anf  bem  §ofe,  in  the  courtyard. 

9.  anf  meinent  Dimmer,  up  in  my  room;  anf  bem  Sanbe,  in  the  country.2 
10.  id)  $ielje  anf  ba3  Sanb,  I  am  going  to  move  to  the  country.2 

^  11.  er  madjte  fidj  anf  ben  2Seg  (or  anf  bie  9ieife),  he  set  out. 

12,  anf  einem  5lnge  felinb,  blind  in  one  eye  (growth  on  the  eye). 
V  13.  SBriefe  anf  SBriefef  letters  on  letters. 

14.  anf  fceiben  ^Beiten,  on  both  sides. 
t  '  15.  anf  S^r^  ©cfunb^cit,  to  your  health  (object). 

16.  *ftot§  anf  ben  ^>nnbf  proud  of  the  dog  (object). 

17.  Biife  (or  sornig)  anf  "midj,  angry  (or  enraged]  at  me  (object). 

18.  pre  (or  I)0rdje)  anf  i^nr  listen  (or  hearken)  to  him  (object). 

19.  id)  antniortete  anf  ben  S5rieff  I  answered  the  letter  (object). 

20.  fie  ttwrten  anf  mid),  they  are  waiting  for  me  (object). 

21.  ein  SHertel  anf  ^ttiei,  a  quarter  past  one  (toward  two;  limit). 

22.  er  fam  anf  bie  SJftinnte,  he  came  to  the  minute  (limit). 

23.  anf  einige  Xage,  for  a  few  days  (limit). 

24.  anf  £8ieberfeJjenf  till  we  meet  again,  au  revoir  (limit). 

25.  anf  -eaten  23ttrf,  at  a  glance  (limit). 

26.  anf  jeben  gatf,  anf  alle  $Me,  at  all  events  (limit). 

27.  anf  biefe  $Beifef  in  this  way  (manner). 

^-28.  anf  einma(f  all  at  once;  anf  bentfd),  in  German  (manner). 

29.  anf3  Beftef  in  the  best  way  (manner). 

30.  anf  nnb  aBr  up  and  down. 

1  As  a  means  of  safety,  towns -were  anciently  built  on  hills,  with  the 
market  and  the  public  buildings  in  the  centre,  on  the  higher  ground; 
and  so  in  speaking  of  public  places,  anf  is  used  (cf.  "up  town,"  "up  at 
college"):  as, 


anf  bem  $afle,  at  the  ball 
i  anf  ber  $ieffe,  at  the  fair 
anf  ber  $oft,  at  the  post  office 


anf  bem  SBaljnfjuf,  at  the  station 
anf  bem  Ofatljan^,  at  the  town  hall 
anf  bem  Sdjloffer  at  the  castle 


2  The  country  generally  looks  higher  than  where  you  stand. 


A  GERMAN   inill.L  BOOK 

behind:  as, 

1.  bcr  3tul)l  ift  tiintcr  ber  I  in,  v  is  behind  the  door. 

2.  ftellc  ben  3tnlil  Iiiiitcr  bic  I  in.          'he  chair  behind  the  door. 

2  ill,  in.  info:  as, 

1.  id)  tunr  in  bcr  3d)iilc   «>i  bcr  ttirdjc ,  /  was  at  school  (or  at  chu 

2.  id)  nhifl  in  Me  3d)iile  (or  Me  &ird)e),  /  tcent  to  school  (or  to  church). 

3.  cr  jiclU  in*  Ilicntcr,  A«  /.< .</"/'«.</  /«•  /Ar  theatre. 

\.  in  ciniiu'ii  ^Hill-en,    n  afewyenr*;  in  eincm  Wonat,  /«  «  w<« 

6.  in  bcr  Wrtdjt,  luorin  cr  fortiiimi,  ft  n   ;;  '  th«t  he  went  away.1 

6.  in  bem  Jnlirc,  IUD  cr  finrb,  /A-  //«-»ir  /A«//  Ar  ./ied. 

7.  in  bcr  I  at,  bi  nller  ^nilic,  us  early  as  possible. 

v  in  bcr  (vile  ucrflaji  cr  allc*,  >-ry  he  forgot  everything. 

9.  id)  Ijabc  mid)  in  ben  punier  ncfdjntttcn,  I  cut  my  finger  (I  cut  myself 
into  my  finger). 

3  ncben,  />y,  beside,  near:  as, 

1.  fie  fnf;en  neben  gluten,  they  were  sitting  beside  you. 

-'    fie  fenten  fid)  ncben  3ic,  they  seated  themselves  beside  you. 

4  fiber,  above,  over,  beyond,  the  accusative  implying  previous  motion  to- 

ward: as, 

1.  cr  fint  iibcr  Ucu  ^iirijcrn,  Ar  »;ts poring  over  his  books. 

J    er  reift  u'bcrm  vJ)Jccrcr  he  is  travelling  beyond  (on  the  other  side  of) 

3.  er  reift  iibcr*  sDJccr,  A«  <>  tract-lHn./  across  (passing  over)  the  sea. 
H  4.  bic  Inincn  ftrumtcn  ihr  iibcr  bic  ^nnflcn,  the  tears  were  streaming 

n  (over)  her  cheeks.* 

N  5.  »ir  rcifcn  iibcr  £>omburgr  we  are  going  by  way  of  Hamburg. 
\,0.  ba*  rjdlt  iibcr  alle*.  tAat  beat*  everything. 

7.  iibcr  nrtit  lajic,  &U  <l<iy  week  (passing  over  eight  days). 

8.  er  fprad)  iibcr  bic  3d)bnl)cir,  he  talked  on  beauty  (87*).* 
^  9.  fie  lari)tcn  iibcr  iljn,  tiny  laughed  at  him.9 

10.  er  ift  tranrifl  bariibcr,  he  is  sad  over  it.1 

1See  85*.        2To  express  possession,  the  definite  article  is  sometimes 
accompanied  by  the  dative  of  the  person  affected:  as,  id)  fyobc  mtr  bo£ 

t  flebrodjcn,  /  have  broken  my  leg. 
><  t    the  following: 


erf  rent'  iibcr,  rejoiced  at 
crrb'tcit  iibcrr  blush  at 
crfdjroct'cn  iibcr,  terrified  at 
crftnunt'  iibcr,  surprised  at 
frol)  iibcr,  ylad  V 


f 


(adjclu  iibcr,  smile  at 
nturrcn  iibcrr  murmur  at 
frtjcncn  iibcrr  jest  at 
fid)  frcuett  iiberf  rejoice  at 
fid)  tuunbcrn  iibcr, 


PREPOSITIONS  93 

nnter,  under,  below,  among:  as, 

1.  er  fi^t  unterm  $annte,  he  is  sitting  under  the  tree. 

2.  fc^c  bid)  unter  ben  SBaunt,  sit  down  under  the  tree. 

3.  fie  ttUJfjnen  tttttcr  mtr,  they  live  under  (or  below]  me. 
\j4.  er  tft  nnter  bir,  he  is  beneath  (inferior  to)  you. 

5.  ttrir  bienen  unter  bent  Jlihtige,  we  serve  under  the  king. 

6.  id)  Ijatte  Ijnnbert  $lann  nnter  mirf  I  had  a  hundred  men  under  me. 
"]/N  -*7.  unter  bier  5lnrjen,  between  ourselves  (under  four  eyes). 

8.  nnter  ber  (Sflnne,  under  the  sun ;  nnter  ber  (Srbe,  under  the  earth. 
J  9.  fie  tft  unter  bent  9£amen  $,  fcefannt,  s/ie  is  known  by  the  name  K. 

10.  nnter  ber  Skbingitncj,  baft,  on  the  condition  that. 

11.  nnter  atten  S^enfdjen,  among  all  men;  nnter  often  £ieren,  among  all 

animals;  nnter  bicfen  ^tnbernf  among  these  children. 

12.  nnter  bent  1(X  b»  9W»  (=  getjutett  btefe^  9Jlonat^)f  wnder  da^e  o/  ^/ie 

^en^A  ms^.  (=  instant). 

13.  nnter  brei  9Jionatenf  under  (in  less  than)  £/iree  months. 

14.  ber  S3anntf  niornnter  ic^  fi^er  ^Ae  ^ree  under  which  I  am  sitting.1 

Uorf  before,  in  front  of,  from  (because  of) :  as, 

1.  er  fpieft  tJOrm  §anfe,  he  is  playing  in  front  of  the  house. 

2.  er  fling  &or3  §an3f  7*e  wen£  in  front  of  the  house. 

3.  fie  ftanb  tiorm  ^onige,  she  stood  before  the  king. 

4.  fie  flief)en  burnt  Jeinbe,  they  flee  before  (from  before)  the  enemy. 
\5.  id)  fnrcfjtete  nti^  tJor  i^mf  I  was  afraid  of  (before)  him. 

6.  uujtiur  fitrd)ten  Sic  firf)  ?  what  are  you  afraid  of  (before)  ?x 

7.  er  ftarfc  tn?r  5t(terf  tior  ^>nngerr  he  died  from  old  age,  from  hunger. 
{  8.  fitter  bor  (^efa^r,  safe  from  danger. 

9.  er  l)at  leine  2ld)tnnjj  bur  bent  (5$efe^f  he  has  no  respect  for  the  law. 

10.  fie  Ijat  5(n(jft  tour  S^tten,  s/ie  is  afraid  of  you. 

11.  an  bent  £age  tior  2BeiI)nad)tenf  on  ^e  day  before  Christmas. 

12.  tJur  einem  ^a^te,  a  year  ago;  tior  Utelen  S^Cttf  many  years  ago. 

13.  tJor  fnr5emf  a  little  while  ago ;  tior  acftt  £agenf  a  ^eefc  a^o. 
xj  14.  id)  fprad)  tior  mic^  I)in,  /  was  talking  away  to  myself. 

15.  Dor  cittern,  fcur  atten  2)ingenf  6e/*ore  aZ/  else. 

5ttrifd)ett,  between:  as, 

1.  er  fiijt  5ttiifrf|en  mir  nnb  il)rf  he  sits  between  me  and  her.2 

2.  fe^e  bid)  ^ttrifrfjen  midf  tutb  fief  sit  down  between  me  and  her.2 

3.  §tt)ifdjen  ^ente  nnb  nturgen,  betiveen  now  (to-day)  and  to-morrow. 

1  See  853.        2  As  in  English,  the  second  or  the  third  person  is  put 
before  the  iirst,  and  the  second  before  the  third,  except  for  emphasis. 


1)1 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


Prepositional  Idioms 


accuse  of,  bcfrfinl'bigcn  wit  h  «.. 
advise  a  person  a  thing,  rotcn  with 

D.  of  person  and  A.  of  thing 
be  afraid  of,  firt)  fiirditcn  &or  (i>.) 
agreeable  '  .  mi  iKiicljm  with  i>. 
aid  a  person  in,  hclfcn   i>.)  bti  (n.) 
angry  at  a  person,  bo*fc  anf  (A.)  or 

mtt(n.);  —a  thing,  b3fe  fiber  (A.) 
answer  a  person,  ant'roortrn  '  n.);  — 

a  thing,  ant'niortcn  anf  (A.) 
appoint,  make,  madjen  jn   D. 
be  ashamed  of,  firt)  fdjamen  with  o. 

or  fiber  (A.) 
ask  or  beg  for,  bitten  urn  (A.) 

i  nil] en  imd)  (D.) 

astonished  at .  crftnnnt'  iibcr    \ 
attentive  to,  auf  'mcrffam  auf  (A.) 
become,  turn  /<>,  rocrbcn  ju  (D.) 
become  of,  rocrbcn  and  (D.) 
beg  for,  bitten  nm    \ 

//i,  ajaubrii  an  (A.) 
belong  *o,gclju  rcn  \sith  i».orjn(D.) 
6id,  command,  bcfcf)'lcu  (D.) 
blame  for,  tabcln  iuca.cn  (o.);  be  to 

— ,  fdjulfc  fcin  an  (D.) 
6/iiid  to,  blinb  gcgen  (A.) 
blinb  Dor  (D.) 

6ou>  to,  fid)  ucrbcn  'iicn  tunr  (D.) 
busy  at,  bcfrtiiif  tint  mit    i». 
care  or  provide  for.  forget!  fur  (A.) 
change  to,  ocrroan'beln  in  (A.) 

yourself. to,  fid)  Dcrwan'bcln 

in  (A.)  [(D.) 

compare  to  or  totM,  perglei'djcn  in  it 

conceal  from,  ocrbcr'ncn  tior  (D.) 

confide  in,  ucrtrauxcn  with  D.  or 

anf  (A.) 

conscious  of,  betmtftf  with  G. 
consist  in,  befte/^en  in  (D.) 
of,  bcfte^cn  and  (D.) 


cruel  t<>,  flrnnfam  nrflftt  (A.) 

ifm,n.  Dcrtci'bincn  flcncn  (A.) 
despair  of,  tocnwci'fcln  an  (D.) 
die  of,  ftcrbcn  an   i> 
dtoa<;reea6{efo,nn/«nflenet|m  wit  h  i>. 
engaged  in,  befrijiif 'tint  mit  (D.) 

to,  Hcrlobt    mit(D.) 
enraplurt  i  /'.  cnt;iirft'  nber  (A.) 
envious  of,  ei'fcriiiditifl  nnf  (A.) 
exhausted  with,  crfdjupft7  oon  (D.) 

.''>il  to,  freu  NNit 

famous  for,  bernfjntt'  wcfien(o.) 
fatigued  with,  crmu'bet  burn^  (A.)  or 

Don  (n.) 

fear,  fid)  fiirditcn  &or  (D.) 
flee  from,  flictjcn  oor  (D.) 
/oUoio,fol!i  [(A.) 

be  fond  of  a  thing,  fefcr  gern  fabcn 
forbid  a  person,  ocrbic'tcn  (D.) 
forgetful  of,  nn'cingcbcnf  \\\\\\  ft, 
forgive  me  for  that,  Dcrgc'ben  6ie 

mir  (D.)  bod  (A.) 

11  uor  (D.) 
fret  at,  fid)  h'rgern  fiber  (A.) 

u  cHiiMiri)  flcgcn  (A.) 
frightened  at,  crfa^rorfcn  iibcr  (A.) 

or  nor  (D.) 
glad  of,  frot  fiber  (A.);  be  — ,  fid) 

frenen  fiber  (A.);  6e  glad  at  the 

thought  of,  fid)  freuen  anf  (A.) 
good  for  a  person,  gut  fftr  (A.) 
to  a  person,  gut  gcgen  (A.) 
to  eat,  gut  sum  Cfffen 
greedy  for,  begie^ig  nac^  (D.) 
grieve  at,  fid)  gramcn  iibcr  (A.) 
for,  fi^  gramcn  urn  (A.) 
yuard  against,  fid)  Ijiitcn  Dor  (D.) 
guilty  of,  fdjulbtg  with  o.  or  an  (D.) 
harsh  to,  ftrcng  gegen  (A.)  or  mit  (D.) 
help  a  person  in,  ftelfen  (D.)  bet  (D.) 


PREPOSITIONAL  IDIOMS 


95 


hope  for,  Ijoffen  auf  (A.) 

impolite  to,  un'ljb'flid)  gegen  (A.) 

indifferent  to,  gleidj'giiftig  gegen  (A.) 

inhuman  to,  graufam  gegen  (A.) 

innocent  of,  un'frfjulbig  an  (D.) 

introduce  to,  Dor'fteflen  with  D. 

jealous  of,  neibtfdj  auf  (A.) 

kind  to,  gittig  gegen  (A.) 

knock  at,  ffo^fen  an  (A.) 

known  by,  fcefaunt'  toegen  (G.) 

lame  in,  totym  an  CD.) 

laugh  at,  ladjen  itfcer  (A.) 

listen  to,  p'ljiiren  with  D. 

live  by  or  on,  fid)  emalj'rett  turn  (D.) 

Tiue  with,  tooljnett  &ei  (D.) 

look  for,  fttdjen  with  A. 

mad  wi£/i,  tott  Hot  (D.) 

magnanimous  to,  grojj'mittig  gcgcn 

(A.) 

raafce,  etec£,  madjen  $it  (D.) 
raafce  o/,  mad) en  au3  (D.) 
raafce  up  for,  replace,  erf  C^/Ctt  with  A. 
raeeZ,  begeg/nett  (D.)  or  treffen  (A.) 
mindful  of,  eiu'gebenf  with  G. 
mourn  for,  ttaucttt  ttttt  (A.) 
noted  for,  fceriUjmt7  tticgcn  (G.) 
obey,  be  obedient  to,  gdjm/djen  (D.) 
observant  of,  au^merffam  auf  (A.) 
be  offended  at,  fid)  argent  iibcr  (A.) 
pale  with,  tileid)  tior  (A.) 
pardon  for,  tter^ei^ett  (D.)  with  A. 
please,   gefaFfett   (D.);    be  pleased 

with,  crfreu^  fcin  iibcr  (A.) 
point  at  or  to,  scigctt  auf  (A.) 
polite  to,  pfftdj  gcgcn  (A.) 
poor  in,  arm  an  (D.) 
profit  by,  use,  feemtl^ett  with  A. 
prolific  in,  frudjtfmr  an  (D.) 
protect  against,  &efd)ittjxett  gegctt(A.) 

from,  ftef^ii^/en  nor  (D.) 
proud  of,  ftols  auf  (A.) 


quarrel  about,  ftreitcu  um  (A.) 
rejoice  at,  fi^  frcuctt  itbcr  (A.) 

at  the  thought  of,  fid)  frCttCtt 

auf  (A.) 

remember,  fir^  crh^ueru  an  (A.) 
revenge  on,  ra'djcu  an  (D.) 
rich  in,  reid)  an  (D.) 
be  in  the  right,  redjt  Ijafcen 
rude  to,  u^^ofli^  gcgen  (A.) 
safe  from,  fic^cr  Dur  (D.) 
seek  after  or  for,  fudjen  nadj  (D.) 
seized  with,  ergriffen  Don  (D.) 
severe  on,  ftreng  gcgen  (A.)  or  mit  (D.) 
send  for  a  person,  fommen  toff  en  (A.) 

a  thing,  Ijolen  (affen  (A.) 
sick  with  (bodily),  franf  an  or  toon 

(D.)  ;  —  (mentally),  franf  toor  (D.) 
I  am  sorry  for  him,  er  tut  mir  leib 
speak  to  of,  f^redfen  mit  (D.)  toon  (D.) 
stare  at,  anxftarren  with  A. 
struck  by,  fcetroffen  itber  (A.) 
7  succeed,  e3  gelingt  mir 
suffer  with,  leiben  an  (D.) 
sure  of,  fidjer  with  G. 
thank,  banfett  (D.) 
thankful  to,  banffcar  gegen  (A.) 
think  of,  benfen  an  (A.) 
tired  from,  miibe  Don  (D.) 

of,  miibe  with  G.  or  A. 
trouble  about,  fidj  Befiimmern  um  (A.) 
true  to,  tren  with  D. 
trust  in  or  to,  tiertratt/ett  with  D. 

or  auf  (A.) 

undress,  fid)  au^ieljen 
used  to,  gefob'ljnt7  an  (A.) 
wait  for,  ttwrten  auf  (A.) 
want,  have  need  of,  braudjen  (A.) 
warn  against  or  of,  ttwnteu  tour  (D.) 
wearied  with,  ermiFbet  burt^  (A.)  or 

Uon  (D.) 
wet  with,  na^  turn  (D.) 


96  A  (;KKMA.\  IHHLL  HOOK 

THE  ORDER  OF  WORDS 

1  I.    Tin-  normal  order:  coordinating  conjunction,  subject  with  lim- 
iting words,  parenthetical  adverb,  verb,  objects  (the  person  before 
the  thing),  predicate  adjective  or  participle,  infinitive:  as, 

1.  bcr  flcinc  iyriu  aber  Ijat  if)m  (or  bent  flnabcn)  etncn  Slpfel  gcgcben, 

lift i-  >wever,  gave  him  (or  the  boy)  an  apple. 

2.  wnb  fclbft  nitrt),  or  fogar)  bie  «efd)idjtr  Don  fllabbin  mar  mir  u>r  bcm 

Jhiaben)  90113  nen,  and  even  the  story  of  Aladdin  was  quite  new  to 

me  (or  to  the  boy). 

8.  »crgabil|miorbcm$*naben)©e&?  whogave  him  (or  theboy)  money  fl 
4.  rocffcn  $ut  ift  auf  bcm  Itfrtic  ?  whose  hat  is  on  the  tablet1 

2  If  the  two  objects  are  pronouns  (or  refer  to  persons),  the  accusative 
generally  precedes  the  dative :  as, 

1.  er  ttirb  eS  bit  (or  cr  wirb  bir'd)  nnr  leiljen,  he  will  only  lend  it  to  you. 

2.  fit  gab  bad  Jtiiib  fctucr  Gutter,  she  gave  the  child  to  its  mother. 

3  Adverbs  are  arranged  in  the  order  of  time,  place,  manner;  an  adverb 
of  degree  stands  before  the  word  it  limits:  as, 

1.  er  gab  mir  (or  bent  Jtnaben  geftcrn  auf  ber  ctrafte  glcid)  ciiicu  flpfcl, 

he  immediately  gave  me  (or  the  boy)  an  apple  yesterday  in  the  tttreet. 

2.  er  ging  gcftcrn  and  bent  Garten  feljr  frfjneH  fortra/»e  went  very  quickly 

yesterday  out  of  the  garden. 

3.  e£  ftng  gcftern  urn  jeljn  ltt)r  an,2  fcljr  fdjwcr  ^u  rcgncn,  it  began  yt 

day  at  ten  o'clock  to  rain  very  heavily. 

4  nirtit  stands  after  a  direct  object,  before  a  preposition  or  an  adverb  of 
place  or  of  manner,  or  before  an  emphatic  word : 8  as, 

1.  id)  gab  ifym  bad  $ud)  nidjt,  /  did  not  give  him  the  book. 

2.  fie  ift  mrt)t  mit  ttjm  gegangenf  *he  did  not  go  with  him. 

3.  fie  ftnb  nid)t  fjier,  they  are  not  here. 

4.  er  gab  bad  $ufl)  ntdjt  mir,8  er  gab  ed  bir,  he  gave  the  book  to  you,  not 

to  me. 

1  For  questions  not  introduced  by  interrogative  pronouns,  see  97,  x. 

2  In  the  normal  or  the  inverted  order  (97,  i),  the  separable  prefixes  are 
put  at  the  end  of  the  clause,  and  are  accented  (74,  i) ;   in  the  transposed 
order,  they  are  accented,  but  not  separated  from  the  verb  (97, 2). 

8  Any  word  becomes  emphatic  by  being  put  at  or  toward  the  end  of 
the  sentence. 


THE  ORDER  OF  WORDS  .        ,  *fl 

II.    The  inverted  order:  the  subject  stands  after  the  verb:  I 

1.  In  interrogative  or  in  exclamatory  sentences:  as, 

1.  l)at  er  ttjm  (or  bent  $nafcen)  ba3  23ud)  gegefcen?  did  he  give  him  (or  the 

boy)  the  book  f 

2.  gab  tljttt1  bie  Sdjtoefter  ba3  25udj?  did  his  sister  give  him  the  book? 

3.  tuamt  geljett  ttJtr  nad)  §aitfe  ?  when  are  we  going  home  ? 

4.  ttia^  ^at  er  itidjt  getan?  what  has  he  not  done? 

5.  nrie  ^at  e$  geregnet!  how  it  has  rained! 

2.  In  imperative  sentences :  as, 

1.  fefen  @ie  ba3  S3ut^  nit^tf  do  not  read  the  book. 

2.  &let&  bu2  511  ^paufe,  you  stay  at  home. 


3.  In  conditional  sentences  without  toenn  (103,  8)  :  as, 

1.  ttwre  fie  mtr  ^ier!  if  she  were  only  here! 

2.  Ijatte  er  bid)  geftern  gefmtbenf  if  he  had  found  you  yesterday. 

4.  When  any  word  except  a  coordinating  conjunction  precedes  the  sub- 
ject: as, 

1.  Ijter  Ijat  er  mttfj  gefmtbettr  it  was  here  he  found  me. 

2.  geftern  fal)  id)  iljn  im  ®arten,  yesterday  I  saw  him  in  the  garden. 

3.  ba3  9Jleffer  tierlor  it^  im  $arfer  the  knife  I  lost  in  the  park. 

4.  a(3  er  priicrlam,  fal)  er  mtJ^f  when  he  returned,  he  saw  me. 

5.  bud)  fam  er  in3  §au$f  yet  he  came  into  the  housed 


II.    The  transposed  order  (used  after  subordinating  conjunctions, 
101,1):  the  verb  is  put  at  the  end  of  the  clause:  as, 

1.  id)  toetft,  ba^  er  ba£  SJleffer  gefunben  Ijat,  I  know  that  he  has  found 

the  knife. 

2.  ba  fattb  idj  ba§  JBut^r  tuotiott  id)  ^^nett  gef^rieBen  (^aBe)r4  there  I 

found  the  book  of  which  I  wrote  you. 

3.  Ijier  ift  ber  SBaum,  ttujntnter  id)  geftern  eingef^lafen  (btn)f4  here  is  the 

tree  I  slept  under  yesterday. 

4.  ttett  er  bett  £Beg  ni^t  ptte  ftuben  fomteit,  because  he  could  not  have 

found  the  way  (62,  2). 

1  A  pronoun  of  one  syllable  often  precedes  the  subject. 

2  Unless  emphatic,  btt  is  omitted. 

3  When  bodjf  jebodj,  eitbltd),  etc.  are  followed  by  a  pause,  the  normal 
order  is  used  (96,  i)  :  as,  bod),  er  fam  tttg  ^>au3,  still,  he  came  into  the  house. 

4  In  subordinate  clauses,  the  tense  auxiliary  is  often  omitted  (60,  1,2). 


98  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES 

Present  or  Past  Simple  Conditions 

1.  ttcnn  ftc  Ijicrljcr  fommt,  I    . 

fommffitiierhcr,          \  <»'>'  f"""  "C' 

if  (or  whenever,  103,  8)  she  comes  here,  the  sings. 


tf  (or  whenever,  103,8)  she  came  here,  she  sang. 

8.  ttciinfir  Dicrljcr  fam,  1  (fo)2fflnfl  f|f 
fnm'fielitcrtier, 
</"  (or  whenever  103,  8)  «Ae  came  here,  she  sang. 


More  Vivid  Future  Conditions 

1.  tocnn  fie  fjicrficr  fommt,  ^  r  (f*)f  wirb  fte  filgen, 
fommt1  fie  hicrlicr,  fl  (f0)«  ftn^t  iu, 

if  (or  tcAenerer,  103,  8)  she  comes  here,  she  will  sing. 


Less  Vivid  Future  Conditions 

1.  tticnn  ftc  tiicrlicr  fame,  \  f  (fo)*  (anflc  fter 

fame  1  fie  liierljcr,          f  \  (fo)«  wiirbe  fie  finflcnf 

if  (or  whenever,  103,  8)  she  came  here,  she  would  sing.9 


Present  or  Past  Contrary  to  Fact  Conditions 

1.  mcnn  ftc  fjtcrfar  ffimcr  1   (  (fo)a  fonge  ftcf 

lomc  l  jtc  liicrljcr,          /  \  (fo)2  ttwrfce  fie  fmgcn, 
\f  she  were  coming  here,  she  would  sing.9 

2.  toenn  fie  fjter&cr  gcfommen  wore,  1   (  (fo)2  ftotte  fte  gefungen, 
ware1  fie  fticrfter  gcfommcn,         )  \  (fo)2  tturbe  fte  gefungcn  ftabcn, 
if  she  had  come  here,  she  would  have  ft 

1  »emtr  if,  may  be  omitted,  and  the  inverted  order  used  (97,  x). 

3  After  a  clause  of  concession  (103,  9)  or  of  condition,  fo  is  often  used 
to  sum  the  clause  up.  When  menu  is  omitted  in  conditional  clauses 
(footnote  1),  fo  is  regularly  used. 

8  The  less  vivid  future  and  present  contrary  to  fact  conditions  agree 
in  form,  and  must  be  distinguished  by  the  context. 


INDIRECT  DISCOURSE  99 

THE  MOODS  IN  INDIRECT  DISCOURSE 

When  a  speaker  or  a  writer  states  in  indirect  discourse  what  he 
considers  true,  or  what  he  wishes  to  be  considered  true,  he  uses 
the  indicative;  otherwise,  the  subjunctive.  Thus,  the  indicative 
is  regularly  used  after  verbs  in  the  first  person  of  the  present 
indicative,  or  after  verbs  implying  certainty,  such  as  fd)Cttf  see, 
eg  tft  liar,  it  is  clear.1 

To  distinguish  the  subjunctive  from  the  indicative  when  they  agree 
in  form,  the  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  are  changed,  the  past  being  used 
for  the  present,  the  pluperfect  for  the  perfect,  and  the  present  condi- 
tional for  the  future.  But  even  when  the  subjunctive  is  not  like  the 
indicative,  these  changes  are  often  made  for  the  sake  of  euphony,  both 
in  speaking  and  in  writing.2  The  moods  correspond  as  follows  : 

INDICATIVE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

«»* 

Past:  er  ijatte          1          f  Perfect:  er  Ijafce  geljafct 

Perfect:       er  Ijat  geljafct  J    :  :  \Pluperfect:  er  Ijatte  geljafct 

Pluperfect:  er  Ijatte  geljafit   =      Pluperfect:  er  fjatte  geljafct 

er 


Future:        er  totrb  „  , 

Present  Conditional:  er  toitrbe  Ijafcen 

1.  fie  fingen,  they  sing. 

er  fagt,  (baft)  fie  fangeit,  he  says  (that)  they  sing  (102,  4,  97,  2). 
er  fagte,  (bag)  fie  fangen  (or  fattgen),1  he  said  (that)  they  sang. 

2.  fte  fang  (or  l)at  gefuugen),  she  sang. 

irf)  fragtef  ttarum  fie  fang  (or  gefnngen  Ijatte),1  1  asked  why  she  sang. 

3.  fte  tuerben  fingen,  tfiey  will  sing. 

er  fragte,  ofc  fie  fingen  ttiiirben,  he  asked  if  they  would  sing. 

4.  er  fctte&,  toeil  er  franl  fei  (tt)aref  or  ttiar),1  he  stayed  because  he  was  sick. 

5.  <3te  ttmren  jener  ^err?  (you  say)  you  were  that  gentleman? 

1  When  the  indicative  is  used  in  indirect  discourse,  the  tense  of  the 
direct  discourse  is  retained,  except  that  when  the  principal  verb  is  in 
the  past  indicative,  a  present  indicative  is  changed  to  the  past  (as  in 
English):  as,  er  toetft,  fie  tft  franfr  he  knows  she  is  sick;  er  ttm£tef  fte  ttiar 
frattf,  he  knew  she  was  sick. 

2  These  changes  are  also  made  in  weak  verbs,  although  the  past  sub- 
junctive and  the  past  indicative  are  alike  (41,  i,  2). 


100  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

CONJUNCTIONS 
The  Coordinating  Conjunctions  1 

1  abcr,  but,  however,  weakly  adversative  (cf.  aflein',  100,  a):  as, 

1.  er  iff  arm,  abcr  cr  ift  flliirflirti,  tie  is  poor,  but  he  is  happy. 

2.  er  ift  abcr  uirfjt  flliirf  lid),  he  is,  however,  not  happy. 

2  allciu',  but,  yet,  still,  strongly  adversative  (cf.  obcrr  100,  i):  as, 

1.  cr  ift  nidjt  arm,  allciu  cr  ift  umiliirflirt),  he  is  not  poor,  yet  he  is  un- 

happy. 

2.  allciu  cr  fam  nirtit  ;  bcitu  cr  tunr  tot,  but  he  came  not;  for  he  was  dead. 

3  bcnn,/or:f  as, 

1.  cr  ift  arm,  bcnn  cr  ift  miflliirflirf),  he  is  poor,  for  he  is  unhappy. 

4  obcr,  or:  as, 

1  .  ift  cr  nrm,  obcr  ift  cr  rcitf)  ?  is  he  poor,  or  is  he  richf 
L'    ift  cr  arm  obcr  rcidj  ?  is  he  poor  or  richf 

5  ent'roebcr  .  .  .  obcr,  either  ...  or:1  as, 

1.  er  ift  cutrocbcr  arm  obcr  unglurflid),  he  is  either  poor  or  unhappy. 

2.  cunucbcr  ift  cr  arm,  obcr  ift  cr  unajfiiflidj,   1  either  he  is  poor,  or  he  is 
entrocbcr,  cr  ift  arm,  obcr  cr  ift  umiliirflid),  )  unhappy.1 

6  foubcrn,  hut,  introducing  a  substitute  for  a  preceding  negative  clause:  as, 

1.  er  ift  itirijt  nrm,  {unbent  cr  ift  rcic^,  he  is  not  poor,  but  he  is  rich. 

2.  er  ift  nidjt  arm,  fonbcrn  rcid),  he  is  not  poor,  but  rich. 

7  nid)t  nur  .  .  .  fonbcrn  and),  not  only  .  .  .  but  also  :  as, 

1.  cr  ift  niriit  nur  rctdj,  foubcrn  (er  ift)  aud|  gliirflid),  he  is  not  only  rich, 
but  (he  is)  happy. 

8  nub,  and:  as, 

1.  er  ift  reidj  unb  fllurfli^,  he  is  rich  and  happy. 


9    ttcbcr  .  .  .  nod)f  neither  .  .  .  nor:1  as, 

1.  er  ift  wcbcr  arm  nod)  reicft,  he  is  neither  poor  nor  rich. 

2.  tocbcr  ift  cr  arm,  nod)  ift  cr  rcid),  neither  is  he  poor,  nor  is  he  rich.1 

llf  the  conjunction  is  coordinating,  the  normal  order  is  used  (96,  i); 
but  when  cntrocbcr  (unless  followed  by  a  pause),  Weber,  or  nod)  intro- 
duces a  clause,  the  inverted  order  is  used  (97,  i). 

2  bennr  /or,  stands  at  the  beginning  of  its  clause  ;  bennf  then,  pray, 
stands  after  one  or  more  words:  as,  road  roillft  bu  bcnn?  what  do  you 
want,  thenf 


THE  SUBORDINATING  CONJUNCTIONS  101 

The  Subordinating  Con  junctions  i 


3,  when,  than,  as.    101,  2,  3 

§  oft,  af3  toentt,  al3,  as  if.    101,  3 

,  e'lje,  before.     101,4 
bi3,  wwftZ,  #M.     102,  i 
baf  as,  since,  seeing  that.     102,2 
bamit',  that,  so  that.    102,3 


bag,  «/m«.     102,4 

ittbem'  with  a  verb,  —  wgr.     102,  5 

je  *  *  *  beft'o,  je  *  .  *  um  fo,  £fre  .  . 

the.     102,  6 
ttadjbem',  after.    102,7 


0B,  whether,  if.     103,  i 


*  *  *  twdj;  although.     1(J3,  21 
feit,  feitbem/,  sfwct,,,of  tinm    103,  3 

,,  as  *o/m  as.     103,  4 


),  so  Zon^  as,  as  long  as. 
103,5 

tia^rettb,  w^ie.    103,  6 
toeil,  because.    103,7 
toemt,  ^/,  whenever  (=  if  ever}.  103,  8 
ttrie,  however,  as,  like.     103,  9 


3f  tucntt,  of  definite  time,  and  used  therefore  only  with  the  past  tenses 
of  the  indicative  (cf  .  ttJCttU,  103,  8)  ;  than,  as,  with  the  same  case  after 
it  as  before  it  (cf  .  ttrie,  103,  9)  :  as, 

1.  al3  cr  anlam,  falj  C?  bid),  on  arriving  (when  he  arrived),  he  saw  you. 

2.  er  ttwr  alter,  al$  irfj  jeijt  bin,  he  was  older  than  I  am  now. 

3.  fein  SBruber  ift  alter  aI3  erf  his  brother  is  older  than  he. 

4.  idj  falj  nifyt§  <St^iJnere^  a(^  bidjf  I  saw  nothing  prettier  than  you.2 

5.  er  empfiitjj  mid)  al3  einen  5^unbr  he  received  me  as  a  friend. 

6.  fo  totel  (or  fo  gut)  al$  miiglit^,  as  much  (or  as  good}  as  possible. 


l§  flfe,  a(^  ttietttt,  al^f3  as  if,  in  conditions  contrary  to  fact  (98,4):  as, 

1.  er  fteljt  au3,  al$  ob  (or  a(3  ttjenn)  er  franf  ttiaref  1  he   looks  as  if  he 
er  fteljt  au^r  a(3  ttiare8  er  franff  j  were  sick. 

2.  e3  fr^eint,  a(3  lefe3  er  imnter,  it  seems  as  if  he  is  always  reading. 

3.  er  ift  su  juttgf  al$  bag  er  bte£  ttiiffen  fofite,  he  is  too  young  to  know 

this. 


,  exljef  before:  as, 

1.  fcetoor  (or  elfte)  er  anlam,  gittg  i(^  fort,  before  he  came,  I  went  away. 

2.  er  tooflte  narf)  ^aufe  priirfle^rett,  bettor  (or  ef)e)  er  ftiirBe,  he  wished  to 

go  back  home  before  he  died. 

3.  elje  id)  ba3  tate,  tuitrbe  idj  liefcer  fterben,  sooner  than  do  that,  I  had 

rather  die. 

1For  the  order  of  words,  see  97,2. 

2In  English,  the  case  after  as  or  than  depends  on  the  construction: 
as,  "I  saw  nobody  younger  than  he  (is)." 

8  When  the  subjunctive  is  introduced  by  al§  alone,  the  inverted  order 
is  used  (97,  i). 


l(l-  A  GERMAN  DRILL   i;oni< 

1  W,  until,  till:  as, 

1.  uwrtc,  bio  id)  fommc,  wait  fill  I  come. 

2.  er  oiirbe  b!eibc»t,  bio  cr  bid)  flefcfcn  Ijattc,  he  would  wait  until  he  had 

2  bc»,  a».  yfn  as; 

r.  ba  i-i  nirti; 'founts*  fohute,  fdjricb  cr  cincn  $rief,  seeing  Mat  Ac  cou/d 

not  come,  to  wrote  a  fcr 
2.  je$t,  ba  wir  wiffrn,  now  that  we  know. 

3  bamtt',  that,  so  Mat,  expressing  purpose,  generally  with  the  subjunc- 

tive (cf.  bag,  102,4):'  as, 

1.  fie  flnbcn  iljm  (Hclb,  bamit  cr  nad)  .^oufc  gc^cn  fbnntc,  they  gave 

money,  that  he  might  go  home. 

2.  id)  fagc  bir  ba£fr  bamit  bu  c*  wci§t,  /  tell  you  this  that  you  may  know.1 

4  bafi,  that,  introducing  subject  or  object  clauses,  or  clauses  expressing 

purpose  (cf.  bamit7,  102,3)  or  result,  with  the  indicative  or  the  sub- 
junctive (99, i):  as, 

1.  co  ift  mir  licb,  ba$  bu  fommft,  /  am  glad  that  you  come. 
'2.  cr  fnfltc,  luif;  fie  Olclb  babe   Iiattc,  01  Ijnrtc ,  he  said  she  had  money. 

3.  ftc  fam,  fo  baft  fie  bid)  fcftcn  fonntc  or  fonnte),  she  came  to  see  you. 
I.  in  bent  /"vnlle,  bnf;  id)  fterbc,  blcibc,  in  case  of  my  death,  stay. 

5.  t(4  mar  fo  arm,  baf;  id)  nid)t  gctjcn  f onutc,  /  ica«  «o  poor  that  I  could 

not  go. 

6.  cr  fam,  ofync  baft  id)  cd  ttwfUe,  Ae  came  without  my  knowing 

5  inbcm/  with  a  verb,  — ingr,  expressing  an  action  simultaneous  with  that 

of  the  principal  verb:  as, 

1.  cr  it  a  t)tn  ftc  bet  ber  \?aub,  inbcin  cr  fagtc,  he  took  her  by  the  hand, 

saying. 
-2.  iitbcm  cr  fo  fjanbclte,  l)attc  cr  itnrcd)tf  in  dotn^  *o,  he  was  wrong. 

6  jc  .  .  .  beft'o,  jc  .  .  .  um  for  the  .  .  .  the,  with  comparatives:2  as, 

1.  jc  ntcljr  man  Ijat,  befto  (or  um  fo.  mcf)r  mill  man  ^abcnr  the  more  you 
have,  the  more  you  want. 

7  nadjbcm',  after:  as, 

1.  ttndjbcnt  cr  bictf  gcfagt  ftattc,  ftanb  cr  aufr  after  saying  this,  he  rose. 

1  The  indicative  implies  that  the  purpose  is  fulfilled  (cf .  99,  i). 

2  After  the   subordinating  conjunction   jcf   the   verb   is  transposed 
(97,a);  after  the  adverb  bcfto,  the  verb  is  inverted  (97,  i).     When  the 
sentences  are  short,  je  .  .  .  jc,  the  . . .  the,  are  often  used :  as,  jc  cl)crf  jc 
Hcbcr,  the  sooner,  the  better. 


THE  SUBORDINATING  CONJUNCTIONS  103 

0fc,  whether,  if,  in  indirect  questions  :  as, 

1.  e3  fragt  fid),  oft  e3  nidjt  roalfr  ift,  I  wonder  if  it  is  not  true. 

2.  er  fragt,  oft  roir  leitt  ($elb  fatten,  /ie  asfcs  £/  we  have  no  money  (99,  i). 

o&gleid)',  ofifdjmt',  0&ro0I)F,  roenn  .  ,  *  and)  (even  .  .  .  if),  although:  as, 

1.  ofcgleid)  (ofcfdjiw,  or  0fcro0I)I)  cr  arm  ift,  fo  ift  er  bod)  gttirflid),  although 

he  is  poor,  he  is  nevertheless  happy. 

2.  roenn  er  and)  arm  roare,  fo  roitrbe  er  gliirfftd)  fcin,  even  if  he  were  poor, 

he  would  be  happy. 

feitf  feitbcm/r  since,  of  time  :  as, 

1.  feit  (or  fettbcm)  fie  Ijier  ttwren,  Bin  ir^  fefjr  ungliirfli^,  since  they  were 
here,  I  have  been  very  unhappy. 


as  soon  as  :  as,  4 

1.  fuBalb  Sie  ^tcr^cr  fommen,  tticrbcn  mir  gefjen,  as  soon  as  you  come 

here,  we  shall  go. 

2.  fofcafb  cr  lame,  fimtttett  twr  gc^en,  as  soon  as  he  came,  we  could  go. 

folattg^e),  fu  langc,  so  long  as,  as  long  as  :  as,  5 

1.  folang(e)  cr  Ijter  roar,  roar  cr  arm,  as  long  as  he  was  here,  he  was  poor. 

2.  folang(c)  cr  arm  roarc,  roiirbe  cr  glitrfltd)  fcin,  so  long  as  he  was  poor, 

he  would  be  happy. 

3.  id)  fcltcfc  fo  fange,  MS  cr  guriitffam,  I  remained  until  he  came  back. 

roa^rcnb,  while:  as,  5 

1.  roaJjrettb  roir  bort  roarcn,  lam  bcin  S3rubcr  an,  while  we  were  there, 
your  brother  arrived. 

roeil,  because:  as,  y 

1.  cr  ghtg  nad)  §aufc,  roetl  cr  Irani  roar  (or  roare),  he  went  home  because 

he  was  sick  (99,  i). 

2.  nidjt  roeil  id)  bid)  rocnigcr  UcBc,  no^  that  I  love  you  less. 

roenn,  if,  whenever  (=  if  ever),  in  conditional  clauses  (98)  :  as,  8 

1.  roenn  er  lam,  fo  faty  id)  tl)n,  if  (or  whenever)  he  came,  I  saw  him. 

2.  roenn  bn  roieberlummft,  when  (=  whenever,  if  ever)  you  come  again. 

roie,  however;  as,  like,  with  the  same  case  after  it  as  before  it  (cf.  al3,    9 
101,2):  as, 

1.  roie  arm  er  and)  roarc,  cr  roiirbe1  gftirfttd)  fein,  however  poor  he  was, 

he  would  be  happy. 

2.  id)  faf)  nidjt3  fo  fdjiw  roie  il)n,  /  saw  nothing  so  handsome  as  he. 

3.  cr  fafj  roie  cin  $rst  an3,  he  looked  like  a  doctor. 


1  After  a  concessive  clause,  the  normal  order  is  sometimes  used  (96,  i). 


1(>I  A  GERMAN   It  HILL  BOOK 

f 
IDIOMS 

about:  gegett  (89,  i),  mm  (89,3). 
above:  fiber  (92,4). 
aero**:  fiber  (92, 4):  as, 

1.  Ae  stepped  across  the  street,  cr  trot  iibcr  bie  3tra$e. 

2.  come  across  (over  here),  fomm  Ijcriibcr   see  here,  107). 
8.  go  across  (over  there),  gefj  Ijiniibcr  <»ee  there,  112). 

o/fer:  nac$(86,4),  ttarffbcm'   in 

1.  on  the  morning  after  the  batth  .  an  bcm  sUiorn,cn  nartj  bcr  3rtilnrtn. 

2.  one  after  anot!,. , .  ctncr  narfj  bcm  anbern. 

3.  after  he  had  said  this,  he  went  away,  nadjbcm  cr  bictf  gefagt  Ijattc, 

iiiitfl  cr  fart. 

against:  entge'gcn  (86,4)1  gegen  (89, i),  Briber  (89,4). 
ago:  »or(93,a):  as, 

1.  fie  went  away  a  year  ago,  er  tfl  oor  etnern  3a!jrc  fortgegangeit. 
nil:  nllcr(34,i),  gana(34f). 
alone,  only:  nitr:  as, 

1.  he  alone  came,  nur  cr  iff  gcfommcn. 
along:  etttlang'  (with  D.  or  A.),  mil  (36,3):  as, 

1.  go  along  the  shore,  gefyett  Sic  am  lifer  cntlang. 

2.  go  along  this  street,  gcftcn  3ic  bicfc  3traf;c  cntlnitn. 

3.  wi'M  you  not  (70  along?  niollcn  3tc  niclit  mit? 

4.  come  alongr  with  me,  fommcu  3ic  mit  iittr  . 
also,  too,  besides:  and}  (100,7):  as, 

1.  will  you  also  gof  mill  ft  bu  autf)  mit? 

2.  6exiJe«,  Ac  i«  a  doctor,  aurf)  iff  cr  3tr>t. 

although:  obglcirff7,  obfc^on^  obwo!)rf  wcnn  .  .  .  auc^j  (103, a). 

among :  nttter  (93,  i). 

any:  — ,  ettt  (3,i),  tr'genb  cinf  ir'^cnb  wcl^c:  as, 

1.  have  you  (any)  bread  f  ijaft  bu  $rot  ? 

2.  Aave  you  any  ^ood  school?  Ijabcn  3ic  cine  gutc  3t^u(c? 

3.  Aaoe  you  (any)  pood  schools  f  ftabcn  3ic  (trgcnb  wcldjo  gutc  St^ulcn? 
anybody:  ii^gcnb  eitter,  irxgcnb  jc^onb,  jc^crmonn  (87,2,3):  as, 

1.  is  anybody  here?  ift  trgcnb  ctncr  I|tcr? 

2.  Ae  i*  anybody's  (everybody 's)/rtend,  er  ift  jebermaiittS  JJreunb. 
anywhere:  somewhere,  ir/gcnbtoo. 

around:  nut  (89, 3). 

as:  aid  (101,2),  ba  (102,2):  as, 

I.  as  a  soldier,  aid  3olbat;  as  a  doctor,  aid  ftrst. 
v    2.  a*  he  was  sick,  he  did  not  go,  ba  cr  franf  war,  gtng  cr 


IDIOMS  105 

as  ...  as  :  ffl  .  »  *  al3,  f  a  .  »  »  ime  :  as, 

1.  as  rait£/i  (quantity)  as  possible,  fa  bid  a(3  ttttigtttfj, 

2.  not  so  good  (quality)  as  you,  ttidjt  fa  gut  lute  btt, 
as/ar  as:  Bi3  (88,2). 

as  if:  a(3  oB,  a(3  toetttt,  al£  (101,  3). 
as  Zono:  as:  folatta/(e). 

at:  an  (90,2),  auf  (91,  x),  Bet  (85,4),  in  (92,2),  ttarf)  (86,4),  itBer  (92,4),  urn 
(89,3),  S«(87,2):  as, 

1.  at  t/ie  ta&Ze,  am  Xifdje;  at  the  window,  am  grenfte?* 

2.  professor  at,   student  at,   the   University  of  Berlin,  ^rofeffor   ait, 

Stttbettt  attfr  ber  Uniuerfttat  $u  Berlin* 

3.  at  t/ie  door,  an  bcr  Xiir  ;  at  home,  511  $aufc* 

4.  a£  ^e  market,  auf  bem  SJlarfte  ;  a^  ^7ie  station,  auf  bcm  SBaljnljof  » 

5.  at  the  post  office,  auf  bcr  ^5oft, 

6.  at'  Cologne,  ttt  (or  ju)  ^iiln;  at  the  cathedral,  im  ^)0ttt» 

7.  at  our  house,  Bet  utt3;  at  Mr.  S.'s,  Bei  ^errn  @. 

8.  at  breakfast,  dinner,  supper,  Beim  gru^ftittf,  s}Jlittag^effettf  3lBenbeffen» 

9.  tftet/  are  at  dinner,  fie  ft^ett  Bei  Xtfc^e, 

10.  at  noon,  511  $littag  ;  at  night,  in  ber  -Wadjt 

11.  at  church,  in  ber  ®irdje;  at  school,  in  ber  6(fjttle. 

12.  at  t/ze  opera,  ill  ber  D^er;  at  t/ie  theatre,  im  Xljeater, 

13.  t/ie  dog  sprang  at  him,  ber  ^pttttb  fpratttj  ttat^  i^ttt» 

14.  I  was  surprised  at  his  answer,  id)  ttMttberte  mir^  itBer  feiite  3ltttttmrt» 

15.  at  ten  o'clock,  ttttt  ^tt  U^r. 

16.  at  this  price,  $«  biefem  ^reife* 

17.  we  saw  the  boy  come  in  at  the  door,  toir  faljett  bett  ^ttaBett  $ttr  Xitr 


because  :  toeil  (103,  7). 
because  of:  toegett  (84,  9). 

before:   conjunction,  BetJOrxf  exlje  (101,4);   preposition,  Dor  (93,2);   ad- 
verb, tiorljer7  :  as, 

1.  it  happened  before  (earlier),  e£  gefdjafj  burner* 

2.  the  evening  before,  am  $Bettb  Uor^er. 
behind:  fjhtter  (92,  i). 

below  :  adverb,  l)ertttt/ter  (see  here,  107),  ^ittttttxter  (see  there,  112),  tttttett  ; 
preposition,  ttttter  (93,  i)  :   as, 

1.  Zet  us  go  below  (down),  laffett  Sie  tttt^  ^ittttttterge^ett. 

2.  below,  in  the  valley,  tttttett  im  Xale* 

beside:  att  (90,2),  att^er  (85,3),  Bei  (86,4),  weBett  (92,3). 
beyond:  jeVfeitg  (84,3),  iiBer  (92,4). 
both:  Beibe3(35,3). 


106  A  GERMAN  DHII  /    HOOK 

but:  aber  (100,  i>,  fonbcrn  (100,6  .  nlo,  auger  (86,3):  an, 

1.  Ae  eate  nothing  but  meat,  cr  ifjt  ntrtjio  al:  ^Icifdp. 

2.  nobody  is  Aere  out  me,  auf;cr  ntir  ift  tttcntaitb  liter. 

6y :  an  (00, a),  bei  (86,4),  bnrdj  (88,3  .  inbcm'  <102,5),  wit  (86,3),  «ad>  (88,4), 
ncUcn  '-'-',  3),  fiber  (02, 4),  aon  (87,  i),  $«  (87,  a) :  as, 

1.  by  (at)  the  window,  am  Jycnftcr ;  ty  (at)  Me  tafcie,  am  Xtftfjc. 

2.  /ie  took  the  child  by  the  hand,  er  natjm  ba*  Jttnb  an  (or  bci  bcr  $anb. 

5.  do  you  paw  by  the  post  office  t  fldjft  bit  an  bcr  *J?oft  uorbci  ? 
4.  to  call  by  name,  bcim  Penmen  nrnncn;  6y  (near  A////,  bci  ilint. 

6.  she  learned  it  by  practice,  ftc  l)nt  co  burd)  Ubnno  fldcrnt. 

6.  6y  hunger  </  burcfj  .^nnqcr  unb  Tunt. 

7.  6y  staying,  he  did  wrong,  inbcm  cr  blicb,  tat  cr  unrcdit. 

8.  toe  did  it  by  hand,  ttiir  tjnbcn  co  mit  ^cr  .v>anb  unnndit. 

0.  it  came  by  post,  co  ift  nut  ^cr  ^oft  pcfommcn. 

10.  /  came  by  rail,  id)  bin  mit  bcr  (fifcnbnlm  n,c!ommcn. 

11.  by  the  clock-,  nnrf]  bcr  Ut|r;  by  my  watch,  nad)  mcincr  Uljr. 

12.  a  tree  stands  by  the  house,  tin  0anm  ftcljt  ncbcn  bcm  .$aufc. 

13.  he  went  by  iei>;/:/,  cr  ift  nbcr  l'cii>;iii  !K«in»!lcn. 

14.  pursued  by  the  soldiers,  Don  ben  3olbatcu  ucrfolflt.  v 

15.  he  sprang  in  by  (at)  the  wind<»r,  cr  f prang  ,^im  ^cnftcr  Ijcrcin. 

16.  by  foot,  511  S»6  J  by  '«"d,  s«  fianbe ;  by  sea,  511  Staffer  (or  $nr  3ee). 
down :  Ijcrab',  (ernn^er (see  here,  107),  ttnabxf  binun'tcr  (see  there,  112) :  as, 

1.  come  down  here,  fomm  licrab ;  90  down  there,  0ef)  ^tnuntcr. 

2.  she  came  down  stairs,  ftc  fam  bic  Xrcppc  Ijcrnntcr. 

3.  toe  went  down  stairs,  nrir  0ingcn  btc  Xrcppe  (tnunter. 

4.  let  us  go  down  (stairs),  laffen  3tc  un£l  Ijinuntcr  gc^cn. 
during:  Ijtnburdj',  Jang,  tpa^rcnb  (84, 8) :  as, 

1.  during  (for)  many  years,  Mit  Joljrc  lang  <>r  Ijtnbnrcft). 

2.  during  the  night,  tt»af)rcu!>  bcr  ^ad)t. 

each,  every,  everybody:  jeber  (l,a,  37,  i),  jc'bcrmantt  (37, a). 

either  ...  or:  cnt'mcber  .  .  .  obcr  (100,5). 

enough:  getitlg/ (36, 5). 

everything:  aUe«(34,i). 

few:  »exmge(39,3). 

fewer:  we^tger  (39, 4). 

for :  auf  (91,  i),  bcnn  (conjunction,  100, 3),  ffir  (88, 4),  wad)  (86, 4),  felt  (86, 5), 

um  (89,3),  toor  (93, a),  an  (87, a),  the  accusative:  as, 

1.  he  will  go  to  Germany  for  three  years,  er  getyt  auf  brci  3a!)re  nar^ 


t 


2.  he  will  help  you,  for  he  has  money,  er  nrirb  bir  Ijelfcn,  bcnn  cr 


IDIOMS  107 

3.  I  buy  the  horse  for  you,  id)  faufc  ba3  $ferb  fitr  birfj*  ^ 

4.  J  Zafce  Am  /or  (consider   him)   a  friend,  id)  f)a(te  iljtt  fitr  cittCtt 


5.  it  is  well  for  you,  t$  ift  gttt  fiir  bid), 

6.  to  send  for  a  doctor,  ttadj  eittettt  $r$te  fdjirfett;  to  send  for  a  carriage, 

ttadj  eutettt  SBagett  fdjirfett  (cf.  send  for,  95). 

7.  he  has  been  dead  for  twenty  years,  er  ift  ^ttwitjiij  $a1jre  (or  feit  5ttWtt= 

£tg  ^aljrett)  tot* 

8.  they  ask  for  bread,  fie  fcittett  ttttt  S3rot» 

9.  he  loves  her  for  her  money,  er  liefct  fie  ttttt  ftjr  ( 

10.  he  sprang  up  for  joy,  er  fprattg  fcor  fyrettbe  attf, 

11.  we  bought  a  ham  for  dinner,  nrir  lattftett  eittett  ®djittf  ett  gttttt • 

effetu 

12.  a  present  for  Christmas,  eitt  ($efdjettl  $tt  ! 

13.  we  lived  therefor  years,  ttrir  fyafiett  ba  $aljre  (lattg)  \ 
for  the  sake  of:  ttttt  *  ,,  ttritfett  (84, 7). 

from:  att  (90,2),  a«3  (85,2),  gegett  (89,  i),  ttadj  (86,4),  turn  (87,  i),  tior  (93,2), 
the  dative  of  the  person  from  whom:  as, 

1.  she  suffers  from  headache,  fie  leibet  att  ^Ojjffdjttter^etU 

2.  he  is  from  the  city,  from  the  country,  er  ift  aw3  ber  ©tabt,  bom  Sanbe* 

3.  the  rain  falls  from  (out  of)  the  clouds,  from  the  leaves,  ber  O^egett 

faflt  att3  bett  SBolfett,  uott  beit  ^(attcrtt* 

4.  to  shelter  from  the  enemy,  from  the  storm,  gegett  bett  ^feittb,  gegett  bett 

Stttrttt  fdjit^etu 

5.  from  your  dress,  you  are  poor,  beittettt  ^leibe  tta(^  Mft  btt  arttt* 

6.  how  far  am  I  from  Bonn?  toie  Wett  Ijabr  ic^  tiott  ^ier  nat^  SBotut? 

7.  she  was  silent  from  fright,  toor  ^ttr^t  fc^tnieg  fie» 

8.  they  died  from  hunger,  fie  fittb  fcor  §ttttger  geftorBett* 

9.  she  took  the  apple  from  him,  fie  Ijat  Ujttt  bett  3l^fe(  gcttottttttett* 

here:  Ijer  (the  opposite  of  fyitt;  see  there,  112),  a  separable  prefix  or 
suffix  implying  motion  toward  the  speaker  or  the  writer,  in  his  real 
or  his  assumed  position ;  Ijier :  as, 

1.  come  up  here,  (fotttttt)  Ijerattf ;  come  down  here,  (lotttttt)  Jjerttttter, 

2.  come  in,  Ijereitt ;  come  out,  Ijeratt^. 

3.  he  was  coming  over  here,  er  fattt  Jjerit&er* 

4.  where  do  you  come  from?  tuoljer  fottttttft  btt?  (or  tuu  fottttttft  btt  !^er?) 

5.  how  long  ago  was  it?  tflie  (attge  ift  e!§  f)er?/how  long  is  it  from  then 

till  now?) 

6.  it  was  many  years  ago,  e3  ift  Uiele  3a^re  Ijer* 

7.  hither  and  thither,  Ijitt  ttttb  !^er  (thither  and  hither). 

8.  they  are  not  here,  fie  fittb  ttidjt  fjier. 


108  A  GERM  AX  in:  ILL  BOOK 

however:  aber  (100,  i),  bod)  (97«),  jebooV  (97»),  »te  .  .  .  and]  (103,9):  as, 

1.  he  was,  however,  poor,  cr  wnr  abcr  <u  jcbudj  arm. 

2.  Aowetcr,  Ac  &«</  -  Mb,  fcurti  inure  cr  uiclc  ^rcunbc. 

3.  what  if  it  were  truef  wenn  co  tuirti  uuibr  inure  ? 

4.  notceter  ricA  you  become,  you  must  die,  uric  reid)  bu  and)  tutrft,  bu 

irnua  ftcrben.1 

if:  ob  (103,  i),  menu  (103,8),  the  inverted  order  (97,  i). 
in  :  an  (00,  a),  anf  (01,  x),  bet  (85,  4),  Jerein'  (see  here,  107),  ftinem'  (see  there, 
1  1  2,,  in  (92,  a),  nod)  (86,  4),  *»  $«*fe  :  as, 
1.  a  garden  rich  in  flowers,  tin  (Hartcn  rcid)  an  ^htmcn. 
•j.  in  this  way,  anf  biefe  gBetfe  ;  in  no  way,  anf  feine  g&etfe. 
8.  <e/i  me  that  in  German,  fagen  3te  mtr  bad  anf  bcutfd). 
4.  we  were  in  the  country,  ttir  roarcn  anf  bcm  i!nnbc.- 

they  were  walking  in  the  street,  fie  gtngcu  auf  bcr  3trim\ 

6.  in  the  daytime,  bet  2age  ;   in  the  night,  bet  (or  in   tut  Vuirtit. 

7.  in  trri<in(7,  he  makes  mistakes,  beim  rriircibcn  inadjt  cr  fyct|lcr. 

8.  come  //  .  ln-rnit  ;  90  in  at  the  door,  get  &ur  liir  Ijincin. 

9.  Ae  /ive«  in  f/»i«  «<ree  r.  cr  wot)itt  in  Meier  3tra$e. 

10.  in  o/(/  (ime«,  in  alcen  3^tn;  in  summer,  im  Sommcr. 

11.  /  >•//.///  /•»  fttrn  in  three  days,  in  brei  Xaqcii  fommc  id)  ^uriirf. 
rj.  xAe  is  in  a  house  in  the  village,  fte  ift  in  cincm  vnuie  tin  Turfc. 

13.  in  my  opinion,  he  is  right,  mciitcr  s])Jcimtitfl  itad)  l)at  cr  rcdjt. 

14.  you  were  not  in,  @te  warcn  nidjt  511  vnufc. 
in  any  way  :  ir'nci^iuic. 

in  behalf  of  :  Ijalbcn,  tyalber  (84,4),  wegen  (84,  9). 


in  —  ingr,  tnbcm'  with  a  verb  (102,5). 

—  iny,  the  infinitive,  or  a  clause  with  aid  (101,  a),  bettor',  e'fje  (101,4),  or 
na^bem'dO^y):  as, 

1.  I  saw  him  dancing,  id)  foft  i^n  tmr,cn. 

2.  before  departing  (before  you  depart),  bcoor  3tc  abrcifcn. 

3.  after  eating,  he  went  away,  nadjbcm  cr  gegeffen  ftartc,  ging  er  fort. 
in  no  way  :  anf  feine  itfcifc,  fct'itcc-njci]^. 

inside:  brinncn,3  ^cretn7  (see  here,  107),  (ineht7  (see  there,  112). 

1.  inside,  it  is  warm,  brinnen  ift  c&  warm. 
in  spite  of:  rrofc  (84,6). 
instead  of:  an'ftatt,  ftart(84,a). 
into:  in  (92,  a). 

aSee  1031.        2That  is,  not  in  town;  cf.  ttiir  ttwrcn  im  fianbe,  we  were 

in  the  i-mintr;/.  that  is,  not  abroad.         3brtltncu  = 


IDIOMS  109 

kind,  what  kind  of:  ttw3  fiir  eitt  (335). 

less:  toe'itiger  (39,4). 

like:  afjitlidj,  al§  (101,  2),  gent  Ijafceit,  gent  with  a  verb,  gleidj,  toie  (103,  9)  :  as, 

1.  that  is  just  like  him,  ba3  fieljt  Ujttt  aJjitlidj,  v 

2.  it  is  like  (as  heavy  as,  denoting  quantity)  lead,  e£  ift  fo  fdjtoer  ttl§ 


3.  it  is  like  (as  cold  as,  denoting  quality)  ice,  t§  ift  fo  fait  tote 

4.  I  like  bread,  id)  Ijafce  SBrflt  gertt  ;  I  am  fond  of  bread,  id)  Ijafce 

feljr  gent, 

5.  &e  likes  to  eat,  er  if?t  gent;  he  is  fond  of  eating,  er  ifft  fetyr  germ 

6.  they  like  meat  much  more  than  bread,  fie  Ijabcit  ^leiff^  fcief  Uelber1  al)§ 

SBrot 

7.  he  is  fonder  of  sleep  than  of  work,  er  fdjlaft  tiiel  Kefcer1  a(§  er  arfieitet* 

8.  he  likes  to  read  best  of  all,  er  (ieft  am  liefoften,1 

9.  he  went  away  like  a  soldier,  eittem  Solbaten  gleidj  ging  er  fort  (or  er 

ging  fprt  mie  ein  <Su(bat)» 
little  :  f  lein,  tue^iger  (39,  3)  :  as, 

1.  she  has  a  little  garden,  fie  Jjat  eiuett  lleinen  (Garten* 

2.  he  has  only  a  little  money,  er  fyat  mtr  toeing 
many  :  manner  (38,  i),  bieler  (39,  i). 

many  times:  tnanrf^ntal,  oft,  tJieFmaK^)* 

much:  toieler  (39,  i). 

near:  fcei  (86,4),  M(^t  Beif  nax^eBei:  as, 

1.  Pankow  near  Berlin,  $attfott)  fcei  ^ 

2.  near  the  house,  ttalje  bem  ^)a 

3.  near  (or  hard  by)  Leipzig,  bidjt  fcei  (or 

4.  from  far  and  near,  turn  na^  Uttb  fern  (from  near  and  far). 
neither  :  feitter  tJOtt  Beibett  (37,  4). 

neither  .  .  .  nor:  tueber  .  »  »  nO(^  (100,  9). 
no,  none:  leitt  (3,  i,  37,4):  as, 

1.  have  you  no  books?  Ijaft  bit  feilte  SMtdjer?  no,  I  have  none,  iteilt,  ir 

^a^e  leine* 

2.  I  do  not  want  any  of  these  books,  id)  ttritt  feiit3  kJOtt  biefen 

3.  none  of  us,  feiner  Doit  iw3» 

nobody,  not  anybody:  feitter  (37,4),  ttieittattb  (38,5). 

nothing,  not  anything:  ttidjt3  (38,4). 

not  only  .  .  .  but  also  :  itid)t  ttttr  »  »  »  fottbertt  and)  (100,  7). 

noway,  noways:  aitf  feme  235eifef  f 

nowhere,  not  anywhere  :  ttirgettb^f 


1  For  this  form,  see  gertt,  82,  i. 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

of:  the  genitive,  —  ,  onf  (91,  i),  and  (85,  a),  Don  (87,  i):  as, 
1.  the  roof  8  of  the  house*,  bic  ^adjer  bcr  ftaiifer. 

/  a  Sunday  (or  Sunday*),  (bed)  ®9ntttagd  ;   Wednesdays,  (bed)  Witt 


8.  3fonday  Me  1IM  of  May,  Woman  ben  11.  (=  dftcnj  Wai. 

4.  Mree  gla**e*  of  wine,  bret  (91ad  SSJcin. 

5.  proud  of  hi*  dress,  ftol.)  ouf  fcin  ftlcib. 

6.  Jlfr.  JT.  is  of  Dresden,  $m  9?.  if*  and  (or  Don)  Trctfbcn. 

7.  some  of  my  \ui\\t  Don  mrincit  3ad)tn. 

8.  a  table  of  beautiful  wood,  tin  Tifrtj  and  (or  Don)  fdjoncra  .fcolje. 

9.  tike  Win;  of  Prussia,  ber  fconia.  Don  *rcin 
10.  the  streets  of  Paris,  bic  3trafccn  Don  $artd.1 

off:  ab,  and  or  fort  \\  it  h  a  verb,  Don  (87,  i),  Don  ...  ab,  wctt  :  as, 

1.  o/and  on,  now  and  th<  n.  ab  unb  ^n. 

2.  {4  it  far  off?  if*  ed  Wfit  all  ? 

3.  faAce  off  your  A.//,  iiimm  bcincn  »^nt  ab. 

4.  7  drew  my  pfooe*  off,  id)  jog  mir  bic  .ftanbfdjuljc  and.1 
6.  /  must  be  off,  id)  mufi  fin  t. 

6.  he  fell  off  the  roof,  cr  fid  Dotn  Tadje  djcrnntcr  . 

7.  do  they  live  far  offf  woljitcn  ftc  wcit  Don  tjicr  ? 

8.  we  are  off  the  road,  ttir  ftnb  Dom  £$tQf  ab. 

9.  the  village  is  ten  miles  off,  bad  Xorf  iff  jcfjn  Wcilcn  toeit. 
of  ten:  oftr  DtermaKd):  as, 

1.  he  is  often  at  our  house,  er  ift  oft  bet  nnd. 

on:  on  (00,  a),  anf  (91,  i),  bei  (86,4),  fort  with  a  verb,  fiber  (92,4),  untcr 
(93,i),  meitcr,  gn(87,a):  as, 

1.  the  picture  is  on  •  tm#  ^tlb  ift  an  ber  fttanb. 

2.  she  knocked  on  the  door,  fie  flopftc  an  bic  Iiir. 

3.  on  Tuesday,  am  ticmtnfl. 

4.  from  to-day  on,  Don  tycutc  an  ;  from  this  moment,  Don  3tunbT  an. 

6.  'I  put  on  other  clothes  (changed  my  dress),  id)  $og  anbre  iileiber  an. 

6.  he  dressed  himself  quickly  ,  er  ^og  ftd)  fdjnell  an. 

7.  tAey  are  pofn0  on  a  journey,  fie  mad)en  fid)  aitf  bic  JHetfe. 

8.  on  the  first  opportunity,  bci  bcr  erftcn  (or  mit  crftcr.  (^dcgcn^ett. 

9.  she  went  on  writing,  fie  fuljr  fort  ju  fdjrcibcn. 

1  When  the  genitive  is  not  indicated  by  the  ending  of  a  noun,  or  by  a 
limiting  word,  Don  with  the  dative  is  generally  used.  Cf.  18*. 

2So,  also,  bic  3ticfd,  shoe*;  bcit  Worf,  coat;  bad  &leibr  dress;  bad 
$cmb,  shirt;  bte  StrfintDfe,  stockings.  Or,  with  a  reflexive  pronoun,  id) 
$og  mu$  and,  I  undressed;  id)  509  mid)  an,  /  dressed. 


IDIOMS  HI 

10.  he  spoke  on  health,  er  fpradj  ttfter  ®efiutbljeit 

11.  on  no  condition,  ttttter  feitter  SBebittgitttg, 

12.  and  so  on,  and  so  forth  (etc.),  ttttb  ffl  toeiter  (abbreviated,  it*  f*  tt»»)» 

13.  neither  on  foot  nor  on  horse,  ttteber  $tt  gruff  ttodj  511  ' 

14.  on  stepping  into  the  room,  I  saw  him,  al§  idj  ittg 

idj  ifjtt. 

on  account  of:  focgeit  (84, 9). 
once :  eitt'tttal,  eitttttaF  (never  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence) :  as, 

1.  once  a  year,  eitt'tttal  beg  Qaljreg  (or  bag  3d)*)* 

2.  /or  Mis  once,  fitr  eitt'mal;  once  for  all,  eitt'mal  fitr  aflemat* 

3.  all  at  once,  suddenly,  attf  ettt'mal;  once  more,  ttodj  eitt'tttal, 

4.  once  on  a  time  there  was  a  king,  eg  fear  eitttttaF  eitt  $i)ttig, 
one:  eitter  (35,  i). 

only :  eitt^ig,  erft  (=  not  before,  not  till),  ttttr :  as, 

1.  an  only  child,  eitt  eitt^igeg  ®ittb, 

2.  the  only  thing  that  he  had,  bag  eitt-^ige,  ttwg  er  Ijatte* 

3.  the  one  thing  she  yearned  for,  bag  eitt^ige,  tooitadj  fie  feljttte, 

4.  he  came  only  (not  till)  toward  evening,  er  fattt  erft  gegett  5lftettb» 

5.  only  a  word!  ttttr  eitt  2Bort!  only  (but)  go!  gel)  ttttr! 

6.  \f  he  were  only  here  I  toeitit  er  ttttr  f)ier  ttwre ! 

7.  Tie  alone  came,  ttttr  er  ift  gelomttteit* 

8.  only  (but)  I  cannot  go,  ttttr  barf  idj  ttidjt  gefyetu  / 
on  that  side  of:  jeVfeitg  (84,3). 

on  this  side  of:  btegxfeitg  (84,3). 

out,  out  of:  attg  (85,2),  Ijerattg7  (see  here,  107),  ljittattg/  (see  there,  112):  as, 

1.  she  is  out,  fie  ift  attg* 

2.  the  concert  is  out,  bag  ^Ott^ert  ift  attg* 

3.  it  is  made  out  of  gold,  eg  ift  attg  $olb  getttadjt* 

4.  please  co?ne  out  here,  ftitte,  fottttttett  Sic  Ijerattg, 

5.  he  was  looking  out  of  the  window,  er  faty  jttttt  fjettfter  l)tuauc% 
outside:  aitffer  (85,3),  attx^er^alft  (841),  brattfjett  (=J 

(see  here,  107),  Ijittattg7  (see  ^ere,  112) :  as, 

1.  it  is  cold  outside,  eg  ift  fait  bratt^ett* 

2.  out  in  the  world,  bratt^ett  itt  ber  SHMt* 

over:  ^erttxfter  (see  here,  107),  IjituFfter  (see  there,  112),  lifter  (92,4). 
past :  att  *  *  *  tjorfteixr  Uorftei7,  ttor^fter :  as, 

1.  do  you  go  past  the  post  office?  geljft  bit  ait  ber  ^oft  Uorftei? 

2.  we  are  past  the  village,  bag  $orf  ift  tiorftei* 

3.  what  is  past  is  past,  tuag  tiorftei  iftr  ift  tiorftei, 

4.  it  is  all  up  with  him,  tttit  Ujttt  ift  eg  gatt$  ! 

5.  the  rain  is  over  (past),  ber  O^egeit  ift  l 


I 

1 1  -  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

rather:  Ittbtr  (=  preferably ;  see  like,  109),  ftitmlidj  (=  somewhat) :  as, 

1.  /  had  rather  go,  idj  tttdftytt  licbcr  flcl)cn. 

2.  Ac  i*  raMer  (or  pretty;  (nil.  cr  ift  .titmlid)  grofj. 
round:  urn  (89,3). 

same:  btrftl'bt  (32, a),  tiucrlci' :  as, 

1.  it  i0  all  the  same  to  me,  eS  ift  mir  tintrlti. 
0et>eraf:  met7 rtrt  (38,3). 
since:  conjunction,  ba  <102,a),  fettbem'  (103,3);  preposition,  fett  (86,5). 
so  '=  therefore      al'fo   never  means  u also       Nirum',  fo:  as, 

1.  Mere  is,  therefore,  no  more  hopef  etf  ift  alfo  Itint  .^offnung  mclir  ? 

2.  /or  Mat  reason  /  *hall  remain,  barum  nicrbt  id)  blcibcn. 

3.  00  Jet  u0  90,  fo  lafftn  3it  un*  gtt)tn. 
«o  (=  thus) :  f o :  as, 

1.  it  is  no  longer  so,  e$  ift  nidjt  mcljr  fo. 

2.  3fr.  00  and  00,  $err  fo  unb  fo. 

3.  00  good  a  girl,  tin  fo  (or  fo  tin  gutto  SHabdjcn. 

4.  00  many  year*,  fo  niandjco  Jatjr. 

00  ...  as,  00  ...  Mat:  fo  .  .  .  baft  (102,4). 

00  long  as,  as  long  as:  folang'e  (103,5). 

some,   ti'nigcr  (36,3),  tin  paar  (38,6,,  ctwao  (36,4),  we^rere  (38,3),  wtlc^tr 

(39,  a). 

somebody,  anybody:  jttttattb  (37,3). 
something,  anything:  trwa^  (36,4). 
sometime:  cimunl,  of  the  future  or  of  the  past:  as, 

1.  /  shall  meet  him  sometime,  id)  wtrbt  if)m  tinmal  btgtgntn. 

2.  once  on  a  time  lived  two  brothers,  ed  Itbtcu  ctitmal  .^luct  i^riibtr. 
sometimes:  ti'nigcmalc,  mandj'mal:  as, 

1.  sometimes  he  went  to  church,  einigtmalt  ging  tr  in  bit  &ird)t* 

2.  he  went  to  town  sometimes,  tr  ging  mandjmal  .^ur  3tabt. 
sucA:  f olc^tr  (32, 3). 

than:  alo    UM.2  . 

that :  conjunction,  bamitr  (102, 3),  bag  (102, 4) ;  pronoun,  btr  (32, 1,3);  ad- 
jective or  pronoun,  jttttr  (1,2,  32,  i). 
Me  ...  Me:  jt .  .  .  btfto  (or  urn  fo),  jt  .  .  .  jt  (102,6,  102*). 
then :  alxfo  (see  «o  =  therefore),  ba,  ba'maid,  bann,  btnn  (=  pray ;  1002) :  as, 

1.  from  that  time  on,  Don  ba  an. 

2.  at  that  time  he  was  poor,  bainak?  war  tr  arm. 

3.  Men  he  came  back,  bann  ift  tr  suriirfgcfommcn. 

Mere :  ba,  bort ;  Ijin,  the  opposite  of  (|tr  (see  here,  107),  a  separable  pre- 
fix or  suffix  implying  motion  from  the  speaker  or  the  writer,  in  his 
real  or  his  assumed  position :  as, 


IDIOMS 


1.  there  are  your  rooms,  burt  finb  3tyre  gimmer* 

2.  go  up  there,  (gety)  tyinanf ;  go  down  there,  (gety)  tyinab* 

3.  go  in,  (gety)  tyinein ;  go  out,  (gel))  tyinan3* 

4.  he  was  going  across  (over  there),  er  ging  tyinitber* 

5.  they  went  down  stairs,  fie  gingen  bie  £re^e  tyinnnter, 

6.  where  are  you  going?  fciotyin  geljft  bn?  (or  ttJO  geljft  bn  tyin?) 

there  is,  there  were,  etc. :  e£  ift,  etc.  (325) ;  e3  gibt,  there  is,  there  are 
(literally,  it  gives,  that  is,  nature  gives'),  denoting  the  existence  of  per- 
sons or  of  things  in  natural  surroundings :  as, 

1.  are  there  animals  in  this  forest?  gibt  e3  Xiere  in  biefem  2Ba(be? 

2.  there  are  lions  in  Africa,  in  9lfrifa  gibt  e3  Sb'toen, 

3.  there  were  flowers  here,  e3  gab  SBlnmen  Ijier  (a  native  place). 

4.  no  prettier  garden  exists,  e3  gibt  feinen  fttyiweren  (Garten* 

5.  there  will  be  fish  to-day,  tyente  gibt  t$  SWe  (a  natural  event). 

6.  how  many  kinds  of  trees  are  there  here  ?  ttrie  tiiele  SSawne  gibt  e3  tyier  ? 
therefore:  see  so  (=  therefore),  112. 

this:  biefer  (1,2,  32,  i). 
through:  bnrtty(88,3). 
till:  bi3  (88,2). 

to:  the  dative,1  an  (90,2),  anf  (91,  i),  bi3  (88,2),  gegen  (89,  i),  in  (92,2),  natty 
(86,4),  tttn  .  .  .  a«  (895),  an  (87, 2) :  as, 

1.  she  said  to  me  that  she  had  money,  fie  fagte  tttirf  ba|  fie  GJelb  i 

2.  give  me  (that  is,  to  me)  the  book,  gib  mir  ba3  23ndj, 

3.  he  gave  her  the  letter  to  Elizabeth,  er  gab  iljr  ben  SBrief  an  < 

4.  sell  me  this,  tier  f  anf  en  (Sic  mir  bie^  (or  bie^  an  mitty)*1 

5.  write  me  a  letter,  fctyreibe  mir  einen  S3rief  (or  einen  23rief  an  mi^)*1 

6.  a  letter  to  Mr.  Hoffman,  ein  23rief  an  ^errn  ^uffmann*1 

7.  to  the  table,  an  ben  £ifdj ;  to  the  window,  an$  $enfter, 

8.  to  the  post  office,  anf  bie  ^Soft;  to  the  castle,  auf  ba^  Stty(o^» 

9.  to  the  country,  anf3  fianb ;  to  my  room,  anf  mein  Dimmer* 

10.  how  far  is  it  to  Hamburg?  wie  lange  banert  e^  bi^  ^ambnrg? 

11.  clear  up  to  the  university,  bi£  anf  bie  Unitierfttat2 

12.  from  Sunday  to  Friday,  tion  Smtntag  bi^  greitag* 

13.  from  one  to  seven,  tion  ein3  bi3  ficben* 

14.  friendly  to  my  brother,  frennblitty  gegen  meinen  23rnber» 

15.  he  went  to  a  house  in  the  country,  er  ging  in  ein  §an3  anf  bent  £anbe* 

16.  to  church,  in  bie  (or  anr)  ®irctye ;  to  school,  in  bie  (or  anr)  ©djnle, 

17.  to  the  church,  natty  ber  $irctye ;  to  the  schoolhouse,  nacl)  ber  ( 


1  The  indirect  object  is  expressed  by  the  dative  unless  an  or 
quired  for  the  sake  of  clearness.        2  See  882. 


A  GERM  AX  I  Hi  ILL  BOOK 

18.  to  town,  nod)  ber  (or  jur,  852)  3rnM. 

19.  he  returned  to  Heidelberg,  er  ging  not!)  .§cibclberg  jurucf. 

20.  she  is  going  to  her  «»/          fie  flcljt  »u  iijrcr  Xante. 

21.  «end  Charles  to  me,  fd)irfe  toarl  -,11  niir  or  an  mid),  1131). 

22.  Ae  went  to  buy  a  horse,  er  ging,  urn  cin  ^fcrb  ju  fanfcn. 


23.  he  wanted  to  buy  a  horse,  {  er  "^  ei"  *fcrfl1  "'."  fnufcn- 
'  ler  ttolltc  etn  s£rerl»  faiucn. 


24.  to  170  to  dinner,  &tt  Jifrtjc  gcfocn  ;  to  go  to  bed,  $u  Jtfctt  gcljeii. 
-i   26.  tfti«  <*  pood  to  drin*,  bird  if*  nut  jum  Irtnfcu. 
'  toward  :  a«f  ...*«,  gegen  (89,  i),  nod)  (86,  4),  no*  .  .  .  $n  (86«),  g»  (87,  a)  :  as, 

1.  /  went  up  to  (toward;  him,  id)  fling  anf  it)n  ,^u. 

2.  toward  the  south,  flca.cn  3iibcn  (or  nod)  3flben  j«). 

3.  friendly  toward  yon,  frcnnblid)  flCflcn  bid). 

4.  it  i*  toward  nine  (o'c/ocfc),  ed  ift  flCflCW  netm  (Ul)r  . 

5.  toward  town,  nod)  bcr  3tabt  (nod)  bcr  Stobt  ,)nr  or  ber  3tobt  ^n). 
ti.  he  has  a  liking  for  reading,  cr  t)at  I'uft  ,^um  l*cfcn.  4. 

under  :  tjintcr  (-  6eMnd,  92,  i),  nnter  (93,  i):  as, 

1.  the  sun  is  under  a  cloud,  Me  3  mine  ift  hiiiter  cincr  2$olfc. 

2.  the  ship  has  gone  under,  bod  Sdjij?  ift  untcrflCflanflcn. 

3.  the  world  will  go  under,  bie  ®clt  nrirb  nntcrflcljcn. 

4.  the  sun  sets  at  five  o'clock,  bie  3uuiie  nclit  urn  fiiuf  Ulir  ituter. 

6.  tnere  is  nothing  new  under  the  sun,  t&  flcfdjidir  niriiro  NJi  cuco  uiitcr  bcr 

3oiutc. 
until:  bid  (88,  a,  88«):  as, 

1.  unttZ  ei(/^t  o'clock,  bid  o$t  Ut)r. 

•j.  he  waited  yesterday  until  I  had  arrived,  er  nmrtcte  flcftcrn,  bid  id) 

onflcfommcn  iunr. 
up:  onf  (91,  i),  ftcronf  (see  here,  107),  fytnouf'  (see  t/iere,  112):  as, 

1.  he  went  up  and  down,  er  flinfl  auf  unb  ab. 

2.  the  sun  is  coming  up  (rising),  bic  3onnc  gc^t  auf. 

3.  /  do  not  get  up  early,  id)  ftcI)C  iiidit  friil)  auf. 

4.  come  up  Aere,  (fomm)  ^crouf  ;  go  up  there,  (gel))  ftinauf  . 

5.  you  were  coming  up  the  street,  3tc  famcn  bic  3tragc  Ijcrauf. 

up  stairs:  bie  Xreppc  ftcrouf7  (see  here,  107)  or  Jjinottf  (see  Mere,  112), 
obcn:  as, 

1.  he  lives  up  stairs,  cr  roofjnt  obcn. 
to;  bid  (88,  a),  bid  onr  bio  auf,  bid  jn  (S82):  as, 

1.  up  to  the  present,  bid  jefct  ;  up  to  to-day,  bid  Ijettte. 

2.  up  to  the  shore,  bid  and  Ufcr. 

3.  up  to  this  day,  bid  auf  ben  I)cutigcn  lag. 

4.  from  beginning  to  end,  toon  ftnfang  bid  $u  (£nbe. 


IDIOMS  115 

well:  adjective,  gefuub',  gut;  adverb,  nun,  foofjl,  toofjtott':  as, 

1.  he  looks  well,  er  fieljt  gefuub  au3, 

2.  all's  well  that  ends  well,  (£ube  gut,  afle3  gut 

3.  it  is  well  for  you  that  he  has  not  gone,  e3  ift  gut  fitr  bid)  ba$  er  uirf)t 

gegaugcu  ift, 

4.  how  are  you  ?  tone  gefjt  t§  Styneu  ?  I  am  well,  e§  geljt  ntir  gut 

5.  well,  what  do  you  want?  nun  (or  ttwljlan),  ttw3  ttmu'en  Sic? 

6.  sleep  well!  fdjlafcn  Sie  tool)!! 
1.  farewell!  lefce  tturfjl! 

w/ien:  a(3  (101,2),  ttjeuu  (103,8). 

1.  when  he  came  into  the  house,  dW  er  itt§  §au^  laut, 

2.  whenever  he  came  into  the  house,  niciut  cr  iu^  ^>au^  fdttt* 
when?  ttiauu?:  as, 

1.  ty/ien  is  Tie  going  to  town?  ttwtttt  gc^t  Ct  uat^  bcr  ©tabt? 

2.  they  asked  when  he  was  going  to  town,  fie  frogteu,  ttwmt  cr  uar^  bet 

@tabt  gittge, 
where:  tt)0f  ttHJ^er7  (see  here,  107),  uu^itt7  (see  there,  112):  as, 

1.  where  is  your  sister?  too  ift  bciuc  Sdjtoefter? 

2.  I  asked  where  your  sister  was,  id)  fragtcf  tt)0  bciuc  St^nieftcr  mar, 

3.  where  do  they  come  from?  toflljer  fommeu  ftc  ?  (or  tt>U  lomtUCU  fie  §et  ?) 

4.  where  is  he  going?  tooljut  gefjt  er?  (or  ttjo  ge^t  er  ^iu?) 

5.  they  ask  where  he  is  going,  fie  frageu,  ttwljitt  er  ge^e» 
whether,  if:  dB  (103,  i). 

which:  bet  (33,  i),  toeldjer  (1,2,  33,  i). 
which?:  toelcfyer?  (1,2,33,1,3). 
w/i^e:  ttia^reub  (84,8). 
who :  ber  (33, 1,3),  toeldjer  (33,  i). 
who?:  foer?  (33,4,5). 
whoever:  nier  (33, 1-3). 

with:  accusative  absolute,  att  (90,2),  fcei  (85,4),  iu  (92,2),  mit  (86,3),  tiUtt 
(87,  i),  tour  (93, 2) :  as, 

1.  he  went  out  hat  in  hand,  bett  §ut  iu  ber  ^aub  giug  er  au^, 

2.  I  am  suffering  with  toothache,  id)  leibe  an  S^ttfrfjwersen. 

3.  does  he  live  with  you?  uiflljut  er  6ei  ^wen? 

4.  I  have  no  money  with  me,  id)  Ijafce  fein  ($elb  Bei  mir* 

5.  go  with  them,  geljett  6ie  utit  iljnen* 

6.  he  came  with  all  haste,  er  ift  in  afler  (SUe  gelommen, 

7.  with  his  eyes  on  the  ground,  mit  ben  $ugen  auf  bem  SBuben* 

8.  he  was  overcome  with  drowsiness,  er  uwr  tium  Sdjlaf  iifiermannt 

9.  I  was  beside  myself  with  joy,  idj  mar  aufter  ntir  tior 
without:  o^ue  (89, 2). 


IK; 


<;/•:/; .w.i.v  DRILL  /;oo/i 


GRIMM'S  LAW 

Most  European  languages  are  related,  or  cognate,  for  they  have  the 
same  origin.  Our  ancestors,  coming  from  Asia,  spread  over  Europe. 
The  climate  changed  the  people  and  their  language.  The  law  govern- 
ing the  changes  of  the  consonants  called  mutes  was  discovered  by  the 
great  philologist  Jacob  Grimm. 

To  find  the  English  cognate  of  a  German  mute,  use  the  figures  be- 
low. Begin  with  the  mute,  and  follow  the  arrow  to  the  next  It  ti 


P-mutcsa 


T-mutes  * 


K-mutes  * 


ph         b 

th         d 

Ch            g 

P 

{JgJ       become. 

b 

(  double       1 

P-mutes  « 

b 

{Sib     } 

f 

fk*v     Y 

f 

(  frlfen    1  •          u 

P 

(help 
\sUep         J 

t 

/  lat       \ 
I  2"r      J 

d 

(  deed          1 
\  door          J 

T-mutes  - 

d 

f  banfen  \            u 
:      J 

th 

f  tAan*        ^ 
t  death         J 

f  SSaffer  ^6          u 

J  teaser        1 

8 

1  5«^n     J 

t 

\ten             J 

k 

\£>ede     / 

1 

r  6rid(/c       1 
\  hedge        ] 

K-mutes  - 

1 

(  gcftern  \ 

I      J 

y 

(  yesterday  "\  7 
\day            j 

ch 

f  bredjcn  1             <t 

k 

(  break        \ 
\  book          J 

1  In  German,  there  are  many  irregularities.  Because  of  earlier 
changes,  or  the  accent,  or  the  proximity  of  other  consonants,  the  mutes 
are  often  unchanged.  -  Or  labials  (lip  consonants). 

8  Or  dentals  or  linguals  (teeth  and  tongue  consonants). 

4  Or  gutturals  or  palatals  (throat  or  palate  consonants). 

6  f  for  ph.        8  s  (for  th)  =  any  s-sound  (f,  ff,  |,  $,  or  §).        7  y  for  ch. 


WORD  GROUPS 


117 


ttg,  building,  edifica- 
tion.2 78,i. 

bag  (SJeBaVbe,  building.     78, 2. 

.DerBan'en,  spend  or  ruin  by  build- 
ing. 80.3. 

5tt/Banen,  close  by  building  (build 
to),' 


folded    sheets    of    paper);     ber 
O^e'genBogen,  rainbow. 
fid)  DerBen'gen,  bow  (make  bend); 
Me  SiBerBett'gttttg,  bow,  curtsy. 


WORDS  GROUPED  ACCORDING  TO  THEIR  STEMS 

Batten,  Brwte,  geBant,  build,  cultivate:  as, 
ber  23an,   building,  cultivation;  ber 

^Jcf'erBan,  agriculture.1 
ber    Matter,   peasant,  farmer;  bag 

2$fltt/etntSbdjett,  peasant  girl. 
BeBan'en,  build  much  on,  cover  with 

buildings,  form.     76,  i. 
etBan'en,  build  out,  erect,  edify ;  Me 

Beten,  Be'tete,  geBe'tet,  pray  (keep  asking;  see  Bitten,  ask,  118,  i). 

Biegen,  Bog,  geBogen,  bend:  as, 
Me  23iegnng,  bending,  curve. 
ber  SBogen,  bow  (weapon),  arch,  sheet 

of  paper  (folded);    ber  SSil'ber* 

Bogen,  picture  book  (pictures  on 

Bieten,  Bat,  geBoten,  offer,  bid :  as, 
geBie/ten,    command;    ber 
ter,     commander ;    bag 
domain  (what  you  have   com- 
mand  over);     bag   (SJeBot',   bid- 

Btlben,  BUbete,  geBUbet,  shape,  form 

bag  S3i(b,  picture;  Me  SBiFberfdjrift, 
picture-writing,  hieroglyphics; 
bag  SBottBUb,  word  picture,  meta- 
phor. 

aB/Bi(ben,  shape  from,  draw;  bag 
5(B/BUb,  copy,  portrait;  Me  5tB/= 
BUbttttg,  delineation. 

Binben,  Banb,  geBiutben,  bind:  as, 
ber  SBanb,  Me  SBrutbe,  volume  (book). 

bag  23ttttb,  Me  SBiinber,  ribbon;  bag 

9trmBattb,    bracelet;    ba< 

Banb,  necklace. 
Me  SBanbe,  band,  company. 


ding,  commandment. 

in,  forbid;*    bag 
prohibition ;    UerWtett,    forbid- 
den. 


,  s/iape  oui,  develop;  Me 

,  development. 

ettt/6Ubettr  s/iape  within,  imagine; 
bie  (Smt^ttbuitg,  imagination. 

,  shape  after,  copy;  bie 
copy. 


ber  25ttttbf  alliance. 
ba3  S3iittbe(r  bundle. 
bag  SBiittbtttS,  alliance. 

wp,  unite;  bie  $ 
binding,   union;   tj 
,  binding,  obligatory. 


1  agriculture  from  Latin  ager,  ^eW,  colo,  fiZZ. 

2  edification  from  Latin  aedes,  house,  facio,  make. 
8forbid=bidforth,  order  away  (80,s);  cf.  "forsake,"  "forego." 


118 


.1   OEBMA  v   DRILL   noOK 


bitten,  bat,  gebcten,6«p,a*Jc;  bctcu,  bctete,  gebctct,^ra// (keep  asking):1  as, 


ob'bitten,  /><</  ujf\  excuse;  bie  Sib' 

bittc,  ai><>loyy. 
crbit'ten,  yet  by  entreaty.    78,  x. 

bcrfcn,  bcrftc,  gcbcrft,  rover:  as, 

bic     1>CCfc,     covt-riny.     rtiliny  ;     Me 

lijdi'bctfc,  /./•' 

bntf  Xod)r  roo/;  bic  Tadj'rtniic,  yut- 
ab'bcrfcn,  take  the  rover  off.  [ter. 
ouf'bcrfen,  take  the  cover  up,  lay 


bic  {jfftr'bittc, 
bod  Wclict  , 


r&  anlriny,  prayer; 
j,  i>rayerbook. 


bare;  bic  9luf^crfuiiiL  <  jrposure. 
cntbcffxcnr   d<*corer;    bie  ffntbcrf 

wng,  di«cocery.    77,  i. 
ocrbccfen,    co»er   away,    conceal; 

ba$  ^crbceT,  t/ecA-.    80,3. 


bcnfcnr  bad)tcr  gcbadjt,  think:  as, 
bcr    ^0ttfr    thank*  (thinking  of); 
banfbor,  thankful;  Me  Xanf'iuu 

fcit,  thankfulness,  [/ratitude. 

batfXcufnial,  reminder,  monun 

bad  tl^bcnfcn,  remembrance  (think- 
ing on);  bie  Sln'bart|tr  derotion, 
prayer. 

rtuo^cnfcn,  think  out,  contrive. 

bebcnrcn,  ///<«A-  m«r//  on,  consider; 
bcbcnf  lirti,  doubtful,  critical,  se- 
rious (requiring  much  thought) ; 
bcbadTtig,  considerate,  ca 

btcncn,  bicnte,  gcbicnt,  serve:  as, 
bcr  Wiener,  servant;  Me  Tie 'net-in, 

waidserrrtx^. 
bcbic'ncn,  wait  on,  help;  bcr   8e= 

bicnxtcr  valet. 

bringcn,  brang,  gcbrungcn,  throng,  press:  as, 


(having  much  thought).    76,  i. 
crbcnf'cn,    think   through  (excogi- 

tate),' contrite.    78,x. 
gcbcttf'eft,  keep  in  thought,  remem- 

ber;   bad    Qeba^ftttg,    remem- 

brance (keeping  in    thought), 

memory.    78,2. 
nadj'bcnfcn,  think  back  on,  reflect; 

nadj'bcnfltdi,  th,m<r 
ocrbcnf'cii,    think  amiss;  bcr  8cr= 


picious.     80,  3. 

ttcrbic'nctt,  earn  (get  by  serving), 
deserve  ;  bav  Scrbicn^7,  *ertrfce«, 
deserts;  Dcrbicnft^o^  undeserv- 
ing. 


briuncub,  pre«wnflr,  urgent. 
burdi'brinflcn,  ;>re««  through,  pierce, 

penetrate. 
burdjbrtnfl'cu,  pervade;  burdjbrin^ 

gcnbf  ptercingr,  intense. 
hardship. 


brangcnf  crowd,  hurry,  press;  bcr 
X ranger,  oppressor. 

bcbrang'cn,  pre««  hard,  oppress; 
bcr  Scbrang^r,  oppressor;  bie 
9ebran0'mdf  oppression.  76,  i. 
,  crowd  out.  80,3. 


1  bctcn  is  a  frequentative  verb,  formed  from  the  participle  gcbcrcn. 
Cf .  Latin  curso,  fceep  running,  from  curro,  rwn.  2  monument  from  Latin 
moneo,  remind.  8 excogitate  from  Latin  ex,  out  of,  cogitd,  think. 


WORD  GROUPS 


119 


brurfeu,  brurfte,  gebrttcft,  press,  print:1  as, 


ber  'Srurf,  pressure,  print  ;  bi 
ferei',  printing  office;  ber 
bruef,  expression;  bet  (gitt 
impression;  ber 
racy  (of  books). 


pi- 


eigen, own,  proper:2  as, 
bie  (H'genfdjaft,  property,  quality 

(own-ness)  ;    bag    (gi'gettfdjaft^ 

tourt,  adjective  (quality  word). 
ber    (Sii'gettfttttt,    willfulness   (own- 

mindedness)  ;  ei'gettfittttig,  willful. 

eitt,  one:  as, 

afleitt',  all  by  yourself,  alone.* 
eitt'fadj,  single,  plain. 
ettt'falttg,  simple,  silly  (one  fold); 

bie  (Sittfalt,  simplicity. 
Cttt'fiinmg,  uniform  (of  one  form). 
bie  (Stttfjett,  oneness,  unity.5 
ein'ig,  united;  toem'ttigen,  unite. 

fatten,  fief,  gef  aflen,  fall  :  as, 
ber  Satt,  fall,  case.1 
aufxfalttettr  strike,  astonish  (fall  on); 
mtffaflettb,  remarkable. 
n,  befall,  attack.    76,  i. 

,  applaud  (fall  in  with); 
ber  S3ctfattf  applause. 

leit^^a^,  likewise. 
tt,  occur  to  (fall  in  upon)  ; 
ber  ($mfaflf  tfcZea. 

gcfaFlen,  please  (agree  with);  gc= 
faix%  pleasing.     78,2. 


bntcfen,  press. 

au^/briitfenf  press  out,  express. 
fcebriu^en,  oppress.    76, i. 
UttterbriicFen,  suppress;  bie  Untcr= 


,  proper,  properly. 
§  (S^getttum,  property;  ber 
gctttiimcr,   owner; 
own,  peculiar;'3  bie  (£igetttihtt/s 
ltd)fcitf  peculiarity. 


one   Wme,   once;   eittmaF, 
at  some  time  or  other,  once. 

ein^am,   lonely;*  bie  (gi 
ZoneZmess. 

citt^ijnig,  monotonous^ 

tin'$tlnf  single. 

eitt^ig,  only. 


displease  ;    ntifj'f  iiJligr 

displeasing.     79,  i. 

aM   on,    attack;    ber 
,  attac*. 


ber  Uttxfa!fff  accident. 


^/aZ?  away,  decay.7    80,  3. 
t»0r/faflettr  /aM  before,  happen  ;    ber 
incident. 

/a^  ^o  pieces.    81,  i. 
a^  ^o;  ber  Bitfft 
dent  ;**  5ttxfaJItgf  accidental. 


1  press  from  Latin  premo,  press.        2-proper  from  Latin  proprius,  own. 

3  peculiar  from  Latin  peculiaris,  of  your  flock;  cf.  "pecuniary." 

4  alone,  lonely  from  Old  English  al  (aZZ),  one  (one),  all  by  yourself. 

5  unity  from  Latin  unus,  one.        6  monotonous  =  of  one  tone  (Greek). 
7  case,  decay,  accident  from  Latin  cado,/a^. 


L20 


A  GERMA.\  DRILL 


fatten,  fnftcte,  grfalirt,/ofci:  as, 
ciii'faltifl,  simple,  silly. 
cittfnl  ten,        "Id,  develop  ;  bie  Chrt« 

f!,  unfolding.     77.  i. 


fangen,  ftng,  grfangeit,     /    /<:  as, 
ber  Wefang'ene,   captive;    bie  dk« 

fniij]  cit  licit, 

an'fangen,  bey  in  (take  hold  of); 
ber  Sln'fang,  beginning  ;  ber  fc«'' 
fnmier,  beginner;  ber  ttn'fang* 
burtntabe,  initial  letter  ;  an'fttMg*, 
at  Me  beginning. 

fUe&en,  flofi,  gefloffen,  ./low  :  as, 

fttefcciib,  >»!/•/>/.  /;, 

Alicf;  punier,  '  /omnjr  paper. 
bcv  ^lufj,  Hcer  (flower). 


utcl  Miitiji,  mantfold,  various. 

Ml  f.lltCH,  fnld  tojoldup. 

jwei'falrig,  twofold,  double. 

befong'en,  hold  tight;  befaitfl'cu, 
prejudiced,  embarrassed  (held 
tight) ;  bie  fcefang'enljett,  preju- 
dice, embarrassment.  76,x. 

empfang'en,  receive  (771);  ber  <£wy 
fong7f  receipt,  reception. 
78,  a. 


fro  ,7-1  ut,  rtood,  tide. 

citi  ftiegen,  flow  into;  ber  (Sinftofe 


; !  ciii  flu§rci4,  <r\/ftten- 
(ia/  (rich  in  influence), 
u'berfliefcen,  flow  over;  ber  fi'ber 
f(n(r  overflow,  abundance;  fi'ber 


uerflie^e«,>row  away.    80,3. 


4        folgen,  folgte,  gefolgt,  witli  n.,  follow:  as, 


bic  ^ulcic,  '  "/ixeguence.1 
forgeubernieife,  as  follows. 
fol'iienlo^,  without  consequence. 
folglid),  consequently. 
folgfam,  obedient,  obsequious. 
erfol'flcu,  follow  from,  result;  ber 
(vrfolg',  result.     78,  i. 

5        frcmb,  Grange, foreign:  as, 
frcmb^rrig,  heterogeneous, 
•angeness. 


JJrem'benbudj,  Aofei  register;  ber 
Srenfbenfulircr^'/^id 
bcnftube,  grues^  chamber. 


C&efol'ge,  'r«*n»  re«nuc.    78,  a. 

nodi'folgen,  follow  after,  succeed; 
ber  ^a^xfolgerr  successor. 

oerf orgcn,  pursue,  persecute  (follow 
to  the  end) ;  ber  Serforgcr,  per- 
secutor; bie  Serforgttng,  perse- 
cution. 80,3. 


ber  ^rembling,  stranger,  foreigner. 

frcmb'ffirfjrig,  aping  foreign  man- 
ners. 

ba§  gfrembttiort,  foreign  word ;  ba§ 
8remb/worterbu(^r  dictionary  of 
foreign  words. 


1  influence  from  Latin  in,  into,  flu6,  flow. 

*  superfluous  from  Latin  super,  orer,  fluo,  flow. 

8  consequence  from  Latin  cum,  with,  sequor,  follow. 


WORD  GROUPS 


121 


bet  Sfrettttb,  friend  :  as, 
bie  greunbitt,  friend,  sweetheart. 
fmutbltcfy,  friendly;  bie  ^rewtb'Iid): 

f  Ctt,  friendliness. 
frettttbl03,  friendless. 

gefcett,  gab,  gegefcett,  give:  as, 
ba§  ®e&eit,  giving. 
btit&tfaVf  giver;  bieC^e'fceritt,  giver. 
bie  ®afce,  o/iA. 

a&'gefcen,  hand  over,  give  up. 
aufgefcett,  give  up,  set  (as  a  task), 

abandon;    bie   ^ttfgafce,   giving 

up,  task,  lesson. 
au^'ge&ett,  g^e  out,  pay  ;  ber  5tu^x= 

gefcer,  dispenser. 
fid)  fcege'fcett,  oetafce  yourself;  t§  fce= 


gegen,  toward,  against,  opposite: 
bie  ^e/genbf  country.1 
ber  (Sfe^Cttftattb,  object.2 
ba^  ^cxgCtttcUr  contrary  (opposite 

part). 
Me  ®c/genttiartf  presence  (waiting 

opposite). 
ber  6^/nerf  opponent. 


gdjett,  ging,  gcgangen,  sro:  as, 
ber  ®<mgf   going;   ber   5lu§xgattgf 

exit;*    ber   ^^gong,    entrance; 

gangfcar,  passable,  current. 
aufgcljcn,  nse  (of  the  sun);    ber 

$ufgattgf  rising.    Cf.  awffteljen, 

129,4. 

burtf>/gel)cnf  #o  through;  burt^/gc= 

J)eitbr  passing  through,  piercing. 


;  frcunb/= 

f  friendly ;  bie  gtCttttb^ 
f (^aftUc^fettf  friendly  disposition, 
amicableness. 


gifct  ftc^,  i«  happens;  bie  25cgc/s 

I6en^eitf  event. 
crgexbenf  g'ive  entirely,  submit;  ev* 

ge/bcttf  devoted;  ba§ 

2/^e/d,  product;   bie 

submission.     78,  i. 
ttmgc/fienf  surround  (give  round); 

bie  Utttge/6lingf  surroundings. 
ticrge/Benf  ^i??e  away,  forgive;  bie 

^erge^iutg,  gift,  forgiveness. 

as, 

fiegeg^tcn,  with  D.,  meei,  oppose  (go 

toward  or  against). 
bage''geitf  on  ^e  contrary. 
etttgc/gcnf  over  against;  cntge/gctt= 

gefyen,  with  D.,  ^o  ^o  meet. 
cntgegxttenf  reply  (put  over  against) ; 

bie  ^tttgeg/ttungf  reply. 


Ctttgc/^cttf  get  away,  escape.    77,  i. 

crgex!)cnf  come  out,  happen.    78,  i. 

Derge^en,  go  away,  transgress;* 
ba§  $erge/Jjettf  transgression  ;  bie 
S5ergattg/cn()citf  the  past.  80,3. 

^gefjett,  ^o  to;  ber  3«0«i«gf  «P- 
proach;  5U/gangU(^f  approach- 
able. 


1  country  from  Latin  contra,  opposite.  2  object  from  Latin  ob,  be- 
fore, iacio,  throw. 

3  exit  from  Latin  ex,  out  of,  eo,  go.  4  transgress  from  Latin  trans- 
gredior,  step  across. 


122 


A  GERMAN  Dill  LI.   HOOK 


grabcn,  grub,  gcgrabcn,  dig:  as, 
bad  ©rab,  grave;  bad  Oka'bccbuu 

fel,   darkness  of  the  grave;  bic 

(^rabfdjrift,  epitaph. 
bcr  Wrnbeii,  >litch. 
bev  Wrabcr,  digger;  bcr  lo'tciijirn 

bcr,  gravedigger. 

•rube,  pit,  mine;  bic  OtaTbcn 

arbcir,  worfrinp  in  a  mine. 

greifeu,  griff,  gcgriffen,  r/raap,  aeize 

au'grcifcn,   aei*e  on;  bcr    ttngriff, 

attack. 

bcgrci'fcn,  grasp,  understand;  bcr 
comprenenaion,    idea ; 
ty,  comprehensible. 


flritliclit,   cudgel  your  brains  over 

(work   like  a   digger);    crgrii' 

beltt,  puzzle  out.    78,  i. 
n u -;•  a ni lu-it,      ';/   out,  diainter;  bic 

8K#'grabung,  diainterment. 
bcgrn'bcn,  bury  (cover  with  earth) ; 

bad  Btflrlb'Ktt,  burial.    70, . 
ncrgra'bcn,  /uc/eintAefirround.  80,3 

an, 
ocrgrci'fcn,  aeize  wrongly,  offend. 

ttor'grctfcn,  aeize  beforehand,   an- 

ate.1 
Su'grcifcn,  lay  hold. 


3        fjabcn,  f^attc,  gc^abt,  have:  as, 
^anbrl)abcti,  have  in  hand,  manage. 
toorauo'ljabcii,  have  in 


ttor'fjabcn,  nave  6e/ore  you,  intend. 
,  tce«  to  do. 


\\,  Ijtelt,  getialten,  hold:  as, 
r,  fena&Je,adura&fe;  bie  .^nlt 
barfcit,  durability. 
bie  £ialtung,  nttitmh.  behavior. 
bcftartcn,  keep  (hold  tight).    76,  i. 
cin'lialtcn,  hold  in,  check,  keep. 
cr^artcn,   uphold,  maintain,  sup- 

rt    78,i. 
fcft'ljattcn,  holdfast,  cling. 

5        bic  $anb,  nand:  as, 

Ijaubclu,  Aave  in  hand,  trade;  bcr 
^>anbcl,  business;  ber  ^anblcr, 
dealer;  bio  ,<panblung,  action, 

bie  .^anbfrf)rtft,  manuacript.4  [trade. 

bcr  ^nubfrfiul),  firiove  (hand  shoe). 


iinterfyaCteit,    auatain,8    entertain;  , 
bie  Uuterlial  runn,  converaation. 

ucrlinl'tcu,  hold  back;  fid)  ucrfjal' 
ten,  behave,  do;  bad  8crftartcuf 
behavior;  bad  Cerfjiiinti*,  re/a- 
tion,  connection. 

Dor'ljalten,  hold  before,  hold  up  to, 
reproach,  reproach  with. 


bad     ^anbwcrf,     handicraft; 

4>onb/tt>cr!crr  mechanic. 
arfcr^onb,  a//  kinds  of. 
betyat^bcln,    handle;    bic 

lung,  handling^  treatment. 


bcr 


1  anticipate  from  Latin  ante,  before,  capid,  tafce.  2  tenable  from 
Latin  teneo,  /<»»/>/. 

9  sustain  from  Latin  sub,  under,  teneo,  Ao/J.  *  manuscript  from 
Latin  manus,  Aand,  scribo,  write. 


WORD  GROUPS 


123 


Ijattgett,  ljutg,  geljattgen,  hang  (intransitive):  as, 


bet 


,  declivity. 


afe'Ijattgett,  hang  from,  depend;  ber 
5t&fjattg,  sfope  ; 


£;  bie  Wfyattgtgfeit,  dependence. 


ber 


fjattgett, 


f  appendix. 
,  hang  before;  ber 
f  curtain. 

(transitive). 


ba§  §au£t,  head  :  as, 
ber  ^duptttttg,  chief. 
Me  ^aupt'fadje,  cMe/  £/* 

fadj'ttdj,  cftie/,  chiefly. 
bie  ^aupt'ftabt,  capital. 

prett,  prte,  geljijrt,  ftear:  as, 
auf'ljiJrett,   cease  (listen  to),  stop; 

tlttaufljifr'lidj,  unceasing. 
edjti'mt,  hear,  grant.     78,  i. 
gep'rett,  with  D.,  belong  to;  gcp/= 

rig,  belonging  to.     78,2. 

feljten,  feljrtef  gele^rtf  turn:  as, 
belc^ren,  convert;  bie 

conversion. 
eu^fe^rcn,  turn  in;  bie   Cmt^el 

resort. 

Me  ^ettttfefjr,  return  home. 
bie  3ftitrffef)rf  return  (turn  back). 
ttltt/fel)renf   £wrn   round,  overturn; 


!,   assert  (put  first);   Me 

ng,  assertion.     76,  i. 
Cttt^au^xtCttf  behead.    77,  i. 
,  chiefly. 


,  obedient  (hearing);  ber 
fattt,  obedience.  78,2. 

I)orrf)enf  Zis£en  ;  ber  §ori^erf  listener, 
eavesdropper. 

geljoi/djett,  with  D.,  obey.    78,2. 

version  ;  bie  Um/!c^ritttgf  turning 
over  ;  um/gcfe^ttr  turned  over. 

t,  pervert,  frequent;  ticr= 
^  perverted,  upside  down; 
ber  $erfeljr/,  association.    80,3. 
tt>ie/bcr!e^rcttf   recur   (return);    Me 
recurrence. 


bie  tlm'feljr,  turning  back,  con- 
fommett,  lam,  gelflmmen,  come:  as, 


it,    come  from;    ber    yHW- 

!0mmling,  descendant;  bie  3t6/= 

Ittttft,  birth. 
an'fommett,  arrive;  ber  5tn/liintin= 

Iittgf    newcomer;    bie    3lttxlttnftf 

arrival. 

ntt^futtttttCtt,  come  up,  come  into  use. 
au^/fommettf  come  out,  make  ends 

meet;  ba§  ^U^fommett,  living; 

bie  gluS'ftutft,  information. 
ci^f ommcttf  co?ne  in  ;  ba§  ®itt/lDitt= 

mettf  income;  bie  (Sitt^imf  ter  1 
bie  Jper/fttttft,  6iri/i,  parentage. 


5ttriitfxfe^rcnf  turn  back,  return. 

fitnf/tt^f  coming,  future. 

,   come    after,  follow; 
bie  Stfad^fommettdjaft,  posterity. 


uBcrcitt/Iomtttcnf 


^tttett,  go  to  ruin,  degenerate  ; 

bie   Skrfom^ettljett,    depravity. 

80,3. 
Uoflfoit^men,    complete;    Me    S5off= 

|pttt/mett^Cttr  completeness. 
ttriflfun^men,  welcome. 
SU^ommen,  come  £o;  bie  3ufunftf 

coming,  future;   ^fiittfttg,  /w- 


Li4 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


Inbcn,  lub,  getaben,  load;  ask:1  as, 


bic  t'nbc,   chest,  case  (s  thing  for 
holding)  ;  bie  Sdjnb'labc,  '/rawer 
(fdjicbcit, 
l'ii  bung,  loading. 

bcla'bcn,  load.    70.  i 

ctH'lnbctt,  load  in;  a  IMH' 

Inbuiifl,  leading;  i*. 

entla'bCIl,   niilnml.      77,  X. 


Inftcn,  be  a  burden;  bic  £aft,  bur- 

1  a  ft  bar,   a6le  to  bear 
dens;    (afttg,     burdensome;    fcc« 

-"I/;    bic 
annoyance. 
bclnft'en,   burden;    bie 

burden.    76,  i. 
cutlaft'en,  un&urden.    77,  i. 

gelaffen,  r  aim  (giving  up  entirely) ; 
bicCHelaf'fenficit,  "«•*«.  78, a. 

nadj'Inm-H,  Te  behind,  let  go; 
iiadrififfig,  careless;  bic  Had)7* 
I iih" illicit,  carelessness. 

ucrlaf 'fen,  forsake  (leave  by  going 
from) ;  fidj  oerloffen  anf,  depend 
on  (abandon  yourself  to);  $*'• 
tKrldfjig,  to  be  depended  on.  80,3. 

uerlcB'en,  injure  (leave  alone);  bie 
$erle$'ung,  injury;  le^t,  lost 
(most  left  alone). 

(cibcn,  litt,  nclitten,  suffer;  Icitcn,  Icitctc,  geleitet,  lead;§  as, 
ifciben,  suffering;  bie  l'ci'bcu=      mit'Iciben,  Buffer  with,  sympathize; 

ba$  ^iir'leib,  ba§  SJit'leibcn, 
sympathy,  compassion;6  mit'Iei* 
big,  sympathetic,  compassionate. 

Icttcn,  lead;  ber  Setter,  leader;  bie 
L'citcr,    ladder;    ber    SJeir'faben, 
leading  line,  text-book;  bie   I'ci 
tung,  direction. 

ab'leiten,  lead  off ,  derive ; 
abletter,  lightning  rod. 


laffcn,  Itcij,  gelaffen,  fef,  leave:  a 
laffig,  lazy  (letting  things  go);  bie 

V,n  untcit,  /azines*. 
ab'laffcn,  feate  ojf  ;  unablaf  'fig,  «"- 

A  a.sMM/. 
nii'lnffen,    fef   r/o   mi;    bcr  9lnla|y 

cau«e  (letting  go  on),  occasion  ; 

ueran'la  jfcn,  cauee  (make  go  on), 

occasion;      bic      ^crnn'lnfjtt«gr 

cau*e,  occasion. 

crliif'fett,  let  go  forth,  proclaim  ;  bcr 
j7,  release,  proclamation  ;  bic 
f  'fuug,  release,  publication. 


pa«rfonafe;  Ici'bcnfdjaft^loo, 
passionate. 

baS  £etbr  sorrow;  Icibcr,   un/ortu- 
nately  ;  bclct'biflcn,   offend;   bie 
,  offence;  mtlctb'lirf), 


crlct'bcn,  endure  (suffer  through). 

T-.i. 


1  Originally,  there  were  two  verbs,  spelled  almost  alike,  one  meaning 
load,  the  other  meaning  osfc. 

2  In  ber  3ffn/ftcrlabcn,  shutter  (window  board),  and  ber  ftnuf'labcn, 
shop,  store  (trading  board),  1'abcn  is  from  a  root  meaning  ooard. 

8  Iciben  =/are,  go,  then  fare  badly,  suffer;  leitcn  =  niafce  go,  lead. 

4  passion  from  Latin  patior,  suffer. 

6  sympathy  (from  Greek)  and  compassion  (from  Latin)  =  suffer  with. 


WORD  GROUPS 


125 


mt'lettett,   guide  (lead   to),   train; 

bie  Sltt'leitttltg,  training. 
Beglet'tett  (for   begelei'ten),   accom- 


pany (lead  round  with) ;  ber  S3e= 
gfei'ter,  companion. 

Hegett,  fag,  gelegen, 

bie  Sage,  situation. 

ba3  Sager,  bed,  camp;  Befa'gent, 
besiege;  ber  SBel^gerer,  besieger; 
bie  SBefa'genutg,  siegre. 

afe'gelegett,  fo/ino:  ojf,  distant,  re- 
mote; bie  Wgelegettljeit,  dis- 
tance, remoteness. 


eitt'leiteit,   lead  in,  introduce;  bie 

Cfmt'leitmtg,  introduction. 
gelei'teit,    escort  (lead  with);    bd§ 


r  escort,  safe-conduct;  ber 
(Skleit^'fcrief,  passport. 

;  legen,  legte,  gelegt,  lay  (make  lie) :  as, 

bie  ^tt'gelegettfjeit,    concern  (lying 

next  you), 
bie  (SJete^ettljeit,  opportunity  (lying 

together).     78, 2. 

t>erle/gett,  lying  apart,  scattered, 
perplexed;  bie  SBerle^ettljeit, per- 
plexity. 80,3- 


nterfett,  merfte,  gcmcrltf  mark,  notice:  as, 


merfBar,  merflir^,  perceptible. 
merFttiutbig,  noteworthy ; 

ttJiirbigleit,  remarkableness. 
an'merf enf  mark,  note ;  bie 

fungr  note. 


mogett,  ntor^te,  gemo^t,  may,  be 
bie  SDfaufjt,  power ;  marfjttg,  power- 
ful; fi^  Bemari^^tgett,  tafce  pos- 
session o/;  bie  ^UFtttfldjt,  omni- 
potence; bie  D^tttat^t,  weak- 
ness ;  oljn'madjtig,  powerless ;  bie 
superiority ;  bie 
oiuer. 


ber  $hit,  /iear«,  spirit:  as, 

bie  5ttt/ntutf  charm  (next  to  your 
heart);  att'ttUlttg,  charming. 

bie  ^>e/mutf  humility;  be/miittgf 
humble;  be^iittgen,  humiliate. 

ba§  (^ctttitt7,  feelings;  gemiit^id), 
kind  (full  of  feelings);  bie  ®e= 
miit^i^fett,  sociability.  78,2. 

ber  ^otyntttt,  pri(?e  (high  spirit),  in- 
solence; I)0d)/muttg,  insolent. 

mutig,  spirited,  courageous. 

spiritless;    bie   3)lttt/Ioftg= 


aufmerfew,  marfc,  put  down ;  an^- 
merffam,  attentive;  bie  Slufmerf* 
famleit,  attention. 

Bettterxfett,  observe  (note  much); 
bie  SBemet/fttttg,  remark.  76,  i. 

as, 
bie   ^Jlagb,    maid  (able  one);    ba3 

miigltrf),  possible;  miigltdjft,  most 
possible;  bie  ^ijg7^^^^,  possi- 
bility. 

tjettttii/gett,  have  power;  ba§  %$w* 
mii/gettf  means,  fortune. 


hit,  dejection. 

ber  Ux5crmutf  haughtiness;  ii'fiet* 
tttiittg,  haughty. 

nermit/tenf  suppose,  guess ;  &enmtt/5 
(it^|f  likely, probable;  bte$ermu/s 
tuttg,  supposition,  presumption. 

bie  ^Bef^mut,  sadness;  ttie^miitig, 
sad. 

^mutett,  require,  demand  (have  to 
your  liking) ;  bie  ^^INtttttttg,  de- 
mand. 


126 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


i        nad),  toward,  after;  nafje,  uhljcr,  am  ntidjften,  near:  as, 
bnnnrt)',  thereupon  (after  that). 
bcmimd)',  accordingly. 
bcr  Wadibnr,  netyrtaor;1  bie  Had)': 

barfdjaft,  ndan&orflood. 
nartjbcm',  a/ter  that,  when. 
naaVgeben,  give  in  to;  nadj'flicbifl, 

yielding. 
nadjfjer',  afterwards. 


bcr    Wnrtucil,    >li*adtantaye   (after 

part). 

bciiin'lie,  almost,  nearly  (near  by). 
Me  Wftlpe,  nearneu;  fid)  nat)ernr  ap- 
proach. 

,  /  •    '  time,  by  and  by. 
,  next,  first  qf  all. 


itcljmcn,  iinlim,  flniommcii. 


ab'netjmen,  decrease  (take  off). 
an'netjmett,    receive   (take    beside 

you);  an'genefim,  agreeable. 
nut  ncljmeit,  take  up,  receive. 


attl'nefymen, 


ouf,  except;*  bie 


c,  '.rception. 
teirnetjmeit,    /afce   part    in;    toil 


ucruclj'incii,  perceive,  under*/ 
bie     ^ernunftxf     understanding, 
reason  ;  uerniiiif'tig,  reasonable; 
oernunft'lod,  unrea«ona6/e. 

uur  uchrn,  no6ie,di««n^uwAed (taken 


3        raten,  ricr,  geratcn, 
ber    9tat,    counsel;   bad 
townhall. 


erra'tcu, 


out,  solve.    *1S,i. 


before  others). 

ju'ncbmcn,  increase  (take  to);  bad 
SH  iteljmeu,  increase. 

i,  advise,  counsel:  as, 

,  tools,  furniture.    78,  a. 
betray  (advise   badly); 
ber  Sertttf,   treason;  ber  8er* 
ro'ter,      traitor;     uerro'ierifoX 
treacherous.     80, 3. 


puz- 


Mc  OJcmcin'bcrnt,  Common  council 
gcra'ten,  come  upon,  get  into.  78, 2. 


ber  $or'ratf  atore  (counsel  before- 
hand), provision  .s 


rcd)tf  right,  just ;  rtd)tenf  moJke  right,  raise,  erect:  as, 

ber  Mtrffter,  judge. 

auf'red)tr  upright,  erect.  bad 

geredjt',  ju*t  (made  right);  bie 
redj'rigfett,  justice, 
lorongr. 


rii^ttgr  riciht,  correct;  bie 
!eitf  correctness;  a 
<,  honest. 


't  judgment,  court. 
j,  direction. 

benaoYridjrigen,  inform,  advise. 
beridj'ten,  report;  ber  Serir^^,  re- 
port, minutes. 

ciu'rtdjren,  put  right,  regulate;  btc 
|f  arrangement. 


fcufrcr^t,  perpendicular. 


^bar,  -6or  =  S5auerf  peasant,  6oor.  2  except  from  Latin  ex,  out, 
capio,  take.  *  provision  from  Latin  pro,  before,  vided,  see;  cf.  "provi- 
dent," "prudent." 


WORD  GROUPS 


127 


wttettidj'ten,   instruct,   teach;    ber 
ttn'tettidjt,  instruction. 


n,  raafce  read?/  (put  right)  ; 
bie  Su'tidjtttttg,  preparation. 


fdjeiben,  fdjieb,  gefdjieben,  separate, part,  divide:  as, 


ofc'fdjeiben,  part,  depart;  ber  $&'= 
fd)ieb,  departure,  dismissal. 

fcefrfjei'ben,  allot  (put  in  parts),  in- 
form, order;  ber  SBefdjeib',  an- 
swer, information ;  fcefdjei'ben, 
modest  (as  allotted);1  bie  23e= 
fc^eixben^eitf  modesty. 

entfrfjeFben,  decide;2  bie  ©ntf^ct72 
bnngf  decision;  cntfc^te^cn,  de- 
termined ;  bie  ^ntf  ^ic^cn^cit,  de- 
termination. 77,i. 


nntetf  djei'ben,  distinguish  (separate 
from  each  other);  ber  tttt/ter= 
fdjieb,  difference;  unierfdjie'ben, 

distinct. 

tJcraB^icbcn,  dismiss.8    80,3. 
tierft^ic/bcttr   different  (put  apart), 

80,3. 
piece  o/  wood  (part). 


ber  (5djettelf  crown  of  the  head. 
fdjettent,  ?>e  wrecked  (split  to  pieces), 


be  thwarted. 


fdjte&ett,  fd)0&r  0efc^o6cttf  shove,  push:  as, 


ber  Sdjttfc,  s/iove,  pus/i  ;  bag 
f  ar^f  bie  StffuFlabe,  drawer  ; 
Sr^ttb^cttftc^  sas/i;  ber 
fatten,  wheelbarrow. 

Utt/tetfrf|iel6cnr  push  under,  substi- 


tute;  bie  ttn^etfdjiefcnng,  substi- 
tution, forging. 

nf  deto^  (push  away) ;  bie 
SBetfrfjte^nng,  delay.    80,3. 
bie  Sdjanfelf  shovel. 


r  gcft^lagcn,  s^fce:  as, 


ber  @r^lagf  stroke,  blow  ;  frfj(agcnbf 
striking,  convincing;  ber  <Sd)la= 
getr  striker,  fighter,  batter. 

bie     (Sdjfadjt,     6a^ie    (dealing    of 


blows);5  fdjlndjten,  butcher;  ber 


tf  bvtcher; 
b,  war  horse. 

,  strike  against;  ber5(n/s 
f(i)lagf  striking  at,  estimate,  plan, 
plot. 
al^fdjlagen,  strike  off,  refuse. 


anffrfjtogen,  strike  up;  ber  5lnf/= 
fdjfog,  striking  up,  rising  of  price. 

Ctfr^l^gcn,  kill  (strike  through). 
78,i. 

ber  9?atfdjfag,  advice,  counsel. 


n,  kill  (by  beating). 

turn   over   in    your 
mind,  calculate. 

throw  round,  put  on. 
put  before,  propose;6 
ber  SBot/fdjlag,  proposal. 


1  modest  from  Latin  modus,  measure.  2  decide  from  Latin  de,  away 
from,  caedo,  cut. 

8  dismiss  from  Latin  dis-,  apart,  away,  mitto,  send. 

4  several  from  late  Latin  separalis,  separate.  6  Cf .  "onslaught," 
"  slay."  6 propose  from  Latin  pro,  before,  pono,  pw^. 


128 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


frfjlicfjcn,  frf)(oft,  flcfdilinkn,  close,  shut:  as, 


bad  Srii  I  of;,  i>»'k,  castle. 

bcr  Srt?lH'X    "*d,    conclusion;   ber 

3rt)liificl,  key. 

mi-:-  fdilicfccii,    »hut    out,    exclude; 
a  no  iriilicfjlidj,  exclusive. 
n,  close,  resolve;1 
resolution.    76,  i  . 


fdjrcibcn,  fdjricb,  flcfdiriebcn,  write 
bcr  3rt)rctbcr,  writer,  clerk-. 
bic  3d|rift,  /'•,-,/  </  ..-.  •:  irtjrifilirti,  writ- 

ten; bcr  ©dprift  '[teller,  author. 
ab'|rt)rcibcn,   write    off,  copy;    bic 

\Mb  fdjrift,  copy. 
auf'frfjrcibcn,  irri/e-  dotcn,  note;  bic 

fl  u  f  '  f  d)  r  i  ft,  address. 


fcljcn,  ffl 
bic  3id]t,  N/://^:  fidjtbnr,  visible. 
ab'jelicu,  look  off  at  (see  the  end); 

bic  flbfidjt,  riew,  purpose(the  end 

looked  at)  :  ab  'ftdjtlid),  purposely. 
on^fcicn,   look  at;   ba«   ^n'fe^en, 

appearance;  bie   9lnftd)tf    view, 

opinion  (way  of  looking  at)  ;  bad 

9ln'flcficfttr/ace  (thing  looked  at). 
n  no  'f  dint,    look  out,  appear;    bad 

SliKTfcfjcn,    looks,    appearance; 

bic  ftlldfidjt,  riew. 

bcfc^cn,  look  over,  examine.    76,  i. 
burrfj'fcljcn,     look     through  ;      bie 

'Tiirrfifi^t,     vista  ;    burdj'ftc^Hg, 

transparent. 
cin^cftcn,  see  into,  understand  ;  bie 

(Hnfidjt,  insight. 

7,  sight,  face. 


eiifidiliciicn,  toelOM  :  ciit'fd|licf;liri|, 

inclusively. 
ft*     cntfrtjlie  f;cn,     decide;1     rut 

fdjloff'cn,  determined. 
tterWte'grn,  c/o«e  up  (keep  from 

other  things;  ttcrfdjlorfcn,  re- 

served (of  a  person).    80,  3. 

as, 

bcfdjrci'bcn,  de«cri6e  ;a  bic  $cfdjrei 
bnnfl,  description.     76.  i 

eiii  irtireibcn,    register;    bic    (H*7- 
fdircibuiifl,  r*:j  ignition. 

untcrfdjrci'bcn,    sign;    bic    lln  tcr 
frfjrift,  signature. 

ttor'fdjrcibcn,  prescribe,  dictate. 


nadj'fcicn,  look  after;  bic 

consideration,  indulgence. 
:     Mi'urfitdit,  r«jtir<L 
ftdj  um'fcljcn,  /ooik  round;  bic  Um= 

fid)t,  precaution. 
toerfe^en,  «ce  wrongly  ;  bad  8erfex-- 

tc«f  oversight,  error;  firf)  oerfe^ 

(en  mit,  provide  yourself  with  ; 

Dcrfc'ljcn,    supplied; 

tyettd,  unatoares. 
tto^fcftcn,  foresee;   fir^ 

provide;  bie  ^or^e^ung,  provi- 

dence;  bie    $orfid)t,  foresight; 
careful. 
see  again;  aitf  2Bie/s 

bcrfcfjcn,  au  recoir,8  good-by. 

'ucr  jtrfitlirf),  confident  ;  bie  gtt^^^5 

ftd)tlid)fctt,  confidence. 


resoire,  differs  from  ftrff  cntfrfjlie^Ctt,  resole,  in  implying 
and  careful  consideration. 
2  descri&e  from  Latin  dc,  about,  scribo,  write. 
8 The  French  au  revoir=  to  the  seeing 


WORD  GROUPS 


129 


fi^ett,  fag,  gefeffett,  sit;  fc^en,  fe#e,  gefe#,  set  (make  sit):  as, 
ber  @ii?,   sea£;  ber  £8ofjnfi$r   resi-          Won  (78,  i). 

dence;  bie  (Strung,  session.  n&'fe^en,  remove  (set  off). 

fceftij'ett,  possess  (sit  round  or  over) ; 

ber  SBefit?',  possession;  ber  S3c= 

fi^'et,    owner;    bie    fSBefaij'uttg, 

garrison.     76,  i. 

tior^cn,  preside ;  ber  $0rf a^f  pur- 
pose. 
an^tebeltt,    se^ie;    ber    SStt^tebler, 

settler;   bie    ^^fieblitttg, 


ber     (Sitt'ftebler,     hermit    (settled 
alone). 


ber  Sfl^f  settling,  proposition,  sen- 
tence ;  ber  ^t&'fa^,  sa£e  (settling 
off),  pause;  ber  (Srfai?',  repara- 


fcefe^ett,  sei   round,  occupy;   Bc= 

fe^txf  occupied.     76,  i. 
entfc^/Cttf  displace,  depose;  ft^  Cttt= 
fe^/eitf  6e   terrified  (set  out  of 
yourself)  ;  Ctttfe^Iirf),  terrible. 
,  replace.    78,  i. 
cn,   continue;  bie   gor^fet3 
f  continuation. 
^aw.    78,2. 

translate;  Me  UBcrfctx= 
r  translation. 


Uerfc^en,  misplace,  reply.    80,3. 
f  se£  6e/ore  ;  fid)  ti 


fotten,  fotttef  ficfottt, 


(past  tense  of  owe)  :  as, 


bie    (5djulbf    debt,   guilt;   fdjulbig, 
guilty. 


bie  Utt'fdjltlb,   innocence;  1 
big,  innocent. 

fpredjen,  f^ra^r  gef^ro^en,  speak:  as, 
bie  <3prad)ef  speech,  language;  ba 
(^efprlidj^  conversation.    78,2. 
ber  S^tttt^f  saying,  proverb. 
lf  pronounce;  Me 
Jf  pronunciation. 
etttfpred^ett,  answer.    77,  i. 

ftdjett,  ftanbf  geftanbcn,  stand:  as, 
ber  6tanbf  stand;  ftanb^aft,  s^ead- 

fast.2 

att^te^en,  please  (stand  close  to), 
delay  (stick  at);    ber    5lnftanbr 
decency,  delay;  an'ftanbig,   de- 
cent. 
auffteljett,   rise  (of   a  person);  ber 


,  accuse;  bie  23efdjttl/s 
f  accusation.    76,  i. 
etttfdjuFbtgett,    pardon;    bie     ^ttt= 
,  pardon.    77,  i. 


,  talk  over; 
UttjJ,  discussion.     76,  i. 

^ett,    promise;    bag    $e* 
|/enf  promise.    80,  3. 

,  contradict  ;  ber  SS^ 
j,  contradiction.1 


5(ufftanbf  rismgr.    Cf.  aufgefjen, 

121,4. 
au^erfte^cn,   rise  /rom    the    dead 

(stand  up  out  of),  arise;  bie  5luf/= 

erftefjttttcj,  resurrection.     78,  i. 
&eixftef)ett,  Aeip;  ber  23etftrntbf  help. 
Ctt,  stand^  forth,  arise;   bie 


1  contradiction  from  Latin  contra,  against,  died,  speak. 
2Cf.  ''homestead,"  "roadstead." 


130 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


(£ntftc'l)ung,  origin.    77,  i. 
ber  (ilc'gcnftanfe,  object. 
gcftc  'licit,  confess  (stand  with);  bad 

ftanb'itiS,  confession.    7> 
itad)'ftcf)cn,  be  inferior  to. 
u  be  n't  i  -licit,  overcome,  endure. 
bcr  Um'ftanb,  circumstance. 
fid)  uittcrftc'fyen,  undertake. 
Dcrftc'fjcn,  underhand  (make  stand 

apart  from  other  things);  bcr 

ftcllcit,  ftclltc,  flcftcllt,  rut,  place: 
Me    3tclicr    place,    situation;    bie 
rtclluiifl,  situation;  bie  ®eftnlt  , 
./i.'/  '/re  (put  together,  7.v 
on'ftcllcn,  arrange;  bic  Slnftn: 

:  ucrnit'ftaltcii,  arrange. 
n,  exhibit  ;  bic  autf'ftcUmig, 
'<ioition. 

bcftcl'lcn,     appoint    (put    round), 

order  ;  Me  ^eftd'hing,  order.  76,i. 

bar'ftcUcn,  present  (put  in  view); 

bic  $ar'ftclliutg, 


',  understanding;  mil'* 
ucrftcljcn,  misunderstand;  bad 
M'ii  unitdnlmic,  mi«under«tand- 
ing. 

iwibcrfte^eii,  re*i«f  ;  bcr  Wi'berftonb, 
resistance. 

bic  Stabt,  town  (stead;  cf.  44  home- 
stead"), city. 
rtntt,  x^ead,  pfoce,  room. 

ftatt,  instead  of. 


2        ftimmcn,  ftimmtc,  geftimmt,  be  in 
bic  Stimme,  voice;  bic  Stimmmifl, 

tune,  disposition. 
ob'ftimmcn,  vote  (division  by  voice)  ; 

bic  ftb'ftimmung,  vote. 
an'ftimmcu,  strike  up  (a  tune). 
bci'ftimmcn,    assent   to;    bic    8ci/; 

ftimmuugr  assent. 
bcftim'mcn,   appoint;   bie   S3cftim' 

mungf  destiny.     76,  i. 


as, 

cittftcricn,   disfigure  (put    out    of 

shape),  distort.    77.  i. 
Ijcr  (team,  put  here  (in  its  place), 

restore  (to  health).  SeeAere,  1"7 
Berfterien,  disarrange  ;  fid)  ocrfter* 

lciif    disguise;   bie   Ccrftcl'htitfl, 

disguise.     80,3. 
oor'ftcUen,  present,  play  (a  charac- 

ter); iirf)  ctmad  oor'ftcUcn,  imag- 

ine;  bic  ^or'ftcllung,  presenta- 

tion, p/ay,  notion. 

tune,  agree,  vote:  as, 

ctn'ftimmcn,  join  in;    ein'ftimmig, 

unanimous. 
fiberftim/mtnr  outvote. 
ubercin'ftimmctt,  a^ree. 
um'frimmcn,  change  the  tune. 
tterftim'men,  put  out  of  tune;  &cr= 

ftimmt7,  out  of  tune,  out  of  sorts; 

bie  Scrftimmt^ctt,  bie  ScrfHm^ 

mungr  depression,  blues.    80,3- 


3        tcilcn,  tciltc,  gctcUtr  part,  deal:  as, 
bcr  Xetl,  part ;  ba§  Xeilr  due  sftare, 

due ;  bie  Settling,  division ;  tetlS, 

partly;  tciPncfjmcit,  ta*e  part; 

teirnaimto^  indifferent. 
ab'tctlcnr  set  apart,  divide;  bie  fcb^ 

tcilungr  division. 


ber  91ntct(f  share  (part  in). 
on^/tet(cnf  deal  out,  dispense;  bic 

Slus'tctlung,  dispensation. 
ba«  ^)HttcIf  third  part,  third.    2S2. 
citrtcUettr  classify  (as  of  plants); 

bic  ein'teihing,  distri&ution. 


WORD  GROUPS 


131 


ba§  (grfcteif,  inheritance  (heir's 
part). 

ba§  (^e'genteU,  opposite. 

grSf^tenteilS,  /or  £Ae  greatest  part. 

mit'tetlen,  communicate  (share 
with),  inform;  bie  SJlit'teUwtg, 
information. 

ber  -Wadjtett,  disadvantage  (after 
part);  uadj'teiltg,  disadvanta- 
geous. 

ba§  Urteil,  judgment,  opinion  (part 

tint,  tat,  getan,  do:  as, 

ba§  Xtttt,  dom#,  action. 

bie  £at,  deed;  ber  Xater,  culprit: 
tatig,  active;  bie  Xa'ttgfeit,  ac- 
£m£?/ ;  bie  Sat'fadje,  /ac£  (actual 
thing);  tat'fadjftrfj,  founded  on 
fact,  actual;  bie  Sftif'fetat,  mis- 
deed ;  bie  tltttat,  crime ;  tttt7  tatig, 
inactive;  bie  Utt'tatigleit,  inac- 
tivity. 

afc'tun,  take  off,  settle,  kill. 

an/tttttf  do  to,  do. 

auf'twt,  open. 

tragen,  trug,  getragett,  carry,  wear 

ber  £riigerf  porter;3  ber  S3rieftra= 
ger,  postman. 

erf^tragen,  carr2/  o^",  remove,  pay 
off  (a  debt),  wear  out  (clothes). 

att^tragen,  serve  up,  charge,  com- 
mission; ber  5lttftrag,  commis- 
sion. 

BeFtragett,  contribute  (bring  along- 
side of);  ber  23eit*agf  contribu- 
tion. 

fcetr^gen,  amount  to;  ber  SBetrag7, 
amount;  fid)  fcetrr^gett,  behave 
(manner  of  carrying  yourself 


dealt  out  to  you)  ;  ut^tettett,  pass 
sentence,  decide  ;  ba£  SSot'lU'tcU, 
prejudice  (judging  in  advance). 
80,2. 

Heu,  parcel  out  (distribute  all 
of  a  thing  composed  of  parts), 
distribute;  bie  SBerteWttttg,  dis- 
tribution. 80,  3. 

ber  $urteU,  advantage  (forepart); 
fcor'teilfjuft,  advantageous. 

•jerteHett,  divide  into  pieces.    81,  i  . 

I 

gemtg^tttt,    satisfy;1   gemtg^uettb, 
satisfactory  ;    bie    ^enug/tUttttgf 
satisfaction. 
fi(f|  Uttt^ltn,  try  for,  seek  for. 

7,  squander  (do  away  with). 
,3. 

,  benefit;2  ber  2B0f)Ftaterf 
benefactor  ;  ttio^Ftattg,  benefi- 
cent; bie  SSo^Ftatigleit,  benefi- 
cence. 

p^mt,  s/iw^  (make  to);  -^getait, 
devoted  to. 

:  as,  2 

round),  conduct;  ba§  23ettaxgCttf 

conduct.     76,i. 
eh^tragett,  carr?/  in,  enter. 
ertrt^gen,  endure  (bear  through); 

frear  ;  ber  ^rtragxf  proceeds.  78,  i. 
toertraxgenf  tolerate;  fic^  tiertraxgen, 

get  on  with,  agree;  ber 


Uo^tragen,  carry  before,  lecture  on; 

ber  $ortragf  lecture. 
ftJ^  st^tragen,  happen. 
bie   Xl*a(^tf    ioad    (thing    carried), 

dress  (thing  worn). 


1  satisfy  from  Latin  satis,  enough,  facio,  do.         2  benefit  from  Latin 
bene,  we££,  facio,  do.        3 porter  from  Latin  porto,  carry. 


139 


A  GERMAN  DlilLl.   HOOK 


nierfen,  roarf,  geiuorfeii,  throw:  as, 


hMirf,  throw,  cast. 
nuf'iucrfcii,  throw  up,  throw  open. 
ciitiucr'fcii,   map  out,   design;   ber 

(nituuirf  ',  •/•  -  m.     77.  i. 
nut  wcrfeit,  overthrow. 
mitcnun-  fcn,   object,  subdue;    bie 


Itittcnucr 'rung,  subjection. 
umucr'fcii,    misplace,    reject;    bie 

JBerwer'fung,  rejection.    80,3. 
Dor'tucrfcn,  throw  before,  cast  in  a 

person's    teeth,    reproach;    ber 

$ortourf,  reproach. 


winbeit,  nmnb,  genniiiben,  wind,  twist;  ttenbcn,  tuauMc,  nciunnbt,  make 
wind,  turn:  as, 

nuf  ujcnben,  bestow  (turn  upon), 
spend. 

cm  in  en  He  n,  object  (turn  against); 
bie  (ftn'toenbung,  objection. 

IMO  (ttenumb',  garment  (a  thing  of 
folds).  78,  a. 

gettmttbt',  rer*atile,  skillful. 

uertucn  iu-n,  • /rn  away,  lay  out 
(money);  Dcrtoanbt',  turned,  re- 
lated; ber  Srrtoanb'te,  relative; 
bie  9eroanb'frf)aft,  relationship. 


bie  SHinbung,  winding. 
Ottd'ttHttben,  wring  out. 
ubcrunn'ben,  overcome. 
berf&nnbcl,  change;  bie SHanblung, 

change;   njanbcht,   wander;   ber 

gBan'berer,  wanderer;  ««$'wan 

bcrttr  emigrate. 
bie    $*enbe,    (urn;    bie    S&enbung, 

turning,  crisis. 
nn'iucnbcn,  apply  (turn  to) ;  bie  9ta'* 

uicitbiutfl,  application. 


nitegett,  mog,  getuogen,  make  move  to  and  fro,  rock  (a  cradle),  weigh  (by 

a  balance),  from  ttegen,  mope :  as, 

-;uge,  balance,  scales;  )oagenr  billow  (rolling  water). 

weigh;  tt»agen,  venture  (put  in      betpe'gen,  move  about; 
the  balance) ;  ber  SBagen,  wagon ;          movable ;  bie  Skwe'gung,  motion, 
ber  fBeg,  road ;  wig,  away,  ^one ;      bad     ©ewtt^t7,      weight  ; 
tuegen,  on  account  o/(by  way  of) ; 
bie  SBtege,   crad/e;    bie   SBoge, 


weighty;  bie  23id|'ttgfeit,  impor- 
tance. 


4        »i(fenr  nwfetc,  gewu^tr  A-HOIC;  wcifcnr  wtc^  getmcfcn,  ma^ce  known:  as, 


wiffcnb,  knowing;  bie  fBif'fenfrfjaft, 

science  (knowing). 
gctmf?7,  *ure(known) ;  ba^  (He  to  if  'fen, 

conscience  (know  with  yourself). 
ber^Si^  wit;  toh?tg,  with/. 
toeif er  wise ;  bie  3S?ei^!|cttr  wisdom  ; 

tteiS'fagett,  predict, 
bie   ®eifef    tci*e    (knowing    how), 

way,  manner;   a 

by  way  of  exception. 


ab'weifenr  re/u*e  admi««ion  (make 

know  to  go  away),  reject;  bie 

ftt'tteifuttg,  rejection. 
an'tteifett,  point  to,  direct. 
aud'weifcn,  expel  (make  know  to 

go  out), 
bnuci'fcu,  proce  (make   to   know 

well);  ber  gtauetd',  proof.  76, i. 
eroe^fen,  proce  completely.  78,  i. 
ber  ^cg^etfcr,  signpost. 


WORD  GROUPS 


133 


tt,  fooljttte,  gett)0l)ttt,  dwell,  live:  as, 
toofyitlwr,  habitable;  ba§ 293ol)ttl)att3f 
mansion ;  bie  SBflfyttttttg,  lodgings. 
ber  $rgttJ0I)tt,  mistrust  (living  with 
deceit). 

ttf  6e  a^,  attend. 
It,  occupy  (live  round) ;  ber 
rr  inmate.     76,  i. 


,  inhabit;  ber  (Su^toot): 
ttetf  inhabitant. 

,  accustom  (live  with); 
bie  (SJettHJljtt^eit,  custom;  gc= 
ttio^tt7^^,  customary  ;  gettio^n^, 
accustomed.  78, 2. 

,  spoii  6y  ^vinsr  in.  80,3. 


bie  3aljf,  number  :  as, 

$a()lrcid),  numerous. 

bie  ^Itt^aljl,  number,  multitude  ;  an/= 

f>ttl)tcn,  pay  m  installments. 
bie  Q£itt5aJ)l,  singular  (one  number)  ; 

Me  SJlefjrsaljl,  plural. 
5af)len,    pay     (by     counting     out 


jteljett,  sag,  g^ogen,  draw,  pull:  as, 
ber  3u0r  train,  feature  (line  of  the 


money);2  Bc^a^lctt,  sei^e  (pay 
completely),  pay  for.  76,  i . 
fyfett,  count;  auf^aljlett,  count  up, 
enumerate ;  er^alj7  (cnf  recount 
(count  through),  narrate;2  bie 
ate,  sfory.  78,  i. 


face);  bie  ^ttflfafy  &er  Sitft$ttgf 
current  of  air  ;  ber  Stifld,  bridle; 

^,  unbridled. 
n,  draw?  o^;  bet  5lb5itg, 


n,  draio  on,  dress;  ber  5ln= 
g,  clothes. 

nf   draw  up;  ber  9luf$ttgf 
aci  (of  a  play;  drawing  up  of 
curtain). 
au^teJjCtt,  draw  out,  undress,  move 

out;  ber  5ttt3§ug,  moving. 
fce^ie^en,    draw    over,    refer;    ber 

SBe^ug7,  reference. 
eitt^teljett,   draw  in,  move  in;  ber 
($ttt§ttgf  entrance. 
tt,  educate;3  bi 


education.     78,  i. 


ber  ir&erateljer,  overcoat. 

distort    (pull    out    of 
shape),  spo^L     80,3.    . 

,  de^ay  (pull  aside).  80,3. 
,  draw  before,  prefer  ;  ber 
^Bor^ug,  preference  ;  toQt$u$'l\tf)f 
preferable. 

bie  Sttdjt,  breeding,  training  ;  $fy 
ten,  Zrain;  pr^^igcn,  discipline^ 
bie  SwytfjJWtg,  discipline. 
^ogetttb,  hesitating  (pulling). 
5tttfenf  ^w^c/i,  (draw  quickly);  ber 
gtttf,    twitch;    Ctttptf/cnf    ^rans- 
por^  (snatch   a  person  out    of 
himself);    ba§   ©ttt^ii^Ctt,    rap- 
ture ;     cnt^iirf/cnbf    enchanting  ; 
,  enraptured.  77,  i,  80,  3. 


1  inhabit  from  Latin  in,  in,  habito,  dwell. 

2Cf.  "toll,"  "tale,"  "tell." 

8  educate  from  Latin  educo,  draw  cw£. 


134 


A  GERMAN  hi: ILL   HOOK 


Important  Scientific  Words 


Ab'stossung,  die,  repulsion 
An'ziehung,  die,  attraction 
Aus'dehnung,  die,  extension 
Bestand'teil,  der,  constituent  part 
Be  we  is7,  der,  proof 
Bezie'hung,  die,  relation 
Blei,  das,  lead 
Bo'genlicht,  das,  arc-light 
Brechung,  die,  refraction 
Brennstoff,  der,/uef 
Dampf,  der,  vapor,  steam 
Dampf  'machine,  die,  steam  engine 
Dichte,  die,  density 
Draht,  der,  wire 
Drei'eck,  das,  triangle 
Durch'messer,  der,  diameter 
Durch'schnitt,  der,  cross  section 
Ebene,  die,  plane 
Eisen,  das,  iron 
Elastizitat',  die,  elasticity 
Entwick'lung,  die,  development 
Erkla'rung,  die,  explanation 
Erschei'nung,  die,  phenomenon 
Erstar'ren,  das,  freezing 
Erwar'mung,  die,  heating 
Fa'higkeit,  die,  capacity 
Fernrohr,  das,  telescope 
Feuch'tigkeit,  die,  moisture 
Fliehkraft,  die,  centrifugal  force 
fliichtig,  volatile 
Gefass',  das,  vessel 
Gefrier'punkt,  der,  freezing  point 
Geschwin'digkeit,  die,  velocity 
Gesetz',  das,  law 
Gewicht',  das,  weight 
Gleich/gewicht,  das,  equilibrium 
Gletscher,  der,  oJacier 
Grad,  der,  degree 
Grosse,  die,  magnitude 
Harte,  die,  hardness 


Hebel,  der,  lever 
Holz'kohle,  die,  charcoal 
Koh'lensaure,  die,  carbonic  acid 
Koh'lenstoff,  der,  carbon 
Kreide,  die,  chalk 
Leitcr,  der,  conductor 
Losung,  die,  solution 
Merkur7,  der,  mercury 
Messing,  das,  6ra«* 
Molekiir,  das,  molecule 
Nicht'leiter,  der,  nonconductor 
(Xberflache,  die,  surface 
Pulvcr,  daa,  powder 
Raum'inhalt,  der,  volume,  content* 
Rohr,  das,  tube 

Salpe'tersaure,  die,  nitric  acid 
Salz'sAure,  die,  hydrochloric  acid 
Saa'erstoff,  der,  oxygen 
Schale,  die,  scale 
Schwefel,  der,  sulphur 
Schwe'fclsaure,  die,  sulphuric  acid 
Schwerkraft,  die,/orce  of  gravity 
Schwerpunkt,  der,  centre' of  gravity 
senkrecht,  vertical 
Sie'depunkt,  der,  boiling  point 
Spannkraft,  die,  elasticity 
Spannung,  die,  tension 
Stein'kohle,  die,  coal 
Stickstoff ,  der,  nitrogen 
Taupunkt,  der,  dew-point 
Teil^arkeit,  die,  divisibility 
Tragheit,  die,  inertia 
Veran'derung,  die,  change 
Verdichxtung,  die,  condensation 
Verdunrstung,  die,  evaporation 
Vergros'serungsglas,  das,  microscope 
Verhalt'nis,  das,  relation,  ratio 
Vorgang,  der,  process 
Was^erstoff,  der,  hydrogen 
Zinn,  das,  tin 


MATERIALS  FOB  TRANSLATION  135 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  AT  SIGHT 

1.  Are  these  children  the  sons  of  my  friend?  2.  Where  were  I 
the  ladies  and  the  gentlemen  ?  3.  The  man  with  the  white  hat  is  an 
old  general.  4.  Henry  will  write  a  longer  letter  than  his  older 
brother.  5.  All  those  whom  I  have  loved,  and  with  whom  I  have 
lived,  have  died.  6.  You  did  not  like  to  do  it.  7.  The  gates  of  the 
town,  which  are  now  closed,  will  be  opened  to-morrow.  8.  When  I 
arrived  yesterday,  it  was  quite  dark. 

1.  The  largest  men  are  not  always  the  strongest.  2.  Lay  this  2 
pen  beside  the  books  which  you  will  find  on  my  table.  3.  He  has 
fallen  and  broken  his  arm.  4.  Which  of  these  books  is  yours? 
5.  Has  your  book  been  found?  6.  If  I  had  seen  him,  I  should 
have  asked  him  for  it.  7.  When  he  arrived  at  home,  he  was  not 
able  to  find  his  father.  8.  Whose  house  is  that  in  the  midst  of  the 
village?  9.  Do  not  forget  to  take  your  dog  with  you. 

1.  It  was  the  largest  wolf  that  I  had  ever  seen.  2.  A  large  dog  3 
lies  before  his  father's  house.  3.  If  he  had  gone  home  earlier,  he 
would  not  have  seen  my  brother.  4.  We  have  beautiful  trees,  but 
the  trees  in  the  great  forest  are  the  most  beautiful.  5.  If  he  had  not 
fallen  into  the  water,  he  would  not  have  become  ill.  6.  The  letter 
which  you  have  in  your  hand  is  from  my  sister,  who  is  now  in  Ger- 
many. 7.  His  coat  and  mine  will  be  carried  to  the  tailor.  8.  Have 
you  copied  the  letters? 

1.  The  larger  of  these  two  little  children  is  my  brother's  oldest  4 
son.  2.  Whose  child  was  it  we  saw  at  school  with  you  yesterday? 
3.  They  were  sitting  beside  me,  but  later  they  arose  and  seated 
themselves  at  the  window.  4.  We  bought  our  knives  of  the  same 
merchant,  but  my  brother's  is  better  than  mine.  5.  When  her 
father  returned  from  town,  she  had  gone  out.  6.  I  am  not  going  to 
town  to-day  because  I  am  afraid  it  will  rain.  7.  If  I  had  seen 
him,  I  should  have  told  him*  that  you  were  not  coming.  8.  Have 
you  found  the  cane  which  was  given  you  by  your  teacher?  9.  In 
whose  room  did  you  find  it? 


1:;';  A  GERMAN  mill. I.   BOOK 

1  1.    Win  n  rviiin-  came,  he  went  home.     2.   We  found  the  "little 
h«M>k  nu   tli«-  tahl.-  att.-r  he  had  gone  to  town.     ."..    <  >ur  Lranh-n  i- 
lanr-T  tli:iu  th.  irs,  and  his  is  as  large  as  ours.     4.   I  went  to  tin  m, 
and  gave  him  her  j.r. -ttv  ki.  That  tall  old  man  is  my  fat! 
h.-M  friend.     6.   They  know  you,  but  they  do  not  know  your  sons. 

7.  Have  you  the  knife  that  your  sister  gave  you?  No,  I  have  lost  it. 

8.  Whose  book  was  it  you  were  reading  from  this  morning? 

2  1     That  poor  peasant,  of  whom  we  were  speaking,  has  become  my 

ml.  •-'.  You  must  tell  me  the  story  of  his  three  industrious 
sons.  3.  His  oldest  son  was  seen  in  th.-  village,  hut  we  were  not 
able  to  find  him.  I.  Whose  house  is  that  before  which  the  beggar 
stands?  5.  I  was  sick  and  could  not  com-,  hut  I  hope  that  I  shall 
be  able  to  come  the  next  time.  6.  Louise,  you  have  had  that  book 
in  your  hand  the  whole  morning.  Why  are  you  always  reading? 
Do  you  not  know  that  we  have  much  to  do  to-day?  7.  But.  mv 
dear  aunt,  this  is  really  one  of  the  most  interesting  works  that  I  ever 
ivad.  It  was  written  h\  a  t 'n.  n«l  of  mim-.  It  pleases  me  very  much; 
you  can  see  everything  as  clearly  as  if  you  were  really  there. 

3  1.   We  were  at  home  yesterday  when  he  came  back  from  town. 
2.    While  he  was  doing  this,  she  came  to  the  door.    3.    I  know  that 
you  knew  it  last  night.     4.   When  the  sun  goes  down,  it  becomes 
dark.     :>.    I  low  do  you  do,  Fred?    When  did  you  arrive?    6.   I 
have  just  arrived   on  the  express  from   Paris.     I   left  Paris   this 
morning.   At  a  quarter  of  five  I  start  for  Berlin.     7.  I  was  not  able 
to  come  earlier  because  I  had  no  money  with  me. 

4  1.   Do  you  know  that  old  man  in  the  black  coat?    2.   That  is  the 
man  who  lives  in  the  big  house  at  the  other  end  of  the  village.     3.   I 
have  told  you  everything  that  I  know.     4.   If  you  come  again  to- 
morrow evening,  you  will  surely  find  me  at  home.     5.   I  came  home 
early,  found  your  letter  on  my  table,  read  it  through,  wrote  a  short 
answer,  and  then  went  to  bed.     6.   Poor  Lehmann!  He  had  just 
come  to  town.     As  he  had  nothing  else  to  do,  he  took  a  walk.     He 
had  not  gone  far  when  he  met  an  officer,  who  asked  him  where  he 
lived.     He  was  unable  to  answer,  because  he  had  forgotten  the  name 
of  his  hotel.     So  they  locked  him  up. 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  137 

1.  When  I  went  into  the  house,  I  saw  a  little  boy  lying  in  bed.  i 
2.  He  looked  at  me  and  said,  "Tell  me  a  good  story  if  you  know 
one."  3.  I  answered  that  I  had  just  read  some  fairy  tales,  and 
would  repeat  one  of  them  to  him.  4.  I  asked  him  if  he  could  eat 
anything,  and  offered  him  an  apple.  5.  He  bit  the  apple,  but  had 
no  appetite,  and  could  not  eat  it.  6.  If  I  could  have  taken  him  out 
of  his  little  room  to  a  better  house  in  the  country,  he  would  have 
felt  better  at  once.  7.  He  longed  continually  to  see  the  green  fields, 
and  hear  the  birds  sing.  8.  As  the  days  grew  longer,  he  became 
stronger,  and  could  get  up  and  go  to  the  window.  9.  Finally,  when 
the  warm  days  came,  he  was  able  to  go  out  and  play  with  the  other 
boys. 

1.  What  does  he  call  her?  2.  I  don't  know.  3.  Don't  you  2 
know  her?  4.  No,  but  I  know  that  he  knows  her.  5.  I  thought 
so;  for  he  brought  her  some  flowers.  6.  Yes,  I  think  he  became 
acquainted  with  her  yesterday.  7.  What  do  you  think  of  him? 
8.  I  haven't  thought  much  about  him,  but  I  think  he  is  now  doing 
his  best. 

1.    He  has  not  been  able  to  come.     2.    Have  you  heard  him  say  3 
that?     3.    He    should   have    said   it.     4.    Don't  you   like  to  read? 
5.    Yes,  but  I  had  rather  go  out.     6.    When  did  you  send  for  him? 
7.   We  have  already  sent  word  to  them.     8.    They  are  said  to  be 
poor. 

1.    Many  years  ago,  a  young  man  lived  with  his  wife  in  a  forest.  4 

2.  These  good  people  had  a  pretty  little  child,  which  they  loved 
dearly.     3.    One  day  the  child  went  into  the  forest,  but  could  not 
return  home,  for  it  had  lost  its  way.     4.    A  good  old  man,  however, 
found  the  child,  took  it  by  the  hand,  and  led  it  home. 

1.    In  my  sister's  little  garden  were  tall  trees,  in  which  the  birds  5 
sang    the   whole  day.     2.    There   were    also   many   pretty   flowers. 

3.  When  evening  came,  the  birds  and  the  flowers  closed  their  eyes 
and  fell  asleep.     4.    My  sister  often  sat  on  a  bench  under  the  trees, 
and  read  from  the  book  which  our  father  had  given  her.     5.    The 
summer  has  gone,  and  the  autumn  is  here ;  but  my  sister  is  ill,  and 
goes  no  more  into  the  garden. 


138  A  GERM  A*  I  >lill.  I.  BOOK 

1  A  good  father  was  once  walking  in  a  garden  with  his  little  son.    In 
tlii-  '_r:ml.'!i  were  most  beautiful  fruits  and  flowers.     "Our  hearts," 
said  the  father,  "are  gardens,  and  the  Lord  God  is  the  gardener." 
u  Why  does  the  gardener  cut  the  trees  with  his  sharp  knife?"  asked 
th.   IM.V          1  hat  tli,  y  may  bear  better  fruit,"  answered  the  father.      5 

2  A  few  years  ago,  a  beggar  met  a  poor  youth  in  the  street,  and  said 
to  him,  "Please  give  me  some  money."     u I  have  none,"  replied  the 
lad,  "but  if  you  go  to  the  large  house  that  stands  at  the  corner  of 
this  street,  the  rich  man  who  lives  in  it  will  perhaps  help  you ;  for  he 
gives  a  great  deal  of  money  to  the  poor."    The  beggar  went  and  10 
knocked  on  the  door.     A  servant  opened  it,  and  asked  what  he 
wanted.     II-  did  u<»t  *<•<•  th.-  rich  man  at  all;  the  servant  sent  him 

'away  without  giving  him  anything. 

3  One  cold  day,  little  Hans  could  not  go  to  school,  for  his  legs  were 
short  and  the  snow  was  deep.     He  was  sorry  to  stay  at  home,  because  15 
h.    liked  to  go  to  school.     While  he  was  looking  out  of  the  window, 

a  little  brown  bird  flew  on  a  tree  near  him.     Hans  brought  some 
bread,  and  threw  it  outside.    When  he  had  closed  the  window,  the 
hi  id  came  down  and  ate  the  bread;  then  it  looked  up,  as  if  it  would 
thank  him,  and  flew  away.     And  Hans  forgot  his  school,  and  was  20 
contented. 

4  A  poor  woman  once  took  her  prayerbook  to  a  man  that  lent  money. 
"This  book  is  all  that  I  have,"  she  said,  "and  I  want  some  money; 
my  children  have  had  nothing  to  eat  for  two  days."     "  How  much  do 
you  want  for  it?"  asked  the  other.     "If  I  had  two  marks,  it  would  25 
be  enough,"  answered  the  poor  woman;  "day  after  to-morrow,  I 
shall  receive  some  money."     "Here  is  the  money,"  said  the  man, 

"  and  your  book.     If  you  are  honest,  you  will  bring  the  money  back." 

5  A  man  wished  to  have  a  new  coat,  and  went  into  town  to  buy  one. 
"I  like  this  one,"  he  said  to  the  merchant;  "how  much  do  you  want  80 
for  it?"     "  thirty  marks,"  replied  the  merchant.     "  That  is  too  much; 

I  am  your  friend,  and  always  come  to  you.  Can  you  not  sell  it  to  me 
for  less?"  "I  thank  you,"  said  the  other,  "but  I  can  not.  I  must 
live  from  my  friends.  My  enemies  do  not  come  to  me." 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION  139 

A  fisherman  was  sitting  at  his  door,  when  a  stranger  came  by,  i 
with  a  violin  in  his  hand.     "Good  evening,  father,"  said  the  young 
stranger.      "I   am   poor  and   hungry,  and   have    nothing   to   eat." 
"Well,"  answered  the  old  fisherman,  "I,  too,  am  poor,  and  have 

5  nothing  to  give  you  but  a  bit  of  fish  and  a  few  apples  from  my  little 
garden."  The  man  ate  a  long  time,  and  then  said,  "I  have  no 
money,  but  I  will  play  for  you."  And  he  played  so  sweetly  that  the 
poor  fisherman,  with  tears  in  his  eyes,  cried,  "Oh,  how  beautiful! 
how  wonderfully  beautiful!  I  had  rather  have  your  music  than 

10  gold!" 

A  boy  was  going  to  school.  In  the  street,  he  met  an  old  man,  2 
who  for  many  years  had  been  his  father's  friend.  "Where  are  you 
going? "  said  the  old  man.  "  To  school."  "  And  what  do  you  learn 
at  school?"  continued  the  old  man.  "Writing,  reckoning,  French, 
15  and  Latin.  In  a  few  weeks  I  shall  begin  Greek."  "You  are  the 
son  of  a  great,  good  man ;  be  diligent,  and  you  also  will  become  good 
and  perhaps  great." 

An  officer  stepped  one  evening  into  the  sleeping  room  of  his  3 
friend,  and  found  him  in  bed.  "Are  you  sleeping  already?"  he 
20  asked  him.  "No,"  answered  the  other;  "what  do  you  want  of  me?" 
"I  have  been  unlucky,"  said  the  first,  "and  have  lost  all  my  money. 
Now  I  have  come  to  see  you.  Will  you  lend  me  a  hundred  marks? 
I  shall  try  to  win  my  money  back."  "Please  go  away  and  leave  me 
alone,"  said  the  other.  "You  see  I  am  fast  asleep." 

25      One  evening,  two  men  came  down  the  street  of  a  strange  city.  4 
They  had  travelled  all  day,  and  were  very  tired.     Before  a  large 
church,  they  saw  an  old  soldier  sitting  on  a  bench.     They  went  up 
to  him,  and  said  good  evening.     "  Can  yon  tell  us,"  asked  one  of 
them,  "  where  we  can  get  something  to  eat?"  "If  you  go  there,  you 

so  will  find  enough,"  replied  the  soldier;  and  he  pointed  to  a  red  house 
that  stood  opposite  the  church.  "If  I  had  money,"  he  continued, 
"I  should  go  there  myself."  "Then  come  with  us,"  said  one  of  the 
men.  They  took  him  with  them.  The  next  day  they  thanked  him, 
and  went  away, 


140  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

1  Many  years  ago,  there  lived  a  rich  man  who  liked  to  do  strange 
things.    One  day  he  said,  "I  will  give  a  house  to  any  man  who  is 
contented."     A    man    soon    came   to  get  the  house.     "Are    \«>u 
contented?"   asked   the   rich   man.     "Yes,  quite   contented,"   an- 

he  other.     "Then  what  do  you  want  with  my  house?"  5 

2  Long  ago,  there  lived  in  a  great  city  a  man  who  was  called  Kail. 
Hi-  brother,  Fritz  by  name,  was  a  peasant.     Fritz  had  a  garden,  in 
which  were  the  most  beautiful  fruit  trees.     One  day  in  spring,  Karl 
went  out  to  see  his  brother  and  his  fruit  trees.     "My  dear  brother," 
said  the  farmer  to  Karl.  •-  I  will  give  you  a  young  tree,  the  best  that  10 
I  hav<-,  which  shall  bear  fruit  for  you  and  your  children."     The  tree, 
however,  bore  no  fruit.     Karl  then  sent  for  hi*  brother,  and  said, 

"  See,  my  brother,  it  is  now  the  fifth  year,  and  my  tree  bears  nothing 
but  leaves."  "Of  course,"  answered  the  gardener;  "for  here  it 
never  sees  the  sun,  and  has  only  the  cold  winds."  is 

3  A  few  years  ago,  there  lived  in  the  old  city  W ,  on  the  sea,  a 

rich  merchant,  who  had  ships,  and  bought  and  sold  many  things. 
He   had   a  beautiful    house.     Everything  in  it  was  beautiful,  the 
floors,  the  walls,  the    windows,  the  chairs,  the  books,  and    the 
pictures.     His  wife  and  his  children  were  happy,  and  he  had  many  20 
friends. 

The  merchant  is  a  poor  man  now,  for  the  great  ships  have  been 
lost  at  sea,  and  his  fine  house  has  been  taken  from  him.  His  wife 
and  his  children  are  dead,  and  those  who  were  once  his  friends  have 
forsaken  him.  ^ 

4  Once  upon  a  time,  there  lived  in  a  little  village  two  children.     One 
of  these  children  was  a  boy,  whose  name  was  Reinhardt;  the  other,  a 
pretty  little  «rirl,  was  called  Elizabeth.     One  day  when  they  were 
playing  together  in  the  garden,  Elizabeth  wished  that  she  had  a 
summerhouse.     Reinhardt  always  did  everything  that  she  wished;  so 
and  so  with  a  few  nails  and  a  hammer  he  quickly  built  a  little  house. 
Then  they  sat  together  in  it  the  whole  afternoon,  while  Reinhardt 
told  her  what  he  would  do  when  he  became  a  man. 

5  A  you tli  once  met  a  man  who  several  years  before  had  been  his 

•  her,  and  told  him  how  poor  he  was.     "  II<>w  many  of  my  school-  35 


MATERIALS  FOB  TRANSLATION  141 

mates  are  rich  and  happy,"  he  said,  "but  I  have  nothing  at  all. 
"Are  you  really  so  poor?"  asked  the  master.  "-You  seem  to  me  to 
have  a  fine  body,  large  arms,  strong  hands,  good  ears,  and  sharp 
eyes.  Would  you  rather  be  king  than  have  these?  "Certainly 
5  not,"  answered  the  young  man.  "Then  do  not  say  that  you  are 
poor,  when  you  have  such  riches." 

One  evening  a  poor  old  horse  was  lying  on  the  ground.     He  tried  I 
to  get  up,  but  could  not,  because  he  had  worked  so  hard  all  day  long. 
At  last  he  said  to  a  dog  that  stood  near  him,  "Our  master  seems  to 
10  think  we  do  not  suffer,  because  we  can  not  speak." 

"Yes,"  said  the  dog,  "I  love  my  master,  and  would  rather  follow 
him  all  day  into  the  woods  than  stay  at  home  by  the  fire,  or  play 
with  other  dogs;  but  he  often  beats  me,  and  does  not  give  me  enough 
to  eat." 

is      One  day,  an  old  man  was  sitting  before  the  door  of  his  little  house,  2 
in  the  country.    It  was  a  beautiful  autumn  day.    The  sun  was  shining, 
and  the  air  was  warm.     The  wind  blew  softly  through  the  trees,  from 
which  rich,  golden  fruits  were  falling.     A  youth,  who  was  sitting 
near,  asked  the  old  man  why  he  was  so  contented.     "My  son,"  he 

20  answered,  "contentment,  like  every  good  thing,  is  a  gift  that  comes 
from  above.  See  these  trees,  the  fruits  of  which  I  now  enjoy. 
These  trees  I  planted  when  I  was  young." 

The  beautiful  horse  of  a  young  peasant  was  stolen  during  the  3 
night.     When  the  man  went  to  town  to  buy  another,  he  was  sur- 

25  prised  to  see  his  own  horse  in  the  market.  "This  horse  is  mine," 
he  said;  "it  was  stolen  three  days  ago."  "Ko,"  said  the  man  who 
had  the  horse,"  "it  is  mine.  I  have  had  it  for  a  year."  "Well," 
said  the  peasant,  as  he  laid  his  hands  on  the  horse's  eyes,  "in  which 
eye  is  he  blind?"  "In  the  right,"  replied  the  other.  "You  are  a 

30  thief,  and  have  lied,"  cried  the  peasant,  "for  he  is  not  blind  at  all." 
The  people  who  stood  round  laughed,  and  the  young  man  took  the 
horse,  and  went  home. 

Long  years  ago,  a  dog  and  a  rooster  became  friends,  and  began  to  4 
travel  together.     One  evening,  they  could  not  reach  a  house,  and 


142 


GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


must  stay  in  the  forest  all  niirht.  Tin-  rooster  flew  on  a  tree,  and 
the  dog  crept  into  a  tree  that  lay  on  the  ground.  Early  th<  n<  \t 
morning,  a  fox  came  by,  and  saw  the  rooster  on  the  tree.  "Good 
morning,  dear  cousin,"  he  said;  "I  haven't  set>n  you  for  a  Ion-  tim«  •. 
Are  you  not  hunim  '  1  1  you  will  come  home  with  me,  you  shall  have  s 
plenty  to  eat.  Will  you  come?"  "Yes,  indeed!"  answered  the 
rooster,  "  if  you  will  take  my  friend  along,  who  is  sleeping  in  that 
tree.  Please  call  him 

1  The  poor  young  man  had  to  go  through  a  great  forest.    In  the 
midst  of  it.  he  saw  an  old  man,  who  was  cutting  wood.     "Good  even-  10 
ing,"  he  said  to  him.    "Good  evening,"  said  the  old  man.    "You 
have  a  fine  ham  under  your  arm.     \\h,  rv  did  you  get  it?"    There- 
upon the  poor  young  man  told  him  about  it.     -  It  is  lucky  for  you," 
said  the  old  man,  "that  you  have  met  me.    You  can  become  the 
richest  man  on  earth  if  you  will  take  that  ham  into  the  land  of  the  15 
dwarfs,  and  sell  it  to  them.    The  entrance  to  that  land  is  under  tl.i- 
tree.     Dwarfs  like  ham  very  much,  but  rarely  get  it.     ]>ut  you  must 
not  sell  it  for  money.    Sell  it  for  the  old  handmill  that  stands  behind 
the  door 

2  The  battle  (bie  6d)tad)t)  lasted  (foment)  all  day,  but  when  evening  » 
came,  the  victory  (bcr  <8ieg)  of  the  Christian    ctjriftlid))  army  (ba8  $eer) 
was  sure  and  the  Turks  (bcr  2iirfe)  had  fled.     They  were  pursued 
(toerfolgen)  by  the  Polish  (polnifdj)  cavalry  (Me  SReiterei)  for  two  hours, 
but  the  tired  (mube)  troops  (bie  Xruppen)  finally  had  to  turn  back.     On 
the  morning  after  this  great  victory,  King  Sobieski  entered  (etnjieljen)  25 
[into]  Vienna.    As  the  heat  (bie  $i$e)  was  great  and  the  king  was  tired 
on  account  of  the  fatigues  (bie  fcnftrengung)  of  the  previous  (toorfcrgeljenb) 
day,  he  sat  down  upon  a  stone  to  rest  a  little  before  he  entered  the 
city.    Afterwards  the  name  of  the  king  was  cut  (fymen)  into  the  stone, 
and  it  remained  there  as  a  lasting  (bauemb)  memorial  (ba3  $enhnal)  of  » 
that  noteworthy  (benfnmrbtg)  day. 

3  But  when  Macbeth  saw  that  a  part  of  the  words  of  the  old  women 
had  been  fulfilled  (erfiillen),  he  began  to  think  that  he  could  also  make 
himself  king  (use  311  with  definite  article  before  king).    Now  Macbeth 
had  a  wife,  a  very  ambitious  (efjrgei$ig),  wicked  woman;  and  when  she  36 
discovered  (entbeden)  her  husband's  desire,  she  encouraged  (ertnutigen) 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  143 

him  in  his  wicked  purpose  (bie  2lbjtd)t)  and  tried  (berjudjen)  to  persuade 
(iibergeitgen)  him  that  the  only  way  (ba3  SCRittel)  to  obtain  (gettnnnen)  the 
crown  (bie  ®rone)  was  to  kill  the  good  old  king  Duncan. 

Once  upon  a  time  there  was  a  youth  (ber  Qiincjling),  named  Peter.  I 
5  He  had  two  elder  brothers,  who  were  very  unkind  to  him,  and  there- 
fore he  often  wished  that  he  had  never  been  born.  One  day,  when 
he  was  walking  in  a  forest,  he  met  (treffen)  an  old  woman,  who  asked 
him  why  he  was  so  sad.  He  told  her  of  his  unkind  brothers;  and 
she  advised  him  to  go  away  and  to  try  (berfudjen)  his  fortune  (ba§  ©liicf) 
10  in  another  place.  "I  will  tell  you  what  you  must  do,"  she  said; 
"for  I  love  you,  and  I  am  sure  (uberjeugt)  you  will  not  forget  me 
when  you  are  rich  and  great."  Peter  said  that  he  would  not;  and 
the  old  woman  continued  (fortfcifyren) :  "I  will  show  you  a  tree  under 
which  a  great  treasure  (ber  <5d)a|3)  is  hidden  (tierbergen)." 

15       A  silly  (a(bern)  young  shepherd  (£rirt)  had  several  times  alarmed  2 
(a(arntieren)  the  peasants  in  his  neighborhood  (bie  91ad)barjdiaft)  by  cry- 
ing out  that  a  wolf  was  carrying  off  one  of  his  lambs  (ba§  Samm). 
When  then  the  men  in  the  fields  came  running  up  (Ijerbet) ,  he  laughed 
at  (mtiSiadjefl)  them  and  said  it  was  only  a  joke  (ber  ©cfyerg).     But  one 

20  day  a  wolf  actually  (nrirlltdj)  broke  into  his  fold  (bie  §iirbe) ;  and  now 
the  boy  was  punished  (beftrafen)  for  his  folly  (bie  Xorfjeit),  for  the  men 
who  heard  his  cries  for  help  (ber  ^ilferuf)  paid  (gave)  no  attention  (bie 
SBeadjtung)  to  them.  Thus  it  is  always:  He  who  lies  (liigen)  once,  is 
not  believed  (him  one  does  not  believe)  even  when  he  speaks  the 

25  truth  (bie  SBafyrfjeit). 

A  wealthy  Arabian  (arabifdj)  merchant  was  walking  in  one  of  the  3 
streets  of  Bagdad.     He  seemed  to  be  very  proud  of  (cmf)  his  gorgeous 
(prddjtig)  dress  (ba§  ®leib),  which  was  studded  (befefct)  all  over  with 
costly  (loftbar)  jewels  (ber  Gbelftein).     He  was  stared  at  (cmftarren)  by  all 

so  whom  he  met,  but  particularly  (befonberS)  by  a  poorly-  (fdjtedjt=)  clad  old 
dervish  (3)erttrifd)),  who  finally  bowed  (fid)  fcerbeugett)  low  before  him 
and  thanked  him  repeatedly  (tt)ieberf)o(t)  for  his  jewels.  The  merchant 
was  surprised  (iiberrafdjt)  and  remarked  that  he  had  never  given  him 
any  jewels.  "True,"  replied  the  dervish,  "but  you  have  given  me 

35  the  pleasure  of  seeing  them,  and  that  is  the  only  advantage   (ber 
you  yourself  derive  (have)  from  them.     The  only  difference 


144  A  GERMAN  mi  ILL  BOOK 

(tar  Unterfct)icb)  between  us  is  that  you  have  the  trouble  (bie  HRftfje)  of 
wearing  and  kefpinir  tin-in:  and  tin*  tronhl.-  I  do  not  desire." 

1  When    Dnisiis,  the  younir.-r  hn«ih.  r  «.f  th,-  , -mpt-i-or  Tihrrins,   on 
(bet)  his  l;i  -Mil*  Of , in  Qerman  in  the 
Kiln-  ,ttc  tribe),  there  appeared  befon    him  suddenly  a  Teutonic  (ger«   5 
mnnifcl)  priestess  flkijtn  in  .  who.  with  uplift. d  < auffcben)  hands,  warn  d 
him  that  her  gods  would  n«»t  p.-rmit  him  t«>  advamv  iDomirfeii 

and  that  his  own  end  was  near.     Seized  (crgrcifen)  with  superstitious 
(abfrgiaul  DniMi-  tunn-d  back  (umfolmMi  :  hut  «'ven  (nod|)  be- 

fore he  could  leave  [the]  German  -oil    .\r  SJobcn),  he  was  thn>\Mi  i<» 
(oblperfcn)  from  his  horse,  and  suffered  (crlcibcn   injnri.-s  (bie  $<er(ctiung) 
of  (on)  which  he  soon  after  di-  «1. 

2  I  will  ti  11  you  one  of  the  short  stories  which  we  read  a  few  days 
ago  in  ><  hnnl.     An  old  lion  lay  in  front  of  his  den  (bie  $>itt)te),  and  was 
near  to  death.     Many  of  the  animals  whose  king  he  had  been  for  is 
years  were  standing  round  him:  there  one  could  see  the  fox,  the 
wolf,  the  bear,  the  ox,  the  horse,  the  ass,  and  many  others.     As  long 
as  the  lion  had  been  strong,  they  had  all  feared  him;  but  since  he 
was  now  almost  dead,  they  knew  that  he  could  harm  (fdxiben,  dative) 
them  no  longer,  and  so  they  frit  thrms< -ives  safe  (firfjcr).     Some  of  at 
tin-  holder    ivniK'iKii'  animals  even  (fogor)  went  up  to    nuf  .  .  .  $u)  the 
dyinir  king  and  taunted  (Uerjpotten)  him,  and  several  kic  k<  d   id)(agen)  or 
hit  him. 

3  A  big  dog  one  day  broke  his  leg.     His  master  sent  for  (fjolen  laffen) 
one  of  his  friends  who  was  a  physician  (bcr  &r$t)  and  who  succeeded  25 
(I  succeeded  in  finding  him=*e3  gelanq  mtr  iiw  \\\  finbcn)  in  curing 
(furicren)  the  dog.     In  a  few  weeks  the  faithful  (treu)  animal  was 
well  again,  and  ran  about  as  before  (5111) or). 

Two  or  three  months  later,  when  the  doctor  had  almost  forgotten 
the  affair   IMC  WeiMnolite  .  lu-  heard  a  dog  bark  (bellen)  a  long  time  under  30 
his   window.     Opening  it  finally,  to  drive  him  away  (meg jagen > ,  In- 
saw   that  it  was  his  old  patient  (ber  ^attcnfi — and    whom   do  yen 
think  he  had  brought  with  him?     Another  dog  with  a  broken  leg. 

••Wt'll,  Leo,"  said  the  doctor,  for  that  was  the  big  dog's  ami 
"  you  are  not  only  shrewder  (f lug)  but  also  more  grateful  (ban! bar)  than  as 
most  of  my  patients;  only  a  few  of  them  bring  me  new  ones." 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION  145 

MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  AT  SIGHT 

In  translating  at  sight,  observe  the  following  directions: 

1.  Read  the  German  (aloud,  if  possible)  three  or  four  times.     Never 
stop  till  you  reach  a  period,  for  the  principal  verb  may  stand  there. 
Do  not  get  discouraged  if  you  do  not  understand  much  at  the  first 
reading.     Keep  trying. 

2.  Separate  compound  words  into  their  parts. 

3.  Guess  the  meaning  of  new  words  according  to  the  context.     Omit 
nothing. 

4.  Read  the  German  once  more. 

5.  Write  your  translation  as  nearly  in  the  German  order  as  sense  will 
allow  (see  Preface,  page  iv). 

@m  armer  SKann  ftofynte  in  enter  §iitte.  (£r  fjatte  nur  ein  toe^ 
nig  ©trof)  unb  ^roei  ©tiitjle.  $)a£  ©trof)  ftmr  fein  95ett.  (£ine£ 
$lbenb3  mar  er  feljr  mitbe  unb  tegte  fid)  frill)  nieber.  23alb  jd)tief  er 
ein.  11m  SRttternadjt  frrcu^eti  fttoei  ®iebe  in  bie  £iitte  ein,  um  ettna§ 

5  $n  fteljlett.  (£3  tear  feljr  finfter  nnb  fie  fatten  fein  Sidjt.  2)afjer 
toaren  fie  gejttJitngen  mit  ben  ^cinben  Idng§  ben  SBanben  5n  fudjen, 
nm  etma§  ju  finben.  @iner  t)on  i^nenjuarf  einen  Stu^I  nieber. 
SDa§  ©erciufd)  mecfte  ben  armen  SRann  auf.  ®r  falj  bie  2)iebe, 
merfte  i^re  9tbfta|t  nnb  fagte  :  ,,S^r  feib  gto§e  Soren.  3^r  Ijofft 

10  ^ier  ettua§  be^  9ladE)t§  511  finben,  unb  id)  finbe  ^ier  md^t§  am  Sage." 


t)on  fieben  S^^r^  U)ar  fefjr 
tDo^ner  be§  ^)orfe§  belDunberten  i^n  unb  fpradjen  t)tet  t>on  i^m. 
SDer  ^Jfarrer  be§  X>orfe§  ^orte  don  bent  Snaben  unb  tt)unfd)te  i^n  p 
fe^en.  ©ine§  Jage§  begegnete  er  feinem  SSater  auf  ber  ©tra^e  unb 

15  fagte  ^u  ifynt  :  ,,^d^  ^abe  t)iel  bon  3^tem  ©o^ne  ge^ort  unb  toiinfdje 
i^n  ^u  fe^en.  S3ringen  ©ie  iljn  bod)  ntorgen  p  tnir."  S)en 
ben  Sag  brad)te  ber  SKann  ben  Snaben  jum  ^?farrer.  ^)er  ^ 
fagte  ^unt  Snaben:  ,f©age  mir,  ntein  Sinb,  mo  ©ott  iftf  unb  id)  gebe 
bir  einen  2lpfet."  S)er  ^nabe  anttDortete  f^nett:  ,,©agen  ©ie  mir, 

20  tt)o  ©ott  nid)t  iftr  unb  id)  gebe  ^fynzn  jtDei 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

ben  Mcberlanbcn  roar  cine  blutige  2d)ladn  gclicicrt  roorbcn. 
D(cn)d)en  roarcn  auf  bem  Sd)lad)tfelbc  gcbliebcn.     Gin  irlan 
bifdjcr  Cffijicr  roar  fdtjroer  oerronnbet  unb  lag  auf  bcr  Grbc.     s.K'idn 
unn't   lum  it)in   lag  cin   gemcincr   2ole-at.      lio'cr   roar  and)  fdfjrocr 
ocrronnbet  nnb  battc  grof;e  2d)incr5cn.     1al)cr  fd)ric  cr  febv 

;cr  crtrng  cv  cine  ;{c»t  lang ;  abcr  cnblid^  rourbc  cr  unroilliei 
nnb  fagte:  MSBad  madden  2ie  ba  fur  cinen  VannV  3ie  glauben  roo^l 
gar,  Sic  allein  finb  bier  tot  gcfdfjoffen  roorbcn ." 

Gin  ^?farrcr  prcbigtc   fcfjr   f^led^t.     3)ic  ficute  fdfjliefcn   oft  in 

ftirc^c  cin.     91  bcr  cr  roar  rcid),  Icbtc  gut  unb  lub  oft  cinigc  10 
grcunbc   \n  Jifd)c  cin.     Gincn  2onntag  battc  cr  cinen  Arcnnb  bci 
{  i  fid^,  unb  cin  guteo  iVJittagvcffcn  rourbc  aufgctragcn.     s.Kad)  bem  Gffcn 
'  fagte  er  $u  feinem  Srcunbc :  ,,?\e$t  fonyjicii  fie  mit  mir  in  bic  Mird)c 
nnb  bin-en  2ie  mid)  prcbigen."     ,rvjanni   2ie  mid)  bod)  fn'cr,"  fagte 


fein  Jvreunb.     ..^dbJQiin  au^  t)icr  rcd)t  gut  fd&lafcn."  15 


bem  Jorc  ftaub  ciu  ^au^,  barm  roo^ntcn  ^mci  I'cnte,  bic 
batten  uur  cin  fiiub,  ciu  gau^  flcincd  sJ)Jdbc^cn.  S)a^  nanntcn  ftc 
©olbto$tcrd)cn.  Gincd  3D?orgcu^  gc^t  bie  Gutter  friil)  in  bic  Mitd)cr 
2Kitd^  511  ^olcu;  ba  ftcigt  bad  itinb  and  bcm  93ett  unb  ftcllt  fid^  in 
bie  $au§tiir.  Gd  tt)ar  cin  unmbcrfd)oncr  2ommcrmorgcn,  unb  20 
line  ba§  fitnb  in  ber  .\>auotur  ftcbt,  bcnft  c?  :  rr$icQcid^t  rcguct  c* 
morgcu  ;  ba  ift'd  bcffcr,  bu  gc^ft  bcutc  fpajicrcn."  SBte'S  fo  bcnft, 
gc^t'd  aud^  fcijon;  lanft  bintero  ^)au^  in  ben  ©arten  unb  Don  bcm 
©artcn  an  ben  Strom.  Xa  ftebt  bie  Crntc  mit  ihrcn  ^ungcn,  allc 
gotbgelb,  unb  Iduft  ©olbtod)terrf)cn  cntgegen,  a(§  menu  fie  e§  frcffcn  » 
uun'lte.  ®olbt5(J)tcr(^en  fiir<f)tct  fid^  nid^t,  abcr  gcljt  gcrabe  ju  i^r. 
."  fagtc  bie  Crntc,  ,,bn  bin  cc>,  ®olbtod)terd)cn  !  3^  ^ttc  bid^  gar 
ntd)t  erf  aunt.  93ic  gcbt  c*  bir  bcnnV  ^>ic  gebt  c^  benn  bcinem 
^)crrn  SSatcr  unb  bcincr  Jvrau  Gutter  V  Tao  in  rcd^t  fd^on,  ba§  bu 
un*  bcfudjft.  2)a6  ift  cine  grofec  G^re  fiir  un§."  30 

^sn  ctncni  Jorfe  mo^ntcn  jroei  ^eute,  bie  beibe  bcnfelben  9lamcn 
fatten,     iknbc    bicftcn    Mlaiiv,    abcr    bcr    cine    bcfaft    Dicr 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  147 

unb  ber  anbre  nut  ein  ein^igeg.  9Kcm  nannte  ben,  ber  bier 
^Pferbe  Ijatte,  ben  groften  Slang,  unb  ben,  ber  nur  ein  einjigeS 
$Pferb  fjatte,  ben  Heinen  Slang.  S)ie  gan^e  28od)e  ijinburd)  mn^te 
ber  Heine  Slang  fiir  ben  grofsen  Slang  arbeiten  nnb  iljm  fein 

5  ein^igeg  $J5ferb  leifyen  ;  bann  Ijalf  ber  grofse  Slang  il)m  ftrieber  mit 
feinen  bier  ^5ferben  aug,  aber  nnr  einmat  toocfyentlicl),  nnb  bag 
ftmr  beg  ©onntagg.  §nffa!  ft)ie  gtiidlidj  toar  nnn  ber  Heine 
Slang!  2lffe  fiinf  ^ferbe  toaren  ja  nnn  jo  gut  tt)ie  fein  an  bem 
einen  Jage.  £)ie  ©onne  fdE)ien  ^errliii)  unb  atte  ©lotfen  im  Sird)^ 

10  tnrme  lanteten,  bie  Sente  gingen  mit  bem  ©efangbttcfye  nnterm 
5lrme  $ur  Sirdje  ;  fie  fa^en  ben  Heinen  Slaug,  ber  mit  fiinf  ^5fer- 
ben  pfliigte  ;  aber  ber  ttmr  fo  bergniigt,  baf$  er  immer  tnieber  rief  : 
,,D  aHe  meine  5|3ferbe!" 

@g  war  eimnal  ein  Soniggfo^n;  niemanb  ^atte  fo  biele  f^one 

is  Siicfyer  tr)ie  er  ;  atteg,  mag  in  biefer  SBelt  gef(^el)en  mar,  bon  jebem 

SSolle  unb  jebem   Sanbe,  fonnte  er    barin  .lefen;    aber    mo    ber 

(Garten  beg  ^3arabiefeg  ju  finben  fei,  babon,ftanb._!ein  SSort  barin; 

unb  ber,  gerabe  ber  mar  eg,  tooran  er  am  metften  bg^Jfi*.    ©eine 

©ro^mntter   ^atte  i^m  er^a^It,  atg   er  nod^   f(ein  tDar,  aber  an= 

20  fangen  fottte,  in  bie  @d)ule  ju^e^en^  ba§  jeb.e  Slume  in  bem 


ten  biefeg  ^Sarabiefeg  ber  fii^efte  Sncfyeh  '  tDcire  ;  auf  ber  einen 
Stume  ftanbe  ®ef(^i(^te,  auf  ber  anbern  (Seograp^ie  ;  man  braucfye 
nur  Su^en  ^u  effen,  fo  fonne  man  feine  Seftion;  je  me^r  man 
effe^  um  fo  me!)r  @efi^i(i)te  unb  ©eograpljie  lerne  man.  2)ag 
25  glaubte  er  bamalg.  2tber  f(^on,  alg  er  ein  gro^erer  Snabe  ttmrbe, 
me^r  Ier^t|  unb  Hiiger  ttmrb,_begriff  er  tDO^I,  ba§  eine  gan§  anbre 
§errlid)!eft  in  bem  ©arten  beg  ^3arabiefeg  fein  mitffe. 


Sn  S^ina,  iDei^t  bu  tDo^I,  ift  ber  Saifer  ein  Kljinefe,  unb  aKe,  2 

bie  er  um  fid)  fjat,  finb  au(i)  K^inefen.     ®g  ift  nun  biele  $al)re 

so  ^er,  aber  eben  begfjalb  ift  eg  ber   SRii^e  toert,  bie  ©ef^i^te  ^u 

^oren,    e^e    fie    bergeffen    tuirb.     S)eg    Saiferg   @d^Io§   tuar    bag 

prddE)ttgfte  in  ber  SBelt,  gan$  unb  gar  bon  feinem  ^?or§ettan,  fe^r 


148  A  GJHtJMA    I  HULL   HOOK 

foftbar.     3  IN  (Barton  fa  1)  man  bie  nninoerbanten  5Mnmcn,  unb  an 
bie  pradniajten   roarcn   2ilbera,lorfcn   gcbunbcn,   bio   flangen,   bamit 
man    nid)t    iiorboigoljou    mbdjtc,    obne    bie    tinmen    ,yi    bomorfon. 
Unb  ber  (Barton  entredte  fid)  fo  roeit,  bajj  bcr  farmer  fclbft  bad 
Cinbe  baDon  nid)t  fannte.     ®ing  man  immor  rocitcr,  fo  fain  man   s 
in    ben    berrlid)ftcn    3Balb   mit   fyofycn   Caiimcn    unb    tiofon    2een. 
S)er  SBalb  ging  gerabo  binunter  bi*  $um  SRecrc,  bad  blau  unb  tief 
roar;  grofje  Sdfciffe  lonnten  bid  unter  bie  droeigc  bor  Canine  bin 
fegcln,  unb  in  Meien  roobnto  oinc  9tad)tigaH,  bio  fo  Ijorrlic^  fang, 
baft   fclbft   ber   anno   J\ifd)er,    ber   bod)   in'ol   anbrcd  ju   tun    Ijattc,  10 
ftillbiclt  unb   bord)tc,  rocnn  cr  bed  9{a4td  audgcfa^ren  roar,  um 
bad  8fifcl)net  aud.ynoenen,  unb  bann  bic  9{a^tigaQ  fjortc.     MxJld), 
tine  ift  bad  fdf)dn!"  fagtc  cr. 

1  liine  altlidK  grau  fafe  am  gcuer  nnb  roarf  ein  Stud  ^0(5  nad) 
bem  anbcrn  hincin.     ,,Womm  nur  na'ljcr!"  fagtc  fie;  jefte  bic^  and  » 
^•ener,  bamit  bcino  Mleiber  trocfcn  rocrbon."     w^)ier  jie^t  e0  feljr!" 
fagto   ber  ^rin,^  unb  fctyte  ftd^  auf  ben  guBbobcn  niobor.     wDad 
roirb  nod)  fd)led)tor   rocrbcn,  rocuii   meine   2obno  nad)  ^paufe  fom= 
men!"  crroibcrtc  bie  Jvrau.     ,,Iu  bift  bier  in  ber  ^o^le  bcr  SBinbe; 
meine  So' hue   finb  bie   in'er  ^inbc  ber  SSclt;   fannft  bu  bad  Der*  » 
ftebenV"    M2So  finb  beine  ©ofjne?11  fragte  bcr  ^Jrin$.    ,,$a,  es  ift 
fdiroer   $u  antroortcn,  rocnn  man  bumm  gefragt  roirb,"  fagte  bie 

/Jvrau.  ,,^Jioino  2bbne  fpiclon  JcbcrbaH  mit  bcu  SBoIfen  bort 
oben."  Unb  babci  ^eigte  fte  in  bie  £olje.  M9lber  ba  ^aben  roir 
ben  einen!"  Gd  roar  ber  SWorbroinb,  bor  mit  cincr  cifigcn  fialte  25 
^ercintrat;  grofjc  .oagclforncr  ^u'pften  auf  bem  gugbobcn  ()inf  unb 
Sd)ncef(ocfen  ftogen  um^er;  lange  Gtd^apfen  l)ingen  i^m  am  Sartc; 
unb  ein  Jpagetforn  nac^  bem  anbern  glitt  if)m  doit  bem  Sragen 
ber  ^ade  ^eruntcr. 

2  {v*  tear  ein  Better  ^erbfttag.    2)runtcn  im  Jalc  fatten  bie  93aume  » 
fc^ou  gclbe  flatter,  boi  into  brobcn  rourbcn  jotu  crft  bic  ftirfd^en 
reif.     .Jd)  fling  Don  bcr  Sd^ule  ^eim,  fjatte  meincn  Sd^ulfacf  urn- 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION 


149 


Ijangen  unb  fang  fo  bor  mid)  l)in.  £>a  fjorte  id)  Ijintcr  mir  etftm3, 
id)  fa!)  mid)  urn,  imb  ba  !am  em  ttmnberfcfyoner  28agen  bafjer. 
Sroben  fa£  em  SKann  unb  Ijatte  eine  ©olbatenmuije  auf  bent 
Sopfe.  $d)  ftanb  [till,  ber  SSagen  lam  naljer,  ber  SKcmn  Ijatte 
5  grime  2lugen,  aber  nein,  ba§  ttmr  nnr  eine  griine  Grille.  3d) 
ftanb  fM,  tt)ie  toenn  id)  gar  nid)t  meljr  bom  ^Sla^e  lonnte. 
28of)in  ttritt  ber?  £)er  SSeg  fii^rt  ja  nitr  511  nn£.  ®a§  5pferbf 
ber  SBagen  unb  ber  3JJann  famen  tmmer  na^er.  3Kit  einem 
Sprung  toar  ber  2Kann  t)om  @i^e  Ijerunter,  er  ^atte  ^ol)ef  gldn= 
10  5enbe  ©tiefet  an.  rrSommf  Sinb,"  fagte  er,  ,,id)  fal)re  bi(^  nad) 
bent  «^ofe  beine§  SSater^."  3d)  lonnte  fein  2Bort  ^erau^bringen. 
©r  na^m  mid)  um  ben  Seib  unb  ^ob  mi(^  tnie  einen  SSatt  auf 
ben  fd^onen  SSagen,  fprang  tt)ieber  ^inauf  unb  fort  ging'§  note  ge^ 
flogen. 

15      S)er  StRann  fragte  mid),  true  alt  tc^  fet,  t(^  antluortete:  tc^  ge^r  i 
tn§  3)rei5ef)nte.     f,S)u  bift  no^  !Ieinf"  fagte   er,  unb  meine  §anb 
faffenb:  ,f3)einen  gtngern  nac^  tuirft  bu  aber  nod)  grofj,  lannft  fo 
gro§   tt)erben,  tt)ie   betn  SSater."    ^)iefe  ^J?rop^e5ei^ung, — unb  fie 
ift  tDa^r  getuorben,  —  f)at  mid^  fe^r  gefreut,  benn  id)  bin  gar  nid^t 

20  gern  fo  Itein  getDefen.  3^  fragte  tfjn,  marum  er  eine  grime 
Grille  auf  ^abe,  unb  al§  er  mir  erflarte,  ba§  er  fd^Iimme  5lugen 
^abe,  er^a^Ite  id)  tf)m,  ic^  ^atte  aud^  fd^Iimme  ^tugen  ge^abt,  aber 
fei  baburd)  ge^eilt  tDorben,  ba§  id^  ein  frifcf)getegte£  Si,  folang  e§ 
nod)  ttwrm  ift,  auf  bie  Slugen  legen  mu^te.  w®a§  merbe  id)  aud) 

25  tun.  3d)  banle  Mr,"  fagte  ber  SKann.  $d)  ^atte  aHe  SIngft  ber^ 
loren  unb  mid)  bon  ^er^en  gefreut,  bafs  id^  and)  fd^on  einen  9Ken- 
f(l)en  ^eilen  lonnte.  9(l£  tt)ir  ben  33erg  ^inauffuljren,  muf$te  id) 
bent  SKann  meine  @d)utt)efte  ^eigen;  er  lobte  mify,  bafc  id^  fo  fd)on 
fd^reiben  lonne,  id^  fagte,  Sopfred)nen  lonne  ic!)  nodf)  beffer.  ©r 

so  fteltte  mir  nun  5lufgaben,  id^  brad)te  fie  aHe  ^erau§,  unb  er  fagte: 
,,S)u  bift  ja  gan§  gef^idt,  unb  ^itbfi^  bift  bu  aud)."  $a,  td^ 
luar  bod)  nod)  ein  ®tnb,  aber  e£  gibt  nid)t§  ©d^timmere§,  ate 


1  >{)  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BO<>h 

cincm  fiinbc  fo  ctroaS  ju  fagcn.  Tic  2d)lana.c  im  parable*  hat 
goroifi  and)  311  bcr  Crim  a,ciaa.t :  ,,C  wic  idu'n,  roie  uwnbcrfd)on 
bin  bu!" 

1  3"  cincr  fleiiien  2tabt,  nicfjt  roctt  Don  bcm  Crtc,  mo  id)  roofpitc. 
lebte  cinmal   ciu   jungcr  SRann,  bcr  immcr  ungliirflid)  war.     £a   5 
befdf)lo&  cr,  in  bio  iiu-itc  SBclt  $u  geben.     ,,2dUcdmT  faun'*  nim - 
mcr  HH'rbcn."  ba^tc  cr:    ,,uidlcid)t  wirb'v  &cfl  ftcdte  ba^ 
hn    all   join  Mdb   in   bio    Jautc   unb  manbcrte  jum  lor  tjinauS. 
SSor   bent    Jor   anf   bcr    ftcincrncn   3}ritdc    blicb   cr    nod)   cinmal 
ftclKii.     Cr  fa^  in$  SBaffcr  l)inab  unb  cd  rourbc  i^m  gar  trau«  10 
rig   um$  ^pcr^.     S^   toar    ifjm    faft,    a(^    rocnn   c§    cin    Uurcdit 
unirc,   Me    2tabt,   in   bcr  cr  fo  longc  gclcbt,   ju   Dcrloffcn.     Unb 
iucllcid)t   battc   cr  nod^  Inngc  fo  gcftanbcn,  menu  il)in  nic^t  p!5fr* 
lid)  bcr  SBinb  ben  .\Sitt  uom  Mmn'c  gcwcht  nnb  in   ben  Sl"6  ge= 
tDorfcn  battc.     Ta  cninuttc  cr  ano  icincn  Jraumen,  abcr  bcr  $ut  is 
war  }d)on  nntcr  bcr  ^riicfc   jortgcfd)roommen   nnb  tanjtc  auf  bcr 
nnbcrn    2citc    mitten    im    2trom:    unb   jcbc^mal,    menu    il)ii    cine 
SScIIc  ljod)()ob,  fd^ien  cr  jurucf^urufcn:   ,,xHbicn!   id)  rcifc,  blcibc  bu 
\n  -vain'c,   wcnn  bu   mittft!".   So  mad)te  cr  fid^  bcnn   oljnc 

auf  ben  SScg.  20 

2  sJJad)bcm   cr   mebrcrc   SBod^cn   geroanbert  roar,   o()nc   5u  miff  en 
roofyin,  fam  cr  cincd  lagc^  an  cincn  rounbcrDoIlcn  grofecn  ®artcn. 
3[n  bcr  3)tittc  bc^  ©artcn^  fafy  man  untcr  ben  Sdumcn  ein  ftatt= 
ltdicy  Sd^lofe.     Tic   ulbcrncn   Tad)cr    blitucn   in  ber  £onne   unb 
t)on  ben  lurmen   rocljten    buntc  Banner.     Snblid^   fanb  cr  einen  25 
grofeen  offenftcf)enben  Jorrocg,  Don  bent  cine  (ange  fdjattige  5lllee 
gerabe  auf  bag  Sd)lo&  fii^rte.     3m  ©arten  felbft  mar  atte§  ftitt; 
fein  SKcnfd)  lieu  fid)  fcbcn  obcr  ^orcn.     sJlm  Jo  re  l)tng  cine  2afcl. 
,,?lba!"    bad^te    erf   ,,roie    gemo^nlid^!    roenn  man   an  einem  red^t 
fdjonen    ©arten    Dorbci!ommtr    mo    bie    Jorc    offen    fte^en,   bann  30 
fjangt  immcr  cine  Jafel  baneben,  morauf  fte^tf  ba§  bcr  Gintritt 
berboten  ift.11    Gr  fa^  jebod^,  bafc  er  fid^  bie^mat  tdufd^tc,  benn 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION 

cwf  ber  Zafct  ftanb  ntdjtg  al£:  ,,§ier  barf  nid)t  getoeint  toerben!" 
$)arauf  trat  er  in  ben  Garten  ein. 


,,28arum  fcerftecfft  bu  bid)?"  rief  fie.  ,,9Bittft  bu  mir 
$8ofe£  tun  ober  fiircfyteft  bu  bid!)  fcor  mir?"  3)  a  trat  er  5ttternb 
5  fjinter  bent  Sufd)  Berber.  ,,®u  tuft  mir  nid)t§!"  fagte  fie  lacfyenb. 
,,Somnt  f)er,  fe£e  bid)  ein  ftenig  $u  mir;  meine  ©efpielinnen  finb 
atte  fortgelaufen  unb  fjaben  mid)  attein  gelaffen.  S)u  lannft  mir 
etttmS  red)t  ^itbf(^e§  er^a^ten,  aber  etn?a§  ^um  £ad)enf  ^orft  bu? 
Stber  bu  fteljft  ja  fo  traurig  au§!  28a§  fe^It  bir  benn?  SSenn 

10  bu  fein  fo  ftnftere£  ©efid)t  madjteft,  mareft  bu  toirllid)  ein  ganj 
^iibf(i)er  Snabe."  ,,28enn  bu  e£  ^aben  tt)tttftf"  anttDortete  er, 
,,tt)iH  id^  mi<^  tDO^I  einen  Sugenblicf  ^u  bir  fe^en.  9lber  tDer  bift 
bu  benn?  3>d()  Vbe  ja  nod^  nie  ettrm§  fo  @d^6ne§  gefel)en  tt)ie 
bid)!"  ,,3d()  bin  bie  ^rin^effin  ©lud^linb  unb  bie§  ift  meine§ 

15  $ater§  ©arten."  f,28a§  mad^ft  bu  benn  f)ier  fo  attein?"  ,,$d) 
fiittere  meine  ©olbfifdje."  ,,Unb  toenn  bu  bamit  fertig  bift." 
MS)ann  lommen  meine  ©efpielinnen  niieber  unb  bann  tad)en  tt)ir 
unb  fingen  unb  tauten."  ff^r  tt)a§  bu  fiir  ein  gliic!ti^e§  Seben 
fiiljrft!  Unb  ba§  gef)t  fo  atte  Sage!"  ,,Saf  atte  Sage!  9?un  fage 

20  aber  aud^  einmal,  tuer  bu  bift  unb  ftne  bu  ^ei^t."  ,,5I($f  atter- 
fdljonfte  ^rin^efftn,  ify  bin  ber  atterungtudltd)fte  SKenfd^  unter  ber 
©onne." 


S)er   SSogel  fagte:    ^Stttmm   jum  ®anl   ben  9^ing.     ®§   ift   ein  2 
SBunfd)ring.     SSenn  bu  ifjn  am  Singer  umbre^ft  unb  babei  einen 

25  SSunfd)  au§fprid)ftf  bann  ftrirb  er  erfiittt  tDerben.  5Iber  e§  ift 
nur  ein  ein^iger  SSunf^  im  ^Ringe.  Sarum  iiberfege  bir  too^I, 
tt)a§  bu  ttwttfdjeft."  ®er  junge  SKann  na^m  ben  $Ring,  ftedte  i^n 
an  ben  ginger  unb  begab  fid)  auf  ben  Jpeimtoeg.  51I§  e§  9Ibenb 
mar,  lam  er  in  eine  (Stabt;  ba  ftanb  ber  ©otbf^mieb  im  Saben 

so  unb  fjatte  biele  loftlidje  D^inge.  ®a  ^eigte  iljm  ber  junge  9Kann 
feinen  SRing  unb  er^a^tte  i^m,  ba§  er  mefjr  lt)ert  fei  ate  atte 
SRinge  jufammen,  bie  Jener  fjatte.  S)er  ®olbfd^mieb  tub  ben  jun^ 


nooh 

gen  Wtiiin  fin,   iiber  NJuid)t  bei  il)in   \it  blcibcn,  into  fagtc:  ,,trinen 
:l'iann,  u>ie  bid),  im  .panic  ;>n  babcn,  bringt  Wiicf;   bleibc  bei  mil  " 
tfr   bciuirtctc    il)n   auf*   fd)onftc   nno   al£  or  nad)t$  fd)ticf,  509  cr 
il)m  unbcmcrft  bcu  Wing   uom  Singer   unb   ftecftc  ibm   ftatt  i1 
cinen  gan^  gtctd^cn  gcroof)ulid)en  Oltng  an.  r, 

1  Vim  nadiftcii  SDJorgcn  fonntc  c^  bcr  ©olbfdjmicb  faum  crumrtcn, 
baft  bcr  S)aucr  fortginge.     @r   mccfto    ilw    fd)on    in  bcr    fnihficu 
SKorflnntiuibc    intb   fprad^:    ,,^11   baft   nod)   cincn   uu-itcn   ^>o^   nor 
bir.     li'o    ift   bcffcr,   incnn   bu  bi^   friit)  aufmac^ft.44     2obalb    bcr 
jungc   ^Jiann    fort   mar,   ging   cr    in   kin    Dimmer,    fd)lofe  bic    Jur  i» 
binicr  fid)  ,yi,   ftcfltc  fid)  mitten  in  ba*   ;5immcr,   brcbtc  ben  "h'in^ 
urn  nnb  ricf:  MXx\d)  will  glcid)  bitnbcrttanfcnb  Jalcr  babcn."     Manm 
liattc  cr  bic^  au^gcfprod^cn,  fo  fing  c^  an,  Jalcr  ju  rcgncn,  nub 
bic   Jalcr  id)liia,cn   il)in   anf  $topfr  @(^u(tern  unb  9lrmc.     ij-r  fiiui 
nn   \n  idircicn  unb   luolltc   \\i\-    Jiir   ipringcn,  bod)   chc   cr   fie   er*  u 
rcid)cn   fonntc,    fid    cr    $u  Sobcn.     Mbcr    bad  Jalcrrcgncn    nabm 
fcin  (i'ltbc   inib    balb   brad^   bic  Xicle   $ufammen,   unb   bcr  ©olb- 
fd)iuicb    mit    bcm    ©clbc    (titrate    in    ben    ticfcn    Slcttcr.     5)arauf 
Tcgnctc  cv  inuner  lucitcr,   bio  ^ic  .VMtnoerttanfeni)  Doll  tuarcu,  unb 
Sitlcftt  tag  bcr  ®olbjd)micb  tot  im  Seller  unb  auf  i^m  bas  uiclc  20 

db. 

2  Vim  folgcnbcn  SWorgcn  ging  bcr  gclc^rte  2Rann  au§,  urn  Saffec 
311  trinfen  unb  ^citungcn  ju  lefen.     ,,3Ba§  ift  ba§?"  fagtc  crf  a(§ 
cr  in  ben  (Sonncnfd)etn  fam,  ,,\$  ^abc  ja  fcincn  Scfyatten  mc^r! 
©o  in  cr  al)o  ivirfltd)  gcftcrn  Slbenb  fortgcgangcn  unb  nicf)t  ^u-  » 
ritcf^efommcn:  ba*  ift  rcd)t  unangcncbm!"     Xao  drgcrtc  i()n;  abcr 
nid^t  fo  fcfjr,  mcil  ber  ©fatten  fort  mar,  fonbcrn  rocil  cr  mnfuc, 
baft  c»  cine  ©efd^id^te  gcbe  Don  ctncm  9Kannc  ol)itc  Sd^attcn;  bicfe 
fanntcn  ja  aQe  Scute  ba^cim,  unb  fame  nun  ber  gelefjrte  9Kann 
nad^  ^aufc  unb  cr^iljltc  fcinc  cic^cnc  Okfd)td^tcf  fo  miirbe  man  i^n  w 
aib3lad)cn.     Gr    n)oDte    bal)cr    nid^t   baDon    fpredjen.     xHm   Vlbcnb 
ging   cr  tuicbcr   auf  fcincn  Salfon   ^inau§.     $a§   Sid^t   ^atte   er 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  153 

Ijinter  fid)  gefe|t,  benn  er  ttmftte,  ba£  bet  ©fatten  imtner  feinen 

£)errn  ^unt  @d)irme  Ijaften  tmll;  after  er  fonnte  if)n  nid)t  I)erau§= 

ftringen.     ©r  mad)te  fid)  llein,  er  mad)te  fid)  grofj;  after  e£  lam 
lein  ©fatten  ftrieber. 


mar  after  bie  $z\t  gelommen,  ba  £oni  $ur  @d)ute  rnu^te. 
@3  !am  iljn  fefjr  ^art  an,  toon  feiner  3Kutter  tDeg^uge^en  unb  fo 
lange  t)on  i^r  fort^uftleiften.  Ser  meite  28eg  na(^  bem  S)orf 
^inunter  unb  lt)teber  l^erauf  foftete  f^on  t)iet  3^t;  fo  ba§  ben 
gan5en  Jag  Sont  nnn  faft  nie  mefjr  mit  feiner  SRntter  5nfammen 

10  tt)arf  nnr  nod)  am  $lftenb.  @r  fam  tmmer  fo  f(^nett  na(^  £>anfe, 
ba^  fie  e§  faft  nid)t  ftegreifen  fonnte,  benn  er  frente  fid)  fd)on 
ben  gan^en  Sag  baranf,  it)ieber  batjeim  ju  fein.  9Kit  ben  @d)nl^ 
jnngen  berlor  er  leine  3e^tf  fonbern  lief  gleid)  t>on  i^nen  toegf 
f  oft  alb  bie  @d)nle  ^n  ©nbe  ftmr.  @r  tDar  immer  gan§  allein  nur 

15  mit  ber  ftiff  arfteitenben  SJJntter  gettiefen,  nnb  fo  Ijatte  er  leine 
grenbe  baran,  tDenn  bie  Snften  fteim  |>erau3treten  au§  bem 
©c^ul^anfe  ein  gro£;e§  ©efd)rei  er^often,  einer  bem  anbern  nad)* 
liefen,  proftierten,  meld^er  ber  ©tarlere  feir  nnb  einanber  511 
Soben  tDarfen.  Cft  riefcn  if)m  biefe  Uampfer  §u:  ,,Somm  unb 

20  mad)'  mit!"  Unb  ft)enn  er  bann  babontief,  riefen  fie  tfjm  nad^: 
^Su  ftift  ein  feiger  SBufte!"  5lfter  er  fjorte  e§  nid^t  lange,  benn 
er  lief  au£  aHen  Srdften,  urn  ttneber  ba^eim  ftet  ber  Gutter  ^u 
fein. 


^atte  er  in  ber  @d)ute  ein  neueg  Sntereffe:  er  l^atte  auf  2 
25  tteifsen  Sarten  fi^one  £iere  aftgeftilbet  gefe^en,  bie  bie  Sinber  ber 
ofteren  ®Iaffen  na^^eii^neten.     @d)nel(  proftierte  er  ba§  aud^  mit 
feinem  93leiftift,  unb  ba^eim  fuf)r  er  bann  fort,  bie  £iere  mieber 
unb   mieber   §u   ^eidjnen,   fo   lange   er  nod^   ein  @titcfd)en  papier 
^atte.     ^)ann  fd)nitt  er  bie  Siere  au§  unb  toolfte  fie  auf  ben  £ifd> 
so  ftellen,   after  ba§   ging  nid)t.     2)  a   lam   er   plo^Iid)   auf   ben  ©e=^ 
banlen,  bafs,  tuenn  fie  t)on  §ot^  ftmren,  fie  gett)i§  fte^en  lonnten. 
©r  fing  an,  mit  feinem  Sfteffer  an  einem  ^ol^ftiid^en 


154  A  QBRM  \\  hlill.  I.    HOOK 


bio  cin  sJcib  nnb  Dier  Seine  baumrcn  ;  a  bcr  \\\  cincm 
uub  bcni  Mopic  baranf  rcid)tc  bad  $0(5  nid)t,  cr  mnntc  cin 
anbrco  2nuf  ncbntcn  nnb  lion  xHnfana,  an  bcrcd)ncn,  luic  hod)  c$ 
)Vin  unb  U)0  ber  ftopf  filwn  miiffc.  2o  fdjniv-tc  bcr  Joni  immcr 
^u,  bio  cr  ctumo  urn*  cin  Jicr  \nrcd)ta,cbrad)t  battc  nnb  co  nun  5 
init  grower  3^cubc  bcr  SKuttcr  $cigen  fonni  u\n  fclir  or* 

front  nnb  fagte:  ,,^n  unrft  CKiuift  cinmat  cin  .^o(^nit\lcr  nnb 
cin  rcd^t  gutcr."  S?on  bcr  &it  on  f^autc  lont  aUc  2tiicfd)cn 
^olj,  bic  auf  fcincn  SBcg  famcn,  baranf  anr  ob  fie  gut  ,ytm 

liniocn  unircn,  unb  fanb  cr  ba^,  fo  pacttc  cr   lie  fd^ncH  cin,  )o  10 
bafe   cr   mand)mat   aHc  Jafd^cn   DoHcr  ^ot^fincfc   hciinbrad^tc  unb 
bine  in  jcbcr  frcicn  Winntc  micbcr  ju  f^ni^cn  anfing. 

1  JpanS  n?ar  in  fcincm  fiinftcn  Csaftr  cin  flcincr,  plumper  3unge. 
ij-r    iah    any   blaiuiraucn   ^lugcn   froljlic^  in   bic  2Sclt,   fcinc  DJafc 
l)attc  bio  jcftt  nod)  nidno  0'lMraftcrinn'd)cx>  ;  icin  s.Uhmb  Dcrfprad),'  w 
I'clir  grofe  ^u  rocrbcn,  unb  l)ic(t  fcin  Scrfprcc^cn.     XaS  gclbc  §aar 
bc^  3>wngcn   franfclte   fid)   natiirlic^  unb   mar  ba3  ^ubfc^cftc  an 
tl)in.     (j:r   hattc  cincn   fcbr  iintcn   Wagcn,  wic  aHc  bic  Scute,  bie 
Did    >>nna,cr    in    ibrcm    Vcbcn    Icibcn    follcn:    cr   unirbc   mit   bcm 
grofetcn   Stiicf   ©d^roar^brot  unb   bcm    boHften   Suppentcttcr    faft  20 
nod)   iciditcr   nnb   fd)ncllcr    fcrtig,   al3  mit  bcm  5193G.     9?on  ben 
bcibcn  ^cibcrn,   bcr  SJiuttcr  unb  bcr   Jante,  murbe  cr  natiirlid^ 
fcbr  Der^ogcn  unb  al^  Mronprin$,  §clb  unb  SScltrounbcr  bc^anbctt, 

fo  ba§  e§  ein  ©liicf  roar,  al£  cr  in  bic  (Bdjule  ge^cn  mnntc. 
§an§  fe^te  ben  guft  auf  bie  unterfte  ©tufe  ber  Seitcr,  bie  an  25 
bent  Saume  ber  grfenntni^  teljnt;  bic  9lrmcnfd^ute  tat  ftd^  Dor 
ibm  auf,  nnb  ber  SrfjiiUcfrrcr  Dcrfprad^  an  ber  Jiir,  ba§  ba§  Slinb 
roeber  Don  iljm  felbft,  noc^  Don  ben  fjunbertfedjjtg  ©d^uljungcn  tot* 
gefd^Iagen  lucrbcn  foHc. 

2  ^n  bent  ©d^ul^aufe  fa&en  re^t§  bie  3Kab^enr  imU  bie  Snabcn.  30 
3mif(i)en  biefen  betbcn  ^lOtcilungen  lief  cin  ©ang  Don  ber  £iir  ju 
bcm  ^nlte  be§  Se^rer^,  unb  in  biefem  ©ange  ging  bicfer  auf  unb 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION 


155 

ab.  9?ad)bem  £jan§  ein  paar  Sage  in  ber  @d()ute  toar,  $eigte  er 
fid)  ntdjt  beffer  ate  jeber  anbre  S5u6e  unb  nafjm  nad)  beften  Sraf^ 
ten  teil  an  aHen  Seiben  unb  greuben  feiner  Sameraben.  3)ie 
greunbe  unb  geinbe  unter  ben  Snaben  toaren  fcfynell  au^gefunben. 

5  Site  ed^ter  3;un9e  Ijfttte  er  in  biefer  Seben^eit  fiir  ba§  toeibtidje 
©efdjled)t  auf  ben  SSanlen  jur  9£ed)ten  be§  (Sanies?  !eine  Siebe. 
SSon  rttterltdjen  ©efitfjleti  fanb  fid)  anfangg  in  feiner  SBruft  !eine 
©pur.  3)odf)  foffte  bie  Qtit  lommen,  too  er  eine  Heine  SKtt* 
fc^iilerin  nid^t  toeinen  fe§en  lonnte.  giir  je^t  ftedte  er  bie  §anbe 

10  in  bie  £jofentafcl)en,  fprei5te  bie  93eine  Don  einanber,  ftettte  fid^ 
feft  auf  bie  gii^e  unb  fu^te,  fidfj  fo  Diet  ate  moglid)  Don  ber  ab^ 
folnten  §errfdE)aft  ber  SSeiber  ^u  eman^ipieren. 

9Zeben  bem  Saben  too^nte  eine  Srau,  bie  fid)  burdE)  eine  Dbft= 
bube  Dor  ber  Siir  ber  ©d)ule  er^ielt.  @ie  ^atte  eine  Softer  Don 

15  ungefa^r  ad^t  3a^renf  un^  ^a^  Heine  3Kab^en  Ijatte  eine  Sa^e. 
^)ie  Heine  ©op^ie  toar  ^)anfen§  erfte  Siebe.  3uerft  tourbe  er 
natiirlid^  burdE)  ba£  Dbft  unb  bie  ^5feffer!u(^en  ju  ber  93ube  ge= 
gogen;  bann  burdf)  bie  Sa|e;  ber  Heinen  ©op^ie  gab  er  feine 
Slufmerffamfeit  jule^t.  §an§  toar  }e^t  in  bem  Sitter,  too  man  ftill 

20  tiegt  unb  ben  SSinb  in  ben  ^Slattern  fjort,  bie  SBotfen  in  ber  Suft 
fd)toimmen  fie^t  unb  nad^  ben  fernen  95ergen  ^inuberfd^aut;  too 
man  tauft,  um  bie  ©tette  ju  finben,  too  ber  Stegenbogen  auf  ber 
6rbe  fte^t.  Qn  SSatb  unb  getb  fii^rte  §an§  bie  Heine  ©optjie. 
Grnft^aft  toie  in  ber  ^ot^bube  Dor  ber  ©d)ute  fafs  ba§  Heine 

25  2Kcib(i)en  am  9tanbe  be§  2Batbe§.  3^re  SCugen  toaren  fiir  aKe§ 
toeit  geoffnet;  aber  fie  fpra^  fettner  ate  anbre  Sinber,  unb  toa§ 
fte  fagte,  toar  Diet  toeifer,  ate  anbrer  Sinber  2Borte.  ®ie  ^ad^- 
barn  fd^iittetten  oft  ben  ®opf  iiber  fie  unb  nannten  fie  attHug; 
attein  ba§  toar  fie  nid£)t.  S^re  ®eban!en  iiber  ben  ©onnenfd^ein, 

so  iiber  bie  toeifse  unb  iiber  bie  rofige  SBotfe,  iiber  ben  ftiffen  btauen 
§immet,  toaren  ed^te  ^inbergebanfen.  @ie  ftarb  in  bem  SBinter 
an  einer  SinberfranHjeit,  —  bie  arme  Heine  ©opfjie. 


1  •'•»'•  A  <,I:I;M.\  v  MKU  HOOK 

;bt  erfticg  ftcwZ  cine  v^itc  2  tine  auf  bcr  Scitcr  be8  SBiffcnS 

iinD  trot    in    Die    inner  .;rgcrfd)ulc    nil.      Ja*   war 

cm  undjtigcr  2d)ritt  Doriiuirt*.  vim  biclt  babci  cine  feincr 

)M)mifteit  unb  Idnajtcn  :)icben,   bic  aber  bod)  uu-nigcr  23irfung   anf 
ben  sJieffcn  maduc,  al£  ba§  ^>aar  ncuor  Zticfcl,  uunnit  cr  ilin  In 
]d)ciiftc.     li'v  uuircii  bic  crficn,  morauf  .Onit^  trat;    cr   bntte   ibrcn 
s^au  lion  ben  on  ten  ^Infaiuien  an  beuuiAt:    mit  'Jidiicln  luaren   fie 
'..lai^en,  baf;  man  Don  ber  2ol)le  faft  nid)tv  erbltcftc;  menn  man 
fcarin    einherfdivitt,    fo    bortc    man   c§    brei    2iraf,en    mcit. 
Chcim    batte    ein    Alieifterftiic!    (^emad)t.     crin    ajoficS    2cl)ncn    in  10 
uft  war  bnrci)  bic   Sticfel  befricbiflt  morbcn. 

2       Tic    l)eif;e    ^nliionnc    )d)ien    burc^    bie    ^enfter   bcr    2d)ule   auf 
nnire  Mopje  unb  unr  jdjuntuen  bicfe  xHihifttropKn  u'ocr  bcr  (^: 
matif,    indbrcnb    bic    ^vnid    braniVn    in    ben    ^dnmcn    i: 
lad)ten,  nub    bic    Jvlie^e,  bic    frei   iibcr  bad   blanc   J>cft    |pa,yertcr  15 
cin  a,liidlid)c:  .-ion!     sJhm  ift  cd  }d)0n   Sinter,   2d)ncc 

anf    bem    ^oben    nnb    ben    Jdd)crn    nnb    tt)irb    Dont    freien 
oinb    flciicn   bie    ^enftcr   gciuirbelt.     Xer   ^oinb   nnb   bic 
tan \ciibeu    2d)neeflocfcn    ladicn   un^    nid)t    iuema,cr    au§,    a(§    bic 

;iimeriHH]ct    nnb    bic    Jxltcgcn;    c^    mad^t   uu§   nur   cin   flcinc^  20 
^cr^ni'uicn,  baf;  unr  nad^  ^crjcn^lnft  ben  GorncltuS  SRcpog  Icfcii 
biirfen.     irinc   (janj  anbre  Scfricbignng  miirbc  c^  un8  gcindbrcn, 
UHMin    unr    bem    altcn    Corner    branften    auf   bcm  3Karftp(a^   bao 
-.cleib,  ba^   cr  iibcr  fo  mature  ©cnerattoncn  Don   Sd^ulbnbcn 
V     gcbrad)t  bat,  burd)  cincn  tiidbtigcit  .'page!  Don  2d)necluittcn  5uriicf-  25 
\  tvililcn    fonntcn!     2%oir    merbcn    in    bcr    jiucitcn    Mlaffc    mit   M2tc" 
anacrcbct;    wcit    in   bcr    gcrnc   licgt  jcnc  3cit,  mo  luir  fclbft  bc^ 
9ladf)t*    in    unfcrn    Jrdnmcn    nid)t    Dor    bem    2tocfc    be?   I'cbrcr? 
fidfjcr  umrcn  :  mir  baben  inner  ben  Jvolgen  ber  erftcn  (iuiarrc  gc- 
littcn:    cinigc    Don  un*    babcn  fogar  ^rillcn  Don  gcnftcrglav  anf=  » 
geknt:    unr    fangcn    an,   nor    ben    J\cnncni    bcr    crftcn  Mlaffc  ber 
3Rfibd)cnfd)uIc  'ijjarobc  \\i  macftcn.     C  fcligc  ?siuicnb^eit! 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  157 

@ie    erljob    fid)    leife    bon   ifjrem    33ette   unb    fd)lid),    um    ben  i 
fd()lafenben   Snaben  nid)t   511   mecfen,  anf   bloften  giiften  an§  bet 
Sammer.     %n   ber   ©tube   ^iinbete  Jie   bie   Sampe  an.     $lnf  ben 
2lrbeit£ftu!jl   iljre§   9Kanne£   fe^te   fie  fid)  nod)  einige  $lngenblicle 

s  nieber  nnb  ttrifdfjte  bie  3/ranen  an§  ben  5lngen;  bann  abet  trng 
fie  bag  £id)t  51:  einem  @(^ran!  in  ber  6cfe,  fniete  bat)or  nieber 
nnb  offnete  ba§  alte  @d^Io§.  SMefer  @^ran!  ent^iett  atte§f  tDa§ 
fie  SoftlicfyeS  nnb  SSerttJoIte^  befa§,  nnb  forgfam  na^m  fie  fi($  in 
adjt,  ba§  leine  Srane  ba^tDif^en  falte.  ©orgfam  legte  fie  bie 

10  toeifjen  Znfyw  ^nriic!,  bi£  fie  faft  anf  bem  (Srnnbe  be§  @d^ran!§ 
5n  bem  fam,  tt)a§  fie  in  ber  ©tille  ber  9^a(^t  fn^te.  @in  Saftcfyen 
ftanb  baf  ein  alte§  2)ing  t)on  Sid^en^ot^,  mit  feftem  @d)toffe ; 
biefen  Safien  trug  fie  pm  Jifd^e.  2)a§  ©(^to§  fprang  anf  nnb 
ber  2)ec!et  fcfylng  ^uriicE.  (Setb  ent^iett  ber  Saften!  t)ielf  t)iel 

15  ©elb,  —  filfterne  SKiin^en  t)on  alter  9lrtf  nnb   fogar  ein  ©olbftiic! 
eingettricfett  in  ©eibenpapier !     ^Reic^e  Seute  fatten  mit  9ted)t  iiber 
ben  @ci)a£  Icl^eln  fonnen,  aber  tDenn  fie  jeben  Safer  nnb  ©nlben 
nad)  bem  ma^ren  SSert  fatten  be^aljlen  fonnen,  fo  raiirbe 
all  if)r  9tei(^tnm   nid)t   geniigt   Ijaben,  ben   Sn^alt   be§ 

20  Safteng  auSjufaufcn. 

SBie   §an§   bie   naljere   93efanntfd^aft   t)on   90?ofe§   macfyte,  mar  2 
biefer  in  ben  meiften  ©lementarfenntniffen  tDeit  t)oran§  nnb  ftmfcte 
and^  mand^e   S)ingef  bie   ben   armen  $an$   mit  ©taunen  nnb  93e^ 
tDnnbernng  erfiiEten.    (£r  ft)n§tef  tt)ie  eine  Sofo^nn^  ansfaf),  benn 

25  ber  SSater  l)ielt  eine  t)erf(^Ioffen  im  @^ran!e.  @r  mu^te  fe^r 
Diel  t)on  bem  Sanbe  ber  Sofo^niiffe  unb  bem  Stffenlanbe  nnb  be- 
merlte,  ba£  bie  gnngen  in  ber  @traf$ef  mo  er  rao^nte,  aud^  pm 
Slffengef^led^t  gel)orten,  bafe  er  after  bod)  lieber  ein  Slffe  al§  ein 
Snnge  an§  biefer  ©trafte  fein  molle.  G§  mar  gut,  ba£  §an§  in 

so  biefer    3^t   einen    fo    luf)Ien   33urfd)enf    tuie    ben   fleinen 
neben   fid)   ^atte.     liefer   l)atte    bie    grofte   ®abe  t)on  ber 
empfartgen,  in   feinem   Sopfe   fogleid)    alle§    an   bie   re($te    ©telle 
legen  ^n  fonnen.    3m  gegebenen  ^Ingenblid  mnfete  erf  atte§  fofort 


158  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

,\n  finben.  Irm  Minb,  cin  iflaljrc*.  rcdrtc*,  ed)tc*  Minb,  mar  cr 
nic  gcuu'ien.  (i'in  waljrcS  fiinb  blieb  bagegcn  £an$  jefvr  langc, 
fa  ft  liber  bic  genuihnlidu'  ;lcit  binauS.  9lud)  bio  ,"\rcnnbfd)ait  mit 
bom  fleinen  OTofeS  anberte  baron  nidf)t$. 

I\riu    infnctc   bic   ^auStiir,  rin   abcr   rafdf)  ben  £wt  uom  Slopf,   ft 
al*  cr    fid^    plo|jli^    fc^on    in    bcr   2 tube  ^^  -  nnb  bicfein 

r  fa^.     Ter  alto  .\Scrr  fling  mit  an?  ben  Wiiefen    iieleiiten 
in  ieiner   2tnbe  nnf  unb  ab,   blicb  abcr    mitten  in  fcincm 
2 i>a \ievflanfl  ftelien  unb  fah  fid)  crftannt  nad)  bcr  Jiir  urn. 
mnft    tanicnbmal    nm    (int)d)itlbiflunfl    bitten,    mctn    .v>crr,"    fajitc  i<» 
J    grifr  erfd^recft;  Habcr  ic^  glanbte  ntcfyt,  bafe  bie   Jiir  bireft  in  ^br 
^.imincr    fnlirtc.   nnb    babe    nid)t    cinmal    erft  aiu^eflorit." 
feine  ^ntidin  I  billing,11  fngte  ber  alte  £olbat,  cine  ftattlid)e  OVftalt 
mit  id)necuuMf,cm  x^artc :  ,,uwnfd)en  2ic  mi^  ju  fprcd^cn  nnb  uuMiiit 
fann  id)  ^ linen  bicncn?M  is 

2  W3n    mcincm   fd)ltd)tcn    ^erftanbc,"    fafltc    bie    alte  ^rauf  ,,f)ab' 
id)  mir  iminer  ^cbad)t,  bau  au^  ber  SBclt  nid)t  Diet  mcrben  tnitrbe, 
UHMtn  cc>  nid)t  ben  .v>niu)cr  barin  gcibe.    5lber  bad  muft  nid^t  bloft 
ber    Mnn^er    jein,  ber    noc^    Gffcn    unb    Jrinfcn  nnb  cincm  gnten 

iierlaiu^t,  fonbern    cin    flan$   anbre^    Jiiuv     Ja    ruar   bcin  20 
,  cr    bane    fold)    cin    .\Siutfler,  mie    id)    meine,  nnb    Uon  bem 
baft  bn  ilm    fleerbt.     Xein  i^ater    war  auc^  nid^t  immer  ,yifriebcn 
mit    fid)    nnb    bcr  SSelt ;    cr    tuar    oft   traurig,  meil   e^   fo   Diele 
riitflc   flab,  bie   er   ntd^t   Derftanb,  nnb    bie   er  gcrn  l)dttc  Icrncn 
mogcn.     5)a§  ift  ber  SWtinncr  ^pinuicr,  nnb  menn  fie  ben  fyaben,  25 
nnb  baju  ntd^t  gan,^  berer  Dergeffen,  bie  fie  lieb  ^aben,  bann  finb 
fie  bie   red^tcn    ^tanner,  ob   fie  nun  uicit    fommcn    ober   nid^t  - 
eo  ift  einerlei." 

3  Uv    mar    bcr    lnernnb.}roan \uv~te   Jc  \embcr,  unb  allc  bie  jungen 

2 amen,    bie    ^5antoffcl    unb  «C£igarrentafd^cn   unb   Stiffen   gemad^t  w 
fatten,   maren   fertig   mit   ifyrcr   Arbeit   unb  ermartcten  i^rerfett^ 
bic  Singe,  bic  ba  fommen  follten.     (S$  marteten  fc^r  t)ic(e  2entc, 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION 

grof*  uttb  flein,  auf  fommenbe  gute  $)inge.  £)er  £nmmet  mar 
am  SRorgen  unb  XRittag  fo  Man,  tote  man  eg  fid)  nut  miinfcfyen 
mod)te,  bie  ©onne  beftrafylte  bie  meifce  3Betljnad)t§tt)elt  unb  farbte 
fid)  erft  am  9?ad)mittag  blutrot,  alg  fie  ^inabfanf.  Sg  fd)ien,  alg 

5  ob  bie  ©onne  eg  miffe,  baf$  ^unberttaufenb'SIjriftbaume  auf  tfjren 
9Hebergang   marteten,   unb   eg   fdjten,  al§    ob   fie  gutmiittg   ifjrert 
Sauf   bef^Ieunigte.     Urn   fiinf   SKtnuten   na(^    t)ier   U^r  mar  bag 
le^te    ©tiirfd^en   feurige^    ©olb  gutter  bem  ^ori^ont  berfunlen  - 
bet   fjeiltge   5(benb    tt)ar    ba,  ttmr   enblii^   gefommen,  nad^bem  fi(^ 

10  SKillionen   Sinber^er^en   fo   lange   nad)   i^m  gefe^nt  fatten.     Um         > 
fiinf  U^r   Iduteten   atte  (Slorfen  im  Sanbe  ben  morgenben  gefttag      v 
einf   unb   bie   Sudden   tt>aren   fertig.     Um   fe<^§   ttf)r   ftanb  jeber 
feftlidE)   gefd)miidte   Jannenbaum   in   t)ottem  Si^terglan^,  unb  toer 
nod^   fro^   unb   gliidlid)   fein   fonnte,  ber  mar  e§  getnifs  in  biefer 

15  ©tunbcy 

,,@ie   ^aben   mo^l  3^ntt)e^"  fa9te  ^er  SS^t,   al§  er  abftieg.  i 
,,gur<i)tbare£,"    ermiberte    gri^.     ,$$    mar    bei    bem 
5tpropo^f  mann   ge^t   ber   na^fte   SUQ?"    ,,ttm   ^atb 
,,3d)  merbe  mit  bem  fa^ren ;  bttte  um  meine  SRe^nung.^     ,r2BoHen 

20  @ie  nid^t  erft  Sable  b'ljote  fpeifen?"  ,,S)anfe  S^en;  mit  biefem 
©cftd^t?  95ittcr  madden  @ie  nur  fdE)nett!"  ff28ie  ©ie  befe^Ien." 
,,ttnb  ba§  ber  ^au^fned^t  meine  ©adtjen  ^erunterbringt."  ,$$ 
merbe  i^n  gleicl)  rufen."  (Sine  ^atbe  ©tunbe  fpater  fa§  gri^ 
mieber  im  53af)n{)of  unb  martete  auf  bie  $lbfaf)rt  be§  3uQ§>,  ber 

25  if)n  fort  t)on  SDiatnj  bringen  foltte.  @r  mare  am  liebften  mit 
einem  £>ampfboot  gefa^ren;  aber  auf  einem  fold)en  mare  er  ben 
23Iic!en  ber  ^?affagiere  au^gefe^t,  mtifjrenb  er  fid^  in  einem  (£ifen^ 
ba^ncoupe'  in  eine  ©cfe  briiclen  unb  berftectt  fatten  fonnte.  28of)in 
er  jefet  fu()r,  mu^te  er  fetter  md)t;  bag  93efte  mar,  erft  big 

so  Soblen^  93iHct  ^u  ne^men ;  t)on  bort  lonnte  er  jeben  Sugenblid 
meiter.  ®er  3^9  raffelte  balb  barauf  an  bem  fd)6nen  9t^ein 
bafjin  unb  erreid^te  Soblen^  nod^  am  fjetten  Sage;  gri|  Iie§  fid^ 
in  einem  §otet  ein  3intmer  geben,  fd^rteb  einen  fremben  -Ramen 


l';i)  A  GERMAN  1  Hi  11. 1.   HOOK 


iii    ba*    Jvrombcnbud),  unb  mar   feu   cntfdHoffcn,    Ijier    fur*    Q 
$u  bleiben. 

1  ?fuf   bcm   25ampfboot,  bag    ifjn    ftromauf    fitbrtc,   fanb    or  feine 
intereffante    Wefellfd)aft :    oin    paar    Gngldnbcr,    cin    paar 

foren,  bio   in   oiner   fnrjcn    ^erienreife   ben   Sdjutftaub   abfdjuttcln   » 
moHten,    unb    cin   Wcmifdf)    Don   altern    ober    jungcrn    Tamon,    bio 
in     bio     Ma  jute    $imttttttgegdlt0ffl    toarcn    unb    and    bcrfd)icbnon 
ftflrbcn  ibr  initgcbradbtcS  J\riibuiiff  boruorgc^ogcn  fatten  unb  IUT 
;,cbrten.  nnpfer    lief    kbr    langfam  gcgcn  ben  Strom  an, 

unb    bio    i?anbid)aft    batte    nid)t  ba§  ttienigfte   xx\nte: 

fd)on  bereule,  bic  fliiicffafort  ju  Staffer  angctrctcn  ju  ^abcn. 
Unb  bio  Aabrt  murbc  inimcr  langfamcr ;  an  bcm  eincn 
blicbon  fie  langc  licgcn,  unb  man  t)5rtc  fagcn,  bag  an  ber 
fd)ine  etmad  nid^t  in  Crbnung  mfirc.  2)a§  S3oot  fcfete 
feine  Jvahrt  fort,  abcr  e$  arbcitctc  fd^mcr  gcgcn  bic  2tromung  is 
an :  unb  aid  fie  ftunbcnlang  nac^  bcr  angcgebcncn  ;>it  Slobleii} 
orroiditon,  erfldrtc  bcr  Kapitdn  ben  ^affagieren,  baft  cr  bouto 
ba  Ucgcn  blcibcn  rnuffe,  urn  cine  nbtigc  5Rcparatur  madden  ju 
laffcn.  J 

2  ^sii    lihina    beftimmt    cin    ®efc^,    bag    bcm,    bcr    fidf)    an    ben  20 
©clbcrn   bed   Staated   toergreift,  bcibc   ipdnbc   abgc^aucn   mcrbcn 
follen.     (iinft  ^atte  ein  ^oamtcr  bicfcd  Serbred^en  bcgangen  unb 
fotttc  bic  gefefolid)e  Strafe  ovloibcn.     Seine   loiter  magtc  cd,  ju 
bom    Saifer    511    ^ehen    unb    fiir    il)ren  Satcr  ^u  bitten.     Sic  fiel 
bent  fiaifer  \\i  ^iiBcn  unb  fagtc :  „%$  leugne  nid)t,  grower  ftaifer,  25 
bag  mcin  nngliicHi^cr  93atcr  nad^   ben  ©cfc^en  bcibc  ^)dnbc  dcr= 
lieren   mug;    fyier   fmb   fie!"     93ci   bicfen   SBortcn   ^iclt   fie    il)rc 
eigncn   ^dnbe    I)in    unb    fu^r    fort:    n^cit    groger    Saifcr,    bicfc 
vuinbe  c\el)oren  mcincm  5>atcr ;  aber  fie  finb  ju  fd^mad^,  um  fcinc 
\al)lrcid)c   gamilie   511   cr^altcn.     9?imm  fie   alfo  unb  lag  mcinem  90 
s^ator    bic,    momit    cr    mcincn    ©rogdatcr,    mcine    Sriibcr    unb 
Srfjrocftcrn  unb  mid^  fclbft  crndljrt!" 


MATERIALS  FOB  TRANSLATION  161 

2)er  Saifer  ftmrbe  burdf)  bie  fmbtid^e  Siebe  biefer  Softer  fo 
geriUjrt,  ba£  er  ifjren  Sater  begnabigte  unb  fie  felbft  reid)  be= 
fd^enfte. 

£)er    otte   Setter   Hopfte   an£   genfter,  nicfte   freunbltdE)   in   bte  i 

5  ©tube  f)inein,  unb  al§  bie  Sinber  frof)lid)  an§  genfter  lamen, 
fagte  er:  ,,3d)  fringe  eudf)  ettpa§  au§  meinem  ©arten,  golbgetoe 
$PjTaumenf  gro§  ttrie  bie  ©ier;  aber  id^  fjabe  nixr  Diet,  unb  td^ 
mod)te  bod^  fe^en,  ob  i^r  eucf)  orbentlid^  barein  teilen  lonnt."  ©§ 
tt)aren  aber  5tt)ei  ®nabenf  ^toei  3Kdbd)en  unb  bie  Sautter,  unb 

10  fottten  alfo  t)ier  ^3f(aumen  unter  fiinf  Ceute  geteilt  toerben. 
mar  eine  f^Iimme  9ted)mntg,  unb  ber  Setter  j(^aute  Icid)etnb 
genfter   ^inein,  rt)ie  e§  bie  Sinber   tDO^I  anfangen  molten. 
bejannen  ft(§,  aber  nur  bie  Heine  ©opfn'e  tDu^te  9tat.    /r2)a§  tt)ilt 
td^   fd^on   madden,"  fagte   fie.     ;/SSir   teiten  brei  unb   brei.     3^^^ 

15  SBriiber  unb  eine  §pf(aunte  ntad^t  brei,  jiuet  ©d^tDeftern  unb  eine 
^Pflaume  ntad^t  luieber  brei,  unb  jtuei  ^Pflaumen  unb  eine  SKutter 
tnad^t  ebenfatt§  brei.  ®a  ge^t  aCe£  gerabe  auf!" 

2)a§  lt)ar  gut  gered^net;  unb  al§  bie  Sinber  nun  fro^Iid^  ba- 
na(^  teitten,  ba  ladfjelte  ber  Setter  nod)  einmal  fo  freunbli^,  unb 

20  bie  SKutter  freute  fi(^  and),  -  -  ob  iiber  bie  jtuei  ober  liber  bie 
trier,  ba§  fottt  i^r  felbft  fagen. 


^Berlin,  bie  ^auptftabt  be§  preu^ifd^en  @taate§  unb  be§ 
2)eutfd)en  9tetd^e§f  bie  SReftbeitj  be§  2)eutf(^en  Saiferg  unb  Sontg§ 
bon  ^reu^en,  ift  eine  ber  grof^ten  unb  f(f)5nften  ©tcibte  in  ©uropa. 

25  ^Jlur  bon  Sonbon  unb  $ari§  toirb  fie  an  ©inftofjner^af)!  iiber- 
troffen.  ©egenttmrtig  ift  fie  mit  faft  jtoei  SKiEionen  KintDo^nern 
bie  t)ollreid)fte  @tabt  Seutfd)lanb§.  @ie  liegt  in  bent  SKittel* 
punlte  ber  norbbeutf(i)en  Siefebene  an  ber  f^iffbaren  ©pree. 
ttrfpriingtid)  lagen  ^ier  jlDet  bottig  getrennte  ©tabte:  am  red^ten 

so  lifer  ber  @pree  Serlin  unb  auf  einer  ©preeinfet  Soln,  beibe 
burd)  bie  lange  Sriide  berbunben.  ©pciter  n)urben  beibe  ©tcibte 
bereinigt,  unb  ber  Sftame  Sertin  bcrbrcingte  allmaljlid)  ben  bon  Soln. 


162  .1    <,}•:!;.  MAX   inilLL  HOOK 


I  (S-\n  Mnabc  battc  cin  Heine*  $cil  ,ytm  2piclcn  bcfommcn.  Taran 
battc  or  fcinc  grofec  Rreubc  unb  bieb  bamit,  mic  eg  cbcn  traf; 
nub  Co  traf  jnandjmal  baljin,  mo  eg  nidf)t  gut  mar.  SBic  IUT 
Mlctnc  mit  bcm  s^cilc  anf  bcr  Sdwlter  and)  in  ben  (Garten  fain, 
fagte  cr:  ,,9?un  mitt  id)  cin  tiid&tigcr  $ol^aucr  fcin!"  Unb  cr  ft 
bieb  bai?  jd)onftc  itirfd^baum^cn  fcinc^  SJotcrd  ab. 

Ten  anbcrn  Jag    fam    bcr    4^atcr    in  ben  Oiartcn  :    nnb    alv  cr 
bag  fc^onc  93aumc^cn  mclf  am  Sobcn  licgcn  fal),  murbc  cr  bctriibt 
unb   Coring.     w8Bcr  mir  bag  gctan   hat,"  ricf   cr   and.   wbcr   foil 
eg   f  corner   bitficn!"     xHbcr  mcr   bag  gctan  ^attc,   bag  nmfttc  fcin  u 
SKcnfd^   anftcr   cincm,  bcr   ftanb   gcrabc    bintcr   bcr   ,§crfc,  1 
mic    bcr   33atcr   fo   jiirntc,  unb   »urbc    fcucrrot.     Gg  ift  fd^linun, 
bad^tc  cr  ;   abcr   UHMIII   id^'g  bcrfd^mtcgc,  fo  mfir'g  cine  Ciigc,  unb 
liigcn  mag  id^  nidf)t!    £o  trat  cr  bcnn  fd^nctt  in  ben  ©artcn  \um 
^atcr    nnb    fagtc  :    M^atcr,    id)    ^abe    bag    Saumd^cn    umgcljaucn.  u 
(N    mar    banlid)    »on    mir!"     S)a    fa^    bcr    S?atcr    ben    Mnabcn 
an  unb  mad^tc  mobl  cin  crnftbaitcs  (9eftdE|tr  abcr  cr  jiirntc  nid^t 
utctjr. 

2)cr    Heine    Mnabc    Icbtc    in   ^(mcrifa   unb   murbc    nad)()cr   ein 
brancr   2)?cnfd^   unb   baju  cin  gcroaltigcr  ©cneral,  ^at  aud^  nic*  20 
mals?  gelogcn.     Gr  ^ie|  ©corg  SBaf^ington. 


^  gan3  jungcg  Sing  Don  funfjefjn  3«^n  **><**  Sind^en  — 
mar  il)r  cigentlic^er  9?ame,  bet  bcm  fcit  SJicnfd^cngebcnfen 
iic  nicmanb  ricf  --  5U  ber  gamilie  gefommen,  unb  ^mar  alg 
Mtnbermat»d)cn  fiir  ben  bamatg  fiinf5C^n  9D^onat  altcn  2ofin.  Sic  25 
licbtc  Minbcr  unb  biitctc  ben  Heincn  3"ngen  tow  l^'^}l  -luflapfel. 
Si  cin  anbrcr  SKcnfd^  t»crftanb,  fo  ^errlid^  mit  bcm  Sinbc  ju 
fpielen  mie  fie.  Gg  ^ing  mit  grower  Sicbe  an  if)r,  bie  fid)  nidt)t 
Dcrflcincrte,  alg  er  cin  ^atcinfd)ulcr  murbc.  %a,  and)  alg  bcr 
3ungc  in  bie  ©tabt  aufg  ©nmnaftum  gcfd^irft  murbc,  unb  nur  $u  30 
ben  Jvcrien  beimfam,  crlitt  fcinc  ^'icbc  fiir  ^ind)cn  fcinc  Stoning. 
Tic  beibcn  forrcfponbicrtcn  mitcinanbcr,  fie  fdjicftc  ihnt 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  163 

$pfel  unb  SBurft,  er  janbte  il)r  ebenfo  I)eimlid)  jerriffene  Sln^uge, 
motion  bie  SKama  nidjtg  tmffen  follte.  ©etbft  atg  ©tubent  t>er= 
fefjlte  er  me,  feme  f)0(i)gett)ad)fene  ©eftalt  511  bem  fleinen  28eib 
Ijinab^uneigen,  toenn  er  fjeimtefjrte,  eg  Iraftig  $u  umarmen  unb 
5  taut  fdjatlenb  auf  beibe  SBangen  511  liiffen,  unb  eg  loftete  einen 
fjarten  Sampf,  elje  er  eg  erlaubte,  bafs  ,,feine  Sttte"  i^n  tnit  ff@ie" 
anrebete,  aici^renb  er  fie  nod^  tmmer  bu^te. 

-/- 
£)ier   lam   ber   ®iener   tnit   ben   ^3oftfacf)en,  legte   fie   auf   ben  i 

^trbeit^tif^   unb    509   fid)    gurnet.     ®er  Softer  ^atte  if)n  fommen 

10  fe^en,  er  pfliicfte  eine  9?ar jiffe,  ftedte  fie  fi(§  in$  Snopflod^  unb 
trat  in  fein  3™^^-  2K^  e^  fid)  bent  £ifd)e  nci^erte,  tt)orauf  bie 
^Poftfad)en  niebergelegt  tDorben  t^aren,  na^m  bie  §au§^atterin  eben 
ein  ^ierlicfyeg  Srief^en  t»on  bidem  papier  au£  ben  iibrigen  tya* 
pieren  Ijeraus?  unb  reidE)te  e§  i^rent  Jperrn,  o^ne  ein  28ort  ba^u 

15  ju  fpred)en.  Sefto  me^r  fprad^en  i^re  Slugen.  ,,SBa§  ift  bag?" 
fragte  er.  ,$a,  tt)a§  ift  bag?"  ttrieberfjolte  fie.  r,Sa§  tniiffen 
@ie  bod^  miffen!  (gtmag  28eib(id)e3  ift7gf  fo  t)tcl  ift  liar!"  ,,28trf* 
K(§?"  6r  ^ob  bag  Sriefd^en  na^e  gu  feinen  2lugen  empor  unb 
fa^  bie  5iertt(^e  Samen^anbf^rift  genau  an.  /r3Ber  lann  tnir 

20  benn  ^u  fcfyreiben  ^aben?"  r,Sag  tniiffen  @ie  bod)  toiffen!"  fagte 
fie  no(^  einmat.  f,SBag  geljt  eg  mid^  aud)  an  —  nur  ft)eil  @ie 
neulid)  fagten,  @ie  fatten  leine  S)amenlorrefponbenten  —  unb 
fritter  fprad)en  @ie  immer  bie  SSa^rljeit!"  ,,3)ag  tu^  id^  aud^ 
^eute  nodf),"  unterbrai^  er  fie  la^enb.  ,,ttnb  id^  tr>ei^  in  Doffem 

25  grnft  nid^t  —  ^?oftftempel  ^Bremen  —  bleib  nur  ^ierf  ttnr  tooffen 
bag  ©e^eimnig  ^ufammen  lefen."  ,,^einf  genoi^  nid^t"  --  babet 
^ob  fid^  bie  Heine  Sltte  auf  ben  Su^fpifeen  empor  unb  recite  bie 
Sftafe  ^oc^,  um  beffer  $u  fe^en. 

^uni   mar   eg,  bie   fRofen   blii^ten.     2lm   lleinen  93ac^  entlang,  2 
so  mitten    burdf)    breite    getber,    fdjrttt    ein    jungeg    SKabc^en.     Sie 
fonnenberbrannte  §anb  fii^rte  ein  gro^eg  Sutterbrot  jum  9Kunbef 
unb   auc^   bie  fd)5nen  Sirfd^en,  bie   auf  einem  breiten  SBIatt  auf 


1*;*  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

bom    flcbpgencn    s?lrmc    lagcn.     ^eituu-ife    blicb    bie    jnnge    Tame 
ftelKit,   blicfte    auf    bci:  \\\    ihrcn    ^iifteu    unb    bog    mit   ber 

2d)iibUMlu%    bie    griinen    flatter    auseinauber,    langc     Dergeblid). 
(inblid)  beiiflU'  fie  fid)  Iwftig  dor,  fo  eifrifl,  ba&  bic  Jtirfcfyen  iiber 
bie   ftanb   in    ben   Sanb   rollten,  unb   fo  intercffiert,  baft   fie   ed  5 
nid)t    bemertte.     ff£in    Werblatt!     tfnblid)!11    rief    fie.     W$UT   l)ab' 
idf)'d  ja,  bad  ©liicf,  unb  rocnn  ic^'d  meiner  ^reunbin  gc^cigt  babe, 
>   auf.     3)a^   mufj   man,  rocnn^    wirflid^   C^uteo    briiu^en 
foU!"     5)a^   Sutterbrot   jroifc^en    ben    ^jahnen    haltenb.    (iriff   bte 
<3pred)erin    in    bie    Mleibertafc^e,  marf  ctncn  fd^ncHen  Slicf  f)inter  10 
fid)  auf  ben  ^,'eiv  unb  5013  bann  ein   fleine^    8uc%    fjertoor  ;   cinen 
Ijielt    iie   cd  iiac^bcnflid^  ^roifd^cn  ben  gingcrn.     Tnnu 
fie  bav   ^tcrblatt    beljutfam   jtt)ifd)eu    bie    I  unb   Uer* 

fenfte  bad  Sanbc^en  roieber  in  bie  Itcfc  bcr  lafd^e. 

i  Rcliy  tpurbe  fein  I'ebrmcifter  in  atten  fnaOJ)aftcn  ftiinftcn.  (*v  is 
le^rtc  i^n  S^roimnien,  Wubern,  Jvcncrnjcrfmac^en,  Sc^ieften,  felbft 
luie  man  abenb*  unb  ,yir  Mirdjen.^eit  bie  ©drten  ber  armen 
^anern  pliinbert.  Unb  obglcid^  bad  Cbft,  bad  er  im  eignen 
®arten  pfliicfen  burftc,  taufenbmal  fiifeer  unb  faftiger  roar  aid 
bad,  bad  er  fyeimlici)  unb  auf  Ijaldbrec^cnben  iUetterroegen  ge^  » 

0  loann,  fo  fjatte  er  ed  bod^  nidf)t  iiberd  $er^  gebra^t,  biefen 
Manb  \iiflen  fern  \ubleiben.  ^inter^er  fafete  i^n  einc  grofee  <S(ftam, 
unb  nteiftend  trug  er  ben  Seuten  am  anbern  SKorgen  ^unbert= 
fiiltig  illy  \Saiitf  viriicf,  urns?  ilinen  abenbd  geraubt  roorben  roar. 


2       Marl   ber   ©rofje  Dcrfud^te  immer,  fein   SJolf   ^u  bitben,  um  ed  25 
roeifer   unb   beffer   ^u  madden.     Tie   roeifeften  Scanner  lebten  an 
feinem   ^ofe,  unb   burd^   biefe   (ieB   er  Sdf)ulen  errid^ten,  bafc  bie 
Sugenb  eine  befferc  Grjiefjung  ^aben   mod^te,  aid  er  geljabt.     Crr 
felbft    gab    ibnen    ein    guted    Seifpiel.     Gr    lernte    lateinifdf)    unb 
gricd^ifd^   unb   ^atte   gro&e  Siebe  5ur  SBiffenfd^aft.     Tod^  fing  er  so 
erft  an,  fcfjreiben  ju  lernen,  aid  er  fd&on  alt  geroorben  roar,  unb 
baber  gelang  ed  il)m   nic   red)t  gut,  roeil  cr   ju  fpdt  angefangen 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  16 

fjatte.  ®r  begann,  eine  bentfdje  ©rantmatil  511  fcfyretben  nnb  bie 
Steber  bon  ben  Jaten  ber  atten  Sonige  jit  fammeln;  biefe 
(Sammlnng  ift  leiber  berloren  gegangen.  (£r  gab  ben  Xftonaten 
bie  bentfd)en  9?amen,  bie  bi£  fjente  in  ber  @d)tt)eij  gebrand)t 
5  tterben.  ©r  lebte  nngefciljr  ein  3fa$rf)unbert  toot  bent  englifcfyen 
$onig  Sllfreb. 


£)er  ©tolj  ©trapnrg§  ift  ba§  tueltberitfjntte  SWiinfter,  nd^ft 
bent  3)ome  jn  Soln  ba§  ^errli^fte  SBer!  bentf^er  95au!unft.  @§ 
ift  111  2fteter  lang  nnb  41  SKeter  breit.  ®ic  §o^e  beg  £nrnte£ 

10  betrdgt  142  3}?eter  ;  er  ift  fjofjer  ate  bie  Snppet  ber  ^5eter§lird)e 
gn  SRont,  nnb  bon  atten  9Santt)erfen  ber  SScIt  iibertreffen  i^n  an 
§o^e  nnr  tDenige.  S)er  Srbaner  be§  3Keiftertt)er!e§  ift  @rtr)in 
bon  ©teinbad),  beffen  ^Slane  no(^  anfbett)a§rt  toerben.  @r  ftarb 
1318,  al§  ber  93an  fannt  jnr  ^alfte  fcoffenbet  tt)arf  nnb  itbertie^ 

is  bie  gortfiifjrnng  be§  2Ber!e§  feinent  ©ofjne.  Stber  and^  biefer 
ertebte  bie  Sottenbnng  be§  9Kitnfter§  nic^t,  nnb  nad)  feinent  Jobe 
iiberna^nt  ©rtt)tn§  £od)ter,  @abinaf  bie  ©rbfd^aft  be§  33ater§. 
SRiifttg  nnb  gtiidlid)  legte  fie  £mnb  an§  28erf,  ba§  unter  ifjrer 
Seitnng  ntai^tig  entportDnd)^.  Seine  gamilie  ber  SSelt  ^at  ein 

20  ©rabntat  lt)ie  bie  be£  9Keifter§  ©rlt)in:  atte  i^re  ©lieber  rn^en 
nnter  biefent  3Kiinfter. 


Saifer  g^tebrid^  Sarbaroffa  n?ar  einer  ber  gro^ten  Saifer,  bie 
je  anf  bent  bentf^en  S^rone  gefeffen  Ijaben.  S)a§  $Rei(^  tt)ar 
nnter  it)m  mci(i)tig  nnb  blit^enb,  tme  nie  jnt)or.  S^^^wt  er  jebent 

25  fein  9iecE)t  Iie§,  nnb  flit  giirften  tDtc  fiir  93itrger  nnb  S3anern  ein 
nnb  ba£fetbe  9ted^t  ^atte,  nntgab  er  ben  •  faifertidjen  S^ron  mit 
ber  ftarfften  SKad^t,  bie  e§  gibt.  $)e§l)alb  lonnte  er  ben  ®antpf 
gegen  bie  ^Scipfte  im  gan^en  ntit  ©IM  bnr^fitl^ren.  ©aifer 
griebritf)  toar  t)on  ^erfon  ftarf  nnb  toofjtgebant,  ettt)a§  nte^r 

so  al§  nttttlerer  ©ro^e,  §atte  einen  feften,  ftoljen  ©attg,  eine 
ntannli^e  ©timrne,  nnb  SSiirbe  unb  ^o^eit  in  feiner  gan^en 
^altnng.  Seine  3%e  tt)aren  nte^r  frennblid^  ate  ernft;  er 


1GG 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


blaue,  glan^enbe  2lugen,  unb  rotltcf)e  Jpaare,  uwljcr  cr  ben  iVamen 
:)uulum  crhiclt. 

i       3m    Sta^Iaffe   Gmanuel   ®eibelg   fjat  fid)   folflenbcr    Hdwlbricj 
geftmben: 

,,$>crrn  Zid)tcr  ©cibcl,  fyicr,  Shiljbcrg  9ir.   15.  » 

,  ben  11  ten  gebruar  1882. 


SBir   f>aben   fjeute   $l)r    Wobid)t    MSruf)ling^^offnungM    ju   Cnbc 
gelcrnt.     $or  ac^t  Jogcn  t)abcn  funf  uad^fi^en  miifjcn,  meil  fte'd 
nict)t  foniucn.     Taraii  habcu  Sic  roof)l  nic^t  gcbac^t,  old  Sic  bod  it 
®ebi$t  niad)tcnV     Sic  finb  bod^  cincr  Don  ben  furjcn  TirfjUTn. 
Sd)ittcr   ift   am  langftcn,  bcr  ift  abcr  in  bcr  erftcn  fflaffc.     S)cr 
I'cbvcr   fagt,  bag   ©cbid^t  fci  fd^5n;  c$   gibt   abcr   fo  Diclc  fdjimc 
®ebid^te,  unb  iuir  miiffcn  fie  allc  Icrnen.   Sir  m54tcn  Sic  barum 
bitten,    madden   Sic    bod)   mefyr   ©ebic^tc!    Jfricgc   gibt    e3    aui)  is 
imincr  ntcbr,  unb  unr  nnifKii  bic   Sc^lac^tcn  (crncn.     ©cograpljie 
ift    bcffcr,  ba   fann   man   intmcr   nac^   bcr   Martc    fchcn,  abcr  bic 
©cbtd)tc   nub  bic    2d)lad^tcn   finb  am  fd^limmftcn.     Unb  bann  ^at 
jcber   Sifter    auc^    nod^   cine    4)iograp^ic    mit   ®cburt$jaf)r   unb 
Xobedjabr!     4Vi    ^slmon    braud^cn    tpir    noc^    fetn    lobeSjafjr    ju  20 
tcrnen.     S53ir  roiinfd^cn  Sfynen  cin  rcd^t  langc§  Scbcn! 
£odf)ad)tiing$iHilI  unb  tin  ^(uftragc, 

Karl  Sccfmann,  Slaffc  II. 
SSo^nung:  ©rofeelgaffe  9k.  27." 

,  5)er   SBcg  nad^  St)rien  lag  nun  offen  unb  bag  §ccr  bcrocgtc  25 
fidf)  mit  2id)crl)ett  Dornxirtg,  al§  ©efanbte  Don  Salabin  anfamen, 
bie  fiir  iljren  .oerrn  um  griebcn  baton.      2o  ftanb  cin  frieblid)e£ 
SBiebcrgeminnen  bc§  ()ei(igen  ©rabcd  in  9lu$fidE)t;   bod^  eg  foUte 
anberg  gcfd^c^en.     Dag  §eer  fc^te  eben  iibcr  cinen  glufe;  ba  ritt 
ffiaifer  griebrid^,  ben   fcine  Ungebulb   Dormdrtg   tricb,  ang  Ufer,  so 
ftieg    Don   bem   ^Jferbe,    bent   cr   nid)t   Dertraute,   unb    roarf   ftd^ 
fd^tpimmenb  in  ben  Strom.     33ig  in  bie  2Ritte  beg  SBafferg  fa^ 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  167 


man  ifjtt  fortfci)toimmen;  !)ier  fcerlieften  ben  ®rei§  aber  feine 
ffirafte,  ba§  SBaffer  rifs  ifjn  mit  fid)  fort,  unb  ate  man  t^m  511 
§ilfe  fommen  fonnte,  toar  er  bereiti?  eine  Seiche  (16.  3>uni  1190). 

Sine   fd)one,    lieblicfye   IJJac^t   toar   auf   ben   Sag    gefolgt;   iiber  i 

5  gan$  ©uropa  nnb   feine   SSoIfer  fcfyien  bet  SJionb.     9lffe§  ©etoolf 

toar   fortgetrieben  nnb   lagerte   nun  auf  bent  atlantifdjett  D^ean. 

SSer   f^lafen   fonnte,  fd^Iief;   aber   e§   fonnten  ntd)t  atte  f^tafen. 

2)ie  SBatber,  SStefen  nnb  gelber,  bie  ©een,  Sltiffe  nnb  S3ad)e,  bie 

tr>aren  in   bolter   ^armonie  mit   bem  SJfonbe.     S)iefer  fd^ien  mit 

10  gleicfjer  Slar^eit  iiber  ©uropa,  anf  bie  ttrilbe,  arme  ©tabt 

too  triele  Xote   no(^   nnbegraben  tagen   nnb  fo  biele  blntige 

tounbete   mit   bem   Sobe  rangen,  nicf)t  anber§,  ate   anf  bie  Heine 

©tabt  in  i^rem   friebli(f)en   meiten   Xal.     ®r  gntfte  milb  in   bie 

iiberfnUten   ©pitater;   er   gucfte   milb   in   bie  $utfd()e  be§  ^e^nten 

is  Sarte  unb  nidjt  toeniger  milb  in  bie  niebrige  Sammer,  too  grau 

Kfjriftine  mit  i^rem  Snaben  lag. 

9lu£    bem   ®ac^ftubd^en    ^atte    er   feine    ©tubierftube    gema(|t.  2 
§ier  Ijatte  er  feine  toenigen  Sii(i)er  unb  fein  Sintenfa^  aufgeftettt, 
^ier  toar  er  ein  gludlid^er  §errf(i)er  in  bem  Sfeidje  ber  ©ebanfen 

20  unb  Sraume.  §arte  Sampfe  fampfte  er  ^ier  mit  ben  SBa'cfytern, 
bie  t)or  ben  ^Jforten  }eber  SBiffenfd^aft  liegen.  ©eit  an  jenem 
tangft  tjergeffenen  ©onntagmorgen  ba§  Sna'btein  in  ben  §u  langen 
§ofen  unb  ber  §u  engen  $acfe  ^or  bem  ^Srofeffor  erf^ienen  toar, 
Ijatte  biefer  ben  Snaben  niiijt  au§  ben  Slugen  Derloren;  er  natjm 

25  t)iettei(f)t  ein  grof$ere§  3ntereffe  an  i^m,  ate  an  irgenb  einem 
anbern  feiner  ©djiiter. 

Site  28tl()elm  ^5enn,  ber  bebeutenbfte  SKann  unter  ben  duafern  3 
au3  ^ennf^banien,  an  ben  §of  Sarte  be§  3^^ten  t)on  ©ngtanb 
lam,  um  mit  bem  ®onig  ixber  feine  ^3rot)in§  5U  fpred)en,  bemerlte 
so  ber  luftige  2ftonardl),  ba§  ber  Oualer  feinen  §ut  nid^t  abna^m. 
©r  na^m  barauf  ben  feinigen  ab  unb  ftanb  mit  entblofjtem 
§aupte  t)or  $enn.  ,,S<^  t)itte  bid),  greunb  Sari,"  fagte-  ber 


MB  A  GERMAN  DRILL  ROOK 


Cimfer.  Mu'iy  boeh  betnen    Miit   auf."     ,,s.Veiu,   ^reunb   <}>enn,"  cr= 
miberto    ber    Mimia,,  „,  .-.  itte    bier,   bar,    ititr    einer    bebv 

inn   bu. 


xHlo    Mo    liebenounirbige    ^crjoajn    luni    iV'ortbumberlanb    Dor 
einia,eu    ^abrcn    auf    bcni  Montinente   mar,   febrte    fie    in  Alanbern   a 
in    etnem   ^irtvhiiufc,    bcr    go^ntni    (^aiiv,    cin   unb   iilK'rnmttcto 
bort.     Xa    fie    fpiit   anfam   unb   ctuniv    crmiibct   roar,   bcndli 
luir   cine   lcict)tc  s.Ut\il)l\nt    fur  fid)  unb  ibr  (^ofolge,  bad  mir  au« 
funf  s^crfonen  bcftanb.     9tld  bcr  SBirt  am  nddjftcn  SKorgcn  feme 

bnuiu)   einreid)te,  mar   iljr   Scfretar   iebr   crftaunt    iibcr    biefen  10 
^oftcn  :    f,M  often    fur   bio   x.Vact)t    luor^hn    ^ouiSbor."     Serge  be  n^ 
bebauptete  or,  baft  c3  etne  :)iaulierei  fei  ;  ba^  ©elb  mufete  beja^It 
luerben.     \Hlc  bio  ^cr^ogin  abreifte,  beglcitete  fie  bcr  23irt,  mic 
^euiobiilid),  ntit  melon  ^erbcuQungen  an  ben  SBagcn,  fprad^  fciueii 
3)anf    au^    unb    fjofftc,  baft   cr    bet    ber    SHurffcfjr    ber    ^crjogin  is 
uucbcr  Me  i^bre  ibreo  ^oiud)-?  ^abcn  mcrbc.    ^aS  metft  ic^  nod^ 
nkbt,"  fprad^  bie  ^Jame,  wabcr  c$  fann  nur  miter  eiucr  ^cbtngung 
fein,  ban  2io  mid^  ntcfyt  mit  3^cm  Sc^ilbc  Derrocd^fcln." 

(vine*  retdien  i^auerd  £o^nr  ber  auf  bcr  llniucrfitat  ftubicrtc, 
fam  nad^  |)aufcr  urn  fcine  Ciltern  ju  befud^en.  5U§  fie  eineS  » 
XUbenbo  bei  Jifd^c  faften,  unb  ^mci  2tiic!  Weflitgel  aufgetragcn 
unirben,  fagtc  bcr  Stubent:  ,,3$  fann  burd^  bie  i^ogif  unb  bic 
sJhiibnietif  beroeifcn,  baft  biefe  &roet  93ogel  brei  ftnb."  r,9?unf  fo 
lafe  mal  boron/'  fagtc  ber  \Hlte.  ,  ricf  bcr  ©clefvrtc,  Mift 

einv  ;  unb  bio*  in  \tuei  ;  unb  5mct  unb  ein§  mad^t,  trie  tfvr  rotftt,  25 
brei."     M?a   bu  ba^  fo  gut  ^crau^gebrad^t  ^aft,"  antroortcte   bcr 
r,  ,,fo  foH  bic  9Kuttcr  ben  einen  Sogcl  ^abcn,  id^  mitt  ben 
\iueiten  nobmen  unb   bu  magft  ben  britten  fiir  beine  grofce  ©e= 
lebrfamfeit  bebalten." 

ttaifer  Marl  ber  giinftc  ^atte  fid)  eine§  Sage§  in  bcr  £ifcc  bcr  so 
3agb  bcrirrt  unb  tnanbcrtc,   f^fn  Don  feincm  ©efolgef  im  SSalbc 
umber.     Gnblid^   fam   er   an  cin  cinfad)e§   33ierf)au3,  mo  er  ein^ 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  169 

!efjrte,  um  fief)  ju  erfrifcfyen.  2Il§  er  eintrat,  falj  er  bort  trier 
Scanner,  beren  XRienen  if)m  nici)t  gefteten;  er  fe^te  fid)  inbeffen 
nieber  unb  beftellte  etftm§.  S)ie  banner  fteHten  fid),  al§  ob  fie 
fcfytiefen;  balb  aber  ftanb  einer  fcon  iljnen  auf,  naljerte  fid)  bent 

5  Saifer  unb  fagte  :  ,,9JJir  Ijat  getraumt,  ba£  id)  beinen  §ut  neljmen 
foil,"  unb  na^m  i^m  ben  §ut.  3)er  gtocttc  fprad):  ,,9Kir  ^at 
getrdumt,  ba§  i(i)  betnen  ffiod  ne^tnen  foHf"  unb  naljm  i^n.  ®er 
Srttte  na^m,  naci)  einer  gleii^en  93orreber  bie  SBefte.  S)er  SSterte 
fagte  ntit  grower  §ofli(^leit:  ,$fy  §offef  bu  tirirft  ni(3^t§  bagegen 

10  ^aben,  ba^  ify  betne  3:afd)en  unterfu^e,"  nub  al§  er  eine  golbene 
Sette  um  ben  §ate  be§  $aifer£  fa§,  tDoran  fetn  S^Qb^orn  !)ing, 
mad^tc  er  ftd&  boran,  au<3)  biefe  ^u  ne^nten.  5Iber  ber  Saifer 
fprad^:  ,,^>alt,  Steunb,  id()  glaube,  bu  fannft  ba§  §orn  ntdtjt 
blafen;  id^  tDttt  btdfj'3  le^ren."  ®arauf  fe^te  er  ba§  §orn  an 

15  ben  3Kunb  unb  blie§  einigemal  fe^r  taut,  ©eine  £eutef  bie  i^n 
fuc£)ten,  traten  in  bie  §iitte  unb  ftmren  erftaunt  ju  fel)enf  in 
toel-d&er  ©efeGjd^aft  ber  Satfer  tear.  ,,^ier  finb  t)ier  Surjd^en," 
fagte  ber  Saifer,  ,,benen  bag  getrciumt  ^at,  tt)a§  fie  ju  traumen 
tDitnfd^ten.  &%t  ift  bie  SReifje  an  ntirf  au(^  einmat  $u  traumen." 

20  3)arauf  fe^te  er  fid)  nieber,  fd^to§  bie  $Iugen  eine  SSeite,  ftanb 
bann  auf  unb  fagte:  ,,9Kir  ^at  getraumt,  ba§  i(^  t)ier  S)iebe 
Ijangen  fa^."  ©ein  Sraum  murbe  fofort 


3tt)ei   ©olbaten,  ein  ^rlanber  .  unb   ein   Sngtanber,   befcJjf  offen,  i 
fiir  einanber   ju  forgen,  in  bent  gatte,  ba§  einer  im  beginnenben 

25  Sampfe  berttmnbet  tcerben  fotte.  9^a(^  einigen  9#inuten  murbe 
be§  ©ngtanberg  Sein  bon  einer  Sanonenlugel  abgef^offen.  @r 
bat  nun  feinen  greunb,  i^n  ^um  5lr^te  ju  tragen.  Saum  fjatte 
biefer  feinen  Sameraben  auf  bent  Sftiicfen,  al§  eine  jtoeite  Sugel 
bent  armen  2:eufel  ben  Sopf  tuegri^.  S)er  grlanber  ^atte  ba£ 

so  lefete  llngliid  feine§  SreunbeS  nid^t  bemerft  unb  fe^te  feinen  SBeg 
fort.     (Sin   Dffijier   fafj   i^n   mit   bent  fopf(ofen  9ftann  unb  fragte 
ttrillft   bu?"     f,3um   ®oltorr"   fagte    ber   ^rtanber. 


1  '(l  A  GERM  A  \  hlilLL    HOOh 

,,Tn  JummtoiM."  crmibcrtc  ber  Cffi^icr,  ,,bcr  SKann  hat  ja  fcinon 
ffopf  bcrlorcn."  XHl*  bcr  ,V  I  an  bcr  bad  borte,  marf  cr  ben 
MOUUT  mm  icinen  2d)nltcrn,  betracfytetc  ihn  feljr  $ornig  unb  riej: 
,,vJiiui,  cr  fagtc  mir,  e$  marc  icin  ^cin;  abcr  id)  mar  cin  vJiarr, 
ihni  -,u  glauben,  benn  cr  mar  intmcr  cin  grofecr  fiiigncr."  5 

3n  altcn  ;5ciicn  hielten  bic  ttonigc  §ofnarrcn.  ivrauj  ber 
Don  Jranfreid)  fyattc  aud)  cincn  9?arrcn.  Dicfer  mar  fehr 
unb  mad^tc  ftdf)  luftig  iibcr  allc,  fogar  bic  grof.cn  \vncn 
am  $)ofc.  $te  inciftcn  lac^tcn  ba^u,  abcr  einigc  nafjmen  cd  iibel, 
unb  cincr  brohtc  ihn  511  ermorben.  ?er  iVarr  ging  jum  Sonig  10 
unb  flagte  bariiber  Mr\iird^tcn  Sic  c$  bod^  ja  nid^t,M  fagtc  bcr 
$5nig.  ,,(*r  mirb  e£  nic^t  tun.  SBcnn  er  e$  tut,  mcrbe  ic^  i^m 
cine  Stunbc  na$f)cr  ben  Sopf  abfdjlagcn  laffcn."  „%$  banfc 
3^rer  2)iajcftat  rcd^t  fe^r  fiir  bicfcn  ©d^ut,"  fagtc  bcr  9?arr. 
M^lbcr  f onnten  Sic  i()m  nid^t  cine  Stunbc  Dormer  ben  ffopf  ab-  IB 
fd)lagen  (affen?  3)ad  miirbc  mir  mcit  licbcr  fein." 

a  (Tin  2anbmirt  Ijatte  cincn  ^Jrojcft.  Gr  ging  ju  cinem  WbDo* 
fatcn,  crfliirte  i^m  bic  Sa^e  unb  iibcrgab  i^m  cinige  Sdjriften. 
^ffiommen  @ic  nad^  brci  Jagcn  roieber,"  fagtc  bcr  s^lbDofatf  Munb 
idf)  merbe  3()ncn  meine  s.l)icinung  fagen."  5Wad^  brci  Jagcn  fam  20 
bcr  yanbmirt.  ?er  SlbDofat  fd^iitteltc  ben  $?opf  unb  fagtc:  ,,3()re 
©ad^c  ift  fe^r  dcrmirrt.  Jd)  faun  ben  ©runb  bauon  nicfyt  fchcn. 
Sommen  Sic  nad^  ad[)t  lagcn  miebcr."  S)cr  2anbmirt  fam  nadf) 
ad^t  Jagen  unb  crfjiett  bicfelbe  3lntmort.  (£r  mar  betroffen  unb 
fonntc  anfang§  bie  Sadfje  nid^t  begreifcn.  2lber  balb  toerftanb  er  25 
c§.  Gr  jog  jmei  ®olbftucfe  ^crau^r  legtc  fie  auf  ben  £ifrf)  unb 
fagte:  ,,£>ier  ift  ein  v^aar  93riHen.  3>e^t  merben  Sie  bod^  rootjl 
ben  ©runb  meiner  Sad^e  fefjen  fonnen." 

3      S)cr  Sonig  gtiebrid^  aBil^elm  IV.  Don  $rcu§en  mar  einft  auf 
ber   9leifc.     $n   einem  S)orfc  murbc  er  feftlid^  empfangen.     5)ie  30 
Sd^ulfinbcr    mit    ihrcm    2ef)rer    begriifeten    i^n,    unb    ein    fleine^ 
SKdbd^en  fagtc  if)m  ein  ©ebid^t  ^er,  moriiber  er  fid)  fefjr  frcute. 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION  171 

,,£)u  Ijaft  beine  ©adfye  fcfyon  gemad^t,  ttteitt  $inb!"  fagte  ber  fjolje, 
freunbltd^e  £>err.  ,,^un  mill  id)  bit  abet  cmd)  cine  grage  bor= 
legen.  28ol)in  geljort  ba§?"  fragte  er  unb  ^eigte  bem  Sinbe  cine 
Slpfelftne.  ,,3n  ba§  ^flcu^ettreicE),"  ertoiberte  fdjiid&tern  ba§  9Kab^ 

5  djen.  ,,28o!)in  nun  ba£?"  fragte  ber  fjolje  §err  toeiter  unb  £eigte 
auf  ein  ©olbftucf.  ,,3fn§  2KtneraIreid)f"  tuar  bie  2tnttt)ort.  ,,2Bo^ 
^in  ge^ore  id^  benn,  mein  Sinb?"  mar  bie  britte  grage.  greunb- 
lii^  blidte  ba§  Sinb  ben  Sonig  an  unb  fagte:  t$n$  §immetreid)." 
S)a  glan^te  eine  Jrcine  in  bem  Singe  be§  Sonig§f  unb  er  ^ob  ba§ 

10  9[RagbIein  empor  unb  fiifjte  e§. 


ber   ©ro^e   juar   immer   im   Srtege   ntit  ben  anbern  i 
9lationen  unb   braud)te   be^^atb  immer  tiiele  ©olbaten.     @in  Re- 
giment beftanb  nur  au§  au^erorbentlid)  gro^en  unb  ftarfen  2ftan^ 
nern.     (£ine§   3^age§   fam   ein   fe^r   jd)oner  unb  ftattlid^er  lunger 

is  grange  unb  iDottte  bem  Sonig  Don  ^Sreu^en  bienen.  £>er  &ffi* 
5ier  na^m  i^n  an,  gab  i!)m,  toa§  einem  ©olbaten  notig  tt)ar,  unb, 
ba  er  fein  28ort  S)eutj(^  Derftanb,  fagte  er:  ,,S)u  mu^t  tt)enigften§ 
bie  9lnttt)orten  auf  brei  gragen  lernen.  ®er  Sonig  ^at  fe^r 
fd)arfe  Stugen.  @r  totrb  fogtei^  bemerlen,  ba§  bu  neu  im  S)ienfte 

20  bift,  unb  inirb  bir  biefe  brei  S^gen  ftetten,  bie  er  jebem  neuen 
Beirut  ftettt.  @ie  tauten  fo:  SSie  alt  bift  bu?  23ie  lange  bift 
bu  in  meinem  S)ienfte?  ©rfjaltft  bu  piinftli^  Uniform  unb  Sofjn? 
SSenn  bu  bie  Slnttt)orten  auf  biefe  brei  $ragen  ber  fReifje  nad^ 
geben  fannft,  fo  ftrirb  griebri^  filler  ^ufrieben  fein.''  $ur§  bar^ 

25  nad^  !am  ber  Sonig,  feine  9?egimenter  ^u  muftern.  9113  er  ben 
gran^ofen  erbticfte,  blieb  er  fte^en  unb  fagte  rafdj:  ,,SBte  lange 
bift  bu  in  meinem  Sienftc?"  ^)er  Refrut  gab  piinltlid^  bie  erfte 
etngelernte  Slntmort:  ffStt)eiunb§tt>attjtg  Sa^re,  SKajeftat!"  ,,@o!" 
rief  ber  Sonig  ganj  erftaunt,  f,toie  alt  bift  bu  benn?"  ,,(£in  Sa^r, 

30  3Raieftatr"  ertmberte    ber    @otbat    o^ne    3<^bern. 
griebricf),  r,enttoeber   bu   bift   berriidt   ober  id^  bin  e§!" 
SRajeftat,"  tt)ar  bie  Sluttoort.     ®a  erflarte  ber  Cffi^ier   bie  @acf)e 


172  ^  GERMAN  I  Hi  ILL 

unb  bcr  .Monifl  inn  we  l)crjlidf)    lod)cu.     Cfr  befall,  baf;  I* 
l"o  balb  rote  moglidt)  3)cutfdf)  Icrnen  follc,  unb  ging  fort. 

XHI*    2mift    cinft,  uon    einem    licncr    bcglcitet,  auf  cim: 
mar,  fehrten    fie    in   cincm  28irt£t)aufc  cin  unb  blicbcn  bort  iiber 
9?ad)t.     ^lm   midjften   STOorgcn   toerlangtc  2tmft  fciuc   2ticfcl,  unb  5 
ber    Tidier    brad)tc    fie    ihm    iiiuv%Pitt>t.      2ioift    bemerfte    c^   unb 
fprad):   w3Bie  ift  ba^,  £f)oma*  2u    rciten    ipollcn,"   ant- 

luortete    jcner,  wfo   gloubtc    id^,  fie    nntrbcn    balb  uucber  fd)inui\ti] 
njcrben."     M(^ut,"  fagte  ©mtft,  wgc^  unb  mad)'  bic  ^fcrbe  fertiiv" 
^I'lttlmuctlc    befaljl    cr    bem    SiJirte,   fnncin    riencr  fein  Sriibftiicf  w 
5U  fleben.    xHlo  Jboma*  priicffel)rte,  fragte  cr   ilm,  ob  bic  "J>fcrbe 
fortii)  fcien.     n$a,  ^err,"  antmortctc  bcr  s^cbicntc.    ffSo  gel)  nub 
fithrc  fie  nor."     M^lbcr,  Jpcrr,  id^   t)abe   metn   8riil)ftitcf  nod)  ntd)t 
gcbabt,"    crnnbcrte    ?[)oma^.     ,,3d)abet   nid^td,    bu    unirbeft    balb 
luiebcr  binuiri^  lucrbcn."    2ie  fafeen  auf  unb  ritten  baDon.    Smift  is 
509  eir.  9u$  aui5  bcr  Jafc^e  unb  fing  an  $u  lefen.   J)a  begegnctc 
iljncn  cin  .v>crr.    9ll§  er  ben  Toftor  lefen  fa^,  rooflte  er  ifjn  nid^t 
ftoren,    ritt   Dorbei    unb   rebctc    ben    Ticner    an:   JBer   ift   jencr 
2Kann?"    rf9Kein    £crr,"    antroortctc    Jf)oma§.     wDad    meife    id), 
?ummfopf,  abcr  ivohin  geljt  ihr?"  ,,x)Unt  ^immel."  f/93o^er  tt)ei§t  20 
bu  booV"   rr^cil  id)  fafte  unb  mcin  i)crr  betct." 


2  Sncbrid)  SStlfjelm  bcr  Grftc  don  ^Jreufeen  mar  fe^r  n)i^ig  unb 
Ijatte  gcrn  mi^ige  Scute  urn  fid).  Gin  junger  2Rann  fyoffte,  burd^ 
fctitcn  SBi^  cine  Stette  am  §ofe  ju  cr^altcn.  (ir  ging  jcbcn 
Jag  in  ben  ®arten  bc^  ffonigg,  meil  er  f)offtef  ben  ftonig  bort  25 
5U  fehen.  Crinctf  ^IWorgen?  traf  er  it)n  roirflid^.  2)er  fionig  ging 
\\i  iljm  unb  Oegann  mit  i^m  5u  fpred^en.  Crr  cr^ielt  fdf)nelle  unb 
gute  ^Intuwten,  unb  fd^ien  bamit  jufrieben  £u  fein.  2)er  junge 
SRann  fa&te  9Kut  unb  bat  urn  cine  ©teUe,  bie  jur  3^it  leer  mar. 
5)er  ffiontq  itberlcgte  eincn  ^(unenblicf  unb  fagte:  „$$  lann  ^s()ncn  » 
id^t§  berfpredjcn.  %$)  mufe  jucrft  mit  mcinem  SKinifter  rcbcn. 
fa^en  2ic  mtr,  mof)cr  fommen  Sic?"  f,3d^  bin  ein  Scrltncr, 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION  173 


SKajeftSt."  „©§  tut  mir  leib,"  fagte  ber  ®onig  ,,benn  atte 
liner  taugen  nid)t§."  ,,3$  ^itte  urn  (£ntfd)utbigung,  SRajeftat, 
after  e£  giftt  unter  ifjnen  audE)  gute  Seute,"  jagte  ber  junge  2Kann. 
,,3d)  felbft  fenne  j»ei."  ,,28er  finb  biefe  jtoet?"  fragte  ber  Sonig. 
5  ,,®er  cine/'  anttoortete  ber  2Jfann,  ,,ift  @m.  2Rajeftfit,  unb  ber 
anbre  bin  idij."  5)er  Sonig  lad^elte,  unb  am  folgenben  23Zorgen 
er^ielt  ber  Sftann  bie  gettwnfd&te  ©teHe. 

@tt)ift  beftrafte  ben  Unge^brfam  feiner  ®ienerf($aft  auf  fonber=  I 
bare  SBeife.     2)a§  9Kieten  feiner  SJtagbe  iibertie^  er  feiner  £>au^ 

10  ^alterin.  SSenn  bie§  ©efdjaft  boriiber  tear,  fo  teitte  er  i^nen 
mit,  ba§  er  ifynen  nur  jtt)ei  Sefet)Ie  ju  geben  ^abe:  ben  erften, 
bie  £iir  ^inter  fi^  ^u  fcfyliefsen,  tuenn  fie  au§  bem  3i*mner  gingen; 
ben  5tt)ettenf  bie  3:iir  §u  f^lie^en,  tcenn  fie  in£  3^wier  fcimen. 
(Sine  ber  SKcigbe  lam  eine§  £age§  ju  ifjm  unb  bat  um  bie  ©r= 

15  taubni^,  ^u  ber  £)od)5eit  i^rer  Sd^tpefter,  gegen  jtuolf  SKeilen  t)on 
entfernt,  ge^en  ^u  biirfen.  @tt)ift  erlaubte  e§  i^r  nid^t 
,  fonbern  fagte,  bafs  er  i^r  ein§  feiner  ^Sferbe  geben  tDoIte 
unb  aui$  einen  93ebienten,  ber  mit.t^r  reiten  fotte.  S)a§  SKcibd^en, 
in  i^rer  greube  iiber  biefe  ©iite,  t)erga§  bie  £iir  ^u  fd^tie^en, 

20  al§  fie  ba§  3^^^  t)ertie§.  9?ad)bem  fie  beina^c  eine  9Siertet= 
ftunbe  fort  ttmr,  befall  @tt)ift  einem  anbern  SBebienten,  ein  ^Sferb 
511  fatteln,  bie  9Jfagb  fo  fcfyneft  tDte  mogtid^  ein^u^olen  unb  fie  $u 
notigen,  augenbticflid^  jttriHjufc|tcn.  <3ie  ^atte  nod^  nid^t  me^r 
afe  bie  gftlftc  be§  2Sege§  juriicfgelegt,  ate  ber  Sebiente  fie  ein^ 

25  §oltcr  unb  i^r  ben  33efef)l  %e§  |>errn  fagte,  bem  ba£  arme 
3Kabci)enf  oBglei^  mit  Unttntten,  ge^or^en  mu^te.  @ie  erfcfyien 
mit  fe^r  niebergef^tagenem  ©eftd^te  bor  i^rem  §errn  unb  fragte, 
ttm§  er  ^u  befe^ten  ^abe.  ,,9Kad^'  nur  bie  Jiir  ^inter  bir  gur" 
tear  bie  Slntmort.  Um  after  bie  (Strafe  nid)t  $u  tocit  ju  treiben, 

30  ertaubte  er  \fyc,  bie  $Reife  ftieber  an^utreten. 

Sin  9Jtann  im  gteifean^ug  ftanb  an  ber  @^meffe  unb  fragte,  ob  2 
e§  Ijtcr  rcd&t  fei  im  SStrt^Ijaufe  ,,3um  3:oten  ©ee.'7   Sluf  ba§  lur^e 


1  T  I  4  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

bc3  9Rob$en$  trot  cr  cin,  marf  fcin  triefenbcS  $laib  auf  ben 
Jnd),    bic    9tcifctafd)c    bancbcn    unb    lief;    fid)    in    fidjtbarcr  Irr 
fdwfung   auf   ber    s^aitf   nieber,   oljne    ben    rcgcnfdjroeren  .\Sut  ab 
.Vtucljmen    obcr  ben  Stod  au3  ben  $anbcn  ju  laffen,  aid  mottc 
cr  nad)  nad)  furjcr  SHaft  roiebcr  aufbrcd&en.     3)ic  SWagb  mar  Dor   5 
iljni  ftcbni  i^cblicbcn  unb  martctc,  n>a$  cr  ctroa  ju  befe^lcn  li 

-.l)icn  cv  abcr  flanj  su  dcrgcffcn,  bag  nod^  jcmanb  auftor    il)in 
im  gimmcr   mar,  Icljntc    ben    J?opf  juriicf  gcgcn  bie  SWaucr   unb 
btc    auflcn.      @o    fd^micg    micbcr    aDcd    in    ber    buinpfen, 

en  Stubc,  unb  nur   bad  <3ummcn  bcr  S^egen  unb  bad  10 
gcbanfenlofc   ©cufjcn   bcr  SRagb  untcrbrad^  bann  unb  mann   bic 


fam  bic  SBirtin  mit  bom  Irffcn  herein  :  cin  flciner 
ber  ben  Jrcmbcn  grofe  anftarrtc,  tru^  ihr  cin  2icftt  nad),  bcr 
SBirt  er^ob  ftd^  fcfymcrfaHig  Don  bcr  Ofcnbanf,  gd^ntc  unb  trot  is 
an  ben  Jifdf)  fycran.  Crr  iiberlicfe  c^  abcr  ber  J\rau,  ihrcn  (^aft 
,Vtm  Ci-ffcn  ein  \ulaben,  ma^  bcr  mit  cincm  ftummcn  fiopffd^iitteln 
ablehntc.  S^ifd^,  auger  cin  paar  $iif)ncrn  unb  Crnten,  hatten  fie 
nid^t  im  $)aufe,  cntfd^ulbigtc  fid^  bic  SBirtin. 

2Rittmod),  ben  28tcn  3\m\.      » 

9?ad^  cinicjcr  $c\l  fam  grau  SBcrncr  cbcnfato  au§  i^rcr  23ol)= 
nung  ^uriid,  unb  roir  gingen  auf  bic  rofcnumranfte  SSeranba  Dor 
bcr  Wartentur,  um  ^affcc  ^u  trinfen.  5(l5  mir  bort  fo  beljaglid) 
im  2d)atten  fafecn  unb  bcr  leifc  Sommerroinb  ben  SMumcnbuft 
au§  bent  fonnigcn  ©arten  ^ermc^tc,  mo  bic  ©d^metterlingc,  mic  25 
bcraufdn,  um  bic  Siofcn  ftotterten,  unb  c§  fo  ftiH  mar,  bafc  man 
faft  ba§  Sdfjtagcn  i^rcr  g^ugel  l)b'rcn  fonntc,  fprad)  bcr  9tofcn= 
foniii  :  „(*$  licgt  cin  cigncr  3^ubcr  barin,  an  fo  cinem  fonnigcn 
Dtacfymittage  im  be^agtid^cn  Sd^attcn  ju  fi^cn,  Don-ticbcn  2Ken= 
fd^cn  umgebcn;  aber  DoHftanbig  mirb  bcr  ®cnu§  crft,  menu  SKufif  » 
babci  in:  Warie,  miUft  bu  un§  ntdrt  ein  Steb  ftngen?" 

Mlauicr  ftanb  nahc  an  ben  gcoffnctcn   J5(iinc(titrcn,  id)  faft 


MATERIALS  FOB  TRANSLATION  175 

gerabe  fo,  bafj  id()  e§  fefyen  lonnte.  $3)  Ijatte  9Karie  nod)  me 
fingen  ^oren  unb  roar  iiberrafd)t  bnrd)  ben  anmutigen  ®tang  iljrer 
©timme,  at3  fie  begann: 

,,83om  53erg  -^urn  Sat  ba§  SSatbfjorn  Hang, 
5  Qm  bliifjenben  Sat  ba§  SKagblein  fang: 

SSon  ber  SRofe,  ber  2£ofe  im  Sat!" 


ber  ©(^tad^t  bet  §ej^amf  in  ber  ©buarb  IV.  ben  ©teg 
babontrng,  tourbe  ^etnrid^  VI.  gefangen  genommen  nnb  in  ben 
Xotoer  eingefperrt.  (£§  g^tang  jebocl)  ber  Sonigin  SCRargarete,  ber 

10  ©emaljtin  §einri(i)^f  fid^  mtt  tfjrem  ©o^ntein  in  einen  benadjbarten 
SBatb  ^n  fliid^ten.  §ier  tDnrbe  fie  bon  einer  9?anberbanbe  nber- 
fallen.  S)iefe  9Jtenf(^en  na^men  ber  ®onigin  itjre  9^inge,  i^r 
^at^banb  nnb  fonftige  Steinobien.  SSa^renb  bie  ^Ranber  nnter= 
einanber  nm  bie  SBente  ftritten,  fliid^tete  fi(^  SKargarete.  S)od() 

IB  batb  nad)^er  fiet  fie  einem  anbern  ^Ranber  in  bie  ^janbe.  ©ie 
fagte  i^nt,  ba§  fie  bie  nngtii(itidE)e  Sonigin  fetf  nnb  bat  i^n  auf 
ben  Snieen  nm  ©d^n^  fiir  ben  5J$rinjen.  ®e§  9?anber§  §cr§ 
ftmrb  gerii^rtr  nnb  er  ^atte  (Srbarmen  mit  i^r.  Gr  na^m  fie  mit 
in  fein  £jan§  nnb  fcerforgte  fie  mit  ©peife  nnb  Sranf.  ®ann 

20  mar  er  iljr  ba^n  be^itflid^,  fi(^  an  SBorb  eine§  ©d^iffe§  mit  iljrem 
©o^nd^en  nad^  gran!rei(^  ^u  fliicfyten.  ®ort  tt)ar  fie  in  ©id^er^eit, 
benn  SKargarete  tt)ar  eine  fran^ofifd^e  ^rin^effin. 


©in  ©i^n§  frad^t.    ©in  tanter  ©dfyrei  tont  bnrd^  bie  ftiEen  §ofe  2 
be§  fteinen  @d^toffe§.     ^tngfttid^  taufen  bie  S3ett)ot)ner  ^ufammen. 

25  5Ind^  bie  Sonigin  eitt  an§  genfter.  ,,SSag  ift  gefd)e^en?"  rief 
Antoinette.  r,S[Raieftat,"  ttmr  bie  5tnttt)ortf  ,;ber  Dbergartner  fjat 
nadE)  ©pa^en  gefd^offen,  nnb  nngtiicfticfyerfteife  ift  bem  ^nnbetrarter 
ber  ©cfynfs  in  bie  Srnft  gegangen.  ©ie  bringen  if)n  fi^on 
,,D,  ba^  ift  entfe|tid^  !"  jammerte  bie  Sonigin.  ©ie  tie§  ben 

30  mnnbeten  foglei(^  in§  ©^to§  bringen  unb  befall,  nadf)  einem 
in   9Serfaiffe§   5n  fd^iden.     C£r   tonrbe   ^erbeige^ott   nnb    fcerbanb 
ben  SSermunbeten  mit  grafter  ©efd)ictti(i)!eit.    5tt§  er  tuieber  getjen 


176  A  <;KK.MA.\  it  HILL  HOOK 

moUte,  (am  bic  ftonigin  au3  ifrrcm  Dimmer.   ,,2Hcin  ©err,"  rcbctc 
lie  ilw  an,  ,,id)  l)abe   obneu   mcincn    ?anf   fiir    ^brc   V>ilic    ab\it 
flatten.    Pollen   2ie  mir  geftatten.  x~sbucn,  bcm  id)  fcin  Mclb  an= 
^ubietcit  mage,   bicfc    fleinc    x.Vabel    fur    xx\brc  ttrattattc   iibcrrcid)cn 
$u  biirKiiV"    ?cr  Slrjt  manbtc  ftd^  urn.    (intjc^t  fuhr  bic  Moniivn   5 
jurucf.    Dad  Hntlife  bc§  arjtcd  tDar  al  Cir  lad)dtc 

^SRabamc."  holm  to  IT,  Mbcbaltcu  Sic  ^shrc  ^vainitc.  %% 
mciiic  2d)iilbiiifcit  flctan,  abcr  Don  Dorncluncn  Vcutcn  ncl)ine 
tc^  fcinc  (^cfdKiifc.  3^  bcfjanblc  bic  ffinbcr  bc8  Soiled  um= 
fonft."  tir  brcbtc  ihr  ben  Wiicfcn  inib  ging  ()iuau^.  (£8  mar  10 

9Rarat. 


i       aid  anfclmo  crma^tc,  lag  cr  im  untcrn  Stocf  auf  bcm  Scttc 
•     bc^  ®artiicr§,  ncbcn  ibm  ftanb  bcr  ©raf,  ju  ^duptcn  bc8  fiagcrd 
bcr  xHnt.  anf  bcm  Miun'c  ^attc  cr  Gi^  licgcn. 

3n  bcm  augcnbltcfc,  mo  cr  bic  fiibcr  rtc  cr  ben  arjt 

fogcn:  „(**  in  ja  fcin  SSunbcr!   93cr  in  cincr  9ladf^t  fold)  cin  SBcrf 
iMffcn,  bcm  fann  fe^on  cine  abcr  fpringcn." 

mar,  al*  fliibe  ibm  bic^  SBort  aUc  Slraft  jnrucf.  Gr  f)ob 
ben  Sopf  unb  fal)  bie  .v>crrcii  an.  ?er  ©raf  bcugte  fid^  licbcUoH 
iiber  tbn. 

,,2inb  2tc  .vtfrieben  mit  meiner  xHrbcit?"  mar  aiifclmoS  crfie 
gragc. 

j^^ifriebenV11  fagtc  bcr  ®raf;  w@tc  ^abcn  cin  SSunbcr  doH- 
brarfjt  —  unb  @ic  fragcn,  ob  man  jufricbcn  fei?" 

xHnfctmo  fefctc  fid)  auf  unb  glin  mit  ben  giigen  jur  (Srbe.  (Sin 
beftiges?  Bittern  iiberlief  ibn.  r,3ft  ^>Q^  tt>a^r  —  ift'3  moglid^? 

.:ntc  tci^  mirflidt)  cin  Miinftlcr  mcrbcnV" 

,,2io  finb  c*  fd)on!"  ricf  bcr  ®raf.    ,,£oftor,  ^abr  id^  nid^t  rcdjt?" 

,,^1,  ba*  ift  cine  mcrfmiirbige  Sciftung!"  fagtc  bcr  ^lr\t. 

T.i  fd)lug  bcr  armc  uerfanntc,  berac^tcte  ©efeQe  bie  ^dnbc 
bor  ba3  ©cfid)t  unb  meintc.  Me  bie  lang  getragcne  ffnc^tfdjaft, 
att  bic  lunminuivlofc  Gntfagung,  all  ba^  bcfd)cibcn  Dcrfdjmicgcnc, 


MATEEIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION 


177 


bittere  SBef)  eineg  gan§en  Sebeng,  e§  lofte  fid)  in  ber   b 
fenen  ©eele  itnb  ergofs  fid)  in  biefen  £ranen. 

Um  bie  9JJitte  beg  14.  Qafjrljnnbertg   lebte  ein  28einl)anbter  in  i 
Sonbon,  nanteng  ©faucet,    liefer  Ijatte  einen  @of)n,  ber  ©eoffret) 

5  fjiefj.  ®a  ber  SSater  fefjr  ftol§  auf  ben  Snaben  tear,  liefc  er  i^m 
bie  befte  ©r^iefjung  geben.  3)er  jnnge  Cancer  ftnbierte  anf  ben 
Uniberfttaten  Djforb  nnb  Kambribge.  %m  fitter  bon  18  Qte^ett 
fd)rieb  er  bag  ©ebid^t  "The  Court  of  Love."  £iefe£  ®ebid)t 
mai^te  i^n  fofort  berii^mt.  (£r  ertDarb  fid^  bie  ©nnft  beg  mad)- 

10  tigen  nnb  einpnfsreidjen  ^er^ogg  t>on  Sancafter.  9lm  £>ofe  ©bn^ 
arbg  III.  tt)ar  Sfjancer  feljr  beliebt.  @r  geid^nete  fid)  bnrd)  fein 
perfonltd^e§  Slnftreten,  bnrd)  feine  93erebfamfeit  nnb  jeine  bei^en^ 
ben  ©atiren  au§.  93ei  ber  ©eiftlid^feit  tt)ar  er  jebod^  toenig  beliebt. 
2)enn  er  ^atte  $n  oft  beren  tabeln§tt)erte§  Seben  bnrd)  feinen  bit^ 

15  teren  ©pott  gegeifselt.  91I§  fRid^arb  II.  ben  3Tf)ron  beftieg,  ber^ 
lie^  Sfjaueer  ben  ^of  nnb  ^og  fidj  nad^  28oobfto(J  5nrM.  ®ort 
fd)rteb  er  "The  Canterbury  Tales,"  ba§  befte  feiner  2Ber!e. 

Cancer   ttrirb   ber   S5ater   ber   englif^en  ^oefie  genannt,  fomie 
3o^n  SStjctiffe  ntit  9?e(^t   ber   SSater   ber  englifdjen  ^?rofa  ^et^t. 

20  9Kit  biefen  ^triei  ©d^riftftettern  beginnt  bie  ^eriobe  be§  SKittel^ 
©ngttf^en,  bie  bi§  ^nm  2lnfange  ber  9tegierung  ber  Sonigin 
©lifabet^  banerte. 


©in   SSeifser   ^atte   einem   3^^^^^   cine   ^mnbfcoll   S^aba!  ge-  2 
geben.     3lm  na^ften   Sage   lam  ber  ^nbianer  ju  feinem  mei^en 

25  grennbe  nnb  gab  i^m  einen  SSiertetboHar,  ber  nnterm  Saba!  ge- 
mefen  tt)arf  tua§  ber  SSei^e  ma^rfd^einlid)  nid)t  gemn^t  ^atte. 
(Sinige  anbre  S^bianer  tt)oltten  i^m  raten,  ba§  ®elb  §n  be^alten; 
er  aber  legte  bie  Jpanb  anf  bie  93rnft  unb  fagte  :  ,,£)ier  ^ab;  id^ 
jtuei  3Kenf(^en,  einen  guten  nnb  einen  bofen.  £)er  gute  SKenfd) 

so  fagte,  ba§  ©elb  ge^ore  nid^t  mir,  nnb  id)  fottte  e§  bent  toeifsen 
^rennbe  ^nriidbringen;  ber  bofe  bagegen  be^anptete,  bag  ©etb 
mare  mein  (Sigentnm;  e§  fei  mir  mit  bent  Xabaf  gegeben  tuorben; 


178  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

id)   fonnte   gan$   rufjifl    fcin    unb   mir    geucrroan  r    faufcn. 

3d)  mufete  nidf)t,  meffcn  SRat  id)  folgen  folltc.  Urn  cnMid)  Mo 
bcibcn  2treitcr  log  $u  mcrbcn,  ging  id)  $u  93ctt.  9lber  be8 
@treitcn$  mar  fcin  ISnbc,  id)  innate  ba8  ©clb  juriicfbriiuv  i 

1  liber  ciu  3^toufcnb  maren  bic  bcgrabcncn  Stable  $crcutanum,   » 
^ompcji    unb    2tabia    ucrfdiollcn.     ©cgcn    Irnbc    bed    16.    J\ 
IjunbcrtS  murbc  cin  ^anal  anfldcgt,  urn  Staffer  t)om   ©arno  nac^ 
lorre   Snnunjiata    511    Icitcn.     (*r   fufjr   qucr   burd^   bic   :)inincn 
^ompcji*,  unb   ift  noc^  jc^t  in    Jatiflfcit.     ^lUcin  man  niiv>t 
©clciicnhcit   nid^t,  tucitcre   5Ra%rabungcn   an^uftcllcn.     91  ud)   ben  10 
WclclirtcH  mar  bie  Sage  ber  Stabt  gfinjUd^  unbcfannt.     (Sin  $u* 
faQ   fiihrtc   1710   bic   CSntbccfiing   \Scrculanumd  l)crbci,  inbcm  man 
bci  bom  ^ohrcn  cine*  ^rnnncn*  anf  ben  l^runb  bc^  I^catcrS  fticr, 
unb   cine    "Jlnjafjl   fd^oncr  Silbfdulcn  fanb.    Drcigig  3a^rc  fpater 
unirben    bie    xHiidgrabungcu    init  cinigcm  (Sifcr   micbcr  aufgcnom*  w 
men.     Son  ^ompcji   mar  mittlcrmcilc  gar  fcinc  9lcbc,  bi^   1748 
jufctHigc    in    etnem    ^cinbcrgc   gemad)tc   gunbc    naf)crc    5Wa^for^ 
fd^ungen  tocranla&tcn.     2Ran  bcgann  am  9(mp^it^catcr   $u  graben, 
fpater  am  Jhcatcr.     3>odf)  ging  adc§  mit  cincr  crftaunlid^cn  ^ad^= 

u^Feit   unb   Sangfamfcit.     Jatjrclang   marcn  nur  t)icr  bi§  fiinf  30 
9lrbcitcr,  oft  felbft  aud)  nid^t  biefc,  befd^afrigt.     I)ic  SRiiinen  mur= 
ben  bur(^mu()Itf  urn  Statuen  unb  ©crdt  ju  finbcn,  nad)fjer  f^led^t 
fonfcrDiert,  obcr  einfad^  mieber  jugcmorfcn. 

2  S^    mar    micbcr    an   cincm   SSinterabenb,   al§   ^einridf),  bicfc§ 
2Ra(  jmcitcr  Slaffe,  nad)  jener  ^anbetdftabt  5uriicffut)r,  in  ber  er  25 
fo   mandjeS   3afjr   gelebt.     SBieber   tanjten   braufeen   bie   glorfen, 
micbcr    fa^  cr  Dor  fid)  ein  neuc*,  cin   ganj   unbefannte^    Seben, 
unb   fie^e   ba!   auf   bem   Si^e   gegeniiber  lag  mieber  cin  fteineS, 
graubraunc^  53ud).     ®od^  biefc*  3)JaI  mufue  er,  mem  e§  ge^ortc. 
CS^   fafecn   jmei   ^erren  mit   il)in   im  SSagen,  unb  ber  dltere  don  » 
ben  beiben  ^arte  foeben  ba§  93ud^  beenbigt,  e^   jugefdjlagen,  auf 
ben   <3i^   gelegt   unb   3U   fcincm    jiingcrn    ©cnoffen  cjcfagt:   fllSin 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION 


179 

ganj    pradi)tige§    23ud) !    28er    ba3    gefdjrieben    fjat,    ber    ift   ein 
$>id)ter." 

3) a  gab  e§  einen  ©tofs  burdfj  ben  28agen,  unb  ba§  fteine 
ftel  ^u  Soben  —  ober  mar  e£  ber  ©ijenba^nfobotb,  ber 
5  p  Sii^en  marf?  (£r  bMte  fid^,  ergriff  e§  unb  reid)te  e§,  fid^ 
berbeugenb,  bent  §errn  gegenitber;  babei  !tappten  bie  ©eiten  ein 
menig  au^einanber,  fo  ba§  er  ben  £itel  erblidte,  unb  ricfytig,  e§ 
mar  ber  mo^tbefannte  Sitel,  e§  mar  ba§  tang  berlorene  SSerf. 

^SSer^ei^en  ©ie/'  fagte  er  ^unt  §errn,  ,,menn  i<^  3ff)r  93ud^  ntir 
10  ein  bif$df)en  betra($te." 

,f93itte,  bitte/'  rief  jener  freunbtidf);  ,,id^  fann  3^nen  bie  Seltiire 
empfe^ten;  e§  ift  ba£  ©rftting^merf  eine§  neuen,  eine§  fraftfcoffen, 
jungen 


Unb  Jpeinrid)  offnete  ^ogernb  ba§  95n<^  —  bodE)  tt)ie  erj^ral  er!  i 
15  benn  unter  bent  atten  befannten  £itel  ftanb  mit  Heinerer  ©cljrift 
gan^   bentli(^:  wt)on  §einridj  .  .  ."   @§    mar   nid^t  ba§  atte  Snc^, 
fonbern  fein  eigne§,  nid)t  ba§   fcerf)e£te,  fonbern  ein  nene§,  nnb 
ber  e3  gef^rieben   ^atte,  mar   er.     ©r  gab  e§  errotenb  nnb  $it- 
ternb   bor   ©tannen   bent  ^errn  juriidE,  ber  tyn  fjoflid)   befragte, 
w  me^^atb  er  benn  nid)t  meiterleje? 

,,S^  fenne  ba£  S3nd^  fd^on,"  fagte  er  leife. 
,,@ie   !ennen   e§?   ba§   nimmt  ntidf)   mnnber,  e§  ^at  erft  gan^ 
liir^tid)  bie  ^reffe  berlaffen;  man  fanbte  e§  ntir,  bantit  ify  e§  be^ 
fpred^e,  benn  id)   bin  Sritifer  unb  Sournalift.     ®od^  bie§  !Ieinef 
25  unfcfyeinbare  Su^tein  bringt  jetbft  bie  ftrengfte  Sritif  ^unt  @dt)mei^ 
gen;  idE)  ntod£)te  nur  mifjenf  mer  e§  berfa^t  ^at." 
®a  fagte  £>einri(f)  gan^  teife:  ,,S^!" 

®amit  bie   ©efd)id)te  ^iibf^  orbenttii^   enbe,  tmtf$  id^  nod^  be^ 

ttd^ten,  mie  jener  §err  Sritifu§  fi(^  $u  §einri(^§  S3ef(^u^er  unb 

30  3tatgeber   nta^te;   mie   fein   93egteiter,  obmofjl  felbft  ein  ®i^ter, 

§einrii^§  marntfter  unb  innigfter  S^eunb  unb  unfer  ^einrid^,  ber 

Sr cimer te^r ling,  jetbft  ein  beritfjntter  ©d^riftftetter  marb. 


l«su  A  GERM  A.  \  inn  1.1. 

<E3  mar  an  bcm  Slbenb  bcgfelben  JageS  unb  in  bcrfclbcn  2tunbe, 
too  SBolfgang  fid)  Don  bcm  2d)iilmcimT  4)alt^a)ar  @$mall)au3 
an  bcr  ^jorto  DC*  ^aiLv  ucrabjdjiebctc,  aid  lame  ^dla  —  fo 
nanntc  fie  jung  unb  alt  in  bcr  ganjen  9lacl)barf$aft  —  in  Hirer 

•:ibc    nut   cincr    2tidcrei  befd)aftigt  am   ^enfter  fafj.     Xranficn   s 
roolbte  fid)  bcr    l)cllblanc    Arul)lin^vl)iinnu4    nbcv    ben    luun    lc|jten 
5lbcnb|onncn|\i)cin  rofig  belcuc^tcten  SJdc^crn,  (^icbcln  nnb  2il)orn 
ftcincn    bc^  ^dnKr^onninmcld   in   bcr   altcn  JHljcinftabt;    abcr   bie 
ll?\'rc\affc  mar  fc^mal,  unb  in  bcm  ticfcn,  nicbriiicn    ;5immcr  bun* 
fcltc  c«  bcrcitd  ftarf;   nnr  bcr  ^Jlafe  unmittolbar  an  bent  Jvcnftcr,  w 
too  93cHa  fafe,  mar   nocft   jicmlic^   ^cH,  unb   bcm,  bcr   jetu  in  bie 
©tube  fletrctcn  unirc,  miirbe   lantc  3JcIIa  in   bcr   allcrbcftcn   SBe- 
lemijtuitfl  erfc^icnen   fein.     Jante   Cella  ^attc  burd^aud  ni^t^  ba^ 
nci)cn,  ben   Lenten    im    ivinftiiiftcn   fiid^tc   jn  erfd)cincn,    benn   ftc 
mar,  troft  ihrer  ad^tunbuicr^ig   3o^c,  Icincdmegd  gan^  liber   bie  is 
(i-itelfeitcn  ber  SSklt 


xHm  21.  Cftober  1805  gab  Stelfon   ben   9cfef|(v  Don  Cabi^  ab- 
\d\\,  benn   cr   mufetc,  bafe   bie   Jran^ofen   in   ber   5Rd^e   Don 
Jrafalgar    fid^    oufljiclten.     (ir    liefe    aHe^    Dorfi^tig    jum 
S*ampfe  Dorbcrcitcn.     2cine  sJOZannfc^aft  roar  fampfedtuftig.     5)od^  20 
bc^  §elbcn  s«8ruft  mar  fdjroer.     Gr  ^atte  ein  buffered  Sorgefiiljl, 
ba§  bie^  feine  lefcte  ©d^lad^t  fein  miirbe.     Gr  fanb  fi(^  balb  ber 
frair>ofifd)en  glofte  gegeniiber. 

xHlo  sJidion  aiify  Serbed  trat,  erfuHfe  ein  touted,  fampfbegie* 
riged  ©efd^rei  bie  Suft.  Gr  rrug  ben  9Jod,  ber  fo  mand)en  as 
Sturm,  fo  manege  ©d^lad^f  erlebt  ^atte.  ©eine  Stuff  mar  nut 
Gf)renfreu3en  unb  ©ternen  bebedt.  9ll§  man  i^m  anbcutete,  ba§ 
il)n  bie-3  bcm  geinbe  ju  beutlid)  §u  erfennen  gdbef  antmortete  er: 
^3^  G^ren  f)abe  id^  ftc  gcmonnen,  in  Gfjren  mitt  id^  mit  i^nen 
fterben."  » 

I)er  Sampf  bcgann.    £ic  englifd^en  ^rieg^fd^iffe,  angcfii^rt  Don 
SRelfon  unb   Gollingmoob,  ftiirmtcn   in   $roei   ^olonnen  gegen  bie 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION 


181 


frcmjoftfdfjen.  Sftadf)  etnem  blntigen  ©efecfyte  blieben  bie  Gnglanber 
(Sieger.  Sener  jebodf)  ttmrbe  ber  <3teg  erfanft,  benn  9£etfon,  ber 
<pelb  beg  Sageg,  fiet.  6tne  glintenfngel  bon  bem  feinbli^en 
$rieggfd)iffe  SRebontable  ftrecfte  iljn  nieber.  ©r  tebte  jebod)  nodj 
5  lange  genng,  urn  bie  ©iegegbotfcfyaft  511  bernefjmen.  ®ieg  tear 
bag  beriiljmte  ©eegefed)t  bet  Trafalgar. 

28etm  bie  ©artenarbeit  Doriiber  lt)arf  imb  @et)era  i^r  Slrbeit^fleib  I 
mit   bem  ^au^lteib   bertauf^t  itnb  bag  5lbenbeffen   beforgt   ^atte, 
fa^en  bie  trier  bet  t^rer  etnfai^en  SKaf^eit  unb  a^ett  mit  bem  ge^ 

10  funben  5tppetit  t)on  Seitten,  bie  fid^  ben  Jag  iiber  (im  greien  bett)egt 
^aben.  23ar  ber  5lbenb  fd^on,  fo  ftanb  bie  S3at!ontitr  offenf  ber 
laue  @ommertt)inb  ftri^  ^inein,  itnb  bie  2ftonbftraf)len  fpietten  auf 
bem  gupoben.  28ar  e§  aber  lii^I  nnb  regnerifd),  fo  tt)itrben  bie 
Siiren  gefi^Ioffen.  Soa(^^m  fuc^te  ein  93udj  ^eran§  nnb  ©et)era  tag 

15  t)or.  Spiinllt^  nm  ^e^n  U^r  ftanb  ber  SJfajor  anf  —  er  mod)te 
fc^on  man^mat  border  ein  tt)enig  genitft  ^aben  —  bann  fagte  3oad)im 
gnte  -Wadjt,  bie  Sranle  mnrbe  in  i^r  3^m^  gebra^t,  nnb  ein 
Sag  ttmr  Doriibergegangen,  ftitt  nnb  einformig  nad)  an^en,  t)ott 
tiefen  grieben§  nnb  rei(^  an  grenben  nadj  innen. 

20      93on  leinem  Singe  gefeljen,  bnrd^  lein  ©eranfd^  im  £anfe  erf($retftf  2 
getangte  er  in  fein  3^mtn^r-     §^er  entfteibete  er  fi(^f  nad^bem  er 
bie  ^iftoten  mieber  in  il)r  ©e^anfe  priidgetegt  ^atte,  nnb  mnfterte 
forgfaltig  feine  Uniform,  ob  fie  feme  ©pnr  ber  blutigen  Sat  an 
fii^  trage.     9lnr   an  feinen  ^panben  entbecfte  er   ein  paar   bnnlle 

25  glecfen,  bie  ttmfd)  er  eilig  ab  nnb  f(J)iittete  bag  letd^t  gefdrbte  SSaffer 
anf  bag  IRefebabeet  nnter  feinem  niebrigen  genfter.  ®ann  f(^Io§ 
er  ben  Saben  nnb  legte  fid^f  tief  anfatmenb,  ^n  Sett.  Dbtuo^t  er 
gan$  rn^ig  in  feinem  $mte™  blieb,  lonnte  er  lange  ben  ©cfylaf  nifyt 
finben.  ©nbtid)  fielen  i^m  bod^  bie  Slngen  511,  bor  benen  beftanbtg 

30  bag  bleicfye,  monbbefci)ienene  Sotengefi^t  geftanben  Ijatte. 

Sim  frix^ften  SRorgen  tDnrbe  er  bnrd^  lante  ©timmen  im  §ang- 
f{nr  getuedEt.     @r  fn^r  rafdj  in  bie  Sleiber  nnb  trat  ^inang.     ®ie 


A  GERMAN  hlill.  I.   BOOJ 


Mnednc  bcv  ^H'nrmltcro  nnb  einigc  I'cntc  cms  bent  Crte  ftanben  inn 
bie  altc  2Ragb  bernm  unb  bordjtcn  bcm  $kridf)t  cineS  iHund)cn,  bcr 
brobcn  im  ^oalbdjen  ben  Jotcn  a,cfunben  battc. 


?H3    bcr    bmibmtc    Benjamin    Xranflin    nod)   cin   ^iuuiliiui    mm 
18  ^sahren  mar,  befud)te  cr  einft  ben  vj>rcbia,cr  Ciotton  OTatljer  in   » 
Lofton.     liefer  luihm  ibn  liebrcirf)  auf  unb  inline  ibn  bcim  s^cii 
gc^en  cincn  fur>crni  SScfl  auS  UMIUMII  .v>aufe.     Tic  sJiduMitur  abcr 
roar  fo  niebriq,  ban  cin  cninulifcncr  lVcm\1)   net)   bucfcn   mnfiu',  inn 
ntc^t  an  ben  Citcrbalfen  ^u  ftoftcn.     Arnnflin   un-nd)  uuibrcnb   Deo 
Sortge^end  ntit  icincm  leutKligcn  Sii^rer  unb  iah  bahcr  nid)t  auf«  w 
ntcrfiam    nor    fid)    bin.     ,,Wclmcft!    (^cbiutt1"    ricf    nnf    ciiimal    bcr 
^rcbii^cr.  nbcr  in  bcm  xHn^cnblicfc  fiibltc  fc^on  granflin  ben  ^alfen 
an   ber    2tirn.      ff^Jierf    irr    fid)    ben    flcincn    llnfall!"    fafltc    bcr 
xi>rebirter.     ,,l£r   ift  jinu)  unb  bat  bie  SJclt  nor  fid).  fid) 

nnf  bent  SSegc,  unb  Crr  iinrb  fid^  mnnc^en  barren  sl>nff  myarni."    15 

3)iefe  2ct)re  mad^te  auf  ben  jnna,cn  ^ranflin  cincn  fo  tiefcn  Citu 
brucf,  bafi  cr  fid)  ibrcr  in  bcm  filter  Don  79  3a^ren  nod^  crinncrtc  nnb 
bie  ©efd^id)tc  cincm  2obnc  bco  crumbntcn  s^rcbiiicrv  cr.^dbltc,  inbcm 
cr  bin>uicnic:   M?icfcr  gntc  Mat  ^IjrcS  feligen  Sater^,  fo  in  ®opf 
nnb  ,v>cr;>  ciiuicpra'i)t,  ift  inir  nngemcin  nii^tic^  getoefcn,  unb  nodf)  jeftt  20 
fdHt  cr   inir  iKUu^nlid^  ein,  mcnn   idf)   fe^c,  mie   ber  ^od^mut  fo 
gebemiitigt  mirb  unb  mie  fo  manner  fid^  ungliicfli^  mad^t,  rt>eil  er  bie 
Mafc  5U  1)0$  rriigt." 

Gi>  mar  cin  uninbcrnollcr  .^erbfttag,  btcfcr  27.  September.     5)er 
Sd^mar^tDalb  lag  im  3onncnglan,v     ?cr  53agen  ftanb  bereit  unb  » 
unr  fuljrcn  au§.     ©egen  mcr  lU)r  famcn  tnir   iiadf)  2Runbe(e()cim 
,Vim  ,v>anpti]iiarticr.     34  ^ife  ni$tf  bie^mal  fanben  mir  c£  fo  fttllr 
e^  fd&ien  alle*  auc^geflogcn  ju  fein.     Tor  Cfftjicr,  ber  un^  na$  bcm 
Dbferbatorinm  fiibrcn  foHter  mar  nic^t  ba.     ?rangen  aber  auf  bent 
gelbc  unb  auf  bent  Cbfcrtjatorium  roaren  Diele  Scute.     SBa§  mod^te  w 
benn  tuo^t  begegnet  fctnV   Untcr  bcm  tjeftigen  ^anonenbonner,  ber 
Dor    Srrafcburg   tontc,   fubrcn   mir    beimiudrtS.     %n   Sampcrtbcim 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION  183 

biefelbe  ©tide,  twr  gotten  ttnr  fagen,  mit  ©trafsburg  toerbe  e£  nid)t 
lange  mefjr  baitern.  $ll§  tt)ir  int  ©tanbquartier  toaren,  Ijorte  nad) 
einer  SSiertelftunbe  ba§  ©dn'efjen  plo£lidj  auf.  93atb  rtef  e§  bon 
aCen  ©eiten:  ,,3)ie  toeifte  Saljne,  Me  toeifse  gafjne  flattert  am 
SKunfter!"  ,,@trafj6urg  ift  unfer!"  jubelten  Me  Seute.  Salb  be- 
ftatigten  e§  bie  Drbonnan^en,  bte  ^urtidritten.  Stele  toemtett  Jrcinen 
ber  S^^tbe,  anbre  jongen  ©tege^tteber. 
gro§. 


3)o!tor  begann  nun  feine  tdgltc^en  Sefud^e  im  ©d^toffe.     9Som  i 
Ijofifdjen  Seben  nnb  ^oftfi^er  Slug^ett  mu^te  er  gar  ni(^t§.     9hxr 
eine  ortentalifd^e  ^ofregel  tuar  tf)m  beigefallen,  bie  er  frii^er  etnmat 
in  etnem  alten  93it(^e  getefen,  nnb  btefe  murmelte  er  an  jebem  3Jlorgen 
t)or  fi(§  ijitt,  tDenn  er   bte  SJfarmortreppe  ^tnanftteg.     S)te  9teget 

lautete  : 

bn  in  be§  Sonig§  §an§, 

btinb  ^inein  unb  ftuntnt  ^eran§." 
Unb  biefer  @prnd^  tDarb  i'^rn  5nm  f^it^enben  3auber. 

®ie  ar^ttii^e  Sonfnltation  Derlief  Sag  fur  Jag  fotgenbergeftatt. 
£eibmebifu§  SRitlter  erji^ien  ©c^Iag  8  U^r  in  bent  2lrbeit§5tmmer 

20  be§  gitrften,  ber  oft  feit  Sage^anbru^  fjtnter  Slften  unb  93it(^ern  fa§. 
2)a§  itbrtge  ^)tenftperfonat  ntu^te  fid^  bet  bent  Sintritt  be§  ^Ir^te^ 
entfernen,  tnie  e§  tDO^I  alter  93rauc!)  ant  §ofe  tt)ar.  2lttein  ber  je^ige 
gitrft  ^ielt  boppelt  ftreng  auf  btefen  Srau(^;  benn  er  fjatte  be^ 
fanntlid^  guten  ©runb,  feine  IXmgebung  im  bunfeln  $u  laffett  itber 

25  ben  ttmnbertid)en  Sienft  be§  neuen  Seibmebifu^. 

9iicf)t  ^u  leugnen  ift  e§f  bafs  aKen  ba§  §er§  llopfte,  at§  bie  Sritte  2 
ft^  t)orftd)tig  bent  §aufe  na^erten. 

S)er  ^pauptmann  ^atte  ba§  genfter  geoffnet  unb  laufcfyte  ^interm 
Saben  ;    bie  ilbrigen  traten  i^m  nad^  unb  bernaljmen  nun  fiitfternbe 
so  (Stimmen,  aber  oljne  ben  ^n^alt  ber  SSorte  §u  berfte^en.     ©inige 

inuten  tuurbe  aHe§  ftitt,  bann  t)errieten  bie  Inifternben 

§  @pt)eu§,  ba§  bie  ®iebe  ^erauf^uflertern  begannen. 


A  GSRXAy  hi: ILL 

xHtemlov-    ftiinben    Me   ^aufrfjcr,  unb   bie   Scanner   cmuuutbeu   cS 
me  Cual,  fo  unttitig  jii  roartcn,  ja  nid)t  einmal   \\\  feben,  mie 
Me  ^pu-iiMdner  fid)  naberten. 

s4>li>lUid)  flirrte  ein  /Vinter  be*  2aal*,  unb  nun  griffcn  ber  .\>am>t 
maim  iinb  feine  (^efitbrtcn  mid)   ben  (^emebren,  bcnn   jci\t  flalt  cd,    6 
auf  bcr  &ut  5"  K«».  luolltc   man    Me   ^eutc   fid)   ntdjt   cnnuiidKii 
la  fie  11. 

Diird)  cinen  2polt  bor  nid)t  flonj  gefc^loffcncn  Jiir  war  cin  Soil 
be*  2aal*  >it  iiluTKlKii.  SDion  erblicfte  VIHM  lU\inner,  bie  Dorfid)tiQ 
Dom  ^-enfter  heniuteriilitten ;  bann  $iinbctc  bcr  cine  bie  Heine  10 
SIcnblntcrnc  an,  bie  ber  anbre  ihnt  reirfjte,  inbem  er  halblaitt  fa^te : 
,,tVini,  x"\ofepl).  nimm  beine  fit  in"  2  tune  $ufammcn,  bamit  luir  fd)iiell 
ben  red)ten  Crt  fiitben." 

?a   lag   bcr  Arentbc   auf  bcm  93ette,  bie  9ugen  gefd^loffcn,  ben 
^Jiunb  iPte  Don   2d)iner\en  ^a(b  gedffnct,  bag  bie  ;))al)ne  Dorfd)iin    i» 
inerten.     ^on    feinev    febr    bleid)en    2ttrn   roar   bad    blonbe    $aar 
.ytritcf^eftranbt  unb  troff  Don  Slut  unb  SRegcnroaficr.     9lm  Sobcn 
lag  ba3  Sarctt  unb  bad  feibnc  23am3  unb  cin  ganj  mit  Slut  ge^ 
triinftcd  §cmbr  bad  bcr  J inter  mit  einem  reinen  Dcrtaufd)t  ^attc. 
gran  $)dena  erbelne   bio   in  bie  Mniee,  als  fie  an  bicfcm  Jrcmben  *> 
bie  fcine  Seinroanb  roieberfa^,  bie  fie  felbft  fiir  iljrcn  Sotjn  gcfpon- 
ncn,  unb  Me  93ud)ftaben,  bie   fie  eingefticft  ^atte.     Sie  beftete,  urn 
fonft  nicf)t*  im  Dimmer  fcl)cn  5U  miiffcn,  i^rc   ^lugcn  fcft  auf  bad 
jungc  ©efid^t,  bad  tro^  feiner  Sotenblaffe  einen  ^armlofcn,  !naben= 
baft  cmtmiitigcn   ^ludbrudt  ^atte.     Sag  er  guter  Scute  Sinb   fein  & 
imifjte,  batte   fie   rafd^  an  feiner  Mlcibung  er!anntf  unb  bcr  Jon, 
mit  bent  er  fie  urn   SKcttung  angefleljt,  flatty  ibr  nod^  bcroeglid)  tin 
Cbr.     Ci'in    muttcrlid)Cv    (Refill)!   iiberfam    ficr    unb   grogc    Jrdncn 
rottten  itber  ibr  melted  ©efidjt.     Sann  fam  bcr  alte  Wiener  roieber 
Ijerein   mit   einem   ttruge   frifd^en   2Bafferd  unb  roottte   fid^   baron  » 
madden,    bent    Cbnmticfytigen   Me   Sd^lcife   511    roafrfjen.     ,,2agt   bad 
mtr!"   fagte  bie  Jperrin  unb  na^m  i^m  ben   Scfynjamm  aud  ber 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  185 

§anb.  ,,$ott  ben  guten  gffig  au§  ber  Sreben$  unb  and)  eine 
glafdje  t)on  unferm  alten  28ein.  28enn  er  tmeber  511  fid)  fomntt, 
ftrirb  ifyn  nad)  einer  ©tarfung  berlangen." 

Sine  finftere,  unfjeimlidje  !iftad)t  fjatte  fid)   fjerabgefenft.     9Hd)tg  i 
5  tsar  aitf  ber  twiten  28afferflad)e  be§  ©djtuar^en  9Keere£  511  erfen^ 
nenr  al§  ber  griinti^e  ©i^aum  ber  tDtlb  tan^enben  SBogen,  jencr 
un^eitooHe  SSerliinber  ^eranna^enben  @turnte§  unb  bro!)enben  Un= 
tuetter^. 

IXmfonft  fiid^te  etn  bon  SSarna  lommenber  ©eebampfer  bie  f(^iit^ 

10  5enbe    Sanalftra^e    be§    ^Bo§poru§    5n    gettrinnen,   umfonft   tt)aren 

^nnberte  gejc^cifttger  ^panbe  bemii^t,  ba§  ^a|rjeug  jener  9Wd)tnng 

^nplenfen  —  bie  entfeffetten  (Slemente  5eigten  fi(i)  md^tiger  al§  bie 

Sraft  ber  9Kenfd)en.     5tlte§  2ln!timpfen  gegen  ©turnt  nnb  SSelten 

btieb  erfotglo^,  nnb  einer  3^n§f(^ale  gleid)  tt)arb  ber  ftolje  S)ampfer 

is  twit  ben  jdtjtinmenben  SSafferbergen  f)tn  nnb  ^er  nnb  tt)eit  tn£  3Keer 

5nriidgett)orfen. 

@o  ging  fie  benn  allein  iiber  ben  toetten  9?afen  unb  unter  ben  2 
^intmet^o^en    93dumen    ba^tn,   unb   batb    fa^   ber    3wriictbteibenbe 
md^t§  ntefjr  t)on  itjr.     @te  aber  fdjritt  meiter  unb  meiter  bur(^  bie 

20  (Sinjamfeit.  Salb  ^orten  bie  Saumgruppen  oiuf,  unb  ber  Soben 
fenfte  fid),  ©ie  erfannte  tt)o§I,  ba§  fie  in  bent  au§getrocfneten 
SSett  eine§  ©ett)dffer§  ging ;  tDeifjer  ©anb  unb  Siefel  bebectten  ben 
Soben,  ba^ttjifi^en  tagen  tote  Sifcfye  unb  blinhen  ntit  if)ren  ©ilber- 
fdjuppen  in  ber  ©onne.  ^n  ber  SRitte  be§  !6ecfen§  fa^  fie  einen 

25  granen,  frefnbartigen  SSoget  fte^en;  er  fcfyien  i^r  einem  ^Rei^er  ci^n- 
lid)  ^u  feinf  bod)  tuar  er  fcon  folder  ©ro§ef  ba§  fein  Sopf,  tDenn  er 
i^n  anfrid)tete,  iiber  ben  eine§  SKenfc^en  IjintDegragen  mn^te ;  je^t 
^atte  er  ben  langen  §at§  jtutfd^en  ben  gfiigeht  ^nruclgelegt  unb- 
fd^ien  §u  fdE)Iafen.  SKaren  fiir^tete  fid).  5tn§er  bent  regung^tofen 

so  un^eimli^en  Soget  ft)ar  fein  Iebenbe§  SSefen  ficfytbar,  nid)t  einmat 
ba§  ©d)tt)irren  einer  Stfiege  unterbradE)  ^ier  bie  ©tide ;  tt)ie  ein 
Kntfe^en  tag  bag  @d)lt>eigen  iiber  biefem  Drte. 


IM;  A  GERMAX  hlil  LI. 

SHit  bcm  Wcifcn   in  cincm  Irifenbabn.yig  ift  c*  cine  gan>  unni 
bcrlidie  2adu\  nnb  man  nuift  cd  in  bcr  Jat  crft  lerncn,  cbc  man  ed 
orbcntlid)  fann.     sj)?and)e  I'cntc  uu'rben  mir  bad  nid)t  ajaubcn  nnb 
fagen:    ,,SS8a$    ift    abcr    babci    ,yi    IcrncnV     v"ui)    lofc    mir   ebon  cin 
Sittet,  gcbe  mcinc  Sadicn  anf,  fe^c  mtd^  cin  nnb  fa  bio  bann  mit   ft 
fort  —  ba§  fann  cin    jcbcr."  —  5)a^  aQerbing§  unb  cr  rcift   bann 
cbcnfo  rafd)  al^  bic  ftbriflcn—  ober  roic?    3^n  fl^9cn  rind,  bag 
cr  in  cin  bidjtfli'iiillte*  iionpc  fommt,  iuo  or  nid^t  cinmal  bic  giifce 
au^ftrccfcn  fann  ;  moglic^crmcifc  Ijat  cr  aud^  cine  Jamc,  mit  cincm 
fdjroicnbcn  Minb  anf  bcm   2ci)ogef  flCflcniibcr,  uuiftrcnb  cin  f  Inner,  10 
il)r  cbcnfallo  i)cl)in-ci^cr  ^urfd^c  Don  fiinf  obcr  fcd^d  Safyrcn  un« 
nntcrbvod)cn    itbcr    feine    Jviifie    fort   nad^  bcm  Jcnftcr  ftcttcrt  nnb 
ibni  babci  cin  angebtffcncS  Suttcrbrot  mit  bcr  gcftrid^cncn  2citc  anf 
bic   Mniee    briicft.     (jr   mod^tc   raud^cn,   abcr   c^   a,c!n    nid)t  —  cine 
3)ame  an  fcincr  Seitc  crflart,  ba6  ftc  fcincn  labaf^bampf,  eben*  w 
fomcnia,  abcr  and^  3U9  bertragcn  fonnc;  unb  cr  barf  bc^^alb  bad 
genfter  nid^t  ^crunter    laffcn,    obgteid)   im    CSonpc    cine    briirfenbe 
tjerrfd^t. 


2      Gigentlid^  [)atte  5rij5  bie  5(bfid^t  gc^abt,  bireft  nadt)  So(n  unb  Don 
ba  ab  ben  ^ilicin  aufunirtd  ju  fafjren,  aud^  nur  cin  SiHct  bid  ®ic=  so 
^en   genommcn.     Untcrmcfld   tt)ar   i^m   abcr   forttud^renb  bic  3a- 
milie  Stafpe  im  Mop?  bernmgcgangcn.     Gd  !am  i^m  gar  fo  fonbcr= 
bar  bor,  baft   fie  iljm   Don  jmci  gans  cntgcgcngefc^ten  Seiten  ju 
gleid^cr  &\t  empfo^Icn  merbcn  follte,  unb  feine  9?cugierbe  ermad^te 
natiirHd^,  bie  beiben  jungen  5)amen  fennen  5u  lernen,  bic  er  fcfjon  25 
aid  Sinbcr  gefe^en  unb  iiber  beren  Siebendnriirbigfett  filaud  je^t  fo 
Diet  berid^tet.     333ad  lag  iiber^aupt  baran,  ob  er  5uer?"t  nad^  9Wain$ 
ober  Soln  fu^r,  unb  bann  macfyte  ed  i^m  aud^  Spafs,  menn  er  ba- 
ran   bad)te,  mad   fur   ein   ©eftd^t  fein   alter   greunb  Slaud  jieficn 
untrbe,  fobatb  er  erfu^r,  ba§  gri^  Dor  i^m  in  2Kainj  bei  ber  ga=  so 
milic  gemefen  unb  bie  5)amen  befud^t  fjtitte. 

bent  ©ebanfen  lofte  er  fief)  in  ©iefjen,  an?"tatt  nad&  Soln,  cin 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  187 

93iHet  nad)  granlfurt  unb  fdfjritt  bann  ju  bent  ndmlid^en  Qu$,  mit 
bem  er  bi3  Tjier^er  gefaljren,  ^nriicl.  $n  ba§  ndmtid^e  Gtoupe' 
tooEte  er  aber  nicfyt  ftrieber  fjinein,  unb  einent  Unterfd)affner  ein 
(Stud  (Mb  in  bie  £>anb  brixclenb,  fagte  er  :  ,,(£in  9?id)trand)conpe', 
5  lieber  greunb,  too  id)  ein  toenig  ungeftort  fein  lann  —  <5ie  t>er= 
fte^en  nti(^  fd^on." 


25tt)en^etj   au§   bem  ^ettigen  Sanbe   ^u 
fd^etterte  fein  ©dfjiff  an  ber  norbtid^en  Siifte  be§  SKeerbnjen^  t)on 
SSenebig.     ©r  entj^to^  fid)  nnnf  in  bem  ©ettmnbe  eine§   ^5itger§f 

10  nnter  bem  !>ftamen  ^ng^,  bnr(^   ba§  g^fttanb  ^n  reifen.     ®o<^  in 

SSien  geriet  er  in  bie  ©etoalt  be§  ^)er5og§  Seopolb  t)on  Dfterreid^. 

SKan  erjd^It,  ^Rid^arb  §atte  biefen  ^per^og  bei   ber   33elagernng 

ber  ©tabt  5lere  in  ^5aldftina  toblidf)  beleibigt.     Seopolb  tt)ar  erfrent 

iiber  biefe  ©elegentjeit,  bie  Sef^impfnng  an  bem  berljafsten  Sonig 

15  t)on  ©ngtanb  rci^en  ^u  fonnen. 

(£r  fperrte  feinen  ©efangenen  jiicrft  in  bie  93nrg  Jierenftein  ein. 
©pater  berfaufte  er  i^n  an  ben  Saifer  bon  ^)entf(^Ianb  filr  eine 
gro^e  ©nmme  ©etbe§.  liefer  fott  i^n  in  ein  abgetegene^  ©djtofs 
in  Jirot  gebra^t  ^aben. 

20  ©§  trng  fi<^  mm  $ut  ba§  Slonbel,  9tid^arb§  Siebting^fanger, 
anf  feinen  28anbernngen  an  ba§  ©cfylofs  lam.  Unter  ben  3^nf^n 
ber  93urg  fang  Stonbel  ein  Sieb,  ba§  D^id^arb  fetbft  lomponiert 
f)atte,  nnb  er  begleitete  ben  ©efang  mit  ber  §arfe.  2)er  Sonig 
erlannte  at^batb  bie  i^m  toofjlbefannten  Sone  nnb  ftimmte  ein  in 

25  ben  ©efang.  2)er  ^arfner  erlannte  fofort  bie  ©timme  feine§ 
§errn.  (5r  reifte  fogleic^  nadj  (Snglanb.  2)ort  ma($te  er  belannt, 
lt)o  ber  Sonig  at§  ©efangener  fid)  befanbe. 

3)ie  ©nglanber  mu^ten  i!)ren  Sonig  mit  einem  fd)toeren  S6fe= 
gelb  lo^lanfen.  $Ri(^arb  tt>ar  nnn  frei  nnb  lonnte  nad)  Snglanb 

so  5iiriidle^ren. 


ber  (Srofse  tt>ar  einer  ber  gro^ten   §errfd^erf  bie   bie  2 
SSett  }e  gefe^en  ^at.     @r  tt>ar  nid^t  nnr  ein   linger  @taat§mann, 


188  A  <;KKMA.\  IHULL  HOOK 

fonbern  and)  bcr  flrof.u*  Jvclbljcrr  joiner  ^ctt.  Irr  mar  cin  jcbr 
ftrcngcr,  aber  yiajcid)  cin  fcbr  a,ercd)tcr  Monig.  Crr  rcajcrtc  jcin 
Weid)  al$  ob  c$  fcin  cigncS  Out  marc:  and)  mibmctc  cr  bcr  Minnt 
nnb  S^ifKiiiAaft  Did  ,  icS  aHc3  mar  ihm  nur  moglid),  meil 

cr  fcinc  ;icit  fchr  ^ciiau  cintciltc,  nub  jcbc   2tuubc  bc^  Iage$  ^attc   5 
il)rc   bcfonbrc  XHrbcit.     llm   oicr  lll)r   bc^  SKorflcnS  ftaub   cr   nnf  ; 
in   UHMii^cu   s.l)iinntcn  hattc  or  fid)  ohnc  -Vtlfc  aiu^cflcibci  uub  baun 
iViu]   cr   on   fcincn    2d)rctbtifd),  morouf  bic   in  bcr  vJiod)t  oiiflcfom  • 
incncn  ^ricfc  Ki^cn.     Tic  und)tii)ftcn  lav  cr  fclbft  unb  )d)ricb  aud^ 
jKHu>l)iilid)    an    ben   Wonb,  ma^  barauf   ju  ontuun-tcii  fci.     Sobalb  w 
Me  x^ricfc  fldckn  HMrcii.  iranf  cr  .viancc  inib  viiiifl  bonn,  bic   / 
blojenb,  cin  biv-   vnci    2tiinbcii  iin  ;))iinincr  ouf  unb   ob.     DJadjbcm 
cr  bic   Txlotc   iiici)lc^tc,  tratcn   bic   ^Katc   cin;  nnb  bann  nnirbcu  bic 
s^ric}"c   bcantuu^rtct.     SScnn  bic^  Ocf^oft  ^u  (Snbc  mar,  Ia3  cr  in 
cincin  x^nd)  obcr  fc^ricb  ^ricfc.  ifl 


Jc  l)ol)cr  man  ben  ^crc\  hinanfftci^t,  bcfto  fiir^cr,  j 
loerbeii  bic  Janncn.  2ic  fd)cincn  immcr  met)r  jufammcn  ju 
fd^rumpfcn.  £a  unrb  c§  aud^  fd^on  fiil)(bar  fdltcr.  Jic  luinibcr* 
lid)cn  (^rnppcn  bcr  (^ronitblocfc  lucrbcn  l)icr  crft  fidjtbor  ;  bicfc 
)inb  oft  Don  crftannlid)cr  (^rofjc.  Ci-^  ift  cin  tiitftcrft  crfd)opKnbcr  20 
9Scg,  unb  idf)  mor  fro^,  aB  id)  cnbtid^  bo^  (anc\cr)cl)ntc  55rucfcn^au3 
ju  ©efidjtc  bcfam.  SKau  ift  nadf)  cinem  langcn,  eiufamcu  Um^cr- 
ftcigcu  burd^  Janncn  unb  Mlippcn  plofclid)  in  ein  SBotfcn^au§ 
Dcn'cftt;  ©tdbte,  53crgc  unb  SBjilber  blciben  untcn  liea,en,  unb  obcn 
finbct  mon  cine  rounbcrlid)  5ufammengcfe^te  frcmbc  ©efeQfd^aft  Don  25 
bcr  man,  line  cv  an  bcrglcidjen  Crten  natiirlid^  ift,  faft  mie  cin  crmar- 
tcter  Wcnoffc,  ^alb  ncugicrig  nnb  Ijalb  glcid^giiltig,  cmpfangen  mirb. 
3d&  ftmb  ba§  §au»  Dollcr  ©ciftc,  unb  nrie  c^  cincm  flugcn  SWanne  ge- 
jiemt  bad)tc  id^  fd)on  an  bie  9Zad^t  an  bic  Unbcf)afllid)!cit  cincv 
2trohlaiierv  ;  mit  Ijinftcrbcnbcr  ©timmc  Dcrlangtc  id^  gtcid^  Jcc,  » 
nnb  bcr  v>crr  Srocfcntuirt  mar  Dcrniinftig,  cinjufcbcn,  ba^  cin  !ran!er 
2»cnfd)  fiir  bic  9iad^t  cin  orbcntlidjeS  Sett  Ijabcn  muffc.  2: 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION  189 

fcerfcfyaffte  er  tnir  in  einem  engen  3intmerd)en,  too  fd)on  ein  jnnger 
$anfmann  ftdj  etabliert  fjattc. 

®aranf  fang  $tfe  nnb  Stara,  t)on  bent  ®oftor  erfncfyt,  ^toeiftintntig  i 
ein  SSoIfSlteb,  fefjr  einfad)  nnb  fd)tnncflo§,  nnb  trielleid)t  traf  eben 

5  be§f)alb  bie  melandjolifcfye  SSeife  ba§  §er$,  fo  ba§  e§  nad)  bem 
Ciebe  ftiH  lunrbe  unb  bie  fremben  ^erren  gett)ifjerma^en  gerii^rt 
t)or  fi^  ^inan^fa^en,  bi§  bet  Scmbttrirt  bie  ©afte  anfforberte,  and) 
ettt)a§  ^nnt  beften  ^n  gefren.  ©ogleic^  ftimntte  bet  ^rofeffor,  an§ 
einer  SSemegnng  anftan^enb,  ntit  toofjlftintmenbem  SSaffe  an:  ,,Sm 

10  fiif)len  Seller  ft|;  i(^  ^ier,"  ba§  bie  Snaben  begeiftert  bie  Sefte  alter 
SRil^  an^tranfen  nnb  ntit  ben  ©Icifern  anf  ben  Jijd)  ftampften. 
SSieber  an^erte  fic^  bie  ©efettfd^aft  al§  E^or.  ®er  ®o!tor  ^ielt 
al§  fefter  (J^orfanger  bie  SDMobie  bei  ben  fd)tt)ierigen  9?oten  fd)on 
^nfammen  nnb  ber  Refrain  flang  tDnnberbott  in  ber  ftillen  Slbenb^ 

15  luft,  bie  £one  ^ogen  ba§  SSeintaub  ber  SRaner  entlang  unb  itber 
bie  ©ipfel  ber  Obftbanme  bi§  an  ba3  ©e^ol^  be§  nad)ften  ^)itgete 
nnb  famen  t)on  bort  ate  Scfyo  ^nriid. 

5lrmut  nnb  ©lenb  !)errfd)ten  iiberatt  in  ^)entjd)Ianb  nnb  granl=  2 
reii^.     ®ennodE)  tDaren  triele  Sente  bieje§  ^ammer§  im  §er5en  fro^ ; 

20  benn  fie  batten  bei  fid^,  tt)enn  (Sort  bie  SKenfdjen  fo  feljr  ftrafe, 
bann  toiirben  fie  tDenigften^  fiir  ba§  lommenbe  ^aljr  etlt)a§  ber= 
nitnftiger  tt)erben  nnb  ni^t  fortfafjren  fid^  nntereinanber  tot5nf(^Iagenf 
bie  getbfritd)te  ^n  ^ertreten,  bem  Sanbntanne  ba£  §an§  iibernt  Sopfe 
nieber^nbrennen  ober  gar  gan^e  2)orfer  nnb  ©tcibte  5n  5erftoren. 

25  SJfan  Ijoffte,  bie.9^ot  tDerbe  bie  SKa^te  pnt  gtieben  ^mingen. 

@o   batten   bie   SSanern,  aber   gan^   anbrer   5lnfid)t   tt?aren   bie 
Sonige. 

^)er  beritfjntte  engtifi^e  ©eneraf  Gltiot  ritt  eine£  £age§  bet  ber  3 

SMagernng  t)on  ©ibraltar  felbft  um^er  nnb  traf  bei  biefer  ©etegen= 

so  fjeit  einen  beutf^en  ©olbaten   an,  ber,  ofjne  §n  prcifentieren,  nnbe= 

tDegli^  ba  ftanb.     r,Sennft  bn  ntid)  ni(^tf  mein  ©o^n?"   rebete  ber 

©eneral  ben  ©olbaten  an ;   ,,ober  tuarunt  beobac^teft  bn  beine  $f(icl)t 


190  A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

nid)t  2olbat  crroibcrte  :    ,,^d)  fen  no  2ic,  vcrr  ftcncrat,  unb 

meinc  ^flidn  fcbr  gut  ;  a  ber  foeben  finb  nur  \HUM  finger  an  ber 
rcdUcn  $anb  abgefdfjoffcn  nun-ben  ;  babcr  bin  id)  nid)t  im  ftanbc, 
bag  Wcmcbr  ,yt  Ijaltcn."  f,S3arum  gel)  ft  bu  benn  nidjt,  urn  bid) 
Dcrbinbcn  511  loffenV"  fubr  Crttiot  fort.  ,,2Bctl  cd  in  Jeutfctjlanb,"  6 
antnun-tete  ber  2olbat,  ,,nid)t  erlaubt  in,  feinen  ^oflen  el)er  ^u 
lu'rlafien,  nlv  bio  man  nlu^eloft  luirb."  Ta  flieii  ber  (General  auflcn= 
blirflid)  nom  ^ferbe  unb  fail  to  :  ,,Wb  mir  bein  (^emel)r  unb  beine 
^atronentafd)i\  id)  mill  bid)  ablofen,  bamit  bu  bid)  Dcrbinben  laffeu 
(ainift!11  10 

£er  2olbat  nc()ord)te,  \\u\t\  aber  ^uDor  jur  ndd^ftcn  SBadbc.  \eii)to 
an,  ban  ber  (General  auf  bent  ^often  ftelje,  unb  licft  baun  crft  feinc 
lu'rfiummelte  .^panb  berbinbcn.  5a  or  511  fcrncrcn  ttricflgbirnften 
ntd^t  inebr  tiid)tic\  nnir,  murbc  cr  Dcrabfd^tcbct  unb  crt)iclt  Don  bent 
(general  ein  anKhnlid)C5  Wcfdjcnf.  9W  cr  in  ber  $)auptftabt  Don  is 
Cnfllanb  anfam,  nioljin  ber  ©cncral  ben  SorfaQ  bcridjtet  batte, 
Derlaiu^te  ibn  ber  Mimifl  Oeorg  511  fehcn.  Ta  cr  i^m  Dorgcftellt 
nnirbc,  nnterl)ielt  cr  fid)  mit  if)mf  bcf^cnftc  il)n  foniglid^  unb  crnannte 
Cffijicr. 


i       3i'ctul)olb  felbft  mar  freilid)  ciu  anbrcr  gcmorbcn  in  bicfcn  $a§*  20 
ren,  ein  \\(\\\\  anbrer.     Ta^  jungc  Jalent,  ba§  einft  fo  ungcbulbig 
CKflen  bie  beeiu^enben   2d)ran!cn  unb   SSorurteilc    fcincr   Umgebung 
anfampftc,    battc    fid)   jum    gcfciertcn  iiunftlcr    cmporgcfd^mungcn, 
beffen  9Jamc   mett  iibcr   bie   (Srenjen  3^alien§  unb  fciner  ^cimat 
f)tnau§brang,    beffen    SScrfc    auf    ben    SBiifyncn    aUcr    ^auptftabte  25 
l)ctmifd^   toarcn,  bcm   ^Ru^m   unb   C£^ref    ®olb   unb   Irtump^c   in 
rcid^fter  giiHc   juftromtcn.     S)iefetbc   mdd^tige  SBanblung  Ijatte  fid^ 
aud^   an   feinem   iu$eren   Dott5ogcnf  unb   unDortcit^aft   mar   biefe 
^erdnbcnnui  fetnecMiH\ic\  benn  ft  art  bc§  blcid^cn,  ernften  ^unglingd 
mit  bcm  Derfd)loffenen  SSefen  unb  ben  riefen  biifteren  5(ugen  ftanb  » 
jefct   ein   5IRann   ba,  bem   man   e§  anfa^,  bag  er  mit  bem  Seben 
unb    ber   SSett    Dcrtraut   mar,  unb    crft    bet   bcm   9J2anne   fam  bic 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION  191 

ftet§  fo  eigentumlid)   cmjieljenbe   2lrt  fciner   ©djonljeit  jur  bottften 
©eltung.     ©§  ftanb  biefer  ibealen  ©tirn  gut,  biefe£  ftolje 
beftmfjtfein,  ba£   je^t   barauf  ruljte,  unb  fid)  and)  in  ben 
in  ber  gan^en  ^paltung  au^fprad),  aber  e§  lagen  and)  tiefe 

5  ten  auf  biefer  ©tirn  nnb  in  biefen  3^genr  bie  toofjl  ntdjt  ba§ 
(SIM  Ijineingelegt  [jatte.  SSon  bent  SKunbe  judfte  e§  tt)ie  Berber 
©pott,  tote  Ijol)nifd)e  Sttterfeit,  unb  im  5Iuge  f^tumnterte  ber  cut* 
ftige  gnnfe  nidE)t  me^r  in  ber  3^iefe;  jefct  loberte  eine  glamme 
bort,  brennenb,  tjer^e^renb  unb  faft  bdntonifd)  aufjitcfenb  bet  jeber 

10  Grregung.     2Ba§    biefe§    3lntlt^    aud)    ciu^erli^    getoonnen 
mo($tef  griebe  fprad^  nid)t  nte^r  barau^. 


S(%  tt)ar  no($  ein  Sinb  t)on  fteben  Saljren,  fo  er^a^tt  ber  be= 
rii^mte  granllin,  al§  meine  Sertuanbten  ntir  an  einem  gefttage 
bie  £afd)en  ntit  Supfermun^en  fiiHten.  ©ogleid^  ging  id)  nad^  ei= 

15  nem  Saben,  tr)o  man  ©pie^eug  fcerlaufte.  ®er  Jon  einer  ^Pfeife 
aber,  bie  ify  im  SSorbeige^en  in  ber  §anb  eine§  anbern  Snaben  fa^r 
ent5U(ite  ntic^  fo  fef)r,  ba§  i<^  i^m  freimillig  fiir  bie§  eine  ©tiidE 
att  mein  ©etb  anbot.  ©r  tDiHigte  ein.  Sergnitgt  itber  meinen 
^anbet,  eilte  id)  nad)  ^aufe,  uio  id)  pfeifenb  atte  ^Binfet  buri^^og; 

20  benn  meine  ^5feife  mad^te  ntir  ebenfo  bid  greube,  ate  id)  bamit 
bie  gan^e  gamilie  belaftigte.  ®a  meine  Sritber  unb  ©djtoeftern 
^orten,  n?a§  id)  fiir  einen  Saufd)  getroffen  ^atte,  berftd^erten  fie 
mirf  id^  ^citte  biermal  me()r  fiir  bie  ^Sfeife  gegeben,  al%  fie  n)ert 
fei.  9^un  fiel  ntir  erft  ein,  tt)a§  fiir  fd^one  ©ad^en  id^  fiir  ba£ 

25  itbrige  ©elb  ^a'tte  faufen  lonnen,  unb  fie  lad^ten  mid)  fo  fe^r  itber 
meine  ©infatt  au§,  ba§  id^  bor  Serbru^  anfing  ^u  tt)einen.  ^)ie  D^eue 
mad^te  ntir  nun  metjr  Srger,  at§  bie  ^Jfeife  ntir  Sergnitgen  ge- 
mad^t  t)atte.  Sa  biefer  SSorfatt  aber  einen  unau§lofd^lid^en  (5in^ 
bruc!  auf  mii^  ma^te,  fo  toarb  er  ntir  in  ber  golge  fe^r  nit^Iid^. 

30  Dft,  tnenn  ify  in  ^crfui^ung  lam,  ntir  etttm£  UnnottgeS  ^u  faufen, 
fagte  id)  jit  ntir  felbft:  ,,®ib  nifyt  ^u  biel  fiir  bie  ^feife!"  unb 
fparte  mctn  ©elb. 


I1-1-  A  GERMAN  DRILL 

i       Urn  Mo  Ivirftcrnc  an  ben  ,~\ina,crn  ,^u   ,>al)len,  ba^u  gibt  c$  nid)t 
Aina,er  a,cnna,  aut    bcr    gan>cn    Crrbc,  Don  bent  altcften  Gianni 
$u  bcm  ^itblciii,  bad  in  bic  ©d)ule  geht!     ^cim  iiu-im  man  in  cincr 
)d)onen    s.Kad)t    im    ,~vreien    ftd)t    obcr    biirdK-    r\c  inter    binaiivutaut, 
lucid)  cin  imvililbarc  SWengc  him  ml  tidier  Vtd)tcr  nnilHcn  itn«  frol)*   6 
lid^  unb  frcunblic^  cntflcflcn!     2ad  ftuflc  fnnn  fic^  "»c!)t   fatt  fct)cn 
an  bcm  litmmliid)cn    2d)ain"uiclc  nnb    uu'if;  nid)t,  n>cld)cn   2 tern  ed 
.yicrft    nnb    am    laiu^Ucn    bctrad)tcn    fnll:    c»?    ift,    al^    UHMUI    jcbcr 
fagtc:    W2d)au'    mid)    an!"    Untcrbcnen    bciuciicn    lie    fid)    attc    am 
\Minmcl  fort.     (Sinigc    i^cbcn    fd)on   am   friihcn  Vlbcnb  initcr.     £ie  10 
gan^e   9?ad^t   l)inburd),  rocnn   (c^on   bic  3Rorjicnliift  ubcr  bic  (irbc 

b'bon  ron"  \\\   Torf  bad   ^)a^ncngcfd^rei   bur^  bic 
,  lichen  immcr  nod)  ncnc  auf,  nnb  Co  nimmt  fcin  ii'iibc. 

fonncn    unr    auc^  nic    attc    fid)tbarcn    2tcrnc 
auf  einmal  icl)cn,  nic^t  cinmal  bic  Maine,  bcnn  cv  ifi   auo^cmac^t,  w 
baft  fie  ben   Jai^    binbnrd)  ebenfo  mic  bet  9lad^t  ifjren  ftillen  Vanf 
am  /pimmcl  fortfcfecn;  nur  ba§  wir  fie  rocgcn  bcr  2agc&t)cttc  nic^t 
fehen  tinmen. 

Tcr  nrmc  O.Knfifnnr  unb  fcin  >iollCjK 

s,Hn  cincm   fd)5nen  Sommcrtagc   mar   im   Crater   ju  SBicn  cin 
grofee^  $olfdfeft.     S)cr  prater  ift  cine  fc^r  grofec,  offcntlid^c  O^ar*  20 
tcnantagc  boll  f)errltd)er  Canine,  nnb  ift  bcr  ^pauptfpa^icrgang  unb 
Odttfttgimgdort  ber  SSicncr.     SJiel  SSolfg  ftromte  ^inau^,  unb  jung 
unb  alt,  bornc^m  unb  gering  freuten  fid^  bort  ifjreS  2cben§ ;  e§ 
famen  aurf)  bide  grembe,  bie  fid^  an  ber  $8olt§(iift  erfreuten.     3So 
friil)Itd)e  9Kenfrf)en  finb,  ba  ^at  and)  ber  etttmS  ju  ^offen,  ber  an  25 
bie   Sarmfjerjigfeit  feiner   gtiicflid^eren  SKitmenfd^en  gemtefen  ift. 
@o  toaren  benn  ^ier  eine  2Renge  Settler,  Cr^c(mdnnerr  ^arfcn- 
mabd^en,  bie  fid)  ifjren  Steu^er  ju  berbienen  fudjten. 

3n  SBien  lebte  bamalS  ein  ^nbalibe,  bem  feine  Heine  ^enfion 
jum    llnter^atte    nid^t   au§reicl)te.     Setteln   mod^te   er   nid^t.     (£r  » 
nriff  bal)cr  §ur  SSioline,  bie  er  bon  feinem  33ater  erlcrnt  ^atte,  ber 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  193 

ein  33oljme  getoefen  tsar,  ©r  fpielte  wtter  einem  atten  53aum  im 
prater,  unb  feinen  treuen  $ubel  fjatte  er  fo  abgerid)tet,  ba§  er 
t)or  ifjm  faf*  unb  ben  alien  ^mt  im  Sftaute  fyielt,  in  ben  bie  Seute 
bie  paar  $reu§er  •  ttmrfen,  bie  fie  if)m  geben  tooltten.  ^eute  ftanb 

5  er  audj  ba  nnb  fiebelte,  nnb  ber  5f?ubet  fafc  bor  if)m  mit  bent  £wte ; 
aber  bie  Seute  gingen  boriiber,  unb  ber  ^ut  blieb  leer,  fatten 
i^n  bie  Seute  nur  angefe^en,  fie  fatten  Sarm^er^igfeit  mit  iljm 
^aben  miiffen.  2)iinne§,  tt)eif$e3  ^>aar  berfte  launt  feinen  ©cfytibet; 
ein  alter,  fabenf^einiger  ©olbatenmantel  ttmr  fein  Sleib.  ©ar 

10  mancfye  ©c^tad^t  ^atte  er  mitgelcimpft,  unb  faft  jebe  ^atte  i^m  in 
einer  9^arbe  einen  Senl^ettel  ange^cingt.  9^ur  brei  ginger  an  ber 
red)ten  ^anb  ^ielten  ben  SBogen;  eine  Sartcitf^enlugel  ^atte  bie 
5*t)ei  anbern  bei  5tfpern  ntitgenommen,  unb  faft  $u  glei^er  Qtit 
na^m  i^m  eine  gro^ere  Suget  bag  93ein  tt)eg.  Unb  bod^  faf)en 

is  ^eute  bie  fro^Iii^en  Seute  nicfyt  auf  i^n,  unb  er  fjatte  bod^  fiir  ben 
le^ten  ^reu^er  neue  ©aiten  auf  feine  Sioline  gefauft  unb  fpielte 
mit  alter  ®raft  feine  atten  2fttirfd)e  unb  Jan^e.  Sriibe  unb  trau- 
rig  fa1^  ber  alte  3JJann  auf  bie  tDogenbe  9Kenf(^enmaffef  auf  bie 
frofjlidjen  ©efi(J)terf  auf  bie  ftolje  ^5rad^t  i^re§  ^u^e§.  58ei  i^rem 

20  Sadjen  brang  ein  @tad)el  in  feiner  ©eete,  —  fjeute  ^tbenb  mu^te  er 
^ungern  auf  feinem  ©tro^tager  im  S)adE)ftiib(i)en.  @ein  ^?ubel  tuar 
in  ber  Sat  beffer  bran;  er  fanb  bod)  tneHeicfyt  auf  bent  ^eimtDege 
einen  Snod)en  unter  einem  ©uf$fteine,  an  bent  er  feinen  §unger 
ftitten  lonnte. 

25  @(i)on  tt)ar'§  ^iemtid^  fpat  am  S^a^mittage.  ©eine  ^offnung 
tt)ar  fo  na^e  am  llnterge^en  tt)ie  bie  ©onne;  benn  fd^on  le^rten 
bie  Sufttt)anbter  prM.  S)a  legte  ficE)  ein  recfyt  tiefe§  Seib  auf  bag 
toetter^arte,  t)ernarbte  ©eft(J)t.  ©r  a^nte  nidE)tf  ba§  ni(^t  tDeit  t)on 
ifjrn  ein  ftatttid^  gefleibeter  ^err  ftanb,  ber  ifjm  lange  ju^ortc  unb 

so  if)n  mit  bent  9lu3bruc!e  tief  empfunbenen  3Kitteib§  betra^tete.  2113 
enblidf)  atteg  frud£)tto§  btieb  unb  bie  miibe  ^>anb  ben  Sogen  nid^t 
me^r  fii^ren  fonnte,  and)  fein  Sein  il)n  launt  mef)r  trugr  fe^te  er 
][§  auf  einen  ©tein  unb  ftii^te  bie  ©tirn  in  bie  Ijo^Ie  §anb,  unb 


11>1  A  GERMAX   hllll.L  BOOK 

Mo  Crrbo  faunae  cinin,c   l)cimlidt)c   Jrtincn  cin,  itnb  bic  fagt'd  nic^t 
kmeber. 

S)cr  $crr  abcr,  bcr  banobou  an  bom  Stamrne  bor  niton  1'inbc 
lolwto,  bnttc  n.ckbcn,  mic  Mo  ucrftiimmolto  .franb  bio  Jrnncn  ab* 
miidw,  bamit  bad  Sluge  bcr  SBclt  bic  Spurcn  nici)t  fn'bc.  <£*  mar,  6 
aid  ob  bio  Jrrinen  mie  itobcnbhoino  Iropfcn  bom  .vSornt  nitf  bad 
$crj  gcfattcn  mdrcn,  fo  rafd^  trat  or  hor.\u,  rcirf)to  bom  Hilton 
oin  l^olbftiicf  unb  fafttc :  wi!oil)ot  mir  Cruro  i^oia,c  oin  2tiinbd)on !" 
S)cr  s,Hlto  in  1)  mill  Initfoj?  ben  $crrn  an,  bcr  mit  bcr  bcutfc^en 

rad^c  fo  tjolprig  umging,  roic  or  mit  bcr  Ocigc.     SBav  or  nbor  10 
moHtc,  iH'ritnnb    bor    xx\nunlibc    bo^   unb   rcic^tc   ihm   ioino   (^oiiio. 
^2  to  iimr  nun  fo  fd^lccl)t  nid)t ;  nur  bcr  gcroi^nli^e  ©cigcr  fra^tc 
fo  iibol.     (ir   itimmtc   iic  i]locfonroin,  ftctttc  fi(^  barauf  gan^  nnbo 
511  bcm  3nDalibcn  unb  fagtc :  ^.SioDcgc,  nun  ncbmt  ^sbr  ba$  Wolb, 
unb  id)  iiMolo!"     Tor   iina,  bcnn  nun  an  ^u  fpielcn,  bafe  bcr  9Utc  is 
foino  (^oii^o   noiuiiori^   bctrnditctc   unb  mcintc,  cd  fct  fie  gar  nid^t 
mobr  :  bonn   bor   Jon  ging  nnmberbar  in  bic  2cclc,  unb  bio   Jono 
rotttcn  uno  s|>orlon  baljin.     3Rand)mal  mar'd,  atd  jubilicrtcn  (SngcU 
ftimmon  in  bor  Wcigc,  unb  bnnn  micbcr,  aid  tlagtcn  lone  fdjftcrcn 
Votbcd  aud  tl)r  bcraitc\  bte  bad  $>crj  fo  bcmcgtcn,  ba§  bic  5(u=  » 
gon  k»d)t  unirbcn. 

3cfct  blieben  bic  Scuto  notion  unb  fafycn  ben  ftattlid^cn  $)crrn 
on  unb  I)ord)tcn  auf  bic  tDimbcrDoHen  Jonc ;  jebermann  fa^'d,  ber 
.Vorr  geigte  fiir  ben  9lrmcn,  aber  nicmanb  fannte  i^n.  3rom<r 
nriiuor  unirbc  ber  ffreid  ber  3"f)ora:.  Selbft  bie  fiut)d^cn  ber  25 
4uM*ncljmen  ^ielten  an.  Unb  mad  bie  ^auptfac^e  mar,  jebermann 
fab  oin,  mad  bcr  funitreidfje  grembe  beabfid^tigte,  unb  gab  reirf)ttd). 
7  a  rid  ©olb  unb  ©ilber  in  ben  §ut  unb  aucf)  Supfer,  je  nad^bem 
oo  bic  I'outo  fatten,  unb  jc  nadtjbem  bad  ^erj  mar.  5)er  $ubc( 
fnurrtc.  SBar'd  v^lniicr,  obcr  s^irger?  Gr  fonntc  ben  §ut  nid)t  30 
mcbr  bnlten,  fo  fcfymer  mar  er  gemorben.  ^ffltadjt  ifyn  locr,  filter!" 
riofcu  bic  Scute  bent  ^ntoaliben  5ur  f,er  mirb  nod^  einmat  DoU!" 
?lltc  tnt'c\  unb  rid)tti]f  cr  mujjtc  i^n  nod^  einmal  Iccrcn  in 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  195 

feinen  ©acf,  in  ben  er  bie  SSioline  511  ftecfen  ppegte.  3)er  grcmbe 
ftanb  ba  mit  lend)tenben  $lngen  iinb  fpielte,  baf$  ein  93rabo  iiber 
bag  anbre  erfd)aHte.  SlHe  28elt  tnor  ent3ucft.  (Snblid)  ging  ber 
©eiger  in  bie  pradfytige  SKelobie  beg  Siebeg  ,,©ott  erfjatte  S^ft^r 
5  ben  Saifer!"  iiber.  2tHe  £wte  unb  9Kil^en  flogen  bon  ben  Sopfen; 
benn  bie  Dfterreicfyer  liebten  i^ren  eblen  Saijer  g^an^  Don  gan^em 
^er^en,  nnb  er  fcerbiente  e§  oud^ ;  affmafylicf)  murbe  ber  SJoIfSjubet 
fo  gro£,  ba§  plo^li(^  atte  Seute  bag  Sieb  fangen.  2)er  ©eiger 
fptelte  in  ber  gro^ten  SBegeifternng,  bi§  ba§  Sieb  ^u  (Snbe  lt)ar; 
10  bann  legte  er  rajd)  bie  ©eige  in  be§  gliidtidjen  2nt)ottbctt  @(^o^r 
nnb  ef)e  ber  atte  9Kann  ein  SSort  be§  Xanfe§  fagen  lonnte,  nwr 
er  fort. 

f,S23er  tt)or  ba§?"  rief  ba§  SSoIf.     S)a  trat  ein  §err   bor  nnb 

fagte :  ,,3cf)  fenne  i^n  fefjr  tt)o^Ir  eg  mar  ber  augge^eidjnete  ©eiger 

15  5ltejanber  93on^er,  ber  f)ier  feine  gro^e  fiunft  in  bent  Sienfte  ber 

SSarm^er^igfeit  iibte.     Sa^t  nn§  aber  and^  jein  ebte£  Seifpiet  nid^t 

bergef fen !" 

5)er  §err  ^ielt  jeinen  §nt  ^in,  nnb  anf§  nene  flogen  bie 
banner   in   ben   £mt   be§   §errn,   ber  bie^mal  fur  ben 
20  fammelte.     5lIIe§  gab,  nnb  al§  bann  ber  £>err  ba§  ©elb  abermal§ 
in  be§   ^ndattben   @atf   gefdjiittet,  rief  er:  f,^8ond)er  lebe  ^o^!/y 
^od^!  ^od^!"  rief  bag  Sol!.     Unb  ber  Sntmlibe  faltete  feine 
nnb  betete :  ,,§errf  belo^ne  bn'g  i^nt  rei^tid^ !" 
Unb  id^  gtanbe,  eg  gab  an  biefem  5tbenb  ^tuei  ©liidlid^e  me:§r 
25  in  SSien.     ^)er  eine  tt)ar  ber  ^nbalibe,  ber  nnn  tueit^in  feiner  9?ot 
ent^oben  tt)arf  nnb   ber   anbre   ttmr  ^Bon(i)erf  bem  fein  §er$  ein 
,8engnig  gab,  nm  bag  man  if)n  beneiben  mod^te. 

SSir  aber  fagen:   §nt  ab  bor  bem  83on(^er,  nnb  tuenn  er  and) 
tanfenbmal  ein  granjofe  ttmr! 

28.  0.  bott 


A  GXHM.\\ 

Wit  Wim  fnitfl  mi! 
3n  ©OtteS  Xiamen  faita/  id)  an; 
:t  ift  ev,   ber  mir  bdfen  faun. 
^n'ltn  (^ott  mir  bilit,  twrb  alk*  Iddit: 
SBo  hHm  nid)t  bilft,  tuirb  niAto  crnv 
I  mm  ift  ^ao  lu-ftc,  iua3  id)  fann: 
sJiamcn  faiuV  id^  an. 


(frinncrunfl 

SBillft  bu  immcr  wcitcr  fd^iucifcn? 
2  id)',  ba3  ©ute  liegt  fo  naty. 
Vcrnc  nur  ba^  ©liicf  crgrcifcn, 
Icim  ba^  ©liicf  in  immcr  ba. 


lliilit  cin  fd)6ne$  Slumd^cn 
inn'rcr  griincn  3lu'; 
©cin  9lug'  ift  mic  bcr  £imme(, 
(So  bcitcr  unb  fo  bfau. 

S^  mcife  ntd^t  Did  ,\u  rcbcn, 
Unb  allc§,  ma^  c^  fprid^tr 
3ft  immer  mir  basidbe, 
3ft  nur:  SJergibmctnnid^t. 

^einri^  ^offmann  Don 

raeitt  ^pcrs,  fci  ntc^t  beflommcn 
mein  ^erj,  fei  nic^t  bdlommen, 
Hub  crtrage  bein  ©efd^icf. 
5Rcucr  Sriibtinfl  gtbt  juriicf, 
SBa§  ber  SSinter  bir  genommcn. 

UiiD  nrie  bid  ift  bir  geblieben! 
Unb  ttrie  fd^on  ift  nod^  bie  SBclt! 
Unb  me  in  Serj,  lt)o  bir  gefdHt, 
barfft  bu  licbcn! 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION  197 

$>u  Bift  Itrie  cine  JBlumc 

S)n  bift  ttrie  eine  53lnnte 
@o  ()olb  iinb  fcfyon  utib  rein; 
3>dj  fd)an;  bid)  an,  nnb  SSefymnt 
©d)leicf)t  mir  in£  §er$  tjinein. 

ift,  al3  ob  td£)  bie 

)anpt  bir  legen 

23etenb,  ba§  ®ott  btd^  er^alte 
@o  rein  nnb  fd)5n  nnb  fjolb. 


Sti  einer  @(^enne  lag  fcerftecEt 

10  ©in  5pf(ugf  f(^on  gan$  mit  3loft 

6r  fal)  mit  9?eib  nnb  ftiltem  ©rant, 
SSenn  btan!  nnb  gla'n^enb  aHe  ytafyt 
©ein  93rnber  t)on  bent  §elbe  fant. 
S)a  fragt^  er  etnft  mit  tritbem  ©inn: 

15  ,,3$ie  fommtr§f  ba§  ify  fo  roftig  bin, 

Snbe§  bn  fllftitjeft  bott  t)on  $ra^t? 
33in  bod)  an§  gtei(i)em  ©toff  gemad^t!" 
,,@ielj'f  lieber  grennb,"  tjerfe^te  ber, 
,,2Kein  ©lan^  fommt  t)on  ber  Arbeit  ^er/' 

Ss^a5  S^aits  GafteUi 

Srfjafcr*  @onnta0^Iieb 

20  S)a§  ift  ber  Sag  be§  §errn! 

%<§  bin  aHein  anf  meiter  gtur; 
eine  9Jtorgeng(ode  nnr, 
©titte  na^  nnb  fern. 

Slnbetenb  Inie^  i(^  ^ier. 
25  0  fitfseS  ©ran^n,  ge^eime§ 

$U§  fnieten  biete  nngefe^n 
llnb  beteten  mit  mir! 


l')s  A  r;/  •:  I:\IA  \  DRILL 


r  \Minmd,  iial)  nnb  fern. 
(rr  ift  |"o  liar  nut*  icier  lid), 
@o  gan5,  al*  mollt'  or  otincn   fid). 

!   ift  tu-r    Jiii]  t>c*  .\>erni!  uwonb 


In*   rrtitucrt 

x,ur   2d)micbc  ging  cin  junker  \x'lb,  s 

gr  Jjatt'  cin  gntc*   2dwuTt  bcftcllt : 
aid  er'3  roog  in  mb, 

©dfjrocrt  cr  uicl  $u  fd^mer  crfanb. 

3)er  alte  ©c^micb  ben  SJart  ftc^  ftrcid^t: 
W3)ad  2d)iucrt  ift  nicfyt  511  fc^mer,  noc^  Icidjt,  10 

3u  fd^mac^  ift  (Slier  9Irmf  id^  mctii; 
morgen  foH  get)otfen  fcin." 

cin,  hcnt':   bci  oiler  ^Hittcrf^aft, 
Turd)  mcinc.  ntd^t  burc^  geucrd  ®r 

Bungling  fpridf)t'3,  i^n  Sltaft  burd^bringt:  is 

2d)iucrt  cr  ^od^  in  Siiftcn  f(%roingt. 

U^lanb 


S)ie  9lbcnbgt6cfd^en  lautcn 
miiben  Jag  ^ur  9hil)\ 
Tie  tinmen  auf  ben  ^eiben 
Jun  fd^lcifrig  bie  3lugen  511.  «> 

S)ie  SJoglein  in  ben  SJaumen, 
@ie  fd^roeigen  aHe  ftill, 
6in  jebe§  ^cimlid^  traumcn 
S3om  golbnen  SKorgen  mill. 

Die  ©d^iffe  ru^rn  im  ^afenf  « 

Seine  SSette  regt  fidf)  me^r; 
©o  ge^  audt)  bn  nun  fd^Iafcn 
Unb  bange  nid^t  fo  febv. 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  199 

ttnb  (aft  ben  SJater  forgen, 
$)er  iiber  ben  ©ternen  ttmd)t  : 
(£r  fegnet  mit  greuben  ben  Sftorgen, 
®r  jegnet  mit  grieben  bie  !D?ad)t. 

Sriebrirf)  ©UU 

Sftignon 

Sennft  bn  bag  Sanb,  tt)o  bie  3^ronen  bliifj'n, 
3m  bunfetn  Saub  bie  ©olb^Drangen  glii^n, 
©in  fanfter  SSinb  t)om  blanen  §)immel  toeljt, 
Xie  9Kt)rte  ftiff  unb  $0$  ber  Sorfeer  fte^t? 
ftcnnft  bn  e§ 


!£)Wd)t;  id)  mit  bit,  o  mein  ©etiebter,  ^ie^n. 

Sennft  bn  ba§  ^an§?   Sluf  ©anlen  rnl)t  jein 
(S§  glan^t  ber  (Saal,  e§  fd)immert  ba§  @ema(^, 
Unb  3JlarmorbiIber  fte^n  unb  fe^n  mid)  an: 
28a£  ^at  man  bit,  bn  armes>  Sinb,  getan? 
Sennft  bu  e§ 


i(^  mit  bir,  o  mein  Sef^ii^er, 

Sennft  bn  ben  93erg  nnb  jeinen  SSollenfteg? 

SJJanltier  fudE)t  im  9£ebet  feinen  28eg; 
3n  §5^Ien  tooljnt  ber  ^)rad)en  alte  93rnt; 
(£§  ftiirjt  ber  get§  nnb  iiber  i^n  bie  glnt. 
Sennft  bn  tfjn 


©ef)t  nnfer  28eg!   o  SSater!  lafc  un§  ^ie^n. 

©oetfte 


©iegfrieb  tuar  ein  ftoljer 
©ing  t)on  be§  9Sater§  93nrg 

SBottt'  raften  nid)t  in  9Sater§ 
ttmnbern  in  atte  SBelt 


.1    UKKMA  \    DRILL    linnK 

t'  ihm   mand)  fitter  iiHTt 
Wit  ieftem    2d)ilb  unb  brcitem    2dWHTt. 

©icgfricb  nur  einen   2terfen  truo,, 
5)o8  mar  if)m  bitter  unb  leib  genug. 

Unb  alS  er  ging  im  finftcrn  SBalb,  5 

Mam  er  ju  einer   2d)iniebe  balb. 

5)a  falj  er  (j-iicn  unb  2tal)l  genug, 
liiii  luftig  Scuer  Slammen  fd^lug. 

WO  SWcifter,  licbr  tac  mein, 

2a§  bu  mic^  beincn  OefcIIen  iein!  10 

Unb  le^r'  bu  mid^  mit  S^cife  unb  9ld)t, 
SBic  man  bic  guten  ©djmcrtcr  mad)t'" 

©iegfrieb  ben  jammer  mo^l  fc^min^cn  [mint, 
(jr  fc^lug  ben  9lmbo6  in  ben  O^runb. 

Or  fd^Iug,  ba&  mcit  bcr  SBalb  crflang  w 

Unb  aUe§  Gifcn  in  ©tiicfe  fprang. 

Unb  Don  bcr  tefcten  Ciiienftang' 

9)?a^tr  er  ein  Sdfjmert  fo  breit  unb  long. 

,,s.Vun  ^abr  id^  gefd^micbet  ein  gutc*  2d)mert, 

bin  id^  mie  anbre  fitter  luert.  » 


fd^(agr  id^  mic  ein  anbrer  ©eib 
Sic  Siicfen  unb  S)rad^en  in  SSalb  unb  gelb." 

U^lanb 


I'tcbcu 

SSie  fonnt'  id^  betn  Dergeffcn! 
3^  meifc,  ma§  bu  mir  bift, 
SBenn  aud^  bie  SBdt  i^r  SiebfteS 
Hub  93efte§  balb  bergifst. 


MATEEIAL8  FOE  TRANSLATION  201 

3d)  fittg'  e£  f)eE  unb  ruf  e£  taut: 
SKein  $aterlaub  ift  meine  SBrcmt! 
28te  fount'  id)  beiu  fcergeffen! 
3d)  toeifs,  tt)a£  bit  mir  fcift. 

28ie  fount'  id)  betn  bergeffen! 
®ein  beu!?  id^  atte^ett; 
3d^  bin  tnit  bit  berbunbeu, 
SKit  bir  in  greub;  nub  Ceib. 
3d^  anil  fiir  bid^  im  Sampfe  ftefjn 
Hub,  foH  e§  fein,  ntit  bir  t)erge^u. 
SSte  fount'  id)  beiu  bergeffen! 
®eiu  benf  id 


28te  fount'  t(§  bein  oergeffen! 

3<$  tt)ei§,  toa£  bn  mir  bift, 
15  ©olaug  eiu  ^aud^  bon  Ciebe 

Hub  Sebeu  in  mir  ift. 

3d)  fndje  nid)t§  afe  bid)  atteiu, 

8H§  beiuer  Siebe  tDert  $n  fein. 

SSie  fount'  id^  bein  Dergeffen! 
20  3<$  ^)ei§f  ftm§  bu  mir  bift. 


So'£  S)orflein  bort  ^n  (£nbe  gefjt, 
'§  9Kn^tenrab  am  «ad^  fic^  bre^t, 
fte^t  im  bnft'gen  93littenftrau^ 

flein:  meiu  $aterf)au§. 


a  f^Iagen  mir  ^tDei  §er^eu  brin 
Siebe  nub  bott  trenem  @iuu; 
9Keiu  9Sater  nub  bie  SKutter  meinr 
^)a§  finb  bie  ^er^en,  fromm  nub  rein. 


ui  nod)  mcinc  SBicge  ftcbt, 
3)arin  Icrnt'  id)  mcin  cn't  (^ebct  : 
Tartu  jaut»   2  rid  unb  vJuft  itct*  Waum, 
Tariu  minim'  id)  ben  mien   Iraiim. 

I  nun  taufd)'  id)  fur  ba*  id)iuiftc    2ct)lo§, 


9Rein  UebeS  ^iittlcin  boc^  nid^t  auv, 
nn  *  flibt  ja  inir  cin  33atert)au3. 

3rani  fBiebemann 


93ci  cincm  SStrtc  uninbcrmilb, 

I)a  roar  id)  jiiiuv't  \\\  <^nftc  ;  10 

Cfin  flolbncr  xHpfd  war  fein  Sd^itb 
XHn  cincm  (angen  9lfte. 

g§  mar  bcr  gutc  Stpfclbaum, 
Sci  bcm  id^  ciiuicfcbrct  ; 

2Rit  fitger  ^oft  unb  frifdjcm  2d)aum  i» 

§at  cr  mid)  tt>of)(  gcna^rct. 

G§  famcu  in  join  griincS  ^au§ 
SSict  Icid^tbcf(%n)iiuitc  Wiiftc  : 
©ie  fvraiuicn  frci  unb  htdtcn  2dimau§ 
Unb  fangen  auf  ba§  bcftc.  » 

3d^  fanb  ein  Sett  5u  fugcr  Stub' 
sJlnf  ivcid^cn,  griincu  9Kattcn; 
Tor  ^irt,  er  berfte  fclbft  mid)  511 
9Rit  feincm  fii^Icn  Sd)atten. 

5»un  fragt'  id^  nad^  bcr  ©djulbigtctt  :  & 

?a  fd&uttelt*  er  ben  23tpfcl. 
(^oic^nct  fci  cr  attc^cit 
Son  ber  SBurjel  bi^  5um  Win'd! 


Ublnnb 


MATERIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION  203 

goffttmtg 

§  reben  iinb  tranmen  bie  Stftenfdjen  Diet 
SSon  beffern  fiinftigen  £agen; 

einem  gtiic!lid)en,  golbenen  $iel 
©teljt  man  fie  rennen  nnb  jagen; 
S)ie  SSett  ftrirb  alt  unb  ftrirb  ftrieber  Jung, 
ber  SKenjd)  ^offt  unmet  SSerbeffernng. 

ie  ^offnung  fii^rt  ujn  tn§  Seben  ein, 
@ic  umftattert  ben  fro^Ii^en  Snaben, 

^Qting  lotft  t^r  3Qwberj($etn, 
10  @ie  tt)trb  mtt  bent  ©ret§  nid&t  begraben; 

SDenn  bef^Ite^t  er  im  ©rabe  ben  miiben  Sauf, 
91  od)  im  ©rabe  pffattjt  er  —  bie  ^offnnng  anf. 

6§  ift  fein  teerer,  fc()meid)etnber  SSa^n, 

(Sr^engt  im  ©eljirne  ber  Joren. 
15  3m  ^er^en  fiinbet  e§  lant  fid)  an: 

•'   3u  ttm§  33efferm  finb  tDtr  geboren; 
Unb  tt)a§  bie  innere  ©timme  fprtdjt, 
tanf^t  bie  ^offenbe  ©eete  nid)t. 


Xtc  luaubcdtbc  (Worfc 

©§  tnar  ein  Sinb,  ba§  toottte  nie 
3wr  Sird)e  fi(^  beqnemen, 
Unb  <Sonntag§  fanb  e§  ftet§  ein  SBie, 
£)en  9Beg  in§  gelb  ^n  nefjmen. 

®ie  9Kntter  fpra($:   w®ic  ©lode  tont, 
Unb  fo  ifi'g  bir  befotjlen, 
Unb  ^aft  bn  bid)  ntdjt 
@ie  fommt  nnb  tt)irb  b 


§  benlt:   f,3)ic  ®Iode  ^cingt 
broben  anf  bent  ©tufjle." 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  BOOK 

Sdjon  Ijat'g  ben  SBeg  ing  3clb  gelcnft, 
«lg  lief  e$  aug  ber   2d)ii(e. 

Tic  (9lixfe,  Worfe  tout  nirf)t  ntebr, 
Tic  Quitter  (jat  gefacfett. 

$od)  meld)  ein  2d)recfcn!   £>interf)er  5 

3Me  ©locfe  fommt  gemacfclt. 

[c  tpacfclt  fdjneH,  man  glaubt  ed  faum; 
3)a3  anno  >{inb  im   3d)  reef  en, 

lii nftf  eg  fommt  aid  mic  im  £rawn  ; 
S)ie  ®(tx!e  roirb  eg  becfen!  10 

2>oc^  nimmt  eg  rid^tig  feinen  $)ufd), 
Hub  mit  ^eunu^tcr   2 dinette 
Irilt  eg  burd)  xHiuicr,  ,Vlb  unb  93ufd) 
3ur  ffird^e,  ^ur  ffapette. 

Hub  jeben   2onn=  unb  m'iertan  is 

Webenft  eg  on  ben  2d)aben, 
2d^t  burc^  ben  erften  @locfenfd)lag, 

9?td)t  in  ^JJerfon  fic^  laben. 

9oet*e 

Tic  Sodjt  am  9tycin 
Sg  brouft  ein  Oiuf  loie  2)onncr^ottr 
SSie  (Sd^mertgcflirr  unb  SBogenpratt:  20 

3um  :Kl)ein,  jum  SKfyein,  jum  beutfd^en  SJ^ein! 
SSer  mitt  beg  Stromeg  filter  fein? 
Sieb  SJaterlanb,  magft  ru^ig  fcin, 
geft  fte^t  unb  trcu  bie  28ad)t  am  SJ^cin! 

S)urc^  §unberttaufenb  jucft  eg  fcl)nettr  25 

Unb  atter  5lugen  bli^en  ^ett: 

3)er  beutfc^e  Singling,  fromm  unb  ftarf, 

93efcf)trmt  bie  ^eil'ge  Sanbegmarf. 

Vicb  9?aterlanb,  magft  ru^ig  feinf 

geft  ftefjt  unb  treu  bie  SSac^t  am  SRfjetn!  :«> 


MATERIALS  FOB  TRANSLATION  205 


®r  blic!t  fjhtcmf  in 

28o  ^elbengeifter  nieberfd)an'n, 

Unb  fdjtoort  mit.  ftoljer  $ampfe£lnft  : 

,  bleibft  beutfd),  ftrie  meine  93ruft. 


ob  mein  §er^  im 
SBirft  bit  bodj  brum  ein  SBetfdE)er  nii^t. 
SReid)  tt)te  an  Staffer  betne  glut 
3ft  £)entfd)lanb  |a  an  Jpetbenblut. 

,,@olang  ein  Jropf^en  93Iut  nod)  gtiifjt, 
10  9^od^  eine  ganft  ben  S)egen  ^ie^t, 

Unb  nod)  ein  $lrm  bie  93itd^fe  fpannt, 
SJetrttt  fein  28etf^er  beinen  ©tranb." 

®er  @(i)tr)nr  erf^attt,  bie  SSoge  rinntf 
3)ie  ga^nen  flattern  Ijod)  im  SSinb  : 
is  3um  S^^ein,  ^nm  ^R^ein,  ^um  beutfd)en 

28ir  aHe  molten  fitter  fein! 
Sieb  SSatertanb,  ntagft  rnfyig  feinf 
geft  fte^t  nnb  treu  bie  SSad)t  am  ^R^e 


206  A  GEHMA\   hi: ILL    linn  I, 

1  I'.etruchten  wir  nachts  die  Sterne,  so  benierken  wir,  dass  sie 
von   ungleicher  Helligkeit  sind.     Sind  nun  einige  kleiner  als 
die  andern,  nd    -lie    ulan/cnderen   uns   n&her?     Es  1st 
schwer,  dies  mit  Sicherheit  zu  sagen,  denn  roanchmal  sind  glan- 
zendi'  Sterne  uns  nalu  ;    es  gibt  aber  auch  kleine  Stern.-,  die   6 
eben  so  nahe  sind,  so  dass  sowohl  Grdsse  als  Entfernung  ins 
Spiel  kommen. 

Man  ordnet  die  Sterne  nach  Grdssenklassen,  je  nach  dem 
Grade  ihrer  Helligkeit.  Von  den  hellsten  sagt  man,  sie  seien 
erster  Grdsse,  die  n&chsthellen  Sterne  nennt  man  zweiter  Grdsse,  10 
und  so  geht  es  herab  bis  zu  Sternen  funfzdmter  und  sech- 
zehnter  Grdsse,  die  nur  « lurch  die  stark 8 ton  Fernrohre  sichtbar 
sind.  Der  schw&chste,  in  einer  dunkeln  Nacht  furs  blosse 
Auge  sichtbare  Stern,  ist  ungefahr  sechster  Grdsse. 

2  Wenn  wir  das  Wasser  des  Meeres  untersuchen,  so  finden  wir,  is 
dass  es  sich  von  dem  Wasser  auf  dem  Lande  insofern  unter- 
scheidet,  als  es  salzig  ist     Es  enthalt  etwas,  was  wir   im  ge- 
wohnlichen   Quell-  oder  Flusswasser  nicht  bemerken.     Wenn 
wir  einen  Tropfen  klares  Wasser  nehmen  und  ihn  auf  t»incr 
Glasplatte  verdunsten  lassen,  so  finden  wir,  dass  er  keine  Spur  20 
zurticklasst.     Nun  wollen  wir  aber  einen  Tropfen  Meerwasser 
nehmen  und  ihn  verdunsten  la»-<  n.      Ms  Meibt  eine  kleine,  weisse 
Schicht  zurtick,  und  wenn  wir  sie  unter  das  Mikroskop  bringen, 
so  sehen  wir  dass  sie  aus  zarten  Kristallen  von  gewohnlichem 
oder  Meersalz,  vermischt  mit  andern,  meistens  Gipskristallen,  26 
besteht. 

3  Die  grosse  deutsche  Entdeckung  der  Einheit  aller  Natur- 
krafte,   des  Gesetzes,  dass  keine   Kraft  jemals  verloren  geht, 
sondern  sich  nur,  wenn  sie  zu  verschwinden   scheint,  in  eine 
andre  verwandelt,  hat  in  den  Augen  der  Physiker  die  alten  Son-  30 
nenanbeter  wieder  zu  Ehren  gebracht;  den  nunmehr  wissen  wir, 
dass  nicht  nur  alles  organische  Leben  unsrer  Erde,  sondern  auch 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  207 

jede  mechanische  Bewegung  der  unbelebten  Stoffe  auf  ihr  von 
den  Sonnenstrahlen  geweckt  werden  muss.  Wenn  der  Glutball 
unsers  Zentralkorpers  im  Osten  emporsteigt,  erwacht  das  Natur- 
leben,  das  ohne  seine  Strahlen  nicht  gedacht  werden  kann,  und 
5  jubelt  ihm  entgegen.  An  jedem  Orte,  den  seine  durchdringen- 
den  Lichtblicke  treffen,  .steigt  ein  Strom  erwarmter  Luft  in  die 
Hohe,  um  sich  als  frische  Brise,  die  unsre  Schiffe  und  Wind- 
mtihlen  treibt,  oder  als  wilder  Orkan,  der  Stadte  und  Land- 
strecken  verwtistet,  in  die  weniger  erwarmten  Regionen  zu 

10  ergiessen.  An  den  Oberflachen  der  Meere  verdunsten  taglich 
ungeheure  Massen  Wasser  im  Sonnenschein,  um  mit  der  er- 
warmten Luft  emporzusteigen  und  den  ewigen  Kreislauf  von 
neuem  zu  beginnen,  worin  es,  wie  der  Dichter  sagt,  der  mensch- 
lichen  Seele  gleicht.  Nah  oder  fern  vom  Ufer  f allt  es  als  Nebel, 

is  Regen,  Schnee  oder  Hagel  zum  Boden  nieder. 

Ohne  Eisen  konnten  wir  nicht  leben;    denn  das  Eisen  rollt  I 
in  unserm  Blute  und  gibt  ihm  die  rote  Farbe.     Das  Eisen  fertigt 
die  Wiege  des  Sauglings  und  den  Sarg  des  Toten;    es  baut  uns 
die  Hauser,  warmt  uns  die  Zimmer,  schliesst  uns  die   Ttiren. 

20  Das  Eisen  pfltigt  unsre  Acker,  maht  unsre  Wiesen  und  Felder 
und  hilft  uns,  das  erworbene  Gut  schtitzen,  wenn  die  Feinde  den 
Herd  und  die  Freiheit  bedrohen.  Mit  dem  Eisen  starken  wir 
den  Huf  unsrer  Pferde  und  ztigeln  ihren  wilden  Mut;  aus  Eisen 
bereiten  wir  dem  eisernen  Dampfwagen  eine  Strasse;  die 

25  grossten  Seeschiffe,  die  das  Meer  durchfurchen,  sind  aus  Eisen  ge- 
baut;  des  Eisens  bedienen  wir  uns  bei  Anwendung  des  elektri- 
schen  Stromes,  der  mit  Blitzesschnelle  unsre  Gedanken  forttragt 
von  Stadt  zu  Stadt,  von  Land  zu  Land,  der  uns  das  glanzendste 
Licht,  die  gewaltigste  Kraft  zu  dem  Betriebe  der  Maschinen  zur 

30  Verftigung  stellt.  Das  Eisen  ist  das  allerunscheinbarste  Metall, 
und  doch  konnen  wir  erst  durch  seine  Hilfe  die  tibrigen  Metalle 
gewinnen,  konnen  auch  die  andern  Metalle  ersetzen.  Wie  das 


A  GERMAN  It  HILL  BOOE 


eide  M  -la-   KiM-n  /ur  Notdurft  ungere  Leibea  und  Lr 

iiat'tVn;  «-s  i>t  mis  notig  wie  dag  t&glirlir  lirot. 

So  nahe  die  Sonne  zu  sein  scheint,  wenn  sie  lYuh  Innt.  r 
Bergen  in  die  trischc  Morgenluft  hinaufscheint,  so  ist  Hie  d<»<  h 
ungefahr  150  Millionm   I\il«»nu  -t«  -r  weit  von  der  Erde  entfernt    6 
\\Vil  a  her  eine  solche  Zahl  sich  gesch  winder  auggpreohen  als 
ausdenken  lasgt,  go  m<  rk<  :    \Venn  auf  der  Sonne  eine  grogge, 
Hcharf  geladene  Kanone  gt&nde  und  der  Soldat,  der  hinten  gteht 
nii'l  sie  richtet,  zielte  auf  kcin.-n  :indern  Menschen  als  auf  <li(  h: 
go  diii  tt<  st  <lu  deswegen  in  dem  namlichcn  Augenblicke,  als  sic  i" 
losgebrannt   winl,  noch  herzhaft  anfangen,  tin   IK  IK  s   Man 
bauen,  un.l  k.-nntest  darin  noch  lange  Jahre  eggen,  trinken  un<l 
schlafen.     Denn  wenn  aurh  <lic  Ku^-l   in  gdhnuigeradrr   Kich- 
tung  und  immer  in  gleicher  Gegchwindigkeit  fort  und  fort  fldge, 
go  konnte  sie  doch  erst  nach  Verlauf  von  25  Jahren  von  der  is 
Sonne  hinweg  auf  der  Erde  anlangen,  obgleirh  t-ine  Kanoix  n 
kugel   einen   scharfen   Flug  hat  und  zu  einer  Weite  von   200 
Metrr  nicht  mehr  als  den  gechziggten  TVil  (  iiu  r  Minute  braucht 

Dass  die  Soniu*  nicht  bloss  eine  glanzende  Fengtergcheibe  deg 
Iliinnu'ls,  sondern  wie  unger  Erdkorper  eine  schwebende  Kugel  20 
gei,  begreift  man  schon  leichter.     Aber  wer  vermag  mit  semen 
Gedanken  ihre  Grosse  zu  umfassen,  da  gie  aus  einer  go  unge- 
heuren  Feme  solche  Kraft  des  Lichts  und  der  Warme  noch  auf 
die    Erde    austlbt   und    alles    segnet,    was   ihr    mildes   Antlit/ 
bescheint!    Der  Durchmesser  der  Sonne  ist  119  mal  grosser  als  25 
der  Durchmesser  der  Erde.     Aber  im  Korpermass  betragt  ihre 
Masse  anderthalb  Millionen  mal  so  viel  als  die  Erde.     Wenn 
sie  hohl  ware,  so  hatte  nicht  nur  unsre  Erde  in  ihr  Raum;  auch 
<lrr  Mond,  der  doch  384000  Kilometer  von  uns  absteht,  konnte 
darin  ohne  Anstoss  auf-  und   untergehen;    ja  er  konnte  noch  30 
c  -in  mal  so  weit  von  uns  entfernt  sein,  als  er  ist,  und  doch  ohne 
Anstoss  um  die  Erde  herumspazieren,  wenn  er  wollte. 


NATEEIALS  FOE  TRANSLATION  209 

Die  geologische  Geschichte  bringt  daher  viele  Tatsachen,  die  I 
wohl  darauf  berechnet  sind,  unsre  Gedanken  mit  der  grossen 
Yorzeit  unsers  Planeten  zu  erftillen  und  mit  der  wundervollen 
Kette  von  Yeranderungen,  wodurch  der  gegenwartige  Stand  der 
5  Dinge  hervorgebracht  worden  ist.  Wir  lernen  daraus,  dass  Berge 
und  Taler  nicht  plotzlich  so  geworden  sind,  wie  wir  sie  jetzt  ken- 
nen,  sondern  dass  sie  erst  eine  Reihe  von  ahnlichen  Yorgangen 
durchgemacht  haben,  die  auch  jetzt  noch  fortwahrend  stattfin- 
den.  Wir  entdecken,  dass  jeder  Teil  des  Bodens  unter  unsern 

10  Ftissen  uns  seine  Geschichte  erzahlen  kann,  wenn  wir  ihn  nur 
zu  fragen  verstehen.  Und  das  Merkwtirdigste  von  allem  ist,  dass 
wir  finden,  dass  die  Arten  der  Pflanzen  und  Tiere,  die  jetzt 
Land  und  Meer  beleben,  nicht  die  ersten  oder  ursprtinglichen 
Arten  sind,  sondern  dass  ihnen  andre  vorausgingen  und  diesen 

is  wieder  noch  frlihere. 

Wenn   das   Blut  fortwahrend  mit  neuen   Stoffen  bereichert  2 
wird,  muss  es  auch  fortwahrend  von  abgenutzten  StofTen  befreit 
werden.     Die  Stoffe,  die  das  Blut  ausscheidet,  sind  nicht  die- 
selben,  die  es  aufnahm.     Das  Blut  ist,  wie  schon  gesagt,  Brenn- 

20  material  der  Muskeln,  des  Gehirns  und  der  andern  Teile  des 
Korpers.  Sie  verbrennen  das  Blut  durch  Hitze,  aber  ohne 
Lichtentwicklung.  Aber,  wie  wir  aus  dem  Elementarbuche  der 
Chemie  lernten,  ist  Yerbrennen  nur  Umwandlung,  nicht  Zer- 
storung;  wahrend  des  Yerbrennens  geht  nichts  verloren.  Yer- 

25  brennt  der  Muskel  Blut,  so  verbrennt  er  es  zu  etwas;  dieses 
Etwas,  was  schon  verbrannt  wurde,  kann  nicht  noch  einmal 
verbrannt  und  muss  entfernt  werden. 

In  der  Winterzeit  sehen  wir  an  einem  klaren,  kalten  Abend,  3 

dass  die   Spitzen   der  Baume   und  Hauser  mit  einem  weissen 

so  Pulver,  Reif  genannt,  bedeckt  sind,  und  wenn  wir  erwachen, 

sehen  wir  an  den  Fensterscheiben  unsrer  Schlafkammer  schone 

Figuren,  gleich  htibschen  Pflanzen.     Nehmen  wir  ein  wenig  von 


-in  A  OXHM.\\  DRILL   HOOK 


Keif,  go  tindrn  uir,  dass  ea  in  miMvr  Hand  /u  Wasser  ver- 

M-hmil/.t.       Kx   i>t    \\irklirli    Kis.      Uiul   wmii   uir  die    I'.ilder  aul' 
d«-r   I'VnM.T-.-ln-ilM-  nut   rinrm  Vergrosserungsglas  beaclu-ii. 
im-rkrn  wir,  dass  sie  aus   kleinen  Stiickrhrn   Kis  y.u   iM-stimmirn 
I-'i-in-.-n  zusammengesetzt  sind.     Jedes  dieser  EiattAokohen  1st   s 
ant'  folgendem  Wege  gemacht  wonlcn:  .lie  Lui't  im  Zinmirr  1st 
\  irl  warmer  als  dir  Lui'i  «lraussni,  un«l  i>t  mi:   fa-t  ebenao  \  i«-l 

\\'a>scr  Lji-inischt,  als  >'u-li  in  <l«-r  Luft  aU  das  rrhaltrii  kann.  Die 
•  liinncn  (ilassclu-il,,-n  werden  von  der  Aussenluft  Lr«-ktililt,  uml 
das  LTasartii:i-  \Va^>rr  iin  /iinnirr  winl  /u  klrinm  TrMph-n  kaltcii  i«» 
Wassers,  sobald  es  mil  den  kalten  Fensterecheiben  in  i;«  nihrung 
koinnit  Die  Scheiben  werden  kalter  und  kalter,  diese  kleinen 
Tropfen  gefrirn-n,  und  das  Wasser  \s  ir<l  fot  uml  kristallisin-i. 

1  Um  die  Zusammenset/un^  <1«T  K-rprr  kur/.  und  uU-rsirlitlirh 
auszudriickcn,  l»iMlifnt  man  sich  dcr  flu-mischcn  F«n-nu*ln.      Ma: 
bi'/ric-hiiet  das  Atom  jedes  ElemenU's   mit   <K»n  Aufangsbuch- 
staben  seines  laU»inisi-hrn  Namens.     Eine  chemische  Formel  ist 
zugleich  ein  Ausdruck  fttr  die  qualitative  uml  die  .juantitative 
Zusammensetzung  der  Korper.     Die  Formel  des  Wassers  II    (  } 
drdckt  aus,  dass  darin  ein  Atom  (16  Gewichtsteile)  Sauerstoff  w 
in  it  zwei  Atomen  (2  Gewichtsteilen  )  Wasserstoff  zu  c  im  in  M«>N-- 
kiil  (18  Gewichtsteilen)  Wasser  verbunden  ist. 

2  Die  Erf  ah  rung  lehrt,  dass  alle  Korper,  die  sich  in  der  Nahe 
d»  r   Erdoberflache   befinden,   das  Bestreben  zeigen,  zu   fallen. 
Die  Ursache  des  Falls  der   K.".r|n-r  ist  i-ine  von  der  Erde  ausge-  25 
tibte  Anziehungskraft,  die  Schwerkraft  genannt  wird. 

3  Elektri/itiit  wird  durch  Reibung  erregt.     Die  Nichtleiter  der 
Elektrizitat  werden  durch  Reiben  elektrisch  und  behalten  ihre 
Elektrizitat     Die  Leiter  konnen  ebenfalls  elektrisch  gemacht 
werden,   bewahren  den   elektrischen    Zustand   aber  nur  dann,  30 
wenn  sie  isoliert  sind.     Die  Nichtleiter  werden  auch  Isolatoren 


MATERIALS  FOR  TRANSLATION  211 

genannt.  Man  unterscheidet  positive  und  negative  Elektrizitat. 
Zwischen  gleichnamig  elektrisierten  Korpern  findet  Abstossung, 
zwischen  ungleichnamig  elektrisierten  Korpern  findet  Anzie- 
hung  statt. 

5       Da  alle  Korper  durch  die  Warme  ausgedehnt  werden,  und  I 
also  das  Volumen  eines  Korpers  von  dem  Grade  seiner  Erwar- 
mung  abhangt,  so  kann   die   Ausdehnung  eines   Korpers   dazu 
dienen,  um  den  Grad  seiner  Erwarmung,  seine  Temperatnr,  zu 
messen.    Das  Instrument  aber,  das  man  anwendet,  um  die  Tem- 

10  peratur  zu  bestimmen,  nennt  man  Thermometer. 

An  dem  untern  Ende  einer  engen  Glasrohre  befindet  sich  ein 
kugelformiges  oder  zylindrisches  Gefass;  dies  Gefass  und  ein 
Teil  der  Rohre  ist  mit  Quecksilber  gefiillt.  Durch  Erwarmung 
vermehrt  sich  das  Yolumen  des  Quecksilbers,  es  steigt  in  der 

15  Rohre;  wenn  die  Kugel  erkaltet,  vermindert  sich  das  Volumen 
des  Quecksilbers  wieder,  der  Gipfel  der  Quecksilbersaule  in  der 
Rohre  sinkt. 

Ein   Kristall   ist  die   nattirliche   Form   eines  Minerals:    eine  2 
ktinstliche    von    Menschen    gearbeitete    Form    ist   niemals    ein 

20  Kristall.  Ein  Stuck  Glas,  dem  man  durch  Schleifen  die  Form 
eines  Kristalls,  etwa  eines  Oktaeders,  gegeben  hat,  ist  daher 
kein  Kristall,  denn  seine  Form  ist  keine  nattirliche,  es  hat  sie 
nicht  von  selbst  angenommen.  Ein  Oktaeder  von  Alaun  da- 
gegen  ist  ein  Kristall,  denn  diese  Form  ist  eine  nattirliche,  sie 

25  bildet  sich  immer  von  selbst,  wenn  Alaun  aus  seiner  Losung  in 
Wasser  sich  ausscheidet. 

Der  Sauerstoff  lasst  sich  mit  Htilfe  von  Kalte  durch  starken  3 
Druck  zu  einer  Flussigkeit  zusammenpressen  und  verdichten. 
Fur  sich  allein  nicht  brennbar,  unterhalt  und  steigert  er  die 
so  Verbrennung  unter  grosser  Warmeentwicklung;  er  ist  also  eine 
der  wesentlichsten  und  unentbehrlichsten  Mittel,  um  eine  Ver- 
brennung  tiberhaupt  zustande  kommen  zu  lassen.  Entztindete 


-1-  A  0JUUC4J)  him.  i.  BOOM 

Mini  <;iiihen  erhit/te  nder  nur  Lrlinmien.l<-  K..rj.«-r.  \viez.  I1,. 
glimmendes  II..  I/,  ulidieiidrx  KiM-n.  fnt/iindetcr  1  'li.-ph,  ,r.  i.rcn- 
nender  Srhwi'fel,  brennen  in  reinem  >aufrstoffgas  hell,  leueh- 
tend  und  lebhaft  mit 


1  Kino  m»iu'  Kpoche  began  n  fttr  die  Physik  mit  «1«  r  Aufstc  Hung   5 
des  Gravitationsgesetzes  <lin<  h   Newton.     Gegen  die  Mitte  des 
18.  Jahrhunderta  liiiLC  die  KU'ktri/itatsthcorir  an  rasrli  vorwarta 
zu    schrt'itrn.      Der   Unterscln  «  •  1    /\\  i-.-lim    «l»-n    vcrscliic.lnni 
Subs  tan  /.i  n  als   l.titt-r  uinl   Niditleiter  (Isolatoren)  wurde  ent- 
deckt.     Das  Vorhandensein  zweier  verschh  «l?n  i  M..,liiik:iti..iH  n  i" 
der  elektrisclu  n    Kraft    \\ui.lr   nacbgewiesen,  der  BOgenanntm 
positivcn  uinl  nr-ati\»n    KU-kt  ri/itat,  deren  Auftreten  Franklin 
(lurch  cine  grossere  oder  geringere  Anhaufung  des  elektrischen 
Kluiduins  u'laulitc  crklan-n  /u  k»«nnen. 

2  Der  reinen  Cbemie  stebt  die  angewandte  Cbemie  gegenttber,  is 
<1.  h.  die  Anwendung  der  Cbemie  auf  andre  Zweige  des  Wissens 
und  Komu-ns.     So  spricht  man  von  einer  pbysiologiscben  Cbe- 
mie, d.  h.  der  Anwendung  der  Chemie  auf  die  Physiologic,  die 
Krkcnntnis  des  tierischen  und  ptlan/lichen  Lebens  in  dem  7.\\- 
stande  der  Gesundlu  -it,  \cn  finer  j-athologischen  Chemie,  d.  b.  20 
iln-cr   Anwendung  auf  die    Krkenntnis  des  Lebens  in  dem  7.\\- 
stande   der    Krankheit.      Man    l»cxeicbnet  mit    inineralogisclicr, 

in  it  geologiscber  Chemie  die  Anwendung  der  Cbemie  auf  die 
Kenntnisse  der  Mineralien  und  des  Baues  der  Erde. 


INDEX 


a&er,  100,  i 

adjectives,  comparison,  23 

ending  in  er,  221 

inflection,  20 

irregular,  24 

used  as  nouns.  22, 3,  224 

used  with  personal  pro- 
nouns, 301 
adverbs,  82,  96, 3 
aflettt,  100,2 
afler,  34,2 
aflerliebft,  252 

al3,  101,2,3;  —  ofc,  —  foemt,  101,3 
an,  90, 2 
anber,  35,  i 
anberS,  353 
anftart,  84,2 
auf,  91,  i 
au3,  85, 2 
aufter,  85,3 
attf$erl)al&,  841 
auxiliary  verbs,  42,  60,  62,  974 


bet,  85,4 

Bebor,  101,4 

fcetbeS,  35,3 

tinmen,  851 

fa3,  conj.,  102,  i ;  prep.,  88.2 

btjjtijcu,  35,4 

bremten,  59 

59 


cases,  l,i,2,2,22,  23,  4,  i 
comparison  of  adjectives,  23 
adverbs,  82 


conditional  sentences,  98 
contractions  of  berf  2, 2 


ba,  102,2 

ba-r  bar-,  853 

bamit,  102,3 

ba^f  325 

bafe,  102,4 

dates,  29,2 

days  of  the  week,  28,4 

definite  article,  2,  3,3 

beitt,  adj.,  3,i;  pron.,  315 

beuter,  31 

benfeit,  59 

benn,  adv.,  1002;  conj.,  100,3 

berf  article,  2;  pron.,  32,  i,  33,  i 

berer,  32* 

berjenige,  32 

berfcWic,  32 

bic^f  325 

biefer,  adj.,  1,2;  pron.,  32 

bieSfeitS,  84, 3 

buf  30 

burrf),  88,3 

£ 

c*ef  101,4 

eitt,  article,  3,  i ;  pron.,  36,  i,a 
eitttmber,  30,4 
etniger,  36, 3 
ein^f  222 
cntgcgen,  86,  i 
entttJcbcr  * . »  obet,  100, 5 
err  30 
e^f  30,  326 
6, 4 


213 


214 


A  GERMAN  DRILL  ROOK 


cucr,  adj.,  3,  i;  pron.,  31* 
curcr,  31 

F 


fir,  88,4;  »a$  -tin,  33» 

G 

0an*,  34' 
fleben,  58,4,5 

flCflCIt,   S'.l.  I 

flCflcitiibcr,  86,  a 

flcmiifj,  861 

genitive  of    nouns  ending  in   an 

S-sound,  181,  18»,  HO1 
0en,  89i 

gender  of  nouns,  4,  2-4,  5 
flcmifl,  36,5 
gerundive,  L'L'.  i 
given  names,  18,  i,  181 
Grimm's  Law,  116 


fiabcn,  42,  43,  60,  i 
liolb,  281 

Il.il  lien,  linlbcr,  84,4 
fldfjcn,  62* 
Ijclfcu,  62« 
ljintcrf  92,  i 
ftorcn,  628 

I 

td,r30 
idioms,  general,  104 

prepositional,  94 
tercn,  verbs  ending  in,  408 
iljr,  adj.,  3,  i;  pron.,  316 
3tr,  adj.,  3,i;  pron.,  315 
iljrcrr  31 
rr  31 
92,2 


inbcm,  102.5 
indirect  discourse,  99 

object,  li:.1 

infinitive,  40,  i ;  as  noun,  01 
iiuirrt|a(br  841 

inseparable  verbs,  57,  74,4,5,  75 
inverted  order,  97,  i 


jc.  .  .befto,  je...  urn  fo,  102,6;  je 

.  .  .  jt,  m-- 
jcbcr,  a<lj.,  1,2;  prun., 
jrbcrmann,  37,2 
jcmanb,  37,3 

jcner,  adj.,  1,2;  pron.,  82 
jcujcit*,  84,3 


fc.u,  I 

fctucr,  37,4 

fcnncn,  59 

key  to  tbe  classes  of  nouns,  19 

lraftr  841 


lojfcnr  62» 
Icftrcn,  62s 
lerneit,  62s 

M 

mad|cnr  62s 

man,  37, 5 

manrlic r,  38,  i 

measure,  28,  i 

meftr,  88,2 

mcfjrerc,  38,3 

rncin,  adj.,  3,  i ;  pron.,  31* 

mciucr,  31 

ntit,  86,3 

mirtclft,  841 


INDEX 


215 


months,  29,  i 

mood  auxiliaries,  54,  62 

N 

narf),  23,  86,4 
ttad)bem,  102,7 
ttadjft,  851 
nefcen,  92, 3 
Itefcft,  851 

nenttett,  59 

neuter  used  of  persons,  346 

tttdjt,  96, 4;  —  tmr .  * . fortbern  and), 

100,7 

ttirf)t3,  88,4 
ttiemmtb,  88,5 
norf|,  no^i  eitt,  352 
normal  order,  96,  1031 
nouns:    Class  I,  6;    Class  II,  8; 

Class  III,  12 ;  Class  IV, 

13;  Class  Y,  17 
numerals,  26 


ft,  103,  i 
fc,  841 
fy  103,2 
objects,  96,2,  1131 
iM,  103,2 
)l,  103,2 
ober,  100,4 
o^ncf  89,2 
order  of  words,  96 


jwar,  38, 6 

participles,  20 ;  as  nouns,  22, 3 

passive  voice,  50,  60,3 

possession,  18, 4,  922 

possessive  adjectives,  3 

possessor,  18,3 

prefixes  inseparable,  74, 4,  75,  76 


prefixes  separable,  74, 1-3,  75,  9 

prepositional  idioms,  94 

prepositions  with  G.,  84 

with  D.,  85,  90 
A.,  88,  90 

pronouns,  demonstrative,  32 
indefinite,  34 
intensive,  30, 2 
interrogative,  88,4,5 
personal,  30,  932 
possessive,  31 
reciprocal,  30,4 
reflexive,  30,3,  611 
relative,  33 

proper  nouns,  18 


reimett,  59 


S 


seasons,  29,  i 

fc^Cttf  623 

fehtf   adj.,  3,  i;    pron.,  315;   verb, 

60,2 

fett,  conj.,  103,3;  prep.,  86,5 
feitbem,  103,3 
fettft,  30,2 
fenbcn,  59 

separable  verbs,  56,  74,  1-3,  75 
fie,  30 
6ief  30 
fofcalb,  103,4 
folange,  103,5 
folder,  32,  328 
fonbern,  100,6 
ftattf  84,2 


time  expressions  of,  29 
transposed  order,  97, 2 
,  84,6 


216 


1   '  KRMAN  DRILL  BOOK 


iibcr,  92,4 

urn,  89,3;  —  ..  .  toillcii,  84,7;  — ... 

',n,  - 

unfa,  100,8 

itnfcr,  .i'lj.,  :;,  i;  pron.,  31* 
uin'rcr,  ::i 
untcr, 
iiiitcrljalb,  841 


verbs,  endings,  41 

impersonal,  67,  61,3 
intU'cted  with  fcin,  60,2 
inseparable,  67,  74.4,5. 
mood  auxiliaries,  :> 
passive  voice,  50,  60,3 
principal  parts,  40,  a 
reflexive,  52,  61 
separable,  56,  74, 1-3,  75 
stem,  40,  i 
strong,  40, 5,  41, 6,  48,  58,  66, 

68 

tense  auxiliaries,  42-45,  60 
vowel  changes,  66 
weak,  40, 4,  46,  58,  59 

tocrmittclft,  841 

iriclcr,  39,  i 


uon,  87,i 
Dor,  93,  a 
vowel  changes  in  verbs,  41,6,  66 


woljrftib,  conj.,  103,6;  prep.,  84,  8 
,  33,  34*:  —  ffir  rinf  :::;•'• 
,  for  ctwoc<,  'M* 

tocbcr  .  .  .  nod),  100,  9 

mCflfll,  M.g 

weight,  28,  i 

moil,  1 

loclttjcr,  adj.,  l,a;  pron.,  83,  89,a 

nicnbcnr  59 


nicnn,  103,  8  ;  —  ...  rfu^,  103,  a 

»cr,  33 

njcrbcn,  44,  60,3 

Briber,  89,4 

wicr  103,9 

ttriffcn,  69 

wo-f  tt>or-r  85s 

word  groups,  117 


«,  2«,  87,  a 


,  851 
3ttrifd)Citr  93,3 


THE    »   N  I  • 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  fl.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 


.. 


YB  01338 


926644 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


